2021年度

グローバル・オープン科目
講義概要（シラバス）

科目一覧［発行日：2021/5/1］最新版のシラバスは、法政大学 Web シラバス（https://syllabus.hosei.ac.jp/）で確認してください。
【A0676】アフリカの政治と社会Ⅰ ［LABAN K KINYUA］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【A0677】アフリカの政治と社会Ⅱ ［LABAN K KINYUA］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【A2988】Comparative Culture(2) ［小島尚人］春学期 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

【A2989】Comparative Culture(3) ［小島尚人］秋学期 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

【A2990】Second Language Learning and Teaching ［BRIAN WISTNER］秋学期 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【A2991】Public Speaking ［椎名美智］春学期 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1
2
4
5
6
7

専門教育科目／ Subjects of Business Administration_専門基礎科目／ Introductory Subjects of Business

Administration【A5501】Introduction to Organizational Management ［Azusa Ebisuya］春学期授業/Spring 8
専門教育科目／ Subjects of Business Administration_専門基礎科目／ Introductory Subjects of Business

Administration【A5502】Introduction to Strategic Management ［Naoki ANDO］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . .

9

専門教育科目／ Subjects of Business Administration_専門基礎科目／ Introductory Subjects of Business

Administration【A5503】Introduction to Accounting ［Kenji KAWASHIMA］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . 10
専門教育科目／ Subjects of Business Administration_専門基礎科目／ Introductory Subjects of Business

Administration【A5504】Introduction to Finance ［Naoki KISHIMOTO］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
専門教育科目／ Subjects of Business Administration_専門基礎科目／ Introductory Subjects of Business

Administration【A5505】Introduction to Marketing ［Shohei HASEGAWA］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . 12
専門教育科目／ Subjects of Business Administration_専門基礎科目／ Introductory Subjects of Business

Administration【A5506】Introduction to Operations Management ［Dennis TACHIKI］春学期授業/Spring 13
専門教育科目／ Subjects of Business Administration_専門基礎科目／ Introductory Subjects of Business
Administration【A5507】Introduction to Japanese Economy ［Hideaki HIRATA］春学期授業/Spring . . . . 15
専門教育科目／ Subjects of Business Administration_専門基礎科目／ Introductory Subjects of Business
Administration【A5508】Introduction to Statistics ［Makoto TAKAHASHI］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . 16
専門教育科目／ Subjects of Business Administration_専門基礎科目／ Introductory Subjects of Business
Administration【A5509】Introduction to Informatics ［Yasushi KODAMA］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
専門教育科目／ Subjects of Business Administration_専門科目／ Intermediate/Advanced Subjects of Business
Administration【A5521】Global Business Strategy Ⅱ ［Naoki Ando］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
専門教育科目／ Subjects of Business Administration_専門科目／ Intermediate/Advanced Subjects of Business
Administration【A5522】Business Management in Japan ［Yongdo KIM］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . 19
専門教育科目／ Subjects of Business Administration_専門科目／ Intermediate/Advanced Subjects of Business
Administration【A5525】Management Accounting ［Hirotsugu KITADA］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . 20
専門教育科目／ Subjects of Business Administration_専門科目／ Intermediate/Advanced Subjects of Business
Administration【A5526】Financial Statement Analysis ［Hiroshi FUKUDA］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . 21
専門教育科目／ Subjects of Business Administration_専門科目／ Intermediate/Advanced Subjects of Business
Administration【A5529】Investments B ［Yongjin KIM］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
専門教育科目／ Subjects of Business Administration_専門科目／ Intermediate/Advanced Subjects of Business
Administration【A5532】Distribution in Japan ［Nobukazu AZUMA］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
専門教育科目／ Subjects of Business Administration_専門科目／ Intermediate/Advanced Subjects of Business
Administration【A5533】Operations Management Ⅰ ［Dennis TACHIKI］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
専門教育科目／ Subjects of Business Administration_専門科目／ Intermediate/Advanced Subjects of Business
Administration【A5534】Operations Management Ⅱ ［Dennis TACHIKI］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . 25
専門教育科目／ Subjects of Business Administration_専門科目／ Intermediate/Advanced Subjects of Business
Administration【A5535】Principles of Macroeconomics ［Mizoguchi Tetsuro ］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . 26
専門教育科目／ Subjects of Business Administration_専門科目／ Intermediate/Advanced Subjects of Business
Administration【A5536】Principles of Microeconomics ［Rika TAKAHASHI］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . 28
専門教育科目／ Subjects of Business Administration_特殊講義／ Special Topics in Management【A5539】Special
Topics in Management A ［Keiko OKAMOTO］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
専門教育科目／ Subjects of Business Administration_特殊講義／ Special Topics in Management【A5540】Special
Topics in Management B ［Dennis TACHIKI］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
専門教育科目／ Subjects of Business Administration_GBP 科目／ Global Business Subjects【A5542】Workshop
Ⅰ ［Keiko OKAMOTO］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
専門教育科目／ Subjects of Business Administration_GBP 科目／ Global Business Subjects【A5543】Workshop
Ⅱ ［Azusa Ebisuya］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

専門教育科目／ Subjects of Business Administration_GBP 科目／ Global Business Subjects【A5544】Special

Topics in Global Business A ［Azusa Ebisuya］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
専門教育科目／ Subjects of Business Administration_GBP 科目／ Global Business Subjects【A5546】Special
Topics in Global Business C ［Dennis TACHIKI］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
【A6116】UK: Society and People ［Mitsutoshi SOMURA］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
【A6117】UK: Society and People ［Mitsutoshi SOMURA］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
【A6118】USA: Society and People ［Gregory KHEZRNEJAT］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
【A6119】USA: Society and People ［Gregory KHEZRNEJAT］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
【A6202】Comparative Literature ［Gregory KHEZRNEJAT］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
【A6204】Topics in Japanese Literature: History of Japanese Literature in Translation ［Gregory
KHEZRNEJAT］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
【A6216,A6537】Race, Class and Gender I: Concepts & Issues ［Kyung HEE HA］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . 41
【A6236,A6529】Social Psychology I ［Yu NIIYA］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
【A6237,A6530】Social Psychology II ［Michael MYERS］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
【A6240,A6552】Quantitative Research Methods ［Yu NIIYA］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
【A6245】Foundations of Finance ［EYO Shiaw Jia］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
【A6255,A6538】Sociolinguistics ［Yutai WATANABE］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
【A6256,A6539】Sociolinguistics ［Yutai WATANABE］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
【A6257】English as a Lingua Franca ［Yutai WATANABE］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
【A6258】English as a Lingua Franca ［Yutai WATANABE］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
【A6266,A6532】Brand Management ［Takamasa FUKUOKA］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
【A6268】Principles of Marketing ［EYO Shiaw Jia］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
【A6289,A6531】World Politics ［TAKESHI YUZAWA］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
【A6291,A6540】International Security ［TAKESHI YUZAWA］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
【A6295】Foreign Policy Analysis ［TAKESHI YUZAWA］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
【A6301】Advanced Topics in American Literature: US Southern Literature ［Gregory KHEZRNEJAT］秋学
期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
【A6302】Modern Japanese Fiction in Translation ［Gregory KHEZRNEJAT］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . 56
【A6305】Creative Writing ［Gregory KHEZRNEJAT］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
【A6319,A6541】Race, Class and Gender II: Global Inequalities ［Kukhee Choo］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . 58
【A6332】Cultural Psychology ［Ai FUKUZAWA］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
【A6341】English Dialects around the World ［Yutai WATANABE］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
【A6346】International Business ［EYO Shiaw Jia］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
【A6363,A6542】International Relations of the Asia-Pacific ［TAKESHI YUZAWA］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . 62
General Education Courses ／総合教育科目_Core Courses ／基礎教育科目【A9601】First Year Seminar［YONGUEJULIA SALLE］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
General Education Courses ／総合教育科目_Natural Sciences ／自然分野【A9616】Elementary Mathematics
A ［ROBERT M SINCLAIR］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
General Education Courses ／総合教育科目_Natural Sciences ／自然分野【A9617】Elementary Mathematics
B ［ROBERT M SINCLAIR］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
General Education Courses ／総合教育科目_Information Technology ／情報学分野【A9618】Basic Computer
Skills A ［ROBERT M SINCLAIR］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
General Education Courses ／総合教育科目_Information Technology ／情報学分野【A9619】Basic Computer
Skills B ［ROBERT M SINCLAIR］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Advanced Courses ／専門科目_Desciplinary Courses ／ IGESS 科目_Ⅰ. Introduction to Economics【A9620】
Introduction to Economics A ［KALENGA N JOHN］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Advanced Courses ／専門科目_Desciplinary Courses ／ IGESS 科目_Ⅰ. Introduction to Economics【A9621】
Introduction to Economics B ［KALENGA N JOHN］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Advanced Courses ／専門科目_Desciplinary Courses ／ IGESS 科目_Ⅱ. Global Economy【A9628】Special
Studies (Introduction to Econometrics) ［恩田 正行］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
都市環境デザイン工学科_専門科目_特別科目【B2414】Design Basics in English ［ディン ボリバン］秋学期授業/Fall 71
システムデザイン学科_専門科目_特別科目【B2414】Design Basics in English ［ディン ボリバン］秋学期授業/Fall 72
建築学科_専門科目_特別科目【B2414】Design Basics in English ［ディン ボリバン］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . 73
【C0237】Philosophy of the Public Sphere ［石田 安実］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
【C0245】Religion and Society ［丹羽 充］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
【C0530】英語アプリケーションⅠ ［ジョナサン・エイブル］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
【C0538】英語アプリケーションⅨ ［MARK E FIELD］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
— II —

【C0550】The History of Tourism ［MARK E FIELD］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【C0551】Art, Rebellion and Advertising ［ジョナサン・エイブル］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【C0961】英語圏の文化Ⅱ（思想史）［MARK E FIELD］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

【C0968】History of English ［輿石哲哉］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

【C0969】History of Western Thought ［MARK E FIELD］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【C0970】Structure of English ［輿石哲哉］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

【C1053】Approaches to Transnational History ［佐々木一惠］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

79
80
81
82
84
85
87

展 開 科 目 ／ Disciplinary & Elective Courses_Japan & Sustainability【C3502】Japanese Society andSustainability 1 ［Eiko SAEKI］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
展 開 科 目 ／ Disciplinary & Elective Courses_Japan & Sustainability【C3503】Japanese Society andSustainability 2 ［Eiko SAEKI］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
展 開 科 目 ／ Disciplinary & Elective Courses_Japan & Sustainability【C3504】Japanese Society andSustainability 3 ［Hidemi YOSHIDA］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
展開科目／ Disciplinary & Elective Courses_Japan & Sustainability【C3505】Business and Sustainability inJapan 1 ［Masaatsu TAKEHARA］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
展開科目／ Disciplinary & Elective Courses_Japan & Sustainability【C3506】Business and Sustainability inJapan 2 ［Masaatsu TAKEHARA］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
展開科目／ Disciplinary & Elective Courses_Japan & Sustainability【C3507】Bio-diversity and Nature
Conservation in Japan ［Masayuki TAKADA］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
展開科目／ Disciplinary & Elective Courses_Japan & Sustainability【C3508】Social Development andSustainability 1 ［Hidemi YOSHIDA］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
展開科目／ Disciplinary & Elective Courses_Japan & Sustainability【C3509】Social Development andSustainability 2 ［Hidemi YOSHIDA］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
展 開 科 目 ／ Disciplinary & Elective Courses_Japan & Sustainability【C3511】Japan’s International
Development Cooperation and Sustainable Society ［Naruhiko TAKESADA］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . 96
展開科目／ Disciplinary & Elective Courses_Japan & Sustainability【C3513】Japanese Rural Society［Shamik
Chakraborty］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
展開科目／ Disciplinary & Elective Courses_Japan & Sustainability【C3514】Subsistence, Resource Use andSustainability ［Shamik Chakraborty］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
展開科目／ Disciplinary & Elective Courses_Japan & Sustainability【C3515】Civil Society and NGOs ［Yukio
ONO］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
展開科目／ Disciplinary & Elective Courses_Japan & Sustainability【C3516】Japanese Environmental Policy［Mikio ISHIWATARI］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
展開科目／ Disciplinary & Elective Courses_Humanities【C3551】Global Human Resources Management［Tokio NAGAMINE］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
展開科目／ Disciplinary & Elective Courses_Humanities【C3552】Business Communication ［Masaatsu
TAKEHARA］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
展開科目／ Disciplinary & Elective Courses_Humanities【C3553】Arts and Society ［Miya ITABASHI］秋学
期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
展開科目／ Disciplinary & Elective Courses_Humanities【C3554】Human and Environment ［Satsuki
Takahashi］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
展開科目／ Disciplinary & Elective Courses_Humanities【C3555】Area Studies ［Hidemi YOSHIDA］秋学期
授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
展開科目／ Disciplinary & Elective Courses_Environment & Society【C3600】Studies for Environment andSociety ［Shamik Chakraborty］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
展開科目／ Disciplinary & Elective Courses_Environment & Society【C3601】Business and Society［Masaatsu
TAKEHARA］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
展開科目／ Disciplinary & Elective Courses_Environment & Society【C3604】International Society andEnvironmental Issues ［Yumiko KANETO］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
展開科目／ Disciplinary & Elective Courses_Environment & Society【C3607】Environmental Science ［RyouFUJIKURA ］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
展開科目／ Disciplinary & Elective Courses_Field Based & Interactive Learning【C3651】Research Methods
2 ［Shamik Chakraborty］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
関連科目【C7702】国際コミュニケーション語学（英語Ⅲ）/Foreign
Language
Exercise （English Ⅲ）※ GO 科目［Kregg
Johnston］春学期 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
関連科目【C7703】国際コミュニケーション語学（英語Ⅳ）/Foreign
Language
Exercise （English Ⅳ）※ GO 科目［Kregg
Johnston］秋学期 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112— III —

関連科目【C7704】国際コミュニケーション語学（英語Ⅴ）/Foreign

Language
Exercise （English
V）
Johnston］春学期 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
2017 年 度 以 降 入 学 者_ILAC 科 目_200 番 台 リ ベ ラ ル ア ー ツ 科 目_4 群（ 英 語 分 野 ）【E1806】Intercultural
Communication B ［石原 紀子］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
2017 年 度 以 降 入 学 者_ILAC 科 目_200 番 台 リ ベ ラ ル ア ー ツ 科 目_4 群（ 英 語 分 野 ）【E1807】Intercultural
Communication A ［藤本 大士］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
2017 年 度 以 降 入 学 者_ILAC 科 目_200 番 台 リ ベ ラ ル ア ー ツ 科 目_4 群（ 英 語 分 野 ）【E1808】Intercultural
Communication C ［石原 紀子］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
2017 年 度 以 降 入 学 者_ILAC 科 目_200 番 台 リ ベ ラ ル ア ー ツ 科 目_4 群（ 英 語 分 野 ）【E1809】Intercultural
Communication D ［Noriko ISHIHARA］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1192017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 リベラルアーツ科目_4 群（諸外国語分野）【E3602】Intercultural
Communication E ［コリンヌ ヴァリエンヌ］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 外国語科目_4 群［選択］外国語（英語・諸外国語）【E3603】Intercultural
Communication F ［コルベイユ スティーブ］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 リベラルアーツ科目_4 群（諸外国語分野）【E8062】Intercultural
Communication G ［尾形 太郎］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 外国語科目_4 群［選択］外国語（英語・諸外国語）【E8063】Intercultural
Communication H ［山本 そのこ］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_300 番台 総合科目_総合科目【F9102】Natural Science A ［宇野 真介］秋学期
授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_100 番台 基盤科目_5 群（保健体育分野）【F9104】Elementary Health and Physical
Education ［秋本 成晴］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
機械工学科機械工学専修_学科専門科目【H9700】Introduction to Intelligent Robotics ［チャピ ゲンツィ］春学
期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
応用情報工学科_学科専門科目【H9701】Introduction to Computer Science and Information Technology ［周金佳、彌冨 仁、内田 薫、鳥飼 弘幸、藤井 章博、黄 潤和、栗田 太郎］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
応用情報工学科_学科専門科目【H9702】Introduction to Multimedia Information Processing ［周 金佳］春学期
授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
経営システム工学科_学科専門科目【H9705】Probability Models and Applications ［安田 和弘］秋学期授業/Fall 130
学部共通科目【H9800】Introduction to Biology and Chemistry for Sustainability Ⅰ ［常重 アントニオ、緒方啓典、高井 和之、大島 研郎、廣岡 裕吏］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
専門教育科目_専門科目【J0437】ユビキタスコンピューティング［馬 建華］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133【K6679】Japan and the Global Economy A ［倪 彬］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134【K6680】Japan and the Global Economy B ［倪 彬］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135【K6681】Practical Economics A ［JESS DIAMO Ｎ D］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136【K6682】Practical Economics B ［JESS DIAMO Ｎ D］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137【K6695】Business Communication Ⅰ A ［GLENN
FERN］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138【K6696】Business Communication Ⅰ B ［GLENN
FERN］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139【K6697】Business Communication Ⅰ A ［GLENN
FERN］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141【K6698】Business Communication Ⅰ B ［GLENN
FERN］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143【K6699】Business Communication Ⅱ A ［YONGUEJULIA SALLE］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Advanced Courses ／専門科目_Desciplinary Courses ／ IGESS 科目_Ⅲ. Global Business【K6699】BusinessCommunication Ⅱ A ［YONGUE JULIA SALLE］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146【K6700】Business Communication Ⅱ B ［YONGUEJULIA SALLE］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147【K6701】Business Communication Ⅱ A ［ROBERT T DEREZA］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148【K6702】Business Communication Ⅱ B ［ROBERT T DEREZA］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Advanced Courses ／専門科目_Desciplinary Courses ／ IGESS 科目_Ⅱ. Global Economy【K6721】Principles
of Economics A ［JESS DIAMO Ｎ D］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150【K6721】Principles of Economics A ［JESS DIAMO Ｎ D］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Advanced Courses ／専門科目_Desciplinary Courses ／ IGESS 科目_Ⅱ. Global Economy【K6722】Principles
of Economics B ［JESS DIAMO Ｎ D］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152【K6722】Principles of Economics B ［JESS DIAMO Ｎ D］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Advanced Courses ／専門科目_Desciplinary Courses ／ IGESS 科目_Ⅱ. Global Economy【K6723】International
Economics A ［倪 彬］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154【K6723】International Economics A ［倪 彬］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155【K6724】International Economics B ［倪 彬］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156※ GO 科目［Kregg— IV —

Advanced Courses ／専門科目_Desciplinary Courses ／ IGESS 科目_Ⅱ. Global Economy【K6724】International
Economics B ［倪 彬］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157【K6725】Area Studies A ［馬 欣欣］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Advanced Courses ／専門科目_Desciplinary Courses ／ IGESS 科目_Ⅱ. Global Economy【K6725】Area Studies
A ［馬 欣欣］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Advanced Courses ／専門科目_Desciplinary Courses ／ IGESS 科目_Ⅱ. Global Economy【K6726】Area Studies
B ［馬 欣欣］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161【K6726】Area Studies B ［馬 欣欣］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Advanced Courses ／専門科目_Desciplinary Courses ／ IGESS 科目_Ⅲ. Global Business【K6727】BusinessResearch Seminar A ［中谷 安男］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163【K6727】Business Research Seminar A ［中谷 安男］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Advanced Courses ／専門科目_Desciplinary Courses ／ IGESS 科目_Ⅲ. Global Business【K6728】BusinessResearch Seminar B ［中谷 安男］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165【K6728】Business Research Seminar B ［中谷 安男］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Advanced Courses ／専門科目_Desciplinary Courses ／ IGESS 科目_Ⅱ. Global Economy【K6747】Demography
A ［菅 幹雄］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167【K6747】DemographyA ［菅 幹雄］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168【K6748】DemographyB ［菅 幹雄］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Advanced Courses ／専門科目_Desciplinary Courses ／ IGESS 科目_Ⅱ. Global Economy【K6748】Demography
B ［菅 幹雄］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Advanced Courses ／専門科目_Desciplinary Courses ／ IGESS 科目_Ⅲ. Global Business【K6764】BusinessCommunication I A ［リチャード エバノフ］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171【K6764】Business Communication IA ［リチャード エバノフ］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Advanced Courses ／専門科目_Desciplinary Courses ／ IGESS 科目_Ⅲ. Global Business【K6765】BusinessCommunication I B ［リチャード エバノフ］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173【K6765】Business Communication IB ［リチャード エバノフ］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174【K6766】Macro Economics A ［JESS DIAMO Ｎ D］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175【K6767】Macro Economics B ［JESS DIAMO Ｎ D］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176【K6768】Micro Economics A ［平井 俊行］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177【K6769】Micro Economics B ［平井 俊行］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Advanced Courses ／専門科目_Desciplinary Courses ／ IGESS 科目_Ⅱ. Global Economy【K6770】Japan and
ASEAN Economy A ［MANISH SHARMA］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178【K6770】Japan and ASEAN Economy A ［MANISH SHARMA］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179【K6771】Japan and ASEAN Economy B ［MANISH SHARMA］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Advanced Courses ／専門科目_Desciplinary Courses ／ IGESS 科目_Ⅱ. Global Economy【K6771】Japan and
ASEAN Economy B ［MANISH SHARMA］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Advanced Courses ／専門科目_Desciplinary Courses ／ IGESS 科目_Ⅲ. Global Business【K6772】JapaneseBusiness and Economy A ［MANISH SHARMA］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182【K6772】Japanese Business and Economy A ［MANISH SHARMA］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184【K6773】Japanese Business and Economy B ［MANISH SHARMA］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Advanced Courses ／専門科目_Desciplinary Courses ／ IGESS 科目_Ⅲ. Global Business【K6773】JapaneseBusiness and Economy B ［MANISH SHARMA］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Advanced Courses ／ 専 門 科 目_Desciplinary Courses ／ IGESS 科 目_Ⅲ.
Global Business【K6774】
Multi-National Enterprises A ［MANISH SHARMA］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188【K6774】Multi-National Enterprises A ［MANISH SHARMA］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189【K6775】Multi-National Enterprises B ［MANISH SHARMA］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Advanced Courses ／ 専 門 科 目_Desciplinary Courses ／ IGESS 科 目_Ⅲ.
Global Business【K6775】
Multi-National Enterprises B ［MANISH SHARMA］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
講義・実習科目【LE107-a】English Drama Ⅰ ［GEORGE
HANN］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
講義・実習科目【LE108-a】English Drama Ⅱ ［GEORGE
HANN］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
講義・実習科目【LE111】Topics in Comparative Culture ［GEORGE
HANN］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . 194
専門教育科目_ヘルスデザインコース専門科目【M2330】Health and Exercise Sciences ［笹井 浩行］秋学期授業/Fall196
専門教育科目_ヘルスデザインコース専門科目【M2340】Strength training ［泉 重樹］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . 197
専門教育科目_スポーツビジネスコース専門科目【M3200】Sport Consumer Behavior ［吉田 政幸］秋学期授業/Fall198
臨床心理学科_総合教育科目_視野形成科目（社会系）【N1118】Community Based Inclusive Development ［佐野竜平］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199—V—

福祉コミュニティ学科_専門教育科目_専門展開科目【N1118】Community Based Inclusive Development ［佐野竜平］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
福祉コミュニティ学科_専門教育科目_専門展開科目【N1120】Disability and Development in Asia ［佐野 竜平］
秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
臨床心理学科_総合教育科目_視野形成科目（社会系）【N1120】Disability and Development in Asia ［佐野 竜平］
秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_100 番台 選択基盤科目_0 群（自校教育、基礎ゼミ、情報、キャリア教育関連科目
等）【P0162】Elementary Information Technology ［松田 裕幸］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_100 番台 選択基盤科目_0 群（自校教育、基礎ゼミ、情報、キャリア教育関連科目
等）【P0163】Information Technology ［Yukou MATSUDA］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_100 番台 選択基盤科目_0 群（自校教育、基礎ゼミ、情報、キャリア教育関連科目
等）【P0632】Elementary Career Development ［中川 有紀子］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 リベラルアーツ科目_0 群（自校教育、基礎ゼミ、情報、キャリア教育関連科目等）【P0633】Career Development Skills ［中川 有紀子］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_100 番台 基盤科目_1 群（人文分野）【P1302】Elementary Humanities A［URBANOVAJana］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 リベラルアーツ科目_2 群（社会分野）【P1303】Humanities A［URBANOVAJana］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_100 番台 基盤科目_1 群（人文分野）【P1304】Elementary Humanities B［Richard.J.Burrows］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 リベラルアーツ科目_1 群（人文分野）【P1305】Humanities B［Richard.J.Burrows］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_100 番台 基盤科目_2 群（社会分野）【P2301】Elementary Social Science A［SCHIFANO ADRIEN］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_100 番台 基盤科目_2 群（社会分野）【P2302】Elementary Social Science B［SCHIFANO ADRIEN］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 リベラルアーツ科目_2 群（社会分野）【P2304】Social Science A［SCHIFANO ADRIEN］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 リベラルアーツ科目_2 群（社会分野）【P2305】Social Science B［SCHIFANO ADRIEN］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 リベラルアーツ科目_3 群（自然分野）【P3605】Natural Science B［NaomiNISHIMURA］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 リベラルアーツ科目_5 群（保健体育分野）【P5801】Health and Physical
Education ［秋本 成晴］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 外国語科目_4 群［選択］外国語（英語・諸外国語）【R2381】English
Reading and Vocabulary Ⅰ ［ウォルター・カズマー］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 外国語科目_4 群［選択］外国語（英語・諸外国語）【R2382】English
Reading and Vocabulary Ⅱ ［ウォルター・カズマー］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 外国語科目_4 群［選択］外国語（英語・諸外国語）【R2383】English
Reading and Vocabulary Ⅰ ［ERIC J RITTER］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 外国語科目_4 群［選択］外国語（英語・諸外国語）【R2384】English
Reading and Vocabulary Ⅱ ［ERIC J RITTER］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 外国語科目_4 群［選択］外国語（英語・諸外国語）【R2391】English
Academic Writing Ⅰ ［DYLAN O SCUDDER］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 外国語科目_4 群［選択］外国語（英語・諸外国語）【R2392】English
Academic Writing Ⅱ ［DYLAN O SCUDDER］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 外国語科目_4 群［選択］外国語（英語・諸外国語）【R2393】English
Academic Writing Ⅰ ［MARK D BURNS］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 外国語科目_4 群［選択］外国語（英語・諸外国語）【R2394】English
Academic Writing Ⅱ ［MARK D BURNS］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 外国語科目_4 群［選択］外国語（英語・諸外国語）【R2395】English
Academic Writing Ⅰ ［ALAN M NICHOLLS］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 外国語科目_4 群［選択］外国語（英語・諸外国語）【R2396】English
Academic Writing Ⅱ ［ALAN M NICHOLLS］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 外国語科目_4 群［選択］外国語（英語・諸外国語）【R2441】English
Presentation Ⅰ ［NADER Jamelea］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231— VI —

2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 外国語科目_4 群［選択］外国語（英語・諸外国語）【R2442】English
Presentation Ⅱ ［NADER Jamelea］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 外国語科目_4 群［選択］外国語（英語・諸外国語）【R2443】English
Presentation Ⅰ ［JOHN REILLY］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 外国語科目_4 群［選択］外国語（英語・諸外国語）【R2444】English
Presentation Ⅱ ［JOHN REILLY］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 外国語科目_4 群［選択］外国語（英語・諸外国語）【R2445】English
Presentation Ⅰ ［コートランド・デイビッド・スミス］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 外国語科目_4 群［選択］外国語（英語・諸外国語）【R2446】English
Presentation Ⅱ ［コートランド・デイビッド・スミス］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 外国語科目_4 群［選択］外国語（英語・諸外国語）【R2447】English
Presentation Ⅰ ［MARK D BURNS］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 外国語科目_4 群［選択］外国語（英語・諸外国語）【R2448】English
Presentation Ⅱ ［MARK D BURNS］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240— VII —

発行日：2021/5/1

4

POL100AD

アフリカの政治と社会Ⅰ
5

Post-colonial stateand development
strategies.
Social organisation

LABAN K KINYUA
授業形式：講義 ｜ 開講セメスター：春学期授業/Spring
単位数：2 単位
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

6

【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course is a general introduction to students who areinterested in the studies of Africa’s society, culture, and politics.
The course will provide an overview of Africa’s historical,
political, cultural, and societal development. The main themes
to explored in this course will include Africa’s pre-colonial
livelihoods, colonialism and imperialism, the post-colonialtransformations, and Africa in the age of globalisation.

78【到達目標】
This course aims at exposing the students to how Africa has
been subjected to profound stereotypes and misconceptions
that largely inform the global perspectives of the continent.
The course will seek to humanize our understanding of Africa
by emphasizing forms and means of daily life experiences
and understandings such as family life, love and joy, the life
cycle, faith and belief, livelihood aspirations, hopes for the
future, development aims and achievements, and sense of
global belonging. The overall aim is that students will gain
experience of researching, discussing, and presenting global
issues using a good command of English language with bothclarity and confidence.

2

3

内容
Information about the course,
finding about the other classmembers, and the instructor.
Introduction.
Perspectives andrepresentations of Africa.
Framings and images forinterpreting Africa asimagined landscapes.
Pre-colonial political Indirect rule, the politics ofstructures and thedecentralised despotism, andlegacy of
the customary law.
colonialism.
Independent movements andstate-society relations.

10

Nationhood,nationalism, andcitizenship.
Development,
markets, andgovernance.
Globalisation and
Africa.

13

The youth and the
ICT in Africa.

14

Revision andconclusion.

Belief, divinity, social order,
and religions in Africa.
Cultural creativity, politicalcreativity and protests in arts,
drama and music incontemporary Africa.
Women and men in culture
and life. Polygamy, sexuality,
domination,and autonomy.
Identity and the symbolic
underpinnings of the state.
Resistance and culture.
Why doesn’t development seem
to work in most of Africa?
Africa in the neo-liberal global
order; Migration, labour,industrialisation.
How Africa is tapping into theyouthful population. How
Africa is pacesetting in global
technological development(Kenya’s M-Pesa).
Winding up.
Final report due.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students will be required to use the Internet to research topics
in preparation for the classroom sessions. Writing tasks will
also be set for homework.
【テキスト（教科書）】
There is no set text for this course, but students are required
to bring an A4 folder to organise their notes.
【参考書】
Khapoya, V. (2013). The African experience. Upper Saddle
River, N.J.: Pearson.

【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Course orientationand introduction.

Gender, sex, andsexuality.

12【授業の進め方と方法】
Important: This course may be conducted online. In thiscase,you will need access to a computer connected to theinternet and Zoom connection.
The course will be based around classroom listening, discussion
and writing tasks. Reading and writing tasks will mainly be
carried out outside the class.The assignments will be givenin specified days requiring students to show comprehension ofclass contents. All written assignments will be returned in timewith written feedback. Students are requested to freely engage
the instructor for clarifications and questions. The classroom
language will be English, and students will be required toactively participate in classroom and homework tasks.

【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
あり / Yes

9

11【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、
「DP1」
、
「DP2」
、
「DP3」
、
「DP4」に強く関連。

Economic ideas ofAfrica versus
cultural systems
Philosophies andreligions in Africa.
Aesthetics and arts.

Compulsory villagisation in
Tanzania (Ujamaa), and thecapital state in Kenya.
Definitions of kinship, tribes,
and ethnicity.
Problematisation of ethnicity(Problem of power and identity
in Sudan, and The 1994
Rwandan genocide).
Livelihoods, cultures, markets,and states.

【成績評価の方法と基準】
Grades will be calculated as follows:
20% class attendance and participation
10% pop quiz 1
10% pop quiz 2
10% pop quiz 3
30% final presentation
20% final quiz
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
None【学生が準備すべき機器他】
A4 folder【その他の重要事項】
Students are expected to attend all of the classes, and to cometo class on time.
There may be some changes to the syllabus above in order toallow for some flexibility to cater for the needs of particularclasses.

—1—

発行日：2021/5/1【Outline and objectives】
We will approach these themes using multidisciplinary
lenses focusing on political science, history, sociology, andanthropological insights.

POL100AD

アフリカの政治と社会Ⅱ
LABAN K KINYUA
授業形式：講義 ｜ 開講セメスター：秋学期授業/Fall
単位数：2 単位
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course is a general introduction to students who areinterested in the studies of Africa’s society, culture, and politics.
The course will provide an overview of Africa’s historical,
political, cultural, and societal development. The main themes
to explored in this course will include Africa’s pre-colonial
livelihoods, colonialism and imperialism, the post-colonialtransformations, and Africa in the age of globalisation.
【到達目標】
This course aims at exposing the students to how Africa has
been subjected to profound stereotypes and misconceptions
that largely inform the global perspectives of the continent.
The course will seek to humanize our understanding of Africa
by emphasizing forms and means of daily life experiences
and understandings such as family life, love and joy, the life
cycle, faith and belief, livelihood aspirations, hopes for the
future, development aims and achievements, and sense of
global belonging. The overall aim is that students will gain
experience of researching, discussing, and presenting global
issues using a good command of English language with bothclarity and confidence.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、
「DP1」
、
「DP2」
、
「DP3」
、
「DP4」に強く関連。
【授業の進め方と方法】
Important: This course may be conducted online. In thiscase,you will need access to a computer connected to theinternet and Zoom connection.
The course will be based around classroom listening, discussion
and writing tasks. Reading and writing tasks will mainly be
carried out outside the class.The assignments will be givenin specified days requiring students to show comprehension ofclass contents. All written assignments will be returned in timewith written feedback. Students are requested to freely engage
the instructor for clarifications and questions. The classroom
language will be English, and students will be required toactively participate in classroom and homework tasks.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
あり / Yes【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Course orientationand introduction.

2

3

—2—

内容
Information about the course,
finding about the other classmembers, and the instructor.
Introduction.
Perspectives andrepresentations of Africa.
Framings and images forinterpreting Africa asimagined landscapes.
Pre-colonial political Indirect rule, the politics ofstructures and thedecentralised despotism, andlegacy of
the customary law.
colonialism.
Independent movements andstate-society relations.

発行日：2021/5/1

4

5

6

7
8

Post-colonial stateand development
strategies.
Social organisation

Economic ideas ofAfrica versus
cultural systems
Philosophies andreligions in Africa.
Aesthetics and arts.

9

Gender, sex, andsexuality.

10

Nationhood,nationalism, andcitizenship.
Development,
markets, andgovernance.
Globalisation and
Africa.

11

12

13

The youth and the
ICT in Africa.

14

Revision andconclusion.

Compulsory villagisation in
Tanzania (Ujamaa), and thecapital state in Kenya.
Definitions of kinship, tribes,
and ethnicity.
Problematisation of ethnicity(Problem of power and identity
in Sudan, and The 1994
Rwandan genocide).
Livelihoods, cultures, markets,and states.

【Outline and objectives】
We will approach these themes using multidisciplinary
lenses focusing on political science, history, sociology, andanthropological insights.

Belief, divinity, social order,
and religions in Africa.
Cultural creativity, politicalcreativity and protests in arts,
drama and music incontemporary Africa.
Women and men in culture
and life. Polygamy, sexuality,
domination,and autonomy.
Identity and the symbolic
underpinnings of the state.
Resistance and culture.
Why doesn’t development seem
to work in most of Africa?
Africa in the liberal global
order. Migration, labour,industrialisation.
How Africa is tapping into theyouthful population. How
Africa is pacesetting in global
technological development(Kenya’s M-Pesa).
Winding up.
Final report due.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students will be required to use the Internet to research topics
in preparation for the classroom sessions. Writing tasks will
also be set for homework.
【テキスト（教科書）】
There is no set text for this course, but students are required
to bring an A4 folder to organise their notes.
【参考書】
Khapoya, V. (2013). The African experience. Upper Saddle
River, N.J.: Pearson.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Grades will be calculated as follows:
20% class attendance and participation
10% pop quiz 1
10% pop quiz 2
10% pop quiz 3
30% final presentation
20% final quiz
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
N/A【学生が準備すべき機器他】
A4 folder【その他の重要事項】
Students are expected to attend all of the classes, and to cometo class on time.
There may be some changes to the syllabus above in order toallow for some flexibility to cater for the needs of particularclasses.

—3—

発行日：2021/5/1
第 14 回ARS200BD

Comparative Culture(2)小島

授業コード：A2988 ｜ 曜日・時限：火曜 2 限
春学期・2 単位
備考（履修条件等）：定員 30 名を超えた場合は文学部所属学生を優先して選抜する
グローバル：○

成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course examines culture and society of the United States incomparison with other countries of immigrants such as Canada and
Mexico, focusing on its transborderness and mobility. Often conceived of
as a cross-border experience across regions and nations, the experienceof traveling has been one of the central concerns in the history of literary
and visual narratives particularly in the US. Through the analysis of
American road movie and travel literature in comparison with thoseof other countries, this course introduces students to ways of thinking
about US culture in a comparative and historical perspective.
【到達目標】
Through this course, students are expected to be able to do the following:
1. Examine the ways in which travel is represented in literary andvisual narratives
2. Develop their skills to discuss culture through literary and visual
texts
3. Give presentations in which the concepts and topics covered in thecourse are applied【テキスト（教科書）】
There is no required textbook for this course. Course materials will be
distributed in class.
【参考書】
Primeau, Ronald. Romance of the Road: The Literature of American
Highway. Bowling Green, OH: Bowling Green State UP, 1996.
Laderman, David. Driving Visions: Exploring the Road Movie. Austin:
U of Texas P, 2002.
King, Homay. Lost in Translation: Orientalism, Cinema, and theEnigmatic Signifier. Durham: Duke UP, 2010.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Class participation (worksheets,
activities): 40%
Presentations: 20%
Final Exam: 40%【Outline and objectives】
N/A【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / NoUS and North America

第3回

Transborderness

第4回

Mobility

第5回
第6回

Americalization
Ethnicity

第7回

Social Class

第8回

Gender

第9回

Slavery and African
American culture
Orientalism

第 10 回
第 11 回Language Barrier andCommunication

第 12 回

Study Abroad as a
Cross-border
Experience
Student Presentations(1)

第 13 回

and other in-class【その他の重要事項】
定員を 30 名とし、それを超える場合は選抜をおこないます（文学部生を優先とする）。
履修希望者は、辞書（電子辞書可・携帯電話不可）を持参の上、必ず初回授業に出席してください。

【授業の進め方と方法】
Classes will consist of lectures, in-class tasks, and group discussions. In
particular, students participate in many group discussions on various
topics introduced in the lectures. Students will also give a group orindividual presentation toward the end of the semester.
Students’ writings will be picked and shared to the class next weekthrough the "feedback sheets" provided by the instructor.

第2回

discussions,【学生の意見等からの気づき】
I plan to allot more time for students to share their thoughts with theclass.

【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP3」「DP4」に関連【授業計画】
春学期
回
テーマ
第1回
Course Introduction

Student presentations on "Gender"and "Orientalism"【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
1) Reading assigned texts (or watching assigned films) and preparing
for quizzes and in-class discussions (2 hours)
2) Preparing for a group presentation (2 hours)

尚人

他学部公開：

Student Presentations(2)

内容
Review course goals; brief
self-introduction by students;characteristics of the US as anation of immigrants
The historical and cultural
background of the US incomparison with other North
American countries (Canada and
Mexico)The role of Mexico in Jack
Kerouac’s On the Road
American frontier, Western
expansion, and cultural fusion
Family and national identity
Ethnic pluralism and cultural
diversity
Migrant workers and The Grapes of
Wrath
Travel narrative and the domestic
ideology; Feminist politics in
Thelma & Louise
Adventures of Huckleberry Finn as
travel narrative
Travel narrative and power
relations: reading an essay
Representation of Tokyo and theJapanese characters in Lost in theTranslation
The image of "America" inpost-WWII Japan

Student presentations on "Family"
and "Ethnicity"—4—発行日：2021/5/1【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
1) Reading assigned texts (or watching assigned films) and preparing
for quizzes and in-class discussions (2 hours)
2) Preparing for a group presentation (2 hours)

ARS200BD

Comparative Culture(3)小島【テキスト（教科書）】
There is no required textbook for this course. Course materials will be
distributed in class.

尚人

授業コード：A2989 ｜ 曜日・時限：火曜 2 限
秋学期・2 単位
備考（履修条件等）：定員 30 名を超えた場合は文学部所属学生を優先して選抜する
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
Among the most colorful, complex, and eventful periods in American
history, the 1960s marks a turning-point of contemporary world. This
course is designed to be an introduction to the history and culture ofAmerica in this decade for better understanding of current affairs weare facing today. Through the analysis of cultural materials including
films, essays, stories, music tracks and lyrics in comparison with thoseof other countries, this course introduces students to ways of thinking
critically about cultural phenomena and practices in a comparative andhistorical perspective.

【参考書】
Alexander Bloom and Wini Breines, eds. Takin’ it to the Streets: A
Sixties Reader. 4th edition. Oxford University Press, 2015.
Ann Charters, ed. The Portable Sixties Reader. Penguin Classics, 2002.
David Farber and Beth Bailey, The Columbia Guide to America in the
1960s. Columbia University Press, 2001.
David Farber, The Age of Great Dreams: America in the 1960s. Farrar,
1994.
Maurice Isserman and Michael Kazin, America Divided: The Civil Warof the 1960s. 5th edition. Oxford University Press, 2015.
Todd Gitlin, The Sixties: Years of Hope, Days of Rage. Bantam Books,
1993.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Class participation (worksheets,
activities): 40%
Presentations: 20%
Final Exam: 40%

discussions,and other in-class【到達目標】
Through this course, students are expected to be able to do the following:
1. Explain the ways in which the counterculture movement challenged
the established norms of American society
2. Analyze cultural phenomena and practices through literary, visual,and audio texts
3. Give presentations in which the concepts and topics covered in thecourse are applied【学生の意見等からの気づき】
I plan to allot more time for students to share their thoughts with theclass.

【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP3」「DP4」に関連【Outline and objectives】
N/A【その他の重要事項】
定員を 30 名とし、それを超える場合は選抜をおこないます（文学部生を優先とする）。
履修希望者は、辞書（電子辞書可・携帯電話不可）を持参の上、必ず初回授業に出席してください。

【授業の進め方と方法】
Classes will consist of lectures, in-class tasks, and group discussions. In
particular, students participate in many group discussions on various
topics introduced in the lectures. Students will also give a group orindividual presentation toward the end of the semester.
Students’ writings will be picked and shared to the class next weekthrough the "feedback sheets" provided by the instructor.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
秋学期
回
テーマ
第1回
Course Introduction

第2回

Society

第3回

Family第4回

Education

第5回

Youth

第6回
第7回

Race
Ethnicity

第8回

Gender

第9回
第 10 回
第 11 回

Sexuality
Environmentalism
International
Counterculture
Counterculture in the
21st Century
Student Presentations(1)

第 12 回
第 13 回

第 14 回

Student Presentations(2)

内容
Review course goals; brief
self-introduction by students;
Overview of the history of the
1960s and introduction to themajor issues to be discussed in thiscourseComparative overview of the social
conditions of the US, the UK, andJapan in the 1960s
Comparative overview of family
and domestic life in the US, theUK, and Japan in the 1960s
Comparative overview of educationand school system in the US, theUK, and Japan in the 1960s
The Beat generation, rock and roll,and drug culture
From Civil Rights to Black Power
Latinos, Asian Americans, andNative Americans
The women’s movement and thesexual revolution
The gay liberation
Rachel Carson, Silent Spring
Counterculture in Japan and theUK
The legacy and future ofcounterculture
Student presentations on"Counterculture" and "The Black
Arts" in the 1960s
Student presentations on "The
Women’s Movement" and"Environmentalism" in the 1960s—5—発行日：2021/5/1
Rod Ellis. (2008). The study of second language acquisition (2ndedition). Oxford University Press.
H. Douglas Brown. (2007). Teaching by principles: An interactive
approach to language pedagogy (3rd edition). Longman.
H. Douglas Brown. (2006). Principles of language learning and teaching(5th edition). Longman.

LIN200BD

Second Language Learning and Teaching
BRIAN WISTNER
授業コード：A2990
秋学期・2 単位
他学部公開：｜ 曜日・時限：水曜 2 限

グローバル：○

成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course examines second language (L2) acquisition theory, research,and pedagogy. Students examine the variables that influence L2
acquisition and investigate how they are addressed in principledapproaches to L2 pedagogy.
【到達目標】
Upon successful completion of this course, students are expected to beable to do the following:
1. Identify and explain the variables that influence L2 acquisition
2. Investigate the connection between L2 learning and teaching【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP4」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
This course examines key concepts in L2 acquisition theory, research,and pedagogy. Students then apply this knowledge by conducting
research, presenting findings, and participating in group discussions.
Most classes will consist of group discussions, presentations, andlectures on topics in L2 acquisition and pedagogy. Feedback will begiven after each presentation. Check Hoppii for any updates regarding
this course.

【成績評価の方法と基準】
In-class presentations: 50%
Written report: 25%
Final exam: 25%
Students will be evaluated based on in-class presentations related
to the content covered in class and their performance on a writing
assignment and final exam. Highly evaluated presentations andreports demonstrate synthesis of the course content and follow academicpresentation and writing conventions. Details will be given in class. A
grade of "E" will be given for missing an assignment (i.e., presentation,
report, or test) or for being absent from four or more classes.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Students commented that some of the topics were interesting andhelpful.
【その他の重要事項】
定員 25 名を超えた場合は文学部所属学生を優先して選抜する。
履修希望者は必ず初回授業に出席してください。
【Outline and objectives】
This course examines second language (L2) acquisition theory, research,and pedagogy. Students examine the variables that influence L2
acquisition and investigate how they are addressed in principledapproaches to L2 pedagogy.

【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
秋学期
回
テーマ
第1回
Introduction to thecourse
第2回
第3回
第4回
第5回
第6回
第7回
第8回
第9回

第 10 回
第 11 回
第 12 回
第 13 回
第 14 回First language
acquisition
Second language
acquisition
Age and L2 acquisition
Interaction in L2
classrooms
Focus on form
Acquisition of L2
grammarAcquisition of L2
vocabulary
Contexts of instructedsecond language
acquisition
Foreign language
aptitude
Motivation

内容
Presentation of key concepts insecond language acquisition andteaching
How do people learn an L1?

How do adults learn an L2?
How does age affect L2 acquisition?
Does interaction lead to L2
acquisition?
Attending to meaning and form in
L2 learning
How is L2 grammar acquired?

Issues related to L2 vocabularyacquisition
In what ways does the linguistic
environment influence L2
acquisition?
Does language aptitude influence
L2 learning?
To what extent does motivation
affect L2 learning?
Affect and other
What other variables play a role inindividual differences
L2 learning?
Research presentations Research project presentations
Feedback on research
Discussion of and feedback onpresentations and final students’ presentations and final
exam
exam

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students should complete reading assignments before the class in which
they are discussed. Presentations should be prepared outside of class–this entails meeting and coordinating with your group members.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Patsy M. Lightbown, and Nina Spada. (2013). How languages arelearned. Oxford University Press. Approximately 4,200 yen.
【参考書】
Shawn Loewen. (2015). Introduction to instructed second language
acquisition. Routledge.
Lourdes Ortega. (2009). Understanding second language acquisition.
Hodder Education.

—6—発行日：2021/5/1
第 14 回LIN200BD

Informative Speeches
III

Public Speaking
椎名美智

授業コード：A2991 ｜ 曜日・時限：月曜 4 限
春学期・2 単位
備考（履修条件等）：定員 20 名を超える場合は抽選にて選抜する
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The course will focus on developing and improving students’ public
speaking skills in English by introducing basic technics of public
speaking and also by assigning tasks of giving English speeches in
the class. Students will deepen their understanding of the linguistic
behaviours of public speaking in English by giving speeches themselves
and observing their classmates’ speeches.
【到達目標】The goal of this course is to acquire enough linguistic knowledge andskills to make speech in English themselves in the class, and also critical
attitude to evaluate other people’s speeches.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP1」に関連【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are responsible for doing required reading and tasks before
and/or after each class. Preparation for the speech and presentations
will be required for credit. You need two hours each for preparation andreview.
【テキスト（教科書）】All the materials will be uploaded at HOPPII. Students need todownload and print them as needed.
【参考書】
Any English textbooks related to public speaking【成績評価の方法と基準】
50%: Classroom participation
50%: Presentation【学生の意見等からの気づき】
I would like to spend more time for students’ presentations.
【その他の重要事項】
The order of the classes above mentioned can be changed in order toaccommodate the students’ needs.
【Outline and objectives】
The purpose of this course is to acquire linguistic competence in English
so that students can make speeches or presentations in public situations
confidently when they start working.

【授業の進め方と方法】
The first class starts on 12/April. The style of the class will be announced
by HOPPII. So please check HOPPII every week.
The course consists of lectures and presentations. Reading tasks andpreparing a few speeches are required. Since this course mainly consistsof students’ presentations, the number of the students should be limited
to 20 at maximum. Those who would like to take this class should attend
the first class as there may be a selection.
You are required to submit a reaction paper every week and I will deal
with some of them in the next class.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
春学期
回
テーマ
第1回
Introduction

第2回

第3回

第4回

第5回

第6回
第7回

第8回
第9回
第 10 回
第 11 回
第 12 回

第 13 回Presentations by the students, theaudience have to evaluate thespeeches, we will also review theprevious classes

内容
Introduction of the instructor,
handing out the syllabi,
explanation of grading andattendance policies. Assignment of
introductory speeches.
Basic Principles ofFocus class discussion on selected
Speech Communication exercises. Explanation of
introductory speeches.
Introductory Speeches Students give introductoryIspeeches and evaluate otherstudents’ speeches.
Introductory Speeches Students give introductoryIIspeeches and evaluate otherstudents’ speeches.
Speaking to Inform
Assignment of informative
speeches: guidelines for
informative speaking
Choosing Topics andFocus class discussion and lecture
Purposes
on topics and purposes of speeches
Organizing the Body of Focus class discussion and lecture
the Speech
on organization of the body of the
speechIntroductions andFocus class discussion and lecture
Conclusions
on introductions and conclusions
Outlining the Speech
Focus class discussion and lecture
on outlining the speech
Delivering the Speech
Focus class discussion and lecture
on delivering the speech
Using Visual Aids
Focus class discussion and lectureon using visual aids
Informative Speeches I Presentations by the students, theaudience have to evaluate thespeeches
Informative Speeches
Presentations by the students, theIIaudience have to evaluate thespeeches—7—発行日：2021/5/1

MAN100FB-A5501

Introduction to Organizational Management
Azusa Ebisuya
Term：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：水 4/Wed.4 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：
Week 11 Ensuring teamproductivity【Outline and objectives】
This course is designed to help undergraduate students in Global
Business Program (GBP) understand basic concepts and ideas oforganizational management in the world of business. This course
teaches the importance of management and its vital roles, organization
structures, and effective management of organizations.

Week 12 Fostering teamwork【Goal】The series of lectures in this course will help the students toobtain knowledge of general terms and concepts of organizational
management study, and instill further interest and desire to deepen
their understanding in this field.

Week 13 Managing an
unstructured
organization• Advantages of working in teams• Disadvantages of working inteams• Characteristics of effective
teams• Team development• Causes of team conflict• Solutions to team conflict• Potential benefits of
unstructured organizations• Potential challenges of
unstructured organizations• Review the entire semester• Explaining key managerial
concepts【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
This course is strongly related to the "DP1-1", "DP2-2" and "DP3"diploma policies and fairly related to the "DP4" policy.

Week 14 Course review and
Test (2)【Method(s)】This course will be delivered mostly through lectures so that thestudents can obtain basic knowledge of the subject. However, students
will have opportunities to actively participate in the class by providing
their critical thoughts and suggestions during discussions. The students
will have two written tests (7th and 14th weeks) which will examine
their understanding of this course.
Due to the epidemic of COVID-19, classes might be provided throughthe online system (Zoom). The detailed information will be updated.

【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
The students are expected to read the uploaded materials for each classbeforehand and prepare for discussions during the class. Preparatory
study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.

【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
Week 1 The roles oforganizational
management
Week 2 The planning function

Week 3The organizing
function

Week 4The leading function

Week 5The controlling
function

Week 6

Essential management
skillsWeek 7Mid-course review and
Test (1)Week 8Designing an effective
organization structure

Week 9Organizing theworkforce

Week 10 Organizing in teams

Contents• Interpersonal roles• Informational roles• Decisional roles• Defining the mission, vision andvalues• Assessing strengths,
weaknesses, opportunities andthreats• Developing forecasts andanalyzing competition• Developing action plan
• Top managers• Middle managers• First-line managers• Developing an effective
leadership style• Coaching and mentoring• Managing change• Building a positive
organizational culture• The control cycle• Crisis management• Maintaining control in
extraordinary circumstances• Interpersonal skills• Technical skills• Conceptual skills• Decision-making skills• Review the semester so far• Explaining key managerial
concepts• Identifying core competences• Identifying job responsibilities• Defining the chain of command• Functional structures• Divisional structures• Matrix structures• Network structures• Problem-solving teams• Self-managed teams• (Cross-)functional teams• Virtual teams【Textbooks】
Slides and additional reading materials will be provided through theweb-system.
【References】
Supplementary reading materials and/or websites will be sharedthrough the web-system.
【Grading criteria】
Participation in discussions: 28%
Assignment during a class: 12%
Test (1): 30%
Test (2): 30%【Changes following student comments】
Not applicable.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
We’ll use the Hosei University Course Management Support System forsharing reading materials and handouts.
【Others】
Please note that if the number of students attending the first classsignificantly exceeds expectation, the number of students who areallowed to register for the course will be limited in order to effectively
manage the class.
【Prerequisites】
None【Upon threat level change】
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at: at level 1, this course will be held on campus,
though at level 2, it will be held online.

—8—発行日：2021/5/1

MAN100FB-A5502

Introduction to Strategic Management
Naoki ANDO
Term：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：月 4/Mon.4 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
Why do some firms succeed and others fail? Competitive strategy
of firms explains a substantial part of their success and survival
in markets. This course introduces students to key concepts andframeworks of strategic management. At the end of this course,
students will be able to understand how firms gain competitive
advantages and compete with rivals. The content of this course will
become a basis for studying other courses on strategic management.
【Goal】
Objectives of this course are:
1. To learn how to analyze firms’ external environments and internal
resources.
2. To understand business level strategy.
3. To build skills in analyzing firms’ success and failure.
4. To develop a capacity to think strategically.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
This course is strongly related to the "DP1-1" diploma policies and fairly
related to the "DP2-2", "DP3" and "DP5" policies.
【Method(s)】This course is conducted in a classroom. However, in cases wherestudents cannot enter Japan, the course will take the hybrid-flexible
form (HyFlex, which is in-person lectures in parallel with online
real-time). Students who cannot enter Japan attend lectures online.
Each session consists of lecture and discussion. Lecture introduces
students to basic concepts and frameworks. Discussion and in-classexercises with regard to the concepts and frameworks, as well as caseanalysis, will be conducted.
In addition, students work on a team project during the semester. A
team consists of 3-4 students. The number of team members may varydepending on the number of registered students. Teams are required
to conduct a team project. Each team member writes up a term paper
based on the team project. In week 14, teams will make a presentationof the project. Details regarding the team project will be announced inclass.
Assignments are submitted in class or using Hoppii. Feedback will begiven either in-class or on Hoppii.

【Textbooks】
Hitt, A.H., Ireland, R.D., and Hoskisson, R.E. 2017.
Strategic
Management: Competitiveness & Globalization: Concepts and Cases(12th ed). Cengage Learning: CT.
More information about textbooks will be announced in week 1.
Reading materials are distributed in class or on Hoppii.
【References】
Barney, J.B. & Hesterly, W.S. 2012. Strategic Management andCompetitive Advantage: Concepts and Cases. Pearson Education: NJ.
【Grading criteria】
Class participation: 50%
Team project: 25%
Individual term paper based on team project: 25%
Class participation is evaluated based on active participation in
discussion and in-class exercises and contribution to the class.
More information regarding the team project will be announced in class.
【Changes following student comments】
More time will be allocated to discussions and in-class exercises.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
PC or tablet is required to prepare for presentations and term paper.
Students who are not in Japan prepare PC or tablet to attend the classonline.
【Others】
This course provides a basis for other courses on strategic management.
【Prerequisites】
None.
【Upon threat level change】
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at: at level 1, this course will be held on campus,
though at level 2, it will be held online.

【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
Week 1 Introduction
Week 2 What is strategy?

Week 3
Week 4
Week 5
Week 6
Week 7
Week 8

Week 9Week 10
Week 11
Week 12
Week 13
Week 14Analysis of external
environments(1)Analysis of external
environments(2)Analysis of external
environments(3)Analysis of external
environments(4)Analysis of internal
resources (1)Analysis of internal
resources (2)Contents
Course overview
Definition of strategy andcompetitive advantage
Analysis of general and industry
environments
Five forces model, the threat ofpotential entrants
The threat of industry competitors,
substitutes, suppliers and buyers
Application of Five forces model
Definition of resources, capabilities
and core competence
Resources and capabilities to gain
and sustain competitive
advantages
Application of the resource-basedview
Proposal of team projects
Whom and what to serve

Analysis of internal
resources (3)Project proposal
Business level strategy(1)Business level strategy Cost leadership strategy(2)
Business level strategy Differentiation strategy(3)
Presentation of projects Final presentation of team projects【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are assigned readings and cases. They also work on the teamproject with team members.
Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.

—9—発行日：2021/5/1

MAN100FB-A5503

Introduction to Accounting
Kenji KAWASHIMA
Term：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：水 3/Wed.3 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
This course is designed to provide a basic understanding of accounting,including introductory accounting concepts, principles, and procedures.
Specific attention will be devoted to the four financial statements andframeworks for understanding them, as well as ways in which toprepare financial data. Students will be expected to apply these skills
to the analysis of real companies, and to interpret their respective
financial statements accordingly. These cases will enable students tograsp the importance of accounting knowledge in the business world, tounderstand current events in terms of accounting measurements, andto communicate effectively with other professions.
【Goal】
Upon successful completion of the course, students should be able to:- Analyze a company’s annual report- Draw conclusions about profitability, efficiency, liquidity, and solvency- Record basic debt-credit journal entries- Prepare simple financial statements【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
This course is strongly related to the "DP1-2" and "DP2-1" diploma
policies and fairly related to the "DP1-1" and "DP2-2" policies.
【Method(s)】- In case it is difficult to hold classes in the classroom due to COVID-19,
we may plan to hold classes using Zoom and record it. The recorded
lessons will be available until the next class.
- You are required to submit a photo of homework assignments toGoogle Classroom after checking the answer yourself. The link to Google
Classroom will be posted on Hoppii.
- After the review, new topics are explained by the instructor, followed bygroup discussions and/or case analysis. Active participation is strongly
recommended especially during discussions and analysis.
- Japanese company financial statements are used in case analysis.
- Questions and comments are welcomed at any time on the Zoom and
Google Classroom.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
Week1
Introduction

Week2

Week3

Week4

Week5
Week6

Week7

Week8

Week9
Week10

Week11

Week12

Contents- Basic concepts of accounting- The four financial statements
Basic concepts of- Basic financial analysis ratios,
financial statement- Accounting principles andstandards
Balance sheet 1- Assets- Liabilities- Shareholders’ equity
Balance sheet 2- Liquidity and solvency ratio- Trend and common-size analysis
for balance sheet
Income statement 1- Expenses- Revenue
Income statement 2- Profitability ratio- Trend and common-size analysis
for income statement
Intermediate exam
- Balance sheet- Income statement- Liquidity, solvency andprofitability ratio
Statement of- Common and preferred stock
stockholders’ equity 1- Par value and additional paid in
capitalStatement of- Retain earnings
stockholders’ equity 2- Treasury stock
Statement of cash flows - Operating, investing and1
financing activities- Direct and indirect method forcomputing cash flow
Statement of cash flows - Interpret cash flow
2
- Trend and common-size analysis
for cash flow
Inventory and property, - Cash and cash equivalents
plant and equipment 1 - Account receivableWeek13
Week14Inventory and property, - Inventory
plant and equipment 2 - Property, plant, and equipment
Accounting cycle- 10 steps of accounting cycle- Debt-Credit journal entries【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are expected to spend an average of four hours preparing forthis class, including answering assignments for each class.
• Readings and/or problems are assigned for each class. You shouldcome to class prepared to discuss your analysis of the cases and its
underlying problems. Regular class participation is critical to thelearning process for both you and your classmates.
• Additional assignments will either be discussed in class or presented
as additional cases for your benefit. I will disclose assignments for classdiscussion prior to their respective lectures.
【Textbooks】
Nothing in particular however, students are welcome to access topics
concerning this course and its objectives in other related texts. The
instructor is at liberty to provide further materials during the courseof instruction.
【References】
Schoenebeck, K. P., & Holtzman, M. P. (2012). Interpreting andanalyzing financial statements. Pearson Higher Ed.(6th Edition)【Grading criteria】
Grades will be distributed according to the following weights:
Class Participation 20%
Midterm1 20%
Midterm2 20%
Final Exam 40%【Changes following student comments】
I will cover less topics than last year to give more time to each to becovered.
【Others】
Please note that if the number of students attending the first classsignificantly exceeds expectation, the number of students who areallowed to register for the course will be limited in order to effectively
manage the class. For this reason, if you are planning to take thiscourse, do not forget to attend the first class.
【Prerequisites】
None.
【Upon threat level change】
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at: at level 1, this course will be held on campus,
though at level 2, it will be held online.

— 10 —

発行日：2021/5/1

ECN100FB-A5504

Introduction to FinanceNaoki KISHIMOTO
Term：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：月 3/Mon.3 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
Students are given an introduction to interest rate computation andinvestment analysis of stocks and bonds.

【Textbooks】
Jonathan Berk, Peter DeMarzo, and Jarrad Harford, Fundamentals ofCorporate Finance, latest edition (Global Edition), Pearson Education.

【Goal】(1) Students can compute present values and future values.
(2) Students can use basic terms of bonds and bond investments.
(3) Students can compute bond prices based on yields to maturity.
Conversely, students can compute yields to maturity based on bondprices.
(4) Students understand major sources of risk in bond investments.
(5) Students can use basic terms of stocks and stock investments.
(6) Students can compute fair values of stocks using the dividend
discount model.

【References】
Richard Brealey and Stewart Myers, Principals of Corporate Finance,
McGraw Hill (any recent edition).
Richard Brealey, Stewart Myers and Alan Marcus, Fundamentals ofCorporate Finance, McGraw Hill (any recent edition).
Stephon Ross, Randolph Westerfield and Jeffrey Jaffee, Corporate
Finance, McGraw Hill (any recent edition).
Stephon Ross, Randolph Westerfield and Bradford Jordan, Fundamentals of Corporate Finance, McGraw Hill (any recent edition).
Stephen Ross, Randolph Westerfield and Bradford Jordan, Essentials ofCorporate Finance, McGraw Hill (any recent edition).
Thomas Copeland, Fred Weston, and Kuldeep Shastri, Financial Theory
and Corporate Policy, Addison Wesley (any recent edition).

【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
This course is strongly related to the "DP1-1", "DP2-1", "DP2-2" and"DP4" diploma policies and fairly related to the "DP1-3" policy.
【Method(s)】This class consists of a series of lectures. Yet, the instructor intends tomake this course as interactive as possible by asking students questions
and giving students time to apply formula to exercise problems in class.
Also, note that lectures are given in English. Yet, I will proceed withlectures very slowly, so that well-motivated Japanese students canunderstand them.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
なし / No【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
1
Overview of thiscourse, corporations
and stock market

2

3

4

Interest rates, future
values, and present
valuesInterest rates, future
values, and present
valuesInterest rates, future
values, and present
values5

Interest rates

6

Interest rates

7

Interest rates

8

Bonds

9

Yield to maturity

10
11

Basic terms for stock
investments
Stock valuation

12

Financial statements.

13

Financial statement
analysis
Final examination

14

Contents
I will give an overview of thiscourse. In addition, I will explain
basic organizational structures ofcorporations.
I will explain how to computefuture values and present values.

【Grading criteria】
70% on quizzes and 30% on class participation.
【Changes following student comments】
I will cover less topics this year than last year to give more time to each
topic to be covered.
【Others】
To gain better understanding of finance courses, including this course,
you are strongly encouraged to take Introduction to Accounting andIntroduction to Statistics in your first year at Global Business Program.
In addition, this course uses basic mathematics, which will be explainedin class very carefully. So, well-motivated students who are not well
prepared in mathematics can understand the contents of this class well.
Please note that if the number of students showing up in the first classsignificantly exceeds the expectation of the instructor, the instructor will
limit the number of students who are allowed to enroll in this course inorder for the instructor to effectively teach this class.
【Prerequisites】
None【Upon threat level change】
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at: at level 1, this course will be held on campus,
though at level 2, it will be held online.

I will explain the annuity
computation as well as theperpetuity computation.
I will explain how to compute
growing perpetuities, and how tosolve loan payments and theinternal rate of return.
I will explain interest rate quotes
and discount rates.
I will discuss discount rates andloans.
I will discuss discount rates andloans as well as determinants ofinterest rates.
I will explain basic terms of bonds
and bond investment.
I will explain how to compute theyield to maturity.
I will explain basic terms of stocks
and stock investments.
I will explain basic valuation
methods for stocks. Specifically, I
will explain dividend discountmodel.
I will discuss balance sheets andincome statements.
I will discuss a number of financial
ratios.
I will give a final examination inclass.

【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students must complete reading assignments before class. In addition,
students are given exercise problems to solve at home, which will
prepare them for the in-class quizzes. Preparatory study and review
time for this class are 4 hours all together.

— 11 —

発行日：2021/5/1

MAN100FB-A5505

Introduction to Marketing
Shohei HASEGAWA
Term：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：火 3/Tue.3 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
This is an introductory marketing course. Students will learn thebasis of business and marketing through reading articles which
describe actual company cases. The cases include various companies(manufacturer, service, retailing, internet technology etc.)
andstrategies (new product, branding, promotion, targeting etc.).
【Goal】The goal of this class is to obtain basic marketing knowledge. Students
will also learn survey, presentation and discussion skills.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
This course is strongly related to the "DP5" diploma policy and fairly
related to the "DP1-1", "DP2-2", "DP3"and "DP4" policies.
【Method(s)】1. Case Presentation
A presentation group will report on an article written about actual
business cases. The article will be distributed beforehand. The report
includes (1) summary of the article and (2) surveys of companies
described in the article such as business model, current market
environment or competitors.
2. Group Discussion
A discussion theme related to the article will be provided by the lecturer(e.g. What is the biggest threat to the company?). Students will first
discuss within each group and then feed back to the whole class.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes

2

Case (1)3Case (2)4Case (3)5Case (4)6Case (5)7Case (6)8Case (7)9Case (8)10Case (9)11Case (10)12Case (11)13Case (12)14Case (13)【Grading criteria】
・ Presentation: 30%
・ Class participation and group discussion: 40%
・ Final paper: 30%【Changes following student comments】
Reading materials will be changed according to students’ interests.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
・ Laptop PC or smartphone for presentation and discussion.
・ Google Classroom will be used.
【Others】
Related course: Principles of Marketing
Students who wish to register for this course must attend the first class.
If the number of students attending the first class significantly exceeds
expectations, in order for the instructor to effectively manage the class,the number of students who are allowed to register for the course may
be limited.
【Prerequisites】
None【Upon threat level change】
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at: at level 1, this course will be held on campus,
though at level 2, it will be held online.

【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
1
Introduction

・ Kotler, Philip and Gary Armstrong (2017) Principles of Marketing(17th ed.), Prentice Hall.
・ Keegan, Warren J. and Mark C. Green (2017) Global Marketing (9thed.), Pearson.
and old editions of these books.

Contents
Guidance and overview of thecourseNintendo:
Video game company
McDonald’s:
Fast food restaurant
Sony:Electronics company
IKEA:
Furniture company
Starbucks:
Coffeehouse chain
Facebook:Social networking service
Netflix:
Video streaming service
Smart:
Automobile brandMicrosoft:
Technology company
7-Eleven:
Convenience store
Apple:
Technology company
Toyota:Automobile company
LVMH:
Luxury goods company【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
All students are required to read weekly reading materials.
The presentation group is required to prepare a presentation materialusing PowerPoint or other software. Preparatory study and review time
for this class are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
No textbook.
Weekly reading materials or articles will be provided by lecturer
beforehand.
Cases in above spring schedule may change depending on the student
interests.
【References】
・ Kotler, Philip and Kevin Lane Keller (2015) Marketing Management(15th ed.), Pearson.

— 12 —

発行日：2021/5/1

MAN100FB-A5506

Introduction to Operations Management
Dennis TACHIKI
Term：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：金 3/Fri.3 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
Many students are familiar with the Toyota Production System but
fewer are aware it is part of the broader business function ofoperations management (OM). OM is the process of transforming inputs(raw materials, information) into valued-added outputs (goods andservices)–in short, the procurement, assembly and distribution of goods
as well as services.
In this connection, the main objective of this introductory OM course
is for students to develop a functional understanding of the mainconcepts and methods informing the subject of OM. Furthermore,
special attention will be paid to comparing a Japanese monozukuri
approach with other countries. This introduction will then form thefoundation for the OMI and OMII courses.
【Goal】
By the end of the course the stuents should be able to:・Understand the 3 broad areas of OM: strategic, tactical and operational
・Explain the OM concepts, principles and methods in each of these 3
areas
・Acquire critical thinking skills in analyzing the main issues in OM
The acquisition of these skills will be demonstrated through class/group
work participation, assignments and reports/presentations.

Week 7

Facility Layouts

Week 8
Week 9Midterm Examination
Toyota Production
System andLean Systems

Week 10 Total Quality
Management

Week 11 Customer and WorkFlows
Week 12 Managing Information
Flows【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
This course is strongly related to the "DP1-1", "DP2-1", "DP4" and "DP5"diploma policies.
【Method(s)】THE BEST CLASSROOMS DO NOT HAVE FOUR WALLS: LEARNING TAKES PLACE ANYWHERE, ANY TIME. IN YOUR CLASSROOM, THEN, I WILL EXPECT YOU TO CONDUCT THREE
ACTIVITIES. FIRST, PLEASE LOG-IN TO OUR COURSE HOPPIIWEBPAGE TO FIND THE REQUIRED READING (1-3 PER WEEK).
SECOND, ALSO IN OUR COURSE HOPPII WEBPAGE WILL BE
A SET OF EXERCISES/ASSIGNMENTS TO DEMONSTRATE YOUCOMPREHEND THE SESSION LEARNING POINTS. AND THIRD,
WRITE 3 SHORT REPORTS. PLEASE KEEP TO THE STATEDDEADLINES.
Active Learning is the main teaching approach for this course. Active
learning requires the students to take the lead in the learning processwith the instructor acting as a facilitator. This will be particularly
the case in the second half of the semester. Some examples of active
learning are pair-discussion, group work, case studies, simulations,presentations, reaction paper, experiential learning, etc.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
Week 1 Course Introduction

Week 2

Week 3

Week 4
Week 5

Week 6

Contents
・Syllabus・What is OM?
・Historical Development of OM
Operations Strategy
・Aligning OM Strategies with
Corporate Strategy
・Measuring Operations
Performance
・OM Manufacturing and Service
ProfilesProduct Design
・Design of Goods and Services
・Product Design Process
・Reducing Product Development
Lead Time・Handless Phone Case Study
Demand Management ・Handless Phone Case Study
Presentation
Capacity Management ・Types of Processes
・Process Flowcharting andAnalysis・Capacity Management
Inventory Management ・Types of Inventories
Services and Material ・Functions of Inventory
Requirement Planning ・Inventory Costs, Risks and Value
・MRP/MRPII・Peanut Factory Case Study

Week 13 Managing Projects

Week 14 Global Supply
Management

・Material Flow Mapping andAnalysis
・Theory of Constraints
・Layout Design
MIdterm Exam・History of Lean Production
・JIT/Kamban Delivery System
・Jidoka・Heijunka, Kaizen,
Standardization
・Translating the Voice of the
Customer・House of Quality
・PDCA Cycle
・Statistical Quality Control andStatistical Process Control
・Kaizen・External and Internal Customers
Presentation
・Concept of Information Flows・Dependent Demand Inventory
Management
・Enterprise Resource Planning
Systems
・Automating Process Management
・Project Management Defined・Project Planning and the GANTT
Chart・CPM and PERT ProjectManagement Techniques
・Strategic Role of Supply
Management
・Purchase Cycle
・Make-or-Buy Break-even Analysis【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
・CLASS PREPARATION: An active learning approach requires
students to prepare the readings and assignments BEFORE class. At
a minimum students should understand the keywords and main issues
in each weeks reading assignment.
・GROUPWORK: Students should expect to allocate time outside of class
to meet with their team members to discuss/prepare assignments.
・Preparatory study and review time for this class are 3-5 hours for eachsession【Textbooks】
Joel D. Wisner. 2016 Operations Management: A Supply Chain Process
Approach. Sage ISBN 9781483383064
・Please wait to purchase the textbook until after the first class.
【References】
We will use supplementary materials from time-to-time, which will bemade available as hand-outs and/or put on reserve at the library.
【Grading criteria】
Students will be graded based on the following criterions:
15% Class participation
30% Group work/Case studies/Simulations
5% Presentations
25% Midterm Examination
25% Final Examination
Late submission of assignments will result in a lowering of a student’s
grade.
【Changes following student comments】
Scheduled more time for group work, especially when done on-line inbreak-out sessions.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
Students are expected to bring to class a computer and/or smart phone
to access the Internet.
【Others】
Students (or teams) should try to meet with the teacher at least once
during the semester. Office hours will be announced at the first class.
If course is held on-line, this could be done through video conferencing(e.g., ZOOM, WebEX, etc.)— 13 —

発行日：2021/5/1
Please note that if the number of students attending the first classsignificantly exceeds expectations, in order for the instructor toeffectively manage the class, the number of students who are allowed
to register for the course may be limited.
【Prerequisites】
Willingness to study hard!
【Upon threat level change】
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at: at level 1, this course will be held on campus,
though at level 2, it will be held online.

— 14 —

発行日：2021/5/1

ECN100FB-A5507

Introduction to Japanese Economy
Hideaki HIRATA
Term：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：水 3/Wed.3 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
This course provides an introduction to (1) the Japan’s macroeconomic
characteristics, (2) the Japan’s current economic issues, and (3) the basic
economic principles and methods.
After learning a brief history of the Japanese economy and thebasic analytical tools of economics, we focus on Japan’s labormarkets, financial markets, corporate finance and capital investments,
international transactions, and economic policies from the 1980s
onward. Comparison with the other economies is frequently done.
By the end of the semester, you are expected to be able to utilize
the theoretical and empirical tools practiced in this class to generate
practical policy recommendations for Japan’s major economic problems.
【Goal】
This course is designed to provide students with opportunities to gain abasic understanding of the Japanese economy. The particular goals canbe summarized as follows:
1. To learn the history of the Japanese economy after WWII
2. To learn the basic features of Japanese households, firms, and thegovernment and to apply conventional economic theory to understandtheir behaviors
3. To strengthen analytical skills by discussing the strengths andlimitations of Japan’s corporate system, labor markets, economic policy,
and so forth【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
This course is strongly related to the "DP1-3", "DP2-1", "DP2-2", "DP3"and "DP4" diploma policies and fairly related to the "DP1-1", "DP1-2","DP1-4" and "DP5" policies.
【Method(s)】This course mainly comprises lectures, slideshows, in-class activities,
and discussions. All class materials are distributed through the LMS.
Note that the order of the lectures might be changed from the below
suggested schedule but what we will cover would not change very much.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
1
Introduction

2

Japan in the World 1

3

Japan in the World 2

4

Economic Growth5

Labor and Firms 1

6

Labor and Firms 2

7

Money

8

Monetary Policy

9Interest Rates

10

Capital Formation

11

Growth Accounting
and Potential Growth12

Government 1

Contents
Syllabus guidelines; an overview of
the Japanese economy’s postwar
macroeconomic performance.
The Japanese economy’s postwar
macroeconomic performance; basic
economic statistics, such as GDP
and its components.
The Japanese economy’s postwar
macroeconomic performance; thenation’s interactions with the restof the world.
What are the determinants ofeconomic growth?
Characteristics of Japanese labormarkets and firms; Understanding
Japanese labor market.
Characteristics of Japanese labormarkets and firms; Understanding
the relationship between labor andfirms
The role of money circulating in theeconomy.
The basics of monetary policy andits problems.
The role of interest rates in theeconomy.
Interest rates’ role in explaining
corporate capital investments andtheir accumulation, i.e., capital.
The potential power of theJapanese economy explained interms of labor, capital, and totalfactor productivity
The role of government in economic
policy; long-term economic policy.

13

Government 2

14

International Tradeand Finance

The role of government in economic
policy; short-term economic policy.
Japan’s exports and imports; therole of cross-border financialtransactions with the rest of theworld.

【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are expected to read the assigned materials and contribute toclass discussions. Preparatory study and review time for this class are
2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
Greg Mankiw (2020) Principles of Economics, Cengage.
Ito and Hoshi (2020) The Japanese Economy, MIT Press.
You SHOULD NOT buy these textbooks before the first class meeting
since a special instruction will be provided for the students of this class.
【References】
1. Papers and newspaper articles will be assigned throughout thesemester.
2. Annual Report on the Japanese Economy and Public Finance.
3. David Flath (2014), The Japanese Economy (3rd Edition), Oxford
University Press. ISBN: 9780198702405.
【Grading criteria】
Final exam: 100%. (1) Solving and submitting non-mandatory problem
sets and (2) class participation will give you extra points.
Last year, the fail rate was 5%.
【Changes following student comments】
I tried to design this course to motivate students to be interested
in learning economic ideas and to understand why those ideas are
powerful.
【Others】
This course has no prerequisites. I strongly encourage students to takePrinciples of Macroeconomics, Principles of Microeconomics, Business
Management in Japan, Japanese Innovation Management, Human
Resource Management Ⅰ/Ⅱ, and Corporate Finance AFTER taking thiscourse.
Please note that if the number of students attending the first classsignificantly exceeds expectations, in order for the instructor toeffectively manage the class, the number of students who are allowed
to register for the course may be limited.
【Prerequisites】
None【Upon threat level change】
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at: at level 1, this course will be held on campus,
though at level 2, it will be held online.

— 15 —

発行日：2021/5/1

ECN100FB-A5508

Introduction to Statistics
Makoto TAKAHASHI
Term：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：水 2/Wed.2 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
This course introduces elementary statistics, covering basic knowledgeof descriptive statistics, probability and inferential statistics.
【Goal】
After successfully completing this course, students can do the following
among others: understand and explain basic concepts; and summarize
and examine data using software such as Excel.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
This course is strongly related to the "DP1-4" and "DP2-1" diploma
policies and fairly related to the "DP2-2", "DP4" and "DP5" policies.
【Method(s)】The class is a combination of lectures and (computer) exercises. In eachclass, we quickly review a topic by watching a video and then learn thedetails with discussion and exercises.

【Others】
Basic knowledge of Statistics will be very useful for your further study
in GBP. Probability theory is used not only in Statistics but also
in other subjects such as Finance and Economics. Related courses
include, but not limited to, Introduction to Finance, Investments I/II,
and Elementary Mathematics A/B.
Please note that if the number of students attending the first classsignificantly exceeds expectations, in order for the instructor toeffectively manage the class, the number of students who are allowed
to register for the course may be limited.
【Prerequisites】
This course has no specific prerequisites. However, familiarity ofsome mathematical concepts and notations at a high-school level, andworking skills of Excel are desirable.

【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
1
Introduction
2
Introduction to data3

Summarizing data

4

Probability5Distributions ofrandom variables

6

Foundations for
inference 1
Foundations for
inference 2Foundations for
inference 3
Inference forcategorical data
Inference for numerical
data 1
Inference for numerical
data 2
Inference for numerical
data 3Introduction to linear
regression

7
8
9
10
11
12
13

14

Review / Final ExamContents
Data Basics
Sampling principles and strategies/ Experiments
Examining numerical data /Considering categorical data
Random variables / Continuous
distributions
Normal distribution / Geometric
distribution /Binomial distribution
Point estimates and sampling
variability
Confidence intervals for a sample
proportion
Hypothesis testing for a proportion
Inference for a single proportion /Difference of two proportions
One-sample means with thet-distribution
Paired data / Difference of twomeansPower calculations for a differenceof means
Fitting a line, residuals, andcorrelation / Least squares
regression
Review of the course / Evaluation of
students’ understanding【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Complete the reading before a new unit begins, and then review again
after the unit is over. Do the problem sets specified in class as a
homework. Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours
each.
【Textbooks】
Diez, David, Mine Çetinkaya-Rundel and Christopher D. Barr (2019)
OpenIntro Statistics, 4th Edition. (This book may be downloaded as afree PDF at openintro.org/os)【References】
References will be given in class if any.
【Grading criteria】
Homework: 50%
Final Exam: 50%【Changes following student comments】
We will spend time both on analytical and computer exercises.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
Laptop or tablet with Excel— 16 —

発行日：2021/5/1

PRI100FB-A5509

Introduction to Informatics
Yasushi KODAMA
Term：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：木 2/Thu.2 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
This course is aimed at students with little or no prior knowledge
for operating computers but a desire computational approaches toproblem solving. You can learn any basic computational operations
using Microsoft Office software but also any theoretical meanings ofinformatics.
【Goal】
One of the goals of this course is to become familiar with basic operations
for personal computers. Also you should learn how to solve the problems
related to social sciences.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
This course is strongly related to the "DP2-1" and "DP2-2" diploma
policies and fairly related to the "DP1-4", "DP4" and "DP5" policies.
【Method(s)】Mostly you can use the computers in the class room and you can learn
any operations of computer software especially for Office software. At
first you should learn how to login Windows operating system on theuniversity’s computers. After this course has started, the contents of
the lesson will be provided on the Web site.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
なし / No【References】
Specified in the lecture.
【Grading criteria】
Participation rate (80%) and reports to present in the lecture (20%).
【Changes following student comments】
We devise lectures so that students can solve problems autonomously.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
N/A【Others】
Please note that if the number of students attending the first classsignificantly exceeds expectations, in order for the instructor toeffectively manage the class, the number of students who are allowed
to register for the course may be limited.
【Prerequisites】
We will adopt practical use cases that are useful in the business fieldand devise to develop problem solving skills.
【Upon threat level change】
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at: at level 1, this course will be held on campus,
though at level 2, it will be held online.

【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
1st
Introduction

2nd

Word processing
practice

3rd

Electrical mail practiceand networking theory
Methodologies forpresentation using
softwareSpreadsheet practice(1)
Spreadsheet practice
(2)

4th

5th
6th

7th

Spreadsheet practice
(3)

8th

VBA practice(1)9thVBA practice(2)10thHow to build yourhome pages (1)How to build yourhome pages (2)How to build yourhome pages (3)

11th
12th

13th

How to build yourhome pages (4)14thWorkshop for solving
problemContents
Introduction to this course. The
goal of this course is specified. You
can learn how to operate
university’s computers.
Using Word Processing software,
you can learn the basic operation ofthis software.
You can learn the network systemand how to write e-mail scripts.
Using the presentation software,
you can learn the technicaloperations of it.
You can learn the basic operationsof spreadsheets.
It will test your ability of creating
spreadsheets for the businessdocuments.
It will test your ability of creating
spreadsheets using businessgraphs.
You can learn about VBA(Visual
Basic for Applications) as
spreadsheet macro programs.
You can learn about VBA
programming using the variables.
You can learn how to start to build
a page as your home pages.
You can learn how to build yourhome pages using some tags.
You can learn how to build yourhome pages using the CSS(Cascading Style Sheets).
You can learn how to build yourhome pages using new style files
and new pages.
At the workshop of classroom, you
should make a plan to present how
to solve the problems.

【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
You should autonomously learn the basic operations of personal
computers. If you can not understand the contents of the lecture,
you should ask us it in the classroom or investigate it by yourself.
Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
Specified in the lecture.

— 17 —

発行日：2021/5/1

MAN300FB-A5521

Global Business Strategy Ⅱ
Naoki AndoTerm：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：月 3/Mon.3 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：2〜4
Notes：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
This course introduces students to key concepts and theoreticalframeworks of international business. The course is more theoreticalthan practical.
The course focuses on key topics in international business suchas institutional and sociocultural environments (global businessenvironments), geographical diversification (internationalization) offirms, entry strategy, global business strategy, staffing of foreignsubsidiaries, and language barriers.
At the end of this course, students will be able to understand how
firms enter foreign markets, manage foreign subsidiaries, and gain
competitive advantage.
【Goal】
Objectives of this course are:
1. To develop the ability to analyze national difference in institutionaland sociocultural environment.
2. To understand theories of firms’ internationalization.
3. To understand entry strategy, global business strategy, and thetheoretical foundations of the strategies.
4. To understand the theoretical foundation of foreign subsidiarystaffing.
5.
To develop the ability to moderate language barriers insidemultinational enterprises.
6. To build skills in analyzing firms’ success and failure in foreign
markets using the theories of international business.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
This course is strongly related to the "DP1-1" and "DP4" diploma policies
and fairly related to the "DP2-2" policy.
【Method(s)】This course is conducted in a classroom. However, in cases wherestudents cannot enter Japan, the course will take the hybrid-flexible
form (HyFlex, which is in-person lectures in parallel with online
real-time). Students who cannot enter Japan attend lectures online.
Sessions consist of lecture and discussion. Lecture introduces students
to basic concepts and frameworks of the session’s topic. Discussion andin-class exercises with regard to the concepts and frameworks, as wellas case analysis, are conducted.
Students also work on a team project during the semester. A teamconsists of 3-4 students. Each team is required to conduct and write upa case analysis. In Week 14, teams make a presentation of the project.
Details regarding the team project will be announced in class.
Assignments are submitted in class or using Hoppii. Feedback will begiven either in-class or on Hoppii.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
Week 1 Course orientation:
Introduction andoverview
Week 2 Local businessenvironments 1

Week 3
Week 4

Week 5
Week 6

Local businessenvironments 2
Foreign direct
investment andmultinational
enterprises
Internationalization offirms 1
Internationalization offirms 2

Week 7

Entry strategy

Week 8Global businessstrategy

Week 9 Project proposal
Week 10 Foreign subsidiarystaffing 1
Week 11 Foreign subsidiarystaffing 2
Week 12 Language barriers 1
Week 13 Language barriers 2

Proposal of team projects.
Roles of parent country nationals
and host country nationals.
Choice of staffing policy.
Localization of subsidiary staffing.
Roles of language in MNEs.
Strategy to moderate language
barriers.
Week 14 Presentation of projects Final presentation of team projects.
【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
Students are required to read assigned readings and cases. They also
work on the team project with team members.
【Textbooks】
Hill, C.W.L. & Hult, G.T.M. 2018 International Business: Competing in
the Global Marketplace (12th ed.). McGraw-Hill Education, NY.
Textbook may be changed subject to availability. Detailed informationon textbook will be announced in the first lecture.
【References】
Ball, D.A., Geringer, J.M., McNett, J.M. & Minor, M.S. 2012.
International Business: The Challenging of Global Competition (13thed.). McGraw-Hill: NY.
Cavusgil, S.T., Cavusgil, S.T., Knight, G. & Riesenberger, J.R. 2008.
International Business: The New Realities (2nd ed.). Prentice Hall: NJ.
Cullen, J.B. & Parboteeah, K.P. 2011. Multinational Management: A
Strategic Approach (5th ed.). Cengage Learning: OH.
Rugman, A.M. & Collinson, S. 2012. International Business (6th ed.).
Pearson Education: UK.
Shenkar, O. & Luo, Y. 2008. International Business (2nd ed.). Sage
Publications: CA.
Newer editions may be available.
【Grading criteria】
Class participation: 50%
Class participation is evaluated based on active participationin discussion and in-class exercises and contribution to theclass.
Team project: 50%
More information regarding the team project will be announced
in class.
【Changes following student comments】
The course is being held for the first time.
【Prerequisites】
None.
【Upon threat level change】
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at: at level 1, this course will be held on campus,
though at level 2, it will be held online.

Contents
Course overview.
What is globalization and what isinternational business?
Legal, political, and economic
environments that firms confront
overseas.
Sociocultural environments thatfirms confront overseas.
What is foreign direct investment?
Multinational enterprises (MNEs)
and MNEs from emerging
economies.
Theories to explain theinternationalization of firms.
Intra-regional diversification.
Internationalization and firm
performance.
Wholly owned subsidiary andinternational joint venture.
Entry mode choice.
Strategies of MNEs.
Global integration and local
responsiveness.

— 18 —

発行日：2021/5/1

MAN200FB-A5522

Business Management in Japan
Yongdo KIM
Term：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：水 1/Wed.1 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：2〜4
Notes：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
The following topics will be covered:
1.Arguments on business management in Japan by Japanese andforeign scholars,
2.Comparative analysis of business system between Japanese and U.S.
companies,
3.Interfirm relationship in Japanese manufacturing industries andinternational comparative analysis of it,
4.The main bank system in Japan and international comparative
analysis of it.
The objective of this course is to understand business management inJapan more deeply on the perspective of international comparisons andby case studies.
【Goal】
You will learn logical thinking and basic knowledge on business
management in Japan and presentation skills by lectures, discussion,
Q&A and presentation.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
This course is strongly related to the "DP1-1", "DP2-1", "DP2-2", "DP3"and "DP4" diploma policies and fairly related to the "DP5" policy.
【Method(s)】Every week class consists of lecture, discussion on business management in Japan, Q&A, and presentation of case of Japanese companies.
Class procedure:
1. The first half of every class will consist of lecture.
2. Presentation, discussion, and Q&A will be practiced in the second
half of every class.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
1
Introduction

2

3

4

Misunderstanding on
business managementin JapanArgument on business
management in Japan
by Japanese scholar(1)Argument on business
management in Japan
by Japanese scholar(2)5

Argument on business
management in Japanby foreign scholar(1)6

Argument on business
management in Japanby foreign scholar(2)7Overview of business
management inpost-war Japan
Comparative analysis
of business
management between
Japan and US (1)Comparative analysis
of business
management between
Japan and US (2)Interfirm relationshipin the Japanese
automobile industry(1)Interfirm relationships
in the Japanese
automobile industry(2)

8

9

10

11

Contents
Overview of arguments on business
management in Japan and fixing ofpresentation schedule
Lecture and discussion on some
topics of business management inJapan
Representative argument thatstresses the specialty of business
management in Japan by Japanesescholar
Representative argument thatemphasizes the generality ofbusiness management in Japan by
Japanese scholar
Representative argument thatstresses the specialty of business
management in Japan by foreignscholar
Representative argument thatemphasizes the generality ofbusiness management in Japan byforeign scholar
Characteristics of Japanesebusiness system in the firms andbetween the firms
Do “the three sacred treasures” ofindustrial relations exist only inJapan?

12

13

14

Interfirm relationshipin Japan’s steel
industry
Interfirm relationshipin Japanese
semiconductor industry
The main bank system
in Japan

The case of transactions in steel
products for autos in Japan’s higheconomic growth period
The case of co-development
between Japanese semiconductor
companies and their customers
Its characteristics and change inrecent times and comparison
between Japan and Germany【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Please submit discussion sheet or reaction sheet by two days before ofevery week class. At least, it will need two hours every week.
Please read previously assigned references before the class of every
week. It will need two hours every week.
【Textbooks】
No prescribed textbooks.
【References】
Yongdo Kim(2015).The Dynamics of Inter-firm Relationships: Markets
and Organization in Japan.Edward Elgar Publishing
James C. Abegglen (2006). 21st-century Japanese management: New
systems, lasting values, Palgrave Macmillan
James C. Abegglen (1960). The Japanese factory, The Free Press.
Hiroshi Hazama (1997). The history of labour management in Japan,
MacmilanKazuo Koike(1996).
The economics of work in Japan,
LTCB
International Library Foundation
William G. Ouchi (1981). Theory Z: how American business can meet
the Japanese challenge, Addison-Wesley
William Lazonick(2009).Sustainable Prosperity in the New Economy,
Upjohn InstituteSanford M. Jacoby (1985). Employing bureaucracy: managers, unions,and the transformation of work in American industry, 1900-1945,
Columbia University Press
Takao Shiba and Masahiro Shimotani, eds. (1997). Beyond the firm:business groups in international and historical perspective, Oxford
University Press
Masahiko Aoki and Hugh Patrick, eds. (1995).The Japanese main banksystem: its relevance for developing and transforming economies,Oxford
University Press【Grading criteria】
Term paper(40%)
Presentation(30%)
Discussion Sheets and reaction sheets(30%)
【Changes following student comments】
Time of discussion will be increased.
【Prerequisites】
None

Commonalities between US andJapanese firms

Its characteristics and the processof its formation and development
Comparative analysis between US
and Japan— 19 —

発行日：2021/5/1

MAN300FB-A5525

Management Accounting
Hirotsugu KITADA
Term：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：金 2/Fri.2 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：2〜4
Notes：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
Management Accounting is an essential tool that enhances a manager’s
ability to make effective economic decisions. This course teaches
students how to extract and modify costs in order to make informed
managerial decisions.
The course covers 3 topics:
1. After an introduction, we will first focus on the interaction ofManagement Accounting and the business process. "Cost Behavior","Cost Management Systems" and "Decision Making" are the key issues.
2. In the second part, we will use accounting techniques for planningand control. "Budgeting", "Variance Analysis" and "Management
Control System" will be discussed.
3. The last part will be about Capital Budgeting, a technique to evaluate
projects having cash flows at different moments in time.
【Goal】
After successfully completing this course, students should be able to:- Use cost-volume-profit analysis in decision-making- Use relevant information for decision-making, both for pricing andoperational decisions- Set-up and use a master budget- Execute variance analysis- Understand, define, and implement management control systems andresponsibility accounting

Week10Chapter 9:Management Control
Systems andResponsibility
Accounting

Week11

Chapter 10:
Management Control
in Decentralized
Organizations
Chapter 11: Capital
BudgetingWeek12

Week13

Chapter 12: Cost
Allocation

Week14

Chapter 13:
Accounting forOverhead Costs【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
This course is strongly related to the "DP1-1", "DP1-2" diploma policies
and fairly related to the "DP2-1", "DP2-2", "DP3", "DP4" policies.
【Method(s)】This course is taught primarily through lectures. Active participation,
whether in the classroom or online, is encouraged.
Please register from the Google Classroom below.
https://classroom.google.com/c/MzAwNzgyMTYxNjQx?cjc=yogwpsf【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
Week1
Chapter 1: Managerial
Accounting, theBusiness Organization
and Professional Ethics
Week2
Chapter 2:
Introduction to Cost
Behavior andCost-Volume
Relationships
Week3
Chapter 3:
Measurement of Cost
Behavior
Week4
Chapter 4: Cost
Management Systems
and Activity-Based
Costing
Week5
Chapter 5: Relevant
Information for
Decision Making witha Focus on Pricing
Decisions
Week6
Chapter 6: Relevant
Information for
Decision Making witha Focus on Operational
DecisionsWeek7
Mid-term exam
Week8
Chapter 7:
Introduction to
Budgets and Preparing
the Master Budget
Week9
Chapter 8: Flexible
Budgets and Variance
AnalysisContents- Management Accounting andYour Career- Roles of Accounting Information- Variable-Cost and Fixed-Cost
Behavior- Cost-Volume-Profit Analysis- Cost Drivers and Cost Behavior- Cost Functions- Management Control Systems
and Organizational Goals- Designing Management Control
Systems- Controllability and Measurementof Financial Performance- Centralization Versus
Decentralization- Performance Metrics andManagement Control- Capital Budgeting for Programsor Projects- Discounted-Cash-Flow Models- Sensitivity Analysis and Risk
Assessment in DCF Models- The NPV Comparison of Two
Projects- Relevant Cash Flows- Allocation of Service Department
Costs- Allocation of Costs to Product orService Cost Objects- Illustration of Overhead
Application- Problems of Overhead Application- Variable Versus Absorption
Costing【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Read the textbook and complete the assignments given. Preparatory
study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
Horngren, C. T., Sundem, G. L., Stratton, W. O., Burgstahler, D., &Schatzberg, J. (2013). Introduction to Management Accounting (16thedition, Global edition). Pearson.
ISBN-13: 978-0273790013
Students are able to purchase it from the Kindle store.
https://www.amazon.com/Introduction-Management-AccountingCharles-Horngren-ebook/dp/B00IZ0B24U/ref=tmm_kin_swatch_0?
_encoding=UTF8&qid=&sr=&dpID=41Pj-X1q9XL&preST=_SX342_
QL70_&dpSrc=detail【References】
No.
【Grading criteria】
Students will be evaluated based on class participation (20%),
assignments (40%) and two exams (40%).
【Changes following student comments】
Not applicable.
【Prerequisites】
Introduction to Accounting is recommended to be studied.

- Cost Management Systems- Traditional and Activity-Based
Cost Accounting Systems- Pricing Special Sales Orders- Basic Principles for Pricing
Decisions- Make-or-Buy Decisions- Deletion or Addition of Products,
Services, or Departments

Chapters 1-6- Budgets and the Organization- Types of Budgets- Using Budgets and Variances to
Evaluate Results- Revenue and Cost Variances- The Role of Standards in
Determining Variances— 20 —

発行日：2021/5/1

MAN200FB-A5526

Financial Statement Analysis
Hiroshi FUKUDA
Term：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：水 3/Wed.3 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：2〜4
Notes：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
Stakeholders such as investors, suppliers, customers, employees andregulators, etc. need to be able to analyze and interpret financial
statements.
Precise analysis of these documents can help bothinternal and external decision makers evaluate an organization’s past
performance and then predict its future performance. In class we focus
our attention on some basic and important ratios and other analytical
tools.

【References】
Axel Tracy(2012). Ratio Analysis Fundamentals(2nd Edition), AF.
Other materials will be announced in class.

【Goal】
After studying Financial Statement Analysis, you should be able to:
1.Recognize and define the main elements(stock data) and ratios on thebalance sheet of a corporation.
2.Recognize and define the principal elements(flow data) and ratios on
the income statement of a corporation.
3.Recognize and define the principal elements(flow data) and ratios on
the cash flow statement of a corporation.
4.Compute and interpret basic and important financial ratios that would
be useful to each stakeholder.
5.Make use of knowledge gained in a business setting in the near future.

【Equipment student needs to prepare】
As free financial statements are available on the internet, a personal
computer will expedite your work in class.

【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
This course is fairly related to the "DP1-2", "DP1-4", "DP2-1", "DP2-2","DP3", "DP4" and "DP5" diploma policies.

【Grading criteria】
Class contribution(presentation,discussion): 40% and Final Exam: 60%【Changes following student comments】
The instructor will try to give a clearer explanation.

【Others】
Since basic knowledge of Accounting is required, it is advisable thatstudents have taken ’Introduction to Accounting’.
【Prerequisites】
Introduction to Accounting【Upon threat level change】
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at: at level 1, this course will be held on campus,
though at level 2, it will be held online.

【Method(s)】This course is comprised partly of lectures, practices, and presentations
by students. In each class, the instructor will first explain the topic ofthe day and students will do exercises. Participants are also required tomake a presentation about corporate financial strength 3(three) times
per semester.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
1
Introduction
2
BS framework3

IS and CFS framework

49Database and othercompany information
Profitability ratios - on
the income statement
Profitability ratios - on
the balance sheet andthe income statement
Liquidity ratios - on
the balance sheet
Liquidity ratio additional computation
Leverage ratios

10

Efficiency ratios

11

Valuation ratios

12

Additional valuation
ratiosFinal thoughts andreview of the course
Final exam

5
6

7
8

13
14

Contents
Course explanation
Concepts of the balance sheet andpractice
Concepts of the income statement
and cash flow statement andpractice
How to access and use a database
Return on sales, gross profit
margin, concepts and practice
Return on assets, return on equity,
concepts and practiceCurrent ratio, acid-test ratio,
concepts and practice
Cash ratio, concepts and practice
Debt ratio, times interest earned
ratio, concepts and practiceInventory turnover, accounts
receivable turnover, day’s sales inreceivables,
concepts and practice
Earnings per share(EPS),
price/earning ratio(P/E), concepts
and practice
Dividend yield, payout ratio,
concepts and practice
Q & A, practiceFinal exam

【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Preparing for class by reading materials will be key to succeeding in thiscourse. Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours
each.
【Textbooks】
Textbooks are not used in this course. Slides(handouts) based on thefollowing reference book will be distributed in class.

— 21 —

発行日：2021/5/1

ECN300FB-A5529

Investments B
Yongjin KIM
Term：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：金 1/Fri.1 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：2〜4
Notes：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
A derivative, or derivative security is an agreement between two
counterparties whose payoff depends on the value of an underlying
asset. Forwards, futures, options, and swaps are representative
derivatives. Derivatives are actively traded throughout the world andtheir market is exceedingly large. Unexpectedly, derivatives also havea long history. This course aims to help students understand the basic
aspects of derivative securities and how to value them. Comprehensionof derivatives will come in very useful in case you work in the financial
industry in the future. Due to time constraints, swaps will be discussed
only if we get ahead of schedule.
【Goal】
Upon completing this course, students will be able to1) understand the characteristics of derivatives.
2) understand how forwards are valued.
3) understand how futures are valued.
4) understand how call and put options are valued.
5) solidify an understanding of business and economic news about
financial markets.

9

Introduction to Pricing
and Valuation: Part 2

10Understanding Pricing
and Valuation: Part 1

11

Understanding Pricing
and Valuation: Part 2

12

The Binomial Option
Pricing Model: Part 1
The Binomial Option
Pricing Model: Part 2
Wrap-up and In-Class
Final Exam

13
14

-option value: Black-Scholes model-calculating the Black-Scholes
model-Black-Scholes model assumptions-implied volatility-review of payoff, price, and value
equations-risk-neutral valuation-probability and expected value
concepts-understanding the Black-Scholes
equation for call and put values-understanding the equation forforward and futures price-option valuation based on
one-period binomial model-two-period binomial model-multi-period binomial model-brief summary-final examination【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
This course is strongly related to the "DP1-1", and "DP4" diploma
policies and fairly related to the "DP1-3", "DP1-4", "DP2-1", and "DP2-2"
policies.

【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students should read course materials before class and should not missthe deadline for homework assignments. Preparatory study and review
time for this class are 2 hours each.

【Method(s)】This course is basically lecture-based, but wide open to active
participation in class. Slides and complementary handouts will be
distributed.

【Textbooks】
Gottesman, Aron, Derivatives Essentials: An Introduction to Forwards,
Futures, Options, and Swaps, Wiley, 2016.

【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
1
Introduction to
Forwards and Futures

2

Introduction to Call
Options: Part 1

3

Introduction to Put
Options: Part 2

4Introduction to Put
Options5

Useful Quantitative
Concepts for Pricing
and Valuation: Part 1

6

Useful Quantitative
Concepts for Pricing
and Valuation: Part 2

7

Useful Quantitative
Concepts for Pricing
and Valuation: Part 3

8Introduction to Pricing
and Valuation: Part 1

Contents-forward contract characteristics-long (short) forward payoff, andprofit and loss, and its diagram-counter party credit risk
-futures contract-call option characteristics-long (short) call payoff, and profit
and loss-call option moneyness-early exercising-comparison of call options andforwards/futures-put option characteristics-long (short) put payoff, and profit
and loss-put option moneyness-early exercising-comparison of put options, call
options, and forwards/futures-compounding conventions-calculating future value andpresent value-identifying continuously
compounded interest rates-volatility and historical standard
deviation-interpretation of standard
deviation-annualized standard deviation- understanding the standard
normal cumulative distributionfunction- z-score-concepts of price and value of aforward contract-forward price-forward value【References】
Hull, John C., Fundamentals of Futures and Options Markets, recent
editions, Pearson.
【Grading criteria】
Grades will be based on the following composition:
class participation (20%),
homework assignment (30%),
and final examination (50%).
【Changes following student comments】
I will try to make explanations much easier to understand.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
The Microsoft Excel will be often used as a calculation tool. It would bebetter if students had a basic knowledge of MS-Excel.
【Prerequisites】
It is advisable that students have taken the Introduction to Financeand/or Introduction to Statistics, or have equivalent knowledge about
them. However, I will explain useful quantitative concepts for pricing
derivatives from the basics, so any students interested in derivatives
are highly welcome.

— 22 —

発行日：2021/5/1

MAN300FB-A5532

Distribution in Japan
Nobukazu AZUMA
Term：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：金 6/Fri.6 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：2〜4
Notes：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
This course aims at deepening our understandings of retail anddistribution system in Japan. At the end of this course, you’ll haveacquired hands-on knowledge on (1) the social roles of the distribution
system, (2) idiosyncrasies and historical development of the Japaneseretailing and distribution system and (3) some of the critical andcontemporary issues surrounding retailing and distribution trades inJapan today.
【Goal】
Through participating in this course, students are expected to acquire
fundamental knowledge on various types of distribution channels
as well as the social roles that the distribution system plays in agiven socio-cultural and economic setting. Students are also given
opportunities to compare the distribution system in his / her own
country with its Japanese counterpart, making use of related statistics
and other secondary sources, together with some fieldworks andcase-based discussions. Course assignments are designed in a way thatstudents can develop their interests in those retailers that represent theJapanese distribution today.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
This course is fairly related to the "DP1-1", "DP2-1", "DP2-2", "DP3","DP4" and "DP5" diploma policies.
【Method(s)】This course consists of a combination of lectures, in-class case-based
discussions, student-led presentations, guest talks and site visits.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
あり / Yes【Schedule】
No.
Theme
1
Course guidance &introduction

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Contents-Course guidance: Scope of thecourse and course requirements-Icebreak session-Introduction: Why do we study
retailing and distribution system?
Retailing &-What is retailing and distribution
distribution system(system) anyway?
and its social roles (1)-Why do we need merchants’intermediaries between production
and consumption?
-What does retail and distribution
system deliver to us?
Retailing &-The functions of retail anddistribution system
distribution system
and its social roles (2)-Who perform the functions andactivities in the retail anddistribution system?
-Who pay the costs of distribution?
(The concept of distribution costs)
Retailing in Japan: Its -What is retailing?
structure and social-Who perform the roles of retailing?
roles-Social roles expected to retailing-Factor affecting retail change (taskenvironment and constraining
environment)-Structure of Japanese retailing
Retail formats and-Retail formats and retail types
retail types (1)-Structure of Japanese retailingfrom the perspective retail types-Principal retail types
Retail formats andRetail Business Model (RBM)
retail types (2)innovations: Principal cases inJapanese retailing
Guest Lecture (1) :A retail practitioner / executive will
centering around RBM be invited for a guest talk andin-class discussion.
Follow up lecture of the - What you’d have learned throughGuest Lecture (1) and
the Guest Lecture (1) will be
in-class discussions.
explained and discussed from boththeoretical and practicalperspectives.

9

10

11
12

13

14

Internationalisation ofretailing (1)-The notion of internationalisationin retailing-Retailers’ motivations tointernationalise their operations
Internationalisation of -Multiple case studies of Japaneseretailing (2)retailers’ internationalisation
processes are to be presented.
- We’ll also discuss the issues
surrounding
those internatinal retailers
attempt to set fooot on theJapanese market.
Site Visit (Fieldwork)
A class field trip to a disignatedretail site.
Guest Lecture (2) :A retail practitioner / executive will
centering around retail be invited for a guest talk andinternationalisation
in-class discussion.
Follow up lecture of the Some of the key issues introduced
Guest Lecture (2) andin the Guest Lecture (2) will be
in-class discussions.
further discussed with bothpractical and theoretical
implications.
Term-summary
The contents dealt with in thesemester will be reviewed for asystemic understanding.

【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are expected to familiarise themselves with the phenomena
pertaining to retailing and distribution trades, including retailmarketing activities among Japanese firms, throughout the semester.
It will help them better understand what they look at in this course.
* Stundents are to spend approvimately a couple of hours for the
preparation and review of each class.
【Textbooks】
There is no specific course textbook.
distributed prior to each lecture.

Learning materials are to be【References】
Fernie,J,Fernie,S, and Moore,C. (2015) Principles of Retailing 2nd
Edition,Routledge, ISBN(978-1138791954)
Goworek,H, and McGoldrick,P. (2015) Retail Marketing Management :Principles & Practice, Pearson Education, ISBN(978-0273758747)【Grading criteria】(1)Weekly assignment (50%)(2)In-class contributions through discussions (20%)(2)End-of-term assessment (short essay) (30%)
【Changes following student comments】
Having shared with students their ideas for the future course disign ofthis subject, the structure of the course is made more towards a mixedmethod one with a combination of conceptural / theoretical lectures, casestudies / case discussions, guest lectures, and site visit.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
Students are occasionally required to bring in their own PC.
【Others】
Although it is not mandatory, it is desirable to have taken a setof introductory courses in the related fields (e.g. Intoroduction to;organisational / strategic management, accounting, finance, marketing,and organisational management and etc.) upon registering on this class.
【Upon threat level change】
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at: at level 1, this course will be held on campus,
though at level 2, it will be held online.

— 23 —

発行日：2021/5/1

MAN300FB-A5533

Operations Management Ⅰ
Dennis TACHIKI
Term：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：金 4/Fri.4 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：2〜4
Notes：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
How did the “Made in Japan” image change from shoddy goods inthe immediate post-war period to its high quality image today? In
answering this question, the focus in Operations Management I is on
the role of monozukuri: “making things.” It is important to emphasize
monozukuri lies not in the product and the service itself, but in thedesign process. This process consists of “design information” aimed
at “delighting customers” (product development), transcribing it on
a “product architecture” (production) and transmitting this “sensory
experience” to customers (marketing and sales). Fujimoto (2004) argues
this is the key to a Japanese style of manufacturing.
Consequently the main objective of this course is to deepen the students’
understanding of these three aspects of the monozukuri process throughcase studies. In the first part, we begin with merging the “voiceof the customer” with a company’s ‘intrinsic technology” in new
product/service design. In the second part, we will translate these needs
and capabilities into operations processes in not only the manufacturingsector, but also the services sector. In the third part, we will examine
the information systems underlying a company’s supply chain. These“evolving deep layers in the design process of Japanese companies
provide a window for analysing the current status of monozukuri as wellas its possible future evolution.
【Goal】
By the end of this course, students should be able to:・Read and write a case study.
・THEORY: Understand the key concepts and principles constituting
monozukuri.
・METHODS: Apply the basic approaches guiding the monozukuri
design process. In this connection, students will learn how to read andwrite a case study.
・TOOLS: Use selected problem-solving techniques in pursuingmonozukuri.
These are some of the components of critical thinking so we can begin to“speak with facts and not by guts.”【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
This course is strongly related to the"DP1-1", "DP2-1", "DP2-2", "DP3","DP4" and "DP5" diploma policies.
【Method(s)】Active Learning is the main teaching approach for this course. Active
learning requires the students to take the lead in the learning processwith the instructor acting as a facilitator. This will be particularly
the case in the second half of the semester. Some examples of active
learning are pair-discussion, group work, case studies, simulations,presentations, reaction paper, experiential learning, etc. In this course
we will learn and use the case study method.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
Week 1 Introduction to Course

Week 2

Case Study

Week 3

Design Information (1)Week 4
Week 5

Design Information (2)Design Information (3)Week 6

Design Information (4)Contents
・Introduction to the Course andSyllabus
・What is monozukuri?
・What is a case study?
・Introduction to 7-11 Japan casestudy
Customers Relationships andCustomer Services (Wisner,
Chapter 5)・Collect customer information
・Segment customers
・Group work
・Design a customer relationshipprogram (House of Quality)
・Select a customer relationshipsoftwre・Deliver program to targetedcustomer segments
・Design performance metrics

Week 7

Product Architecture(1)

Week 8

Product Architecture(2)
Week 9 Product Architecture(3)
Week 10 Product Architecture(4)
Week 11 Supply Chain (1)Week 12 Supply Chain (2)Week 13 Supply Chain (3)Week 14 Supply Chain (4)New Product and Service Design(Wisner, Chapter 3)・Generate idea
・Develop concept
・Group work・Analyze and screen
・Design product and processes
・Test product・Introduce product to market
Integrating Processes Along the
Supply Chain (Wisner, Chapter 16)
・Identify key trading partners
・Establish supply chain strategies
・Align key process objectives with
supply chain strategies
・Develop performance measures
・Group work
・Assess and improve external
process integration
・ Re-evaluate annually【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
・CLASS PREPARATION: An active learning approach requires
students to prepare the readings and assignments BEFORE class. At
a minimum students should be able to explain what are the 5W1H foreach case study.
・GROUPWORK: Students should expect to allocate time outside ofclass to meet with their team members to discuss/prepare assignments.
Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
The readings for this course will either be available on-line, through thelibrary and/or handouts.
【References】
Joel D. Wisner. 2016 Operations Management: A Supply Chain Process
Approach. Sage ISBN 9781483383064【Grading criteria】
・Students will be graded based on the following criterions:
15% Class participation
10% Assignments and Group work
75% Module Reports (20%, 25% and 30%)・Late submission of assignments will result in a lowering of a student’s
grade.
【Changes following student comments】
Revise syllabus to focus on design information, product architecture andsupply chain【Equipment student needs to prepare】
・Students are expected to bring to class a computer and/or smart phone
to access the Internet.
【Others】
・Students (or teams) should try to meet with the teacher F2F (face-toface) and/or online at least once during the semester. Office hours will
be announced at the first class.
【Prerequisite】
Introduction to Operations Management or Teacher’s permission【Upon threat level change】
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at: at level 1, this course will be held on campus,
though at level 2, it will be held online.

— 24 —

発行日：2021/5/1

MAN200FB-A5534

Operations Management Ⅱ
Dennis TACHIKI
Term：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：金 4/Fri.4 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：2〜4
Notes：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
Managing the flow of goods, people, money and information acrossnational borders has become the new challenge for operations managers.
So what if you are requested to evaluate and improve the operations
management at a local company going global, how would you go
about doing it? The traditional operations management answer is tofocus on cost and speed issues; but in the 21st century, operations
managers must also effectively respond to the challenges presented by
globalization, sustainability, ethical conduct, effective communication,and system design. Doing this calls for operations managers to excel
in the business, technical, and interpersonal aspects of their work as
they actively support the mission and vision of their organization. In
addressing these issues, the main objective of this course is to leverage
the principles learned in the Introduction to Operations Management
course and the tools/methods learned in Operations Management I
course, to develop a PROJECT, selected by the students, that is
applicable in the real world.
【Goal】
By the end of this course, students should be able to:・TEAMWORK: Understand the skills necessary to cooperate andcoordinate an international Project.
・PROJECT MANAGEMENT: Design and implement project-based
operations management activities within a company and/or acrossnational boarders. In this connection, students will learn how to draft aPlan Design Matrix and related documents.
・MANAGEMENT: Appreciate the emerging challenges faced byoperations managers in a global economy.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
This course is strongly related to the"DP1-1", "DP2-1", "DP2-2", "DP3","DP4" and "DP5" diploma policies.
【Method(s)】Active Learning is the main teaching approach for this course. Active
learning requires the students to take the lead in the learning processwith the instructor acting as a facilitator. Some examples of active
learning are pair-discussion, group work, case studies, simulations,presentations, reaction paper, experiential learning, etc. In this course,
particular attention is paid to an experiential learning approach wherestudents plan and do, then check and reflect on their Projects. This will
be particularly the case in the second half of the semester.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
Week 1 Course Introduction

Week 2

Project Team

Week 3

Project Theme

Week 4

Project Design Matrix(1)

Week 5

Project Design Matrix(2)

Week 6

WorkshopWeek 7

Project "PLAN"

Contents
・Syllabus
・Project Management Case Studies
・Project Instructions
・Team Formation
・What is brainstorming?
・Project Theme Brainstorming
・Theme Discussion and Selection
・Introduction to PDM (project
design matrix)
・Background Research・Background Research ->Narrative Summary
・Outputs -> What is an Indicator?
・Statement of Work -> Activities
・Background Research ->Indicators, Means of Verification,
Assumptions
・PowerPoint Slide Format+
Alternative Software
Project Design Matrix
Presentations
・Presentation Skills
・Root Cause Analysis
・Work Breakdown Structure
・CPM/PERT Flow Chart
・Critical Path Analysis

Week 8PLAN (2)Week 9PLAN (3)Week 10 Workshop

Week 11 Project "DO"

Week 12 DO (2)Week 13 Project "CHECK"

Week 14 Project "ACTION"

・Evaluation and Monitoring・Staffing and Resources
・Revise PDM
・What is a GANTT Chart?
・Plan of Operation (PO)・5W1H of GANTT Chart
Project Mid-term Presentation
・Mondai Ishiki
・Data Collection
・Simulation and/or Field Work
Progress Report
・Kaizen Discussion
・Simulation and/or Field Work
Data Collection
・Kaizen Discussion
・Preliminary Impact Report・Data Analysis
・Kaizen Discussion
・Final Project Report Presentation
・Kaizen: Reflection Discussion【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
・CLASS PREPARATION: An active learning approach requires
students to prepare the readings and assignments BEFORE class.
Students are fore-warned they should allocate time outside theclassroom to gather data, prepare reports and etc.
・GROUPWORK: Students should expect to allocate time outside of class
to meet with their team members to discuss/prepare assignments.
・Preparatory study and review time for this class are 3-5 hours for eachsession【Textbooks】
The readings for this course will either be available on-line, through thelibrary and/or handouts.
【References】
Joel D. Wisner. 2016 Operations Management: A Supply Chain Process
Approach. Sage ISBN 9781483383064【Grading criteria】
Students will be graded based on the following criterions:
15% Class participation
15% Group work
10% Project Theme Presentation and Report
10% Project Design Matrix Presentation and Mid-term Report
50% Final Project Report
Late submission of assignments will result in a lowering of a student’s
grade.
【Changes following student comments】
Inclusion of more supplemental reading materials. More time for breakout sessions held on-line.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
Students are expected to bring to class a computer and/or smart phone
to access the Internet.
【Others】
Students (or teams) should try to meet with the teacher at least once
during the semester. Office hours will be announced at the first class.
If course is held on-line, this could be done through video conferencing(e.g., ZOOM, WebEX, etc.)【Prerequisites】
Operations Management I or teacher’s permission【Upon threat level change】
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at: at level 1, this course will be held on campus,
though at level 2, it will be held online.

— 25 —

発行日：2021/5/1

ECN200FB-A5535

Principles of Macroeconomics
Mizoguchi Tetsuro
Term：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：火 4/Tue.4 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：2〜4
Notes：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
Macroeconomics focuses at the national level, examining the determination of important national variables, such as GDP, the rate of inflation,
the level of unemployment, as well as flows of imports and exports
and the balance of trade. Course participants will also understandthe mechanisms for government policies to improve or hinder economic
performance at the macroeconomic level.
【Goal】
This course is an introduction to the field of macroeconomics. It will
give you the fundamental idea of the range of behaviors that economists
investigate, introduce you to the basic tools that we use to analyze
the economy, and apply these tools to government policy issues. Most
importantly, this course will introduce you to the “economic way of
thinking,” an approach to decision making that applies to personal
decisions.

Class 6Class 7

【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
This course is strongly related to the "DP1-3", "DP2-1" and "DP2-2"
diploma policies and fairly related to the "DP3", "DP4" and "DP5"policies.
【Method(s)】Weekly Lecture and E-learning with questions. The e-learning platform,
called “Mindtap”,is developed by Cengage Learning. Because of COVID19 pandemic expansion, the class lectures will be held by ZOOM, theweb-based online conference system.

Class 8【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
Class 1 Introduction

Class 2

Class 3

Class 4

Class 5

Contents
Course Overview (Class Objectives,
Goals etc).
Measuring a Nation’s
The purpose of this lecture is to
Incomeprovide students with anunderstanding of the measurement
and the use of gross domestic
product (GDP). GDP is the single
most important measure of thehealth of the macroeconomy.
Indeed, it is the most widelyreported statistic in every
developed economy.
Measuring the Cost of
The purpose of this lecture is
Livingtwofold: first, to show students how
to generate a price index and,second, to teach them how to
employ a price index to compare
dollar figures from different points
in time and to adjust interest rates
for inflation. In addition, students
will learn some of the shortcomingsof using the consumer price index
as a measure of the cost of living.
Production and Growth The purpose of this lecture is to
examine the long-run determinantsof both the level and the growthrate of real GDP per person. Alongthe way, we will discover the factorsthat determine the productivity ofworkers and address what
governments might do to improve
the productivity of their citizens.
Saving, Investment,
The purpose of this lecture is toand the Financial
show how saving and investment
Systemare coordinated by the loanable
funds market. Within theframework of the loanable funds
market, we are able to see theeffects of taxes and government
deficits on saving, investment, theaccumulation of capital, andultimately, the growth rate ofoutput.

Class 9Class 10Class 11Class 12Class 13

— 26 —The Basic Tools of
Finance

The purpose of this lecture is tointroduce the students to sometools that people use when they
participate in financial markets.
We will show how people compare
different sums of money at
different points in time, how they
manage risk, and how theseconcepts combine to help determine
the value of a financial asset, suchas a share of stock.
The Monetary System
The purpose of this lecture is tohelp students develop anunderstanding of what money is,what forms money takes, how thebanking system helps createmoney, and how the Federal
Reserve controls the quantity ofmoney. An understanding of money
is important because the quantityof money affects inflation andinterest rates in the long run, andproduction and employment in the
short run.
Money Growth and
The purpose of this lecture isInflationacquaint students with the causes
and costs of inflation. Students willfind that, in the long run, there is astrong relationship between thegrowth rate of money and inflation.
Students will also find that there
are numerous costs to the economy
from high inflation, but that there
is not a consensus on theimportance of these costs when
inflation is moderate.
Open-Economy
The purpose of this lecture is to
Macroeconomics: Basic develop the basic concepts
Concepts
macroeconomists use to study open
economies. It addresses why anation’s net exports must equal its
net capital outflow. It also
addresses the concepts of the realand nominal exchange rate anddevelops a theory of exchange rate
determination known aspurchasing-power parity.
A Macroeconomic
The purpose of this lecture is to
Theory of Openestablish the interdependence of a
Economy I
number of economic variables in an
open economy.
A Macroeconomic
This lecture demonstrates the
Theory of Open
relationships between the prices
Economy II
and quantities in the market forloanable funds and the prices andquantities in the market forforeign-currency exchange. Using
these markets, we can analyze theimpact of a variety of government
policies on an economy’s exchange
rate and trade balance.
Aggregate Demand and The purpose of this lecture is toAggregate Supply I
develop the model economists use
to analyze the economy’s short-run
fluctuations ̶ the model ofaggregate demand and aggregate
supply. Students will learn aboutsome of the sources for shifts in theaggregate-demand curve and theaggregate-supply curve and how
these shifts can cause recessions.
Aggregate Demand and Based on the lecture of Class 13,
Aggregate Supply II
this lecture introduces actions
policymakers might undertake tooffset recessions.

発行日：2021/5/1
Class 14 The Influence ofMonetary and Fiscal
Policy on Aggregate
DemandThe purpose of this lecture toaddress the short-run effects ofmonetary and fiscal policies. In
Chapter 33, we found that whenaggregate demand or short-run
aggregate supply shifts, it causes
fluctuations in output. As a result,policymakers sometimes try tooffset these shifts by shifting
aggregate demand with monetaryand fiscal policy. Chapter 34
addresses the theory behind thesepolicies and some of theshortcomings of stabilization policy.

【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are required to read the course textbook and supplementarymaterials before class. Frequently, problem sets are assigned tothe class participants for the out-of-class learning purpose. Class
participants are required to solve these assigned problems seriously
because these problems help to understand the course materials.
Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
N. G. Mankiw (2021) Principles of Economics (9th Edition), Cengage
Learning. (about ￥5,600 included e-learning system).
【References】
https://www.core-econ.org/

Core Economics【Grading criteria】
Short Quizzes and Assignments (50%), Final Examination (50%).
【Changes following student comments】
This course is English only. Class participants must speak in English.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
Assignments are will be provided via the e-learning platform, called
Mindtap, MIndtap is the computer-based e-learning platform. So
students who are planning to register this course should purchase
Mindtap from cengage.com【Others】
Class participants are required to read the course textbook andsupplementary materials before class.
Frequently, problem sets
are assigned to the class participants for the out-of-class learning
purpose. Class participants are required to solve these assigned
problems seriously because these problems help to understand thecourse materials.
【Prerequisites】
None【Related Subjects】
Principles of Microeconomics【Related Subject】
Introduction to Japanese Economy【Upon threat level change】
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at: at level 1, this course will be held on campus,
though at level 2, it will be held online.

— 27 —

発行日：2021/5/1

ECN300FB-A5536

Principles of Microeconomics
Rika TAKAHASHI
Term：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：火 3/Tue.3 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：2〜4
Notes：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
This class aims to help with the understanding of basic concepts andanalytical methods of microeconomics at the introductory level. It
focuses on decision-making of individuals and firms and the allocation of
scarce resources in society. Topics are Supply and Demand, Equilibrium,
Welfare Economics, The Role of Government in Markets, Markets andCompetition, and Market Failure. Also, how microeconomics principles
are applicable to the real world issues as well as to other academic fields
will be discussed.

【Textbooks】
Mankiw, G. N. (2017) Principles of Economics (8th edition), Cengage
Learning.
The Mankiw’s textbook and accompanying online materials are thesame materials used in the Introduction to Japanese Economy class.
Students who have already paid for annual use of these materials in
the 2019 spring semester do not need to purchase them again. Other
students should not purchase the textbook until the first class meeting.
Details will be given at that time.

【Goal】
By the end of the course, students will be expected to:(1)Understand key economic models.
(2)Understand key concepts in the textbook.
(3)Acquire basic skills in order to make graphs and mathematicalformulas.
(4)Solve problem sets.
(5)Evaluate daily life topics and current economic and business news
from the viewpoint of microeconomic theory.

【References】
Other supplementary materials will be provided during the semester.

【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
This course is strongly related to the "DP1-3", "DP2-1" and "DP2-2"
diploma policies.
【Method(s)】This course consists mainly of lectures and subsequent exercises. After
understanding the basic idea of microeconomics, students will solve
problems and take quizzes in class. Also, problems will be assigned as
homework. Students are required to use the online learning software,
MindTap, to do homework. All materials including lecture notes will
be posted on either MindTap or Hosei’s class support online system,“H’etudes”.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Grading criteria】
Class participation: 20%
Homework and exercises: 40%
Final exam: 40%【Changes following student comments】
In order to gain practical skills, I will give you more opportunities forexercises.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
Students are expected to bring a computer in class to access the online
materials.
【Prerequisites】
This course is highly related to Introduction to Japanese Economy andPrinciples of Macroeconomics. Students are strongly encouraged to takethem before or after taking this course.
【Upon threat level change】
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at: at level 1, this course will be held on campus,
though at level 2, it will be held online.

【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
Week 1 Introduction

Week 2

Supply and Demand 1

Week 3

Supply and Demand 2

Week 4

Elasticity

Week 5
Week 6
Week 7

Markets and Welfare 1
Markets and Welfare 2
Supply, Demand, andGovernment Policies 1

Week 8Supply, Demand, andGovernment Policies 2
Government Policies
and Welfare
Markets andCompetition
Market Failures 1:
Overview
Market Failures 2:Externalities
Market Failures 3:
Imperfect Competition

Week 9Week 10
Week 11
Week 12
Week 13

Week 14 Review and Final
Exam

Contents
Guidance on syllabus, semesterschedule, usage of online materials,
and class rules.
Basic model using supply anddemand curves.
Changes in market outcomes, givenchanges in the demand and supply
curves.
Analysis using elasticity; “Dotechnological innovations increase
the revenue of firms?”
Measurement of consumer surplus.
Measurement of producer surplus.
Price controls; effects of minimum
wage and legislation on market
outcomes.
Taxes; effects of taxation on market
outcomes.
The deadweight losses of taxation.
Perfectly competitive markets andmarket efficiency.
Imperfectly competitive markets
and market inefficiency.
Externalities and market
inefficiency.
Introduction to Game Theory;
firms’ decision making underinterdependence.
Review and Final Exam.

【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are expected to read the assigned textbook before class and do
homework after class. Preparatory study and review time for this classare 2 hours each.

— 28 —

発行日：2021/5/1

MAN200FB-A5539

Special Topics in Management A
Keiko OKAMOTO
Term：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：水 4/Wed.4 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：2〜4
Notes：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
Students will learn fashion businesses in Europe, America, and Japanby observing historical and geographical development of the textile
and apparel industries. Students will discuss and analyze strategies
of various fashion companies in groups and in workshops. Students
will also learn how corporate social responsibilities are treated by theindustries and companies.
【Goal】
Students will understand the current global fashion business and how
they are operated. Students will gain abilities to collect facts, analyze
them, and state their ideas logically.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
This course is strongly related to the "DP1-1", "DP2-1","DP2-2", "DP4"and "DP5" diploma policies and fairly related to the "DP3" policy.
【Method(s)】Homework (preparations & reviews), Lectures, Case Studies, Workshop,and Discussions. Group Projects, Presentations, and individual Essays.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes

3
4

American Fashion
Business 1
American Fashion
Business 2

5

American Fashion
Business 3

6

Japanese Fashion
Business 1
Japanese Fashion
Business 2

7

8Japanese Fashion
Business 3

9European Fashion
Business 1
European Fashion
Business 2

10

11

Global Fashion
Business 1.

12

Global Fashion
Business 2.
Global Fashion
Business 2.
Class ProjectPreparation.
Class Project.

13

14【Grading criteria】
Homework: preparations & reviews 40%
Class Participation & Reaction Paper 28%
Class Project (group and/or individual) 7%
Essay 25%
【Changes following student comments】
Class attendance and participation are important.
Class progress will be depending on students’ homework (preparatory
and review) qualities.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
PowerPoint may be used for the class presentation.

【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
1
Introduction
Fashion Business 1
2
Fashion Business 2【References】
Kunz, Grace I., Garner, Myrna B. Going Global: The Textile and Apparel
Industry. Fairchild Books, 2016.
Cline, Elizabth I. Overdressed: The A Shockingly High Cost of Cheap
Fashion. 2012
Rivoli, Pietra. The Travels of a T-shirt in the Global Economy: an
Economist Examines the Markets, Power and Politics of World Trade.
John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 2005.
Thomas, Dana. Deluxe: How Luxury Lost its Luster.Penguin Books Ltd.
2007.

【Prerequisites】
None

Contents
Course overview
Japan, Europe, and United States
Supply Chain, textile
manufacturers, apparel
manufacturers, retail, SPA
retailers. and Fast Fashion
Levi’s: company profile, history,
and strategies.
The U.S. Industrial Revolution in
textilesAmerican History Summary
GAP: Company profile, history, andstrategies.
GAP vs Levi’s
Trading houses and wholesalers.
Shipping costs and containers.
Strategic differences between Fast
Retailing and Adastria.
Comparison of order quantities.
Japanese textile & apparelindustries in comparison with
European and Americancounterparts.
Tariffs & quotas and trade
agreements.
Haute Couture, Pret-a-Porter, andlicencing.
Designer brands, luxury brands vscapitalists.
Mass-production and labor costs.
Advertisements and perceived
quality.
It bags!
Corporate social responsibilities
and intellectual property rights.
Fast fashion and beyond.
Product development, production,and e-commerce.

【Others】
The instructor has worked in the Textile/Apparel andRetail/Distribution industries in a global environment.
The class is tailored for students to explore various companies and theirstrategies.
【Upon threat level change】
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at: at level 1, this course will be held on campus,
though at level 2, it will be held online.

Class project and Presentation.

【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Homework: preparations & reviews. Readings, Summarizing, Internet
searching. Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours
each.
【Textbooks】
N/A— 29 —

発行日：2021/5/1

MAN200FB-A5540

Special Topics in Management B
Dennis TACHIKI
Term：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：木 4/Thu.4 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：2〜4
Notes：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
In this course we will address the question, What is Total Quality
Management? The origins of this concept dates back to the 1930s at
the Bell Laboratories of W.A. Shewhart in the United Kingdom. This
became what was known as the British Standard 600. During the war
years, the Americans established the Z-1 Standard. In the post-war era,
Japan created not only the JIS (Japan Industrial Standards) mark, butalso added a managerial dimension to the quality control concept.
In this connection, the main objective this semester focuses on theunique contributions of Japanese companies to TQM: (1) QC (quality
control) as a national movement, (2) companywide quality control, (3)cross-functional management, (4) QC circle activities, and (5) QC audit.
【Goal】Be the end of the course the student should be able to:・Understand why total quality management plays an important role inbusiness.
・THEORY: Grasp the merging of engineering techniques and businesspractices into the TQM story
・METHODS: Use the PDCA cycle and kaizen for continuous improvement
・TOOLS: Apply the analytical tools commonly used in TQM activities.
Students should feel comfortable in engaging in TQM activities if given
the opportunity in the future.

・Types of reports
・How to prepare presentation andpresentation materials
QC Audit (1)・ISO and ISO9000 series
・External Audit: US, Europe andJapan・Internal Audit: Presidential Audit
QC Audit (2) + QCC (5) ・QCC Report and evaluation
QC Audit (3)・Conducting a Presidential Audit
QC Audit (4) + QCC (6) ・Management Presentation

Week 10 QCC (4)Week 11

Week 12
Week 13
Week 14【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
・CLASS PREPARATION: An active learning approach requires
students to prepare the readings and assignments BEFORE class. At
a minimum students should understand the keywords and main issues
in each weeks reading assignment.
・GROUPWORK: Students should expect to allocate time outside of class
to meet with their team members to discuss/prepare assignments.
・Preparatory study and review time for this class are 3-5 hours for eachsession【Textbooks】
The readings for this course will either be available on-line, through theuniversity library and/or as hand-outs.

【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
This course is strongly related to the "DP1-1", "DP2-1","DP2-2", "DP4"and "DP5" diploma policies and fairly related to the "DP3" policy.

【References】
We will use supplementary materials from time-to-time, which will bemade available as hand-outs and/or put on reserve at the university
library.

【Method(s)】Active Learning is the main teaching approach for this course. Active
learning requires the students to take the lead in the learning processwith the instructor acting as a facilitator. Some examples of active
learning are pair-discussion, group work, case studies, simulations,presentations, reaction paper, experiential learning, etc. In this course,
particular attention is paid to an experiential learning approach wherestudents plan and do, then check and reflect on their Projects. This will
be particularly the case in the second half of the semester.

【Grading criteria】
Students will be graded based on the following criterions:・10% CLASS PARTICIPATION (I.E., WHETHER YOU HAVE LOG-IN
TO OUR COURSE HOPPII WEBPAGE.)
・30% ASSIGNMENTS
・60% 4 SHORT REPORTS (20% EACH)
Late submission of assignments will result in a lowering of a student’s
grade.

【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
Week 1 Course Introduction

Wek 2

Week 3

Week 4

Week 5

Week 6

Week 7

Week 8
Week 9Contents
・Syllabus
・From QC to TOC to TQM
・TQM in Japan
Companywide Quality ・Business Strategy: Diversification
Control (1)and Rationalization
・What is CWQC?
・PDCA cycle and kaizen
CWQC (2)・Hoshin Kanri (Policy
Management)
・5Ms–target and means
・Measures and metrics
CWQC (3)・Catch Ball approach・Flag method
・Control items
Cross Functional
・Principles of quality control
Management (1)・What is CRM?
・CFM tasks, structure andadministration
CFM (2)・Statistical methods–speaking
with facts not guts
・SQC/SPC Methods
QC Circle Activities (1) ・What is QCC?
・QC Story
・Forming a QCC・Brainstorming
QCC (2)・Visualization
・7 QC Tools and 7 New QC Tools
QCC (3)・7 QC Tools and 7 New QC Tools(cont’d)・Snapshots of 5S, TPM, etc【Changes following student comments】
More QC Circle exercises.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
ON-LINE COURSESTUDENTS ARE EXPECTED TO HAVE INTERNET ACCESS (E.G.,
WIFI, CABLE, ETC) TO A COMPUTER AND/OR SMART PHONE.
IF YOU DO NOT, THEN SEND AN E-MAIL MESSAGE TO
INFORM THE PROFESSOR. ALSO INFORM THE PROFESSORIF YOU EXPERIENCE ANY DIFFICULTIES DURING OUR ZOOMSESSIONS.
CLASSROOM COURSE
Students are expected to bring to class a computer and/or smart phone
to access the Internet.
【Others】
Useful if student has taken Introduction to Operations Management
and/or Operations Management I.
Students (or teams) should try to meet with the teacher on-line at least
once during the semester.
If course is held on-line, this could be done through video conferencing(e.g., ZOOM, WebEX, etc.)【Prerequisites】
Willingness to study hard!
【Career background of the lecturer】
None【Upon threat level change】
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at: at level 1, this course will be held on campus,
though at level 2, it will be held online.

— 30 —

発行日：2021/5/1

MAN100FB-A5542

Workshop Ⅰ
Keiko OKAMOTO
Term：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：水 4/Wed.4 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：2〜4
Notes：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：○【Outline and objectives】
The purpose of this course is to understand Japanese companies
and their strategies by meeting people who work for the companies.
Students will also learn the guest speakers’ job responsibilities and theirstrategies.
【Goal】
Students will learn the present business environment in Japan throughguest speakers’ business/social experiences. Students will also put
themselves in the guest speaker’s working environment and identify
and solve the problems following the guest speakers’ lead. Students
also create their own career plan in a case study.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
This course is strongly related to the "DP2-1", "DP2-2" and "DP3"diploma policies and fairly related to the "DP1-1", "DP4" and "DP5"policies.
【Method(s)】During the course, four guest speakers will introduce their business andsocial experiences. What brought them to the present situation? Whatindustry are they in? What are their products/services? What are theirmarketing strategies? Why are their products/services superior to theircompetitors? A discussion will be held after each presentation. Students
will also do background research and follow up activities on eachspeaker’s topic. Students will write short papers (academic writing),
join group discussions, and give presentations during the course.
Comments on assignment and homework are provided via Hoppi &in class. Students are expected to reflect the feedback on the next
assignment.

【References】
N/A.
【Grading criteria】
Class participation, reaction paper, homework, - 70%
Group work participation, presentations, and individual short papers 30%【Changes following student comments】
Sometimes, instructions, such as homework, assignments, and/or
discussion were not clear. -> I will not give through instructions on
how to do your assignments as you received in high school. I am trying
to give you the goal of your job by putting you in a work environment.
You need to figure out the goal and the way to accomplish your job. But
you can always ask questions.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
Computer or Smartphone,PowerPoint & Word.

【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Others】
Guest speakers are subject to change. Details will be updated on thefirst day of class.
Please note that if the number of students attending the first classsignificantly exceeds expectations, the number of students who areallowed to register for the course may be limited. (This is for the
instructor to effectively manage the class.)
Students who did not attend the first two weeks may not enroll in thisclass. (Consult with the instructor for details.)
Class attendance is mandatory.
Absences without advance notice will NOT be eligible for makeups.
*If you consider taking this class, please sign up via Hoppi as earliest
possible time. You will find more information there.

【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Prerequisites】
None【Schedule】
No.
Theme
1
Introduction

2
3

Employer or Employee
Guest Speaker:
Starting an Education
Business

4

Entrepreneur andSmall Business
Internship Experience& Job Hunting

5

6

10

Commercial Art in a
Coffee shop
Guest Speaker:
Commercial Art vs.
Commercial Paint
Review of Commercial
Art as a ProjectManagerDevelop a Business
Plan
Electric Commerce

11

Fashion Tech

12
13

Guest Speaker: A
Global Maker
Group Project

14

Wrap up7

8

9

Contents
Course overview.
Company Profiles.
Internship and job hunting
The guest speaker shares his
experience as an employee and as
an employer in an education
business.
Running a business【Career background of the lecturer】
The instructor has worked in the Textile/Apparel andRetail/Distribution industries in a global environment.
The class is tailored for students to meet business people who
established his or her reputation in the respective industry.

The guest speaker will talk about
internship experience & job
hunting.
How to put artistic sense in abusiness.
The guest speaker introduces her
strategy to differentiate herbusiness from others.
The job responsibility of a project
manager.
Develop a business plan based on
one of the guest speakers.
Fashion Tech.
Company research.
Group work.
Discussions and Presentation.
The guest speaker will talk about
global strategies.
Company Analysis & Strategic
Comparison.
Presentations.
Review of guest speakers’
businesses.

【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Web & library research and readings, etc.
Preparatory study and review time for each class is 2 hours.
【Textbooks】
N/A.

— 31 —

発行日：2021/5/1

MAN100FB-A5543

Workshop Ⅱ
Azusa Ebisuya
Term：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：水 2/Wed.2 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：2〜4
Notes：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
Many foreign students in Japan encounter difficulties in finding jobs
in Japan because of their limited information of recruitment, theknowledge of the manner of job-hunting, and language ability. Many
foreign workers, on the other hand, are tackling issues related toadapting the corporate culture, building interpersonal relationships atwork, and maintaining their work-life-balance. This course will provide
the students with opportunities to know the tips of finding suitable jobs
in Japan, maintaining the joy of working, and succeeding as foreign
workers in Japanese companies through hearing real-life scenarios frompractitioners.
【Goal】The students are expected to obtain understanding on critical issues
faced by foreign employees in Japanese companies, and how these issues
are being tackled. The students will be able to effectively blend inwith the Japanese community and/or work environments based on theknowledge obtained through this course.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
This course is strongly related to the "DP1-1", "DP2-2" and "DP4"diploma policies and fairly related to the "DP1-4" and "DP3" policies.
【Method(s)】This course will comprise meaningful talks by practitioners, question
and answer sessions, and discussions. The guest speakers will be invitedfrom Japanese companies located in Tokyo and surrounding area, which
include both big and small-to-medium-sized enterprises (SMEs). The
students will be assigned to give a presentation as well as to write aterm-paper at the ending of the course.
Due to the epidemic of COVID-19, classes might be provided throughthe online system (Zoom). The detailed information will be updated.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
Week 1 Introduction to thecourseWeek 2 Guest Talk anddiscussion (1)Week 3

Guest Talk anddiscussion (2)Week 4

Guest Talk anddiscussion (3)Week 5

Guest Talk anddiscussion (4)Week 6

Guest Talk anddiscussion (5)Week 7

Guest Talk anddiscussion (6)Week 8

Guest Talk anddiscussion (7)Week 9

Guest Talk anddiscussion (8)Contents• Overview of the list of speakers• How to prepare for each class• Prepare for job-hunting as aforeigner (educated in Japan)• Practical advice for theparticipants• Prepare for job-hunting as aforeigner (educated in homecountry)• Practical advice for theparticipants• Prepare for job-hunting as aforeigner (educated in the third
country)• Practical advice for theparticipants• Experiences of job-hunting inJapan as a foreigner• Practical advice for theparticipants• Difficulties faced by job-hunting
foreign students and solutions forthe problems• Practical advice for theparticipants• Experiences of working in a
Japanese SME• Practical advice for theparticipants• Experiences of working in a
Japanese large enterprise• Practical advice for theparticipants• Experiences of working in a
non-Japanese company operatingin Japan• Practical advice for theparticipants

Week 10 Guest Talk anddiscussion (9)Week 11 Guest Talk anddiscussion (10)Week 12 Students’presentations andreview (1)Week 13 Students’presentations andreview (2)Week 14 Students’presentations andreview (3)• Experiences of working in
educational institute• Practical advice for theparticipants• Difficulties faced by foreign
workers in Japan and solutions forthe problems• Practical advice for theparticipants• Individual presentation basedon a personal research topic related
to the course theme• Review and discussion based on
the topics brought by students• Individual presentation basedon a personal research topic related
to the course theme• Review and discussion based on
the topics brought by students• Individual presentation basedon a personal research topic related
to the course theme• Review and discussion based on
the topics brought by students【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are expected to read the materials and prepare a few
questions. The materials for each week will be shared through theweb-system. Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2hours each.
【Textbooks】
None【References】
Supplementary reading materials and/or websites will be sharedthrough the web-system.
【Grading criteria】
Participation in discussions: 28%
Preparing questions for the speaker: 20%
Presentation: 22%
Term paper: 30%【Changes following student comments】
Not applicable.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
We’ll use the Hosei University Course Management Support System forsharing reading materials and handouts, and submitting papers.
【Others】
This course will invite practitioners as guest lecturers from Japanese
big and small-to-medium-sized enterprises. Guests will include CEOsof IT companies, team managers having international colleagues, andnon-Japanese team-managers who are training international workforce.
【Prerequisites】
None— 32 —

発行日：2021/5/1

MAN100FB-A5544

Special Topics in Global Business A
Azusa Ebisuya
Term：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：水 4/Wed.4 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
This course will provide you with a simulation to plan aproduct which can attract international customers, think
about best method of marketing it, and suggest the effective
promotion method through working with your internationalteam members. This provision will surely benefit you when
you start working after your graduation.
【Goal】
Through the interactive learning experiences, you are expected
to understand how to collaborate with team members
effectively, generate original and meaningful ideas, design anattractive product, and promote it successfully.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking thisclass?】
This course is strongly related to the"DP1-1", "DP2-2" and"DP3" diploma policies and fairly related to the "DP4" policy.
【Method(s)】The entire course will be delivered in an interactive manner,
facilitating you to get involved in the class actively. You will
have to work with your team members on discussions andtasks.
You will have a sheet to submit at some classes and two teampresentations during the course. After the course ends, you will
have to submit an essay.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
Week 1 Introduction to thecourseWeek 2 Understanding
team collaboration
Week 3 Team making andbuilding up
Week 4 Productconceptualization
Week 5 Marketing research(1)
Week 6 Marketing research(2)
Week 7 Preparation for
mid-course
presentation
Week 8 Mid-course
presentation andreview
Week 9 Application design(1)
Week
Application design10(2)Contents· Course overview· How to benefit from thesimulation classes· What is team?
· Expected performance of
successful teams· Team building-up activity· Team development· Idea generation· Idea screening· Concept development· Idea screening· SWOT analysis· Persona of your product· Questionnaire preparation· Survey methods· Data preparation· Discover, detain, distill,
document, and deliver· Initial team presentation· Review and discussion
·
·
·
·

Week
11

Promotion (1)

Week
12

Promotion (2)

Week
13

Final team meetingand interview

Week
14

Course-ending
presentation· Promotion strategies· Differences between
advertisement and promotion· How to promote yourproduct in a cost-free way?
· SNS as a promotion tool
· Preparation of the final
team presentation· Interview on teamcollaboration· Final team presentation· Review and discussion【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
The students are expected to read the materials for each classbeforehand and prepare for team-discussions during the class.
Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours
each.
【Textbooks】
Slides and additional reading materials will be provided
through Hoppii (Hosei portal site).
【References】
Supplementary reading materials and/or websites will beshared through Hoppii (Hosei portal site).
【Grading criteria】
Participation in discussions: 20%
Sheet submission: 30%
Contribution to the mid-course team presentation: 15%
Contribution to the course-ending team presentation: 15%
Essay: 20%【Changes following student comments】
Not applicable.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
We’ll use Hoppii (Hosei portal site) for sharing readingmaterials and handouts, and submitting papers.
【Others】
This course is related to the course entitled "Special Topics in
Global Business B" delivered by the same instructor.
【Prerequisite】
None【Upon threat level change】
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according towhich threat level we are at: at level 1, this course will be heldon campus, though at level 2, it will be held online.

Product name
Original logo
Detailed designing
Attractive design— 33 —

発行日：2021/5/1

MAN100FB-A5546

Special Topics in Global Business C
Dennis TACHIKI
Term：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：木 4/Thu.4 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
Traditionally, the answer to the question "What is the purpose of acompany?" is simply "to make an economic profit." Throughout thelate 20tth century NGO (non-government organizations) and otherstakeholders have put pressure on companies to assume a greatersocial and environmental responsibility. Now in the 21st century, as
companies move overseas to developing countries, companies are facing
demands to contribute to national economic development. The rise of a
new type of company, the social enterprise, is an attempt to addresses
these broadening business demands.
The main objective of this course is to introduce students to thisalternative way to conduct international business, especially indeveloping countries. In addition, students will learn how to write theirown business plan for implementing a social enterprise.
【Goal】
By the end of the course, students should be able to:・Understand the role of social enterprises in a national economy
・THEORY: Comprehend the key research from BoP to SE
・METHOD: Develop and write each element of a business plan
・TOOLS: Apply the problem solving tools required to understand thebusiness environment and company strategy【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
This course is strongly related to the"DP1-1" and "DP2-2" diploma
policies and fairly related to the "DP3" and "DP4" policies.
【Method(s)】Active Learning is the main teaching approach for this course. Active
learning requires the students to take the lead in the learning processwith the instructor acting as a facilitator. This will be particularly
the case in the second half of the semester. Some examples of active
learning are pair-discussion, group work, case studies, simulations,presentations, reaction paper, experiential learning, etc.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
Week 1 Introduction to Course

Week 2

From BoP to SE
Ecosystems

Week 3

SE Business Idea (1)Week 4

SE Business Idea (2)Week 5Marketing (1) Social
Strategy

Week 6

Marketing (2) Triple
Bottom Line

Week 7Competition Analysis(1)

Week 8Competition Analysis(2)

Contents
・Syllabus・What is a SE (social enterprise)?
・SE and Social Innovation
・Types of SE -> Legal, Tax,
Funding
・BoP (bottom of the pyramid) ->Drivers of SE
・Case examples
・Creating buying power (credit
access and income generation)
・Brainstorming
・Value proposition, price, delivery(bottom up innovation)
・Business idea presentation
・Sustainable development andtriple bottom line (economic, social,environmental)
・Balanced scorecard
・Shaping aspirations consumer
education)
・Voice of the customer (tailoredproduct development)・Market segments and targets
・Market data
3Ps (product, price, promotion)
・Improving access for BoP markets
・Brick and click business models
・Sources of business information
・Benchmarking (competitive andstrategic)
・SWOT matrix
・Indigenous innovation
development
・Midterm report

Week 9Operations
Management(1)Organizing
Week 10 Operations
Management (2)Scaling
Week 11 Social Finance Data (1)Triple Bottom Line
Week 12 Social Financial Data
(2)

Week 13 Presentation
Week 14 Final Business Plan

・Legal Status of SE (LLC, KK, etc)
・Facilities and lay-out
・Supply chain (distribution andcommunication links)
・Scallng Social Impact
・Impact Investing -> Measuresand Evaluation
・Profit/loss statement
・Cash flow statement
・Breakeven analysis
・Powerpoint format andpresentation skills
・Presentation
・Final business plan
・Group Discussion
・Kaizen Points【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
・CLASS PREPARATION: An active learning approach requires
students to prepare the readings and assignments BEFORE class. At
a minimum students should understand the keywords and main issues
in each weeks reading assignment.
・TIME MANAGEMENT: You are required to allocate 3-4 hours study
time each week to prepare for class activities.
・GROUPWORK: Students should expect to allocate time outside of class
to meet with their team members to discuss/prepare assignments.
【Textbooks】
The readings for this course will either be available on-line, through theuniversity library and/or as hand-outs.
【References】
Kickul, J.R. & Lyons, T.S. Understanding Social Entrepreneurship: The
Relentless Pursuit of Mission in an Ever Changing World (2nd ed.). New
York: Routledge, 2016
Prahalad, C.K. The Fortune at the Bottom of the Pyramid. Philadelphia:
Wharton School Publishing, 2006
Vexler, D. What exactly do we mean by systems? Stanford Social
Innovation
Review (2017, June 22)
Bradrach, J. Scaling impact. Stanford Social Innovation Review. (2010,
Summer)We will use supplementary materials from time-to-time, which will bemade available as hand-outs and/or put on reserve at the university
library.
【Grading criteria】
Students will be graded based on the following criterions:
15% Class participation
15% Assignments and/or group work
10% Presentations
60% Business plan report
Late submission of assignments will result in a lowering of a student’s
grade.
【Changes following student comments】
More case study examples.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
Students are expected to bring a computer and/or smart phone to accessthe Internet and do statistical calculations.
【Others】
Students (or teams) should try to meet with the teacher F2F (face-toface) and/or online at least once during the semester. Office hours will
be announced at the first class.
【Prerequisite】
Suggest student to enroll in this class in their second year.
【Upon threat level change】
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at: at level 1, this course will be held on campus,
though at level 2, it will be held online.

— 34 —

発行日：2021/5/1

ARS100ZA

13

Culture14

Course Review
End-term Examination

UK: Society and People
Mitsutoshi SOMURA
Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Year：1〜
4
Day/Period：金 3/Fri.3
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
This course will provide an introduction to the culture and society ofcontemporary Britain. Students will acquire knowledge about Britain:
it’s geography, climate, history, traditional culture, religion, politicalsystem, society, Britishness, and so on. The course will survey British
society following globalization after Thatcher’s government. Britain
in the 70’s was a nightmare, economically crippled, politically in aquagmire, and yet culturally vibrant. Thatcher, as prime minister(1979-1990), changed Britain drastically in the 80’s. She insisted on freeenterprise and deregulation, employed monetarist policies, privatizednationalized industries, passed legislations to weaken trade unions’political power, and was tenaciously skeptical about the deepening ofEuropean integration. However, socially, she was conservative andput an emphasis on the importance of traditional family, a self-help
work ethic and community. Whether her policies worked well or not
is still in discussion, but she is commonly thought to have prepared
the way for globalisation, economic success, and the rise of so-called
Cool Britannia. Political issues are often related to nation, religion,
immigration, ethnicity, class, globalisation, gender, youth culture, andso on.
With UK as a case theme, we also understand the diversity of cultures
around the world and the significance of enhancing communication withpeople from other cultural backgrounds.
【Goal】
Students will (1) acquire the general knowledge of the society andpeople in contemporary Britain, (2) learn how one of the most globalized
nations has gone through the changes, and (3) think about the new
realities and the implications of the changes. By comparing thesituations in Britain and Japan, students will gain clearer perspectives
on complex issues common in the most advanced and affluent countries.

【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are expected to read the materials as instructed and prepare
for class. Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours
each.
【Textbooks】
No textbooks will be used.
reading materials.

【Grading criteria】
Evaluation will be based on class participation (30%), a writing
assignment (20%), and exams (50%). More than two unexcused absences
will result in failure of the course.
【Changes following student comments】
None.
【Prerequisite】
None.

【Method(s)】Students will attend lectures, read related materials, write short essays,
watch videos and films, and have two written examinations.
Feedback will be given through Hoppii. Please note that the teachingapproach may vary according to which threat level we are at: at level 1,
70% of this course will be held on campus, though at level 2, 50% will beheld on campus.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No

5

Politics

6
7

Religion
Course Review andMid-term Examination

8

Monarchy and Class
Society91011Britain in Films
The Economy
Britain in the World

12

Family LifeThe lecturer will provide handouts and【References】
Abercrombie, Nicholas and Alan Warde. (2000). Contemporary British
Society (3rd edn). Cambridge: Polity Press.
Leventhal, Fred M. (ed) (2002).
Twentieth-Century Britain: An
Encyclopedia (rev. edn). New York: Peter Lang.
Oakland, John. (2015). British Civilization: An Introduction (7th edn).
London: Routledge.
Oakland, John. (2001). Contemporary Britain: A Survey with Texts.
London: Routledge.
Higgins, Michael, et al.(eds) (2010).The Cambridge Companion toModern British Culture. Cambridge: CUP.
O’Driscoll, James. (2009). Britain For Learners of English. Oxford:
OUP.

【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 1”, “DP 3”, and “DP 4”.

【Schedule】
No.
Theme
1
An Introduction
2
The Country
3
British Attitudes
4
Ethnicity and Identity

Sport, leisure, and the arts
The class is expected to compare
UK and Japan in these aspects,
discussing with international
students
Students’ inquiries and discussions
Course review
Written examination

Contents
Course overview
Geography, climate and history
Characteristics of its people
The English, the Celts and ethnic
minorities
The class compares UK and Japan
with regard to the conservation ofcultureThe British Constitution and its
government
Christians and non-Christians
Course review, students’ inquiries
and discussions
Written examination
History and changing attitudes
The class is expected to compare
UK and Japan in these aspects,
discussing with international
students
People, society and culture in films
The economy after Thatcher
Foreign policy and its relations
with the US and EU
Changing mores, education andsocial services— 35 —

発行日：2021/5/1
14

ARS100ZA

UK: Society and People

Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Year：1〜4
Day/Period：金 4/Fri.4
グローバル：○

成績優秀：【Textbooks】
No textbooks will be used.
reading materials.

実務教員：【Outline and objectives】
This course will provide an introduction to the culture and society ofcontemporary Britain. Students will acquire knowledge about Britain:
it’s geography, climate, history, traditional culture, religion, politicalsystem, society, Britishness, and so on. The course will survey British
society following globalization after Thatcher’s government. Britain
in the 70’s was a nightmare, economically crippled, politically in aquagmire, and yet culturally vibrant. Thatcher, as prime minister(1979-1990), changed Britain drastically in the 80’s. She insisted on freeenterprise and deregulation, employed monetarist policies, privatizednationalized industries, passed legislations to weaken trade unions’political power, and was tenaciously skeptical about the deepening ofEuropean integration. However, socially, she was conservative andput an emphasis on the importance of traditional family, a self-help
work ethic and community. Whether her policies worked well or not
is still in discussion, but she is commonly thought to have prepared
the way for globalisation, economic success, and the rise of so-called
Cool Britannia. Political issues are often related to nation, religion,
immigration, ethnicity, class, globalisation, gender, youth culture, andso on.
With UK as a case theme, we also understand the diversity of cultures
around the world and the significance of enhancing communication withpeople from other cultural backgrounds.

【Grading criteria】
Evaluation will be based on class participation (30%), a writing
assignment (20%), and exams (50%). More than two unexcused absences
will result in failure of the course.
【Changes following student comments】
None.
【Prerequisite】
None.

【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 1”, “DP 3”, and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】Students will attend lectures, read related materials, write short essays,
watch videos and films, and have two written examinations.
Feedback will be given through Hoppii.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No

5

Politics

6
7

Religion
Course Review andMid-term Examination

8

Monarchy and Class
Society91011Britain in Films
The Economy
Britain in the World

12

Family Life

13

CultureThe lecturer will provide handouts and【References】
Abercrombie, Nicholas and Alan Warde. (2000). Contemporary British
Society (3rd edn). Cambridge: Polity Press.
Leventhal, Fred M. (ed) (2002).
Twentieth-Century Britain: An
Encyclopedia (rev. edn). New York: Peter Lang.
Oakland, John. (2015). British Civilization: An Introduction (7th edn).
London: Routledge.
Oakland, John. (2001). Contemporary Britain: A Survey with Texts.
London: Routledge.
Higgins, Michael, et al.(eds) (2010).The Cambridge Companion toModern British Culture. Cambridge: CUP.
O’Driscoll, James. (2009). Britain For Learners of English. Oxford:
OUP.

【Goal】
Students will (1) acquire the general knowledge of the society andpeople in contemporary Britain, (2) learn how one of the most globalized
nations has gone through the changes, and (3) think about the new
realities and the implications of the changes. By comparing thesituations in Britain and Japan, students will gain clearer perspectives
on complex issues common in the most advanced and affluent countries.

【Schedule】
No.
Theme
1
An Introduction
2
The Country
3
British Attitudes
4
Ethnicity and Identity

Students’ inquiries and discussions
Course review
Written examination【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are expected to read the materials as instructed and prepare
for class. Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours
each.

Mitsutoshi SOMURA

他学部公開：

Course Review
End-term Examination

Contents
Course overview
Geography, climate and history
Characteristics of its people
The English, the Celts and ethnic
minorities
The class compares UK and Japan
with regard to the conservation ofcultureThe British Constitution and its
government
Christians and non-Christians
Course review, students’ inquiries
and discussions
Written examination
History and changing attitudes
The class is expected to compare
UK and Japan in these aspects,
discussing with international
students
People, society and culture in films
The economy after Thatcher
Foreign policy and its relations
with the US and EU
Changing mores, education andsocial services
Sport, leisure, and the arts
The class is expected to compare
UK and Japan in these aspects,
discussing with international
students— 36 —

発行日：2021/5/1【Grading criteria】
Class contribution (30%), midterm essay (20%), research presentation(30%), final research report (20%)

ARS100ZA

USA: Society and People【Changes following student comments】
None.

Gregory KHEZRNEJAT
Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Year：1〜
4
Day/Period：木 3/Thu.3
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：【Prerequisite】
None.

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
An introduction to a selection of the major issues and themes of culture,politics, and society in the United States. The course first gives a broad
overview of the country’s historical development, focusing on periods,
events, and shifts that directly affect society in the US today. The latter
half of the course examines aspects of US culture and society crucial tounderstanding contemporary US-based discourse, including increasing
politicization, shifting cultural trends, changing demographics, anddiversifying forms of popular media.
【Goal】
Students will familiarize themselves with key aspects of United States
culture and society while building literacy for understanding US-based
media. In particular, students will explore the historical, political, andcultural discourses that underpin a great deal of private and public
communication in the US. Students will also develop critical reading
and writing skills.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 3” and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】Each class will consist of a lecture on the specified topic followed bygroup discussions. Students will be required to research and give a shortpresentation on a selected topic. In-class feedback will be given for daily
reaction papers, and students will receive personal feedback on written
assignments and presentations. Please note that the teaching approach
may vary according to which threat level we are at: at level 1, 70% of
this course will be held on campus, though at level 2, 50% will be heldon campus.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
1
Introduction

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14

Contents
Introduction to the class andselection exam
Colonialism andA brief overview of the origins ofRevolution
the United States
Westward Expansion
Manifest Destiny, slavery, andand Civil War
north/south divisions
The Melting Pot
American immigration at the turnof the century
The City Upon a Hill
Tracing the development of autopian vision of American power
The End (and Return)
The US from the end of the Coldof History
War to the 21st century
US Politics and Culture Understanding US government,in the 21st Century (1) elections, and political systems
US Politics and Culture War, economic upheaval, and thein the 21st Century (2) popularization of political discourse"Hope and Change"
Social divisions and shifting foreign
policy in the Obama administration"Make America GreatPolarization, nationalism, andAgain"
current state of American politics
Literature
Major genres, themes, and figuresof literature in the US
Film
The US film industry and its role inglobal image construction
Popular Entertainment Television, popular music, humor,and other cultural exports
Final Synthesis
A review of the major themes of thecourse【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are expected to review readings and other assigned media
before each class and be prepared to engage in discussions. Preparatory
study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
Readings will be distributed in class as handouts.
【References】
References will be announced in class on an ongoing basis.

— 37 —

発行日：2021/5/1【Changes following student comments】
None.

ARS100ZA

USA: Society and People【Prerequisite】
None.

Gregory KHEZRNEJAT
Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Year：1〜4
Day/Period：月 2/Mon.2
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
An introduction to a selection of the major issues and themes of culture,politics, and society in the United States. The course first gives a broad
overview of the country’s historical development, focusing on periods,
events, and shifts that directly affect society in the US today. The latter
half of the course examines aspects of US culture and society crucial tounderstanding contemporary US-based discourse, including increasing
politicization, shifting cultural trends, changing demographics, anddiversifying forms of popular media.
【Goal】
Students will familiarize themselves with key aspects of United States
culture and society while building literacy for understanding US-based
media. In particular, students will explore the historical, political, andcultural discourses that underpin a great deal of private and public
communication in the US. Students will also develop critical reading
and writing skills.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 3” and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】Each class will consist of a lecture on the specified topic followed bygroup discussions. Students will be required to research and give a shortpresentation on a selected topic. In-class feedback will be given for daily
reaction papers, and students will receive personal feedback on written
assignments and presentations.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
1
Introduction

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14

Contents
Introduction to the class andselection exam
Colonialism andA brief overview of the origins ofRevolution
the United States
Westward Expansion
Manifest Destiny, slavery, andand Civil War
north/south divisions
The Melting Pot
American immigration at the turnof the century
The City Upon a Hill
Tracing the development of autopian vision of American power
The End (and Return)
The US from the end of the Coldof History
War to the 21st century
US Politics and Culture Understanding US government,in the 21st Century (1) elections, and political systems
US Politics and Culture War, economic upheaval, and thein the 21st Century (2) popularization of political discourse"Hope and Change"
Social divisions and shifting foreign
policy in the Obama administration"Make America GreatPolarization, nationalism, andAgain"
current state of American politics
Literature
Major genres, themes, and figuresof literature in the US
Film
The US film industry and its role inglobal image construction
Popular Entertainment Television, popular music, humor,and other cultural exports
Final Synthesis
A review of the major themes of thecourse【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are expected to review readings and other assigned media
before each class and be prepared to engage in discussions. Preparatory
study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
Readings will be distributed in class as handouts.
【References】
References will be announced in class on an ongoing basis.
【Grading criteria】
Class contribution (30%), midterm essay (20%), research presentation(30%), final research report (20%)— 38 —

発行日：2021/5/1
Hutchinson, Ben. Comparative Literature: A Very Short Introduction
Oxford University Press, 2018.

LIT200ZA

Comparative Literature【Grading criteria】
Class contribution (30%), quizzes (20%), midterm examination (25%),
final paper (25%)

Gregory KHEZRNEJAT
Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Year：2〜
4
Day/Period：木 5/Thu.5
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：【Changes following student comments】
None.
【Prerequisite】
None.

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
What is world literature? Why do some books become global bestsellers
while others are deemed untranslatable? How does literature relate
to other forms of art such as movies or music? This course will
introduce the fundamental issues of modern comparative literarystudies, including national canons, world literature, translation, andadaptation. We will discuss how comparing works with other texts
across genres, languages, time periods, or forms of media can give usa fuller understanding of not only the text itself, but also how systemsof literature combine to influence our impression of the text.
【Goal】
Students will practice critical reading and writing while learning thebasic approaches used in comparative literary studies. Students will
examine the historical development of comparative literature as a field
while utilizing comparative methodology to read and respond to selected
texts.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 1”, “DP 2”, “DP 3”, and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】Classes will be divided roughly evenly between lectures and guided
discussions. Short quizzes will be given to assess comprehension of
weekly readings. Students will also be evaluated through a midterm
examination and final paper. In-class feedback will be given fordaily reaction papers, and students will receive personal feedback on
written assignments. Please note that the teaching approach may vary
according to which threat level we are at: at level 1, 70% of this course
will be held on campus, though at level 2, 50% will be held on campus.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
1
Introduction

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

14

What is Comparative
Literature?
Interliterary Theory

Contents
Introduction of course content andselection exam
Basic definitions of the field

Relationships between national
and world literature canons
Literature andColonialism and the world
Colonialism (1)literature system
Literature andPostcolonial voices in world
Colonialism (2)literature
World Literature (1)Development of the concept ofworld literature
World Literature (2)The role of world literature today
Review and Midterm
A review of topics covered in the
Examination
first half of the course
Themes and Images (1) Relationships between language
and interpretation
Themes and Images (2) Specific examples of themes andimages used in literature
Literature and
The invisibility of translation
Translation (1)Literature and"Untranslatable" literature
Translation (2)Interartistic
Modernity, hypertextuality, and theComparison
relationship between literature andother forms of media
Final Synthesis
Review major themes of the course【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are expected to perform close readings of weekly reading
assignments and prepare to actively engage in class discussions.
Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
Readings will be provided as handouts in class.
【References】
Domínguez, César, et al. Introducing Comparative Literature: New
Trends and Applications. Routledge, 2015.

— 39 —

発行日：2021/5/1

LIT200ZA【Changes following student comments】
None.

Topics in Japanese Literature: History of Japanese
Literature in Translation【Prerequisite】
None.

Gregory KHEZRNEJAT
Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Year：2〜4
Day/Period：月 4/Mon.4
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
This course examines the social, political, and cultural forces that shape
the canon of Japanese literature available in English translation. In
particular, we will focus on translations published in the United Statesin the postwar period. How did publishers determine which authors to
introduce to an American audience, and how did those choices influence
our image of Japanese literature in Japan, the US, and globally?
【Goal】
Students will think critically about the discourses of translation,
publication, and world literature. Students will also develop criticalreading and writing skills through class assignments.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 2”, “DP 3”, and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】Classes will consist of lectures followed by group discussions. Quizzes
will be used to check reading comprehension, and students will complete
two papers for midterm and final evaluations. In-class feedback will
be given for daily reaction papers, and students will receive personal
feedback on written assignments.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
1
Introduction

2

13

Images of Japanese
Literature
The Postwar
Translation Project
Osaragi Jiro andPostwar Narratives inTranslation
Traditional Aesthetics
in Translation
Tanizaki andOrientalism
Visions of Japan in the
Postwar US
Review and Midterm
Examination
Reconsidering the"Return to Japan"
Orientalism and
Self-Orientalism
O-Hisa and Images of"Traditional" Beauty
Kawabata Yasunari
and the Nobel Prize
Contemporary Trends

14

Final Synthesis

3
4

5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

Contents
Introduction to the course andselection exam
A comparison of early translationsof Japanese literature into English
Knopf and the Japanese literature
publication project
Osaragi, Homecoming

Tanizaki, In Praise of Shadows
Tanizaki, In Praise of Shadows
Loti, Madame Chrysantheme
A review of topics covered in thefirst half of the course
Tanizaki, Some Prefer Nettles
Tanizaki, Some Prefer Nettles
Tanizaki, Some Prefer Nettles
Kawabata, Japan, the Beautiful,and Myself
Murakami Haruki and othercontemporary authors intranslation
A review of the major themes of thecourse【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are expected to perform close readings of assigned texts andshould be ready to engage in discussion each week. Preparatory study
and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
Tanizaki, Junichiro. In Praise of Shadows. Vintage, 2001.
Tanizaki, Junichiro. Some Prefer Nettles. Vintage, 2001.
Other readings will be provided as handouts in class.
【References】
References will be announced in class.
【Grading criteria】
Class contribution (30%), reading quizzes (20%), in-class midterm paper(25%), final paper (25%)— 40 —

発行日：2021/5/1
12

SOC200ZA

Race, Class and Gender I: Concepts & Issues
Kyung HEE HA
Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Year：2〜4
Day/Period：火 4/Tue.4
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

13
14

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
This class sees our society through the lens of race, class and gender
to understand how privilege and inequality are produced, maintained,
naturalized and challenged. The course will look at how various
inequalities are connected to one another through examining global,
national and local issues. Students will learn to analyze how race,class, gender, and sexuality are connected to each other as intersecting
inequalities in a society and the world, and on that basis, consider the
possibility of an equal but diverse world.
【Goal】
Through lectures, discussion and written assignments, students willlearn concepts and theories to analyze how race, class, gender andsexuality affect individuals and society. They will learn to apply theseanalytical tools and knowledge to form critical opinions on current
issues related to various bases of inequalities. Students will acquire
skills in critical thinking, analysis and writing that can be applied inother academic fields as well as future careers.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 1”, “DP 2”, “DP 3”, and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】This course is taught through a combination of lectures, documentaryviewings, and small-group discussions and presentations. Verbal andwritten feedback will be given on assignments.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
1
Overview: Identities
and Inequalities
2
Foundation:“Inequality”

34
5Foundation: “Social
Class”
Social Class in the
United States
Social Class in Japan

6

Foundation:“Race and Ethnicity”

7

Differential Inclusion
into the Society

8Defining Japaneseness

9Foundation:“Gender”
Gender Inequality in
Workplace10

11

Gender Inequality inJapanContents
In-class activity“2. Some Principles ofStratification”“3. Inequality by Design”
Is “color” still “5. Classes in
Capitalism and Pre-Capitalism”“12. Who Rules America?”“19. American Apartheid”
David H. Slater, “The ‘new working
class’ of urban Japan: Socializationand contradiction from middle
school to the labor market” (2009)“24. Racial Formation”“30. The Continuing Significance ofRace”
Peggy McIntosh (2003) “White
Privilege: Unpacking the Invisible
Knapsack” Understanding
Prejudice and Discrimination (pp.
191-196).
Yen Le Espiritu, “Chapter 3:‘Positively No Filipinos Allowed”’
Differential Inclusion andHomelessness” Home Bound:
Filipino American Lives acrossCultures, Communities, andCountries. Berkeley: University ofCalifornia Press, 2003.
Film: Hafu: The Mixed-RaceExperience in Japan (2013)“36. The Social Construction of
Gender”
Christine Williams, “The Glass
Escalator, Revisited: Gender
Inequality in Neoliberal Times,
SWS Feminist Lecturer” Gender &Society, vol. 27 no. 5, 2013: 609-629
Jennifer L. Hirsch, “Culture,
Gender, and Work in Japan: A Case
Study of a Woman in Management”
Ethos, vol. 28, no. 2, 2000: 248-269

Foundation:“Intersectionality”“Intersectionality: A Tool for
Gender and Economic Justice” (pp.
1-5)
Haengja Chung, “Gender andEthnicity at Work: Korean‘Hostess’ Club Rose in Japan” inGender and Labour in Korea andJapan, London and New York:
Routledge, 2009.
Prepare for Final Paper Students prepare for final paper
Wrap up and Review
Review of the concepts and casestudies【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
In addition to preparing for discussions and presentations, students
are expected to review class materials after each class, note down
reflections on the videos shown in class, and do the prescribed readings.
Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
Verbal and written feedback will be given on assignments.
【Textbooks】
No textbook will be used. Readings and other materials will be
distributed in class and/or uploaded on the course website.
【References】
None.
【Grading criteria】
Participation:20%
Current Issue Presentation:10%
Small Assignments:20%
Group Presentation:20%
Final Paper:30%【Changes following student comments】
Students have generally found the class interesting, informative andthought-provoking. However, some in the past have also indicated thatthe workload was heavy. Changes have been made to the assignments
and exercises to make the workload more manageable.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
None. Students are welcome to bring a laptop to take notes.
【Others】
Students are strongly encouraged to take Race, Class and Gender II
after completing Race, Class, Gender I. Students who have passed Race,
Class and Gender I will be given admission priority to the seminar,
Intersectionality: Multiple Inequalities.
Our goal in this class will not be to memorize or master a series ofclear-cut answers; rather, by engaging in lively discussions, we aim
to hone our ability to ask critical questions so as to further develop
our skills as writers, readers and thinkers. In order to create sucha learning environment, students should speak to each other andthe instructor with respect. Abusive and harsh language will not betolerated. Students with special needs should notify the instructor as
early as possible, no later than the third week of the semester.
【Prerequisite】
Students who intend to enroll in this class are expected to have passed
Introduction to Sociology. This prerequisite may be waived if students
have taken courses in Cultural Studies or Cultural Anthropology.

— 41 —

発行日：2021/5/1
14

PSY200ZA

Social Psychology I
Yu NIIYA
Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Year：2〜
4
Day/Period：金 2/Fri.2
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
This is an introductory course in social psychology, the scientific study of
how we view and influence one another. Students are introduced to thetheories, research methods, and seminal findings of social psychology.
Social Psychology I will primarily focus on how we think about thesocial world, how we come to understand others, and how we exert
influence on others’ thoughts, feelings, and behaviors. Topics include
perceptions of others and the self, attitudes, conformity, obedience, andpersuasion. Social Psychology II will focus on social relations andintergroup dynamics, covering topics such as helping and aggression,group influence, self, emotion, and prejudice. These two courses willcomplement each other to provide an overview of the main content areasof social psychology.
【Goal】
This course will introduce students to the perspectives, researchmethods, and empirical findings in the field of social psychology andcultivate skills in analyzing the social situations and events that we
encounter in our everyday lives. By the end of the course, students
will be able to (1) identify and understand major theories, principles,and research findings in the field of social psychology, (2) apply social
psychological theories and principles to real life experiences, and (3)critically evaluate social psychological theories and research. In Social
Psychology I, students will be able to answer the following questions:
How are we influenced by our environment and by other people? How
do we explain others’ behavior? What are attitudes and how do theyaffect us? What leads to conformity and obedience? When are people
persuaded by differing opinions and when are they not?

【Textbooks】
None.
【References】
Myers, D. G. & Twenge, J. (2019). Social Psychology (13th ed.).
McGraw-Hill.
The reference book will be available in the library and the GIS Reference
Room for those who wish to learn about each topic in more detail.
Handouts and reading materials are on the course website.
【Grading criteria】
Students are evaluated based on midterm and final exams (35% each),in-class activities and quizzes (20%), and class participation (10%).
【Changes following student comments】
Students usually find this course interesting and eye-opening. I hope
to continue engaging students with materials through various hands-on
activities and discussions.
【Others】
Social Psychology I and II can be taken in reverse order (II and then I).
Students who have taken and passed introductory courses in psychology(e.g., Introduction to Psychology I/II, Developmental Psychology) may be
given priority in the selection. Students are strongly encouraged to takethis class if they intend to enroll in Self and Culture seminar.
【Prerequisite】
None.

【Method(s)】Methods of instruction include lectures, films, individual and small
group activities, and discussions. Students will engage in various
hands-on activities and experiments to experience the concepts theylearn in class. Students will be asked to reflect on their daily experiences
and share examples that illustrate these concepts. Feedback for thequizzes and midterm exams will be given in class. Students are also
encouraged to take advantage of the office hours should they wish to
get more personalized feedback on how to improve their performance.
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at: at level 1, 70% of this course will be held on
campus, though at level 2, 50% will be held on campus.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No

4Social Cognition II

5

9

Attitudes andBehaviors I
Attitudes andBehaviors II
Attitudes andBehaviors III
Review & Midterm
Exam
Conformity I

10

Conformity II

11
12

Obedience
Persuasion I

13

Persuasion II

6
7
8

What have we learned so far?
Multiple choice and short-essays【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Before each class, students are expected to review their notes fromprevious classes and do the assigned readings. They must also download
and print out handouts prior to each class and bring them to class
to take notes. Occasionally, students will also be assigned homework(worksheets, questionnaires, etc). Preparatory study and review time
for this class are 2 hours each.

【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 1”, “DP 2”, and “DP 4”.

【Schedule】
No.
Theme
1
Introduction
2
Methods in Social
Psychology
3Social Cognition I

Review & Final ExamContents
What is social psychology?
How do social psychologists study
behaviors?
How do we perceive our socialworld?
How do we make sense of our socialworld?
When do attitudes predict
behaviors?
When do behaviors predict
attitudes?
How much is the social world “outthere” vs. “in our head”?
What have we learned so far?
Multiple choice and short-essays
Why do people conform?
Informational social influence
Why do people conform? Normativesocial influence
What leads to attitude change
When do people get convinced?
Elaboration likelihood model
How can you persuade others?
Persuasion technique— 42 —

発行日：2021/5/1【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students should review their notes before each class and be able toexplain the major concepts and theories they have learned. If there
are any parts they do not fully understand, students are encouraged
to consult the lecturer during class or go through related references.
They must also download and print out handouts prior to each classand bring them to class to take notes. Occasionally, students will also
be assigned homework (worksheets, questionnaires, etc). Preparatory
study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.

PSY200ZA

Social Psychology II
Michael MYERS
Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Year：2〜4
Day/Period：月 1/Mon.1
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：【Textbooks】
No textbook will be used.

実務教員：【Outline and objectives】
This is an introductory course in social psychology, the scientific studyof how we view and influence one another. Students are introduced
to the theories, research methods, and seminal findings of social
psychology. Social Psychology II will focus on social relations andintergroup dynamics, covering topics such as close relationships, helping
and aggression, group influence, prejudice, and peacemaking. Social
Psychology I and II will complement each other to provide an overview
of the main content areas of social psychology.
【Goal】
This course will introduce students to the perspectives, researchmethods, and empirical findings in the field of social psychology andcultivate skills in analyzing the social situations and events that we
encounter in our everyday lives. By the end of the course, students
will be able to (1) identify and understand major theories, principles,and research findings in the field of social psychology, (2) apply social
psychological theories and principles to real-life experiences, and (3)critically evaluate social psychological theories and research. In Social
Psychology II, students will be able to answer the following questions:
How are we influenced by our environment and by other people? Whatcauses relationships to begin or fail? Why are people sometimes helpful,
but at other times aggressive or even cruel? How does the presence ofothers influence individual performance and decision? What leads toprejudice and what can be done about this problem?

【References】
Myers, D. G. & Twenge, J. (2019). Social Psychology (13th ed.) McGrawHill.
The reference book will be available in the library and the GIS Reference
Room for those who wish to learn about each topic in more detail.
Handouts and reading materials are on the course website.
【Grading criteria】
Students are evaluated by means of two exams (25% each), in-classactivities (20%), group work (20%), and class participation (10%).
【Changes following student comments】
Not applicable, due to change in lecturer.
【Others】
Social Psychology I and II can be taken in reverse order (II and then I).
Students who have taken and passed introductory courses in psychology(e.g., Introduction to Psychology I/II, Developmental Psychology) may be
given priority in the selection. Students are strongly encouraged to takethis class if they intend to enroll in Self and Culture seminar.
【Prerequisite】
None.

【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 1”, “DP 2”, and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】Methods of instruction include lectures, films, individual and small
group activities, and discussions. Students will engage in various
hands-on activities and experiments to experience the concepts theylearn in class. Students will be asked to reflect on their daily experiences
and share examples that illustrate these concepts. Student will receive
feedback from the lecturer in the form of in-class comments and writtencomments to any assignments that are handed in.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
1
Introduction

2
3

Attraction
Close Relationships 1

4
5

Close Relationships 2
Prosocial Behavior

6

Aggression

7

Review and Midterm
ExamGroup Influence 1
Group Influence 2

8
9
10
11
12
13
14

Group Influence 3
Stereotyping andPrejudice 1
Stereotyping andPrejudice 2
Conflict andPeacemaking
Review & Final ExamContents
Overview of course andrequirements; what topics arecovered throughout the course
What increases liking?
What causes relationships to begin
or fail?
Group Work I
When and why we help (or don’thelp)?
What are the determinants ofaggression?
Review of weeks 1-6; midterm
exam
Task performance in groups
Decision-making in groups;
Group Work II
Cooperation vs. competition
What causes prejudice?
Group Work III
How can we reduce prejudice andconflict?
Review of weeks 8-13, final exam

— 43 —

発行日：2021/5/1【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students will have to complete the assigned homework on time tosuccessfully complete the class. They will be asked to do the readings,
create research materials, collect data, etc. outside the class. Pleasebear in mind that the course will require that students spend aconsiderable amount of time outside class (at least 2 hours every week,sometimes more). Most work will be done in small groups, suggestingthat students need to be flexible in finding time to meet other students
during the week. Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2hours each.

PSY200ZA

Quantitative Research Methods
Yu NIIYA
Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Year：2〜4
Day/Period：月 3/Mon.3
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Textbooks】
No textbooks required.

【Outline and objectives】
The goal of this course is to introduce the students to various
quantitative research methods used in the social sciences. When making
important decisions, be it choosing a strategy to increase the salesof a product, implementing an intervention program to boost people’s
well-being, or selecting a school program to increase students’ learning,people can rely on their intuition and experience, or they can basetheir decisions on facts: data. In this course, students will develop
skills to obtain valid and reliable data through experimental and survey
methods. The course will also cover topics related to research ethics,
some basic statistics, and APA-style writing.
【Goal】
This course provides an overview of the ’how’s and ’why’s of quantitative
research in social sciences, and it covers such topics as design, ethics,
and APA-style writing and such strategies as field experiments andsurveys. Students will develop the ability to design, conduct, evaluate,
and report empirical studies. By developing hypotheses and criticallyassessing information, students will improve on their critical thinking
skills.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 1”, “DP 2”, and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】The course consists of lectures, in which general ideas and methods ofresearch will be presented, and hands-on applications of the methods,
in which student’s research projects will be planned and presented.
Although some of the class time will be set aside for planning students’research, the majority of it will be done as assignments to be completed
outside class. Feedback for research will be given during class time.
Comments for papers will be given via the Learning Management
System.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【References】
Morling, B. (2017). Research methods in psychology: Evaluating a worldof information (3rd ed.). New York, NY: W.W. Norton & Company.
Harris, S. R. (2014). How to critique journal articles in the social
sciences. Los Angeles, CA: Sage.
The reference books will be available in the library and the GIS
Reference Room for those who wish to learn about each topic in moredetail. Handouts and reading materials are on the course website.
【Grading criteria】
Final grades are based on two research papers (20% and 30%), a poster
presentation (20%), and the quality and timeliness of group work done
outside class (30%).
【Changes following student comments】
Students in previous years found this course very demanding but
rewarding. Some students aimed to accomplish at a higher level whileothers were somewhat struggling to meet the requirements. I will
provide office hours and other consulting time outside the class to meetthe need of individual students.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
For some weeks, students will be asked to bring laptop computers.
Students must get the login information for PyscINFO database fromthe library.
【Others】
Students who have successfully completed Statistics will be given
priority during enrollment.
Students must take and pass this course if they wish to enroll in the Self
and Culture seminar. Students who plan to enroll in other seminars insocial sciences are also strongly encouraged to take this course.
【Prerequisite】
none【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
1
Introduction

2

3
4

The Fundamentals of
Research:Four
Validities
Variables andMeasurements
Descriptive Research

5

Correlational Research
I

6

Correlational Research
II
Correlational Research
III
Correlational ResearchIV
Data analyses I

7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14

Contents
What is research? Why should we
care?
What is good research? How do I
know if I can trust the findings?
How do we define variables? How
do we measure them?
What do people do? Evaluating
frequency claims with observations
How are two variables related?
Evaluating association claims withsurveys
Writing clear questions: closed vs.
open ended questions
How generalizable are my findings?
Sampling issues and validities
Creating a questionnaire

Comparing means and computing
correlations
Experimental Research Common experimental designs;
I
random assignment and control
Experimental Research Designing and conducting a fieldII
experiment
Experimental Research Various threats to internal validity
III
Data Analyses 2
Comparing percentages
Students Poster
Poster presentations of group
Presentations
research— 44 —

発行日：2021/5/1【Others】
This course requires students to have some basic understanding of
Statistics and Mathematics.
Students who are interested in taking this course must attend the firstweek of class. A selection process will be conducted during the first weekprior to the enrollment of this course.
Some business or accounting knowledge is preferred.

ECN200ZA

Foundations of Finance
EYO Shiaw Jia
Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Year：2〜4
Day/Period：金 1/Fri.1
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：【Prerequisite】
None

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
Learning the fundamental concepts of finance. This is a basic level
finance course that focuses on the core principles of finance, including
financial statements, financial performance, time value of money andrisk analysis. Even if you are not planning a career in finance, a working
knowledge of finance will help you to understand and interpret financial
information around you. This is important because financial decisions
are everywhere, both for you and the firm that you will work for.
【Goal】
This course presents the fundamental concepts of finance to students.
The goal of this class is to develop corporate finance tools that areused in business. At the end of this course, students will learn andunderstand the quantitative and analytical skills necessary to make agood financial decision.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 1”, “DP 2”, and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】This course is taught primarily through lectures. Feedback is given
during class time and through tools such as HOPPII or email.
Interactive class participation is encouraged.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
1
Introduction andOverview
2
Understanding
Financial Statements(1)
3
Understanding
Financial Statements(2)
4
Evaluating Firms’
Financial Performance(1)
5
Evaluating Firms’
Financial Performance(2)
6
Review & Midterm
Exam
7
The Time Value ofMoney (1)8
The Time Value ofMoney (2)9Interest Rates (1)10Interest Rates (2)11Risk and Rates of
Return (1)12Risk and Rates of
Return (2)13Review and Discussion

14

Contents
Introduction to the course
The Income statement

The Balance sheet

Using financial ratios

Analyzing financial ratios

Assessing the degree to which you
understand the subject
Present value, future value andannuity
Interest rate and uneven cash flow
Bond rating
Determinants of interest rate
Stand-alone risk
Risk in a portfolio context

Issues related to financial
management
Final Exam & Wrap-up Assessing the degree to which you
understand the subject【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are expected to download the lecture slides, read the textbook
and complete any assignments given. Preparatory study and review
time for this class are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
Brigham, Eugene, Houston, Joel F. Essentials of Financial Management,
3rd Edition, Cengage Learning Asia Pte Ltd, 2014.
【References】
Further materials will be provided by the instructor.
【Grading criteria】
Students will be evaluated based on class participation (20%), quizzes(10%) and two exams (70%).
【Changes following student comments】
Not applicable.

— 45 —

発行日：2021/5/1

LIN200ZA

9

Linguistic Featuresand Indexicality

10

Language Attitudes

11

Bilingualism andMultilingualism

12Standard andNon-standard English
Elaborated andRestricted codes
Pidgin and Creole

13

World Englishes

14

Summary and Final
Exam

Sociolinguistics
Yutai WATANABE
Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Year：2〜
4
Day/Period：火 4/Tue.4
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
This course provides students with a basic knowledge of sociolinguistics,
the study of language in relation to society. The first part of the course isconcerned with how individual language use is correlated with a variety
of social variables, such as gender, age, class and ethnicity, by outlining
a number of previous studies conducted in the English-speaking world.
Particular reference is made to the classic research of William Labov,one of the founding figures of quantitative sociolinguistics.
Later lectures focus on how and where a language or dialect
is socially placed and ranked within a community, including multilingual/dialectal countries such as Singapore. Students who are or are
becoming bilingual will find the discussion on bilingualism especiallyinteresting when they learn that its implications not merely vary fromone society to another, but have been significantly changing recently.
Another major topic is language attitudes. They are not based on
purely linguistic considerations, but connected with how people perceive
different dialects or accents.
【Goal】
By the end of the course, students will:(1) understand key terminology, concepts and theories in sociolinguistics,(2) have an awareness of ongoing language changes in society, and(3) become familiar with interpreting quantitative/qualitative data forsociolinguistic analysis.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 1”, “DP 2”, “DP 3”, and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】This course is a combination of lectures and class discussions. Basedon a flipped learning model, students have to read chapter handouts
and address questions asked there prior to attending each lecture.
Submitted assignments and tests are reviewed in detail and commented
on in the following week’s lecture. Please note that the teachingapproach may vary according to which threat level we are at: at level 1,
70% of this course will be held on campus, though at level 2, 50% will beheld on campus.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
1
Course Overview

2

Linguistics andSociolinguistics

3

Languages andDialects
Regional and Social
Variations
William Labov’s
Studies

45Language and Gender

6

Language andEthnicity

7

Mid-semester Exam
Language and Social
Class (Part 1)
Language and Social
Class (Part 2)

8

Contents
Outlining the course content andinstructional methodologies(1) Definitions of linguistics andsociolinguistics(2) Interaction between linguistic
and social variables(1) How many languages are there
in the world?
(2) Languages and dialects(3) Regional and social variations(1) The social stratification of the
non-prevocalic /-r/ in NYC(2) Centralized diphthongs in
Martha’s Vineyard(1) Genderlect(2) Sexism and PC(3) Gender and attitudes(1) AAVE(2) Ethnic markers in utterances(3) Australian accents and ethnic
groups in Sydney(4) Features of Maori English(1) Mid-semester examination(2) Three Australian accents(1) Indicators, markers andstereotypes(2) Indexicality(3) Enregisterment(1) Language attitudes(2) Preston’s (1989) study(3) New Zealanders’ attitudes
towards a variety of accents(4) Rubin’s (1992) study(5) Approaches to language
attitudes(1) Bilingualism andmultilingualism(2) Types of bilinguals(3) Singapore as a multilingual
country(4) Code-switching and code-mixing(5) Diglossia(1) The standard variety of alanguage(2) Non-standard English(3) Elaborated and restricted codes(4) Pidgin and creole English(5) Pidgin Japanese(1) Three circles of English(2) Hierarchy of Englishes(1) Review(2) Final examination【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are required to read the handouts beforehand so that they
can actively participate in discussions. They may also need to consult
chapter references or search for relevant online sources. Preparatory
study and review time for this course are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
No textbooks are used. All handouts are posted on the course website,while additional materials will be provided in the classroom.
【References】
Detailed references and suggestions for further reading are listed oneach chapter handout. The following books will be helpful as a general
introduction.
Trudgill, P. (2003). A glossary of sociolinguistics. Oxford University
Press.
Wardhaugh, R., & Fuller, J. M. (2015).
An introduction tosociolinguistics (7th ed.). Wiley Blackwell.
【Grading criteria】
Evaluation will be based on in-class quizzes and take-home tasks (20%),
a mid-semester exam (40%) and a final exam (40%). Attendance at thefirst class is mandatory. More than two unexcused absences will resultin failure of the course.
【Changes following student comments】
Students have been positive about the contents and method of
instruction. Hyperlinked video clips are updated every year.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
The lectures are delivered using PowerPoint slides and Internet sources.
The handouts are downloadable in PDF format.
【Others】
It is recommended that students have completed 100-level linguistics
courses with good grades. This course is cross-listed with the Global
Open Program. Non-GIS students may join if they demonstrate solidbackground in linguistics and meet the minimum English proficiency
requirement: TOEFL iBT® 80 or IELTS 6.0.
【Prerequisite】
No prerequisite is required.

(1) Three New Zealand accents(2) H-dropping in Bradford andNorwich— 46 —

発行日：2021/5/1

LIN200ZA

10

Language Attitudes

11

Bilingualism andMultilingualism

12Standard andNon-standard English
Elaborated andRestricted codes
Pidgin and Creole

13

World Englishes

14

Summary and Final
Exam

Sociolinguistics
Yutai WATANABE
Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Year：2〜4
Day/Period：火 2/Tue.2
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
This course provides students with a basic knowledge of sociolinguistics,
the study of language in relation to society. The first part of the course isconcerned with how individual language use is correlated with a variety
of social variables, such as gender, age, class and ethnicity, by outlining
a number of previous studies conducted in the English-speaking world.
Particular reference is made to the classic research of William Labov,one of the founding figures of quantitative sociolinguistics.
Later lectures focus on how and where a language or dialect
is socially placed and ranked within a community, including multilingual/dialectal countries such as Singapore. Students who are or are
becoming bilingual will find the discussion on bilingualism especiallyinteresting when they learn that its implications not merely vary fromone society to another, but have been significantly changing recently.
Another major topic is language attitudes. They are not based on
purely linguistic considerations, but connected with how people perceive
different dialects or accents.
【Goal】
By the end of the course, students will:(1) understand key terminology, concepts and theories in sociolinguistics,(2) have an awareness of ongoing language changes in society, and(3) become familiar with interpreting quantitative/qualitative data forsociolinguistic analysis.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 1”, “DP 2”, “DP 3”, and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】This course is a combination of lectures and class discussions. Basedon a flipped learning model, students have to read chapter handouts
and address questions asked there prior to attending each lecture.
Submitted assignments and tests are reviewed in detail and commented
on in the following week’s lecture.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
1
Course Overview

2

Linguistics andSociolinguistics

3

Languages andDialects
Regional and Social
Variations
William Labov’s
Studies

45Language and Gender

6

Language andEthnicity

7

Mid-semester Exam
Language and Social
Class (Part 1)
Language and Social
Class (Part 2)

8

9Linguistic Featuresand Indexicality

Contents
Outlining the course content andinstructional methodologies(1) Definitions of linguistics andsociolinguistics(2) Interaction between linguistic
and social variables(1) How many languages are there
in the world?
(2) Languages and dialects(3) Regional and social variations(1) The social stratification of the
non-prevocalic /-r/ in NYC(2) Centralized diphthongs in
Martha’s Vineyard(1) Genderlect(2) Sexism and PC(3) Gender and attitudes(1) AAVE(2) Ethnic markers in utterances(3) Australian accents and ethnic
groups in Sydney(4) Features of Maori English(1) Mid-semester examination(2) Three Australian accents(1) Language attitudes(2) Preston’s (1989) study(3) New Zealanders’ attitudes
towards a variety of accents(4) Rubin’s (1992) study(5) Approaches to language
attitudes(1) Bilingualism andmultilingualism(2) Types of bilinguals(3) Singapore as a multilingual
country(4) Code-switching and code-mixing(5) Diglossia(1) The standard variety of alanguage(2) Non-standard English(3) Elaborated and restricted codes(4) Pidgin and creole English(5) Pidgin Japanese(1) Three circles of English(2) Hierarchy of Englishes(1) Review(2) Final examination【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are required to read the handouts beforehand so that they
can actively participate in discussions. They may also need to consult
chapter references or search for relevant online sources. Preparatory
study and review time for this course are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
No textbooks are used. All handouts are posted on the course website,while additional materials will be provided in the classroom.
【References】
Detailed references and suggestions for further reading are listed oneach chapter handout. The following books will be helpful as a general
introduction.
Trudgill, P. (2003). A glossary of sociolinguistics. Oxford University
Press.
Wardhaugh, R., & Fuller, J. M. (2015).
An introduction tosociolinguistics (7th ed.). Wiley Blackwell.
【Grading criteria】
Evaluation will be based on in-class quizzes and take-home tasks (20%),
a mid-semester exam (40%) and a final exam (40%). Attendance at thefirst class is mandatory. More than two unexcused absences will resultin failure of the course.
【Changes following student comments】
Students have been positive about the contents and method of
instruction. Hyperlinked video clips are updated every year.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
The lectures are delivered using PowerPoint slides and Internet sources.
The handouts are downloadable in PDF format.
【Others】
It is recommended that students have completed 100-level linguistics
courses with good grades. This course is cross-listed with the Global
Open Program. Non-GIS students may join if they demonstrate solidbackground in linguistics and meet the minimum English proficiency
requirement: TOEFL iBT® 80 or IELTS 6.0.
【Prerequisite】
No prerequisite is required.

(1) Three New Zealand accents(2) H-dropping in Bradford andNorwich(1) Indicators, markers andstereotypes(2) Indexicality(3) Enregisterment— 47 —

発行日：2021/5/1
8

LIN200ZA

English as a Lingua Franca

9

Yutai WATANABE
Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Year：2〜
4
Day/Period：火 2/Tue.2
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
The ratio of native to non-native users of English in the world is roughly
estimated to be 1:3. However, it was only towards the turn of the
century that sociolinguists/applied linguists took a keen interest in the
expanding use of English as a lingua franca (ELF), which is due to theglobalisation in all aspects of society, including mass media and pop
culture. Arguably, some Expanding Circle countries, where English does
not have an official language status, have recently overshadowed theOuter Circle ones in proficiency and frequency of use.
The former part of the course observes how extensively English
is used in international contexts, mainly among non-native speakers,
while analysing phonetically examples of L2-accented speech. It
also refers to the limitations in the traditional models of the World
English(es) put forward by B. Kachru and other scholars. The latter
half discusses native-speakerness, bilingualism and native-speakerism,
all of which exert a significant influence on pedagogical practices,and suggests how these notions could/should be modified from theperspective of ELF. The course is concluded with an analysis of status
and function of English in present-day Japan.
【Goal】
By the end of the course, students will:(1) understand key terminology and concepts in ELF and World
English(es),(2) have an awareness of the wider use of English in non-native speaking
contexts, and(3) become familiar with interpreting quantitative/qualitative data for
linguistic research.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 1”, “DP 2”, “DP 3”, and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】This course is a combination of lectures and class discussions. Basedon a flipped learning model, students have to read chapter handouts
and address questions asked there prior to attending each lecture.
Submitted assignments and tests are reviewed in detail and commented
on in the following week’s lecture. Please note that the teachingapproach may vary according to which threat level we are at: at level 1,
70% of this course will be held on campus, though at level 2, 50% will beheld on campus.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
1
Course Overview
World Englishes (Part1)

2World Englishes (Part2)

3

Limitations of theThree-circle Model

4

Introduction to ELF

5English inInternational Contexts(Part 1)

6

English inInternational Contexts(Part 2)
Phonetic Features of
L2 English

7

10

Contents(1) Outlining the course content
and instructional methodologies(2) The three-circle model of World
Englishes(1) The diasporas of English(2) Development of postcolonial
Englishes(1) Kachru’s (1985) model(2) Other models of World
English(es)(1) What is a lingua franca?
(2) English as a Lingua Franca(ELF)(3) ELF users(1) English in Europe(2) English in internationalorganisations(3) English in business(4) English media for non-L1
English speaking viewers(1) English in aviation(2) English in pop culture

11

12

13

14

Mid-semester ExamCore Features of ELF(Part 1)
Core Features of ELF(Part 2)Native Speakerness
and Critical Period
Hypothesis (Part 1)(1) Mid-semester examination(2) Lingua Franca Core

(1) Common grammatical featuresof ELF(2) Interlanguage(3) The characteristics of the native
speaker(4) NS/NNS dichotomy
Native Speakerness(1) The critical period hypothesis
and Critical Period(2) The sensitive period hypothesis
Hypothesis (Part 2)(3) L1 English speakers’ perceptionof L2 English(4) Passing for native speakers(5) L1 English speakers perceived
as non-native
Bilingualism(1) What is bilingualism?
(2) Types of bilinguals(3) Attitudes towards bilinguals
Native Speakerism and (1) Dominance of native speakers
Pedagogical Issues
in ELT(2) Disadvantages of native
speakerism(3) ELF models(4) EFL users’ accommodation to
the ENL norm
ELF in Japan(1) History of ELF/EIL in Japan(2) The Suggested Course of Studyin English(3) Assistant Language Teachers(4) English in public transport(5) Language choice on university
websites
Summary and Final(1) Review
Exam(2) Final examination【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are required to read the handouts beforehand so that they
can actively participate in discussions. They may also need to consult
chapter references or search for relevant online sources. Preparatory
study and review time for this course are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
No textbooks are used. All handouts are posted on the course website,while additional materials will be provided in the classroom.
【References】
Detailed references and suggestions for further reading are listed oneach chapter handout. The following books will be helpful as a general
introduction.
Galloway, N., & Rose, H. (2015).
Introducing global Englishes.
Routledge.
Jenkins, J. (2015). Global Englishes: A resource book for students (3rded.). Routledge.
【Grading criteria】
Evaluation will be based on in-class quizzes and take-home tasks (20%),
a mid-semester exam (40%) and a final exam (40%). Attendance at thefirst class is mandatory. More than two unexcused absences will resultin failure of the course.
【Changes following student comments】
Students have been positive about the contents and method of
instruction. Hyperlinked video clips are updated every year.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
The lectures are delivered using PowerPoint slides and Internet sources.
The handouts are downloadable in PDF format.
【Others】
It is recommended that students have completed 100-level linguistics
courses with good grades. This course is cross-listed with the Global
Open Program. Non-GIS students may join if they demonstrate solidbackground in linguistics and meet the minimum English proficiency
requirement: TOEFL iBT® 80 or IELTS 6.0.
【Prerequisite】
No prerequisite is required.

(1) German-accented English(2) Spanish-accented English(3) Chinese-accented English(4) Japanese-accented English— 48 —

発行日：2021/5/1
9

LIN200ZA

English as a Lingua Franca
Yutai WATANABE

10

Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Year：2〜4
Day/Period：火 4/Tue.4
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
The ratio of native to non-native users of English in the world is roughly
estimated to be 1:3. However, it was only towards the turn of the
century that sociolinguists/applied linguists took a keen interest in the
expanding use of English as a lingua franca (ELF), which is due to theglobalisation in all aspects of society, including mass media and pop
culture. Arguably, some Expanding Circle countries, where English does
not have an official language status, have recently overshadowed theOuter Circle ones in proficiency and frequency of use.
The former part of the course observes how extensively English
is used in international contexts, mainly among non-native speakers,
while analysing phonetically examples of L2-accented speech. It
also refers to the limitations in the traditional models of the World
English(es) put forward by B. Kachru and other scholars. The latter
half discusses native-speakerness, bilingualism and native-speakerism,
all of which exert a significant influence on pedagogical practices,and suggests how these notions could/should be modified from theperspective of ELF. The course is concluded with an analysis of status
and function of English in present-day Japan.

11

12

13

14

Core Features of ELF(Part 2)Native Speakerness
and Critical Period
Hypothesis (Part 1)(1) Common grammatical featuresof ELF(2) Interlanguage(3) The characteristics of the native
speaker(4) NS/NNS dichotomy
Native Speakerness(1) The critical period hypothesis
and Critical Period(2) The sensitive period hypothesis
Hypothesis (Part 2)(3) L1 English speakers’ perceptionof L2 English(4) Passing for native speakers(5) L1 English speakers perceived
as non-native
Bilingualism(1) What is bilingualism?
(2) Types of bilinguals(3) Attitudes towards bilinguals
Native Speakerism and (1) Dominance of native speakers
Pedagogical Issues
in ELT(2) Disadvantages of native
speakerism(3) ELF models(4) EFL users’ accommodation to
the ENL norm
ELF in Japan(1) History of ELF/EIL in Japan(2) The Suggested Course of Studyin English(3) Assistant Language Teachers(4) English in public transport(5) Language choice on university
websites
Summary and Final(1) Review
Exam(2) Final examination【Goal】
By the end of the course, students will:(1) understand key terminology and concepts in ELF and World
English(es),(2) have an awareness of the wider use of English in non-native speaking
contexts, and(3) become familiar with interpreting quantitative/qualitative data for
linguistic research.

【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are required to read the handouts beforehand so that they
can actively participate in discussions. They may also need to consult
chapter references or search for relevant online sources. Preparatory
study and review time for this course are 2 hours each.

【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 1”, “DP 2”, “DP 3”, and “DP 4”.

【References】
Detailed references and suggestions for further reading are listed oneach chapter handout. The following books will be helpful as a general
introduction.
Galloway, N., & Rose, H. (2015).
Introducing global Englishes.
Routledge.
Jenkins, J. (2015). Global Englishes: A resource book for students (3rded.). Routledge.

【Method(s)】This course is a combination of lectures and class discussions. Basedon a flipped learning model, students have to read chapter handouts
and address questions asked there prior to attending each lecture.
Submitted assignments and tests are reviewed in detail and commented
on in the following week’s lecture.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
1
Course Overview
World Englishes (Part1)

2World Englishes (Part2)

3

Limitations of theThree-circle Model

4

Introduction to ELF

5English inInternational Contexts(Part 1)

6

English inInternational Contexts(Part 2)
Phonetic Features of
L2 English

7

8

Mid-semester ExamCore Features of ELF(Part 1)

Contents(1) Outlining the course content
and instructional methodologies(2) The three-circle model of World
Englishes(1) The diasporas of English(2) Development of postcolonial
Englishes(1) Kachru’s (1985) model(2) Other models of World
English(es)(1) What is a lingua franca?
(2) English as a Lingua Franca(ELF)(3) ELF users(1) English in Europe(2) English in internationalorganisations(3) English in business(4) English media for non-L1
English speaking viewers(1) English in aviation(2) English in pop culture【Textbooks】
No textbooks are used. All handouts are posted on the course website,while additional materials will be provided in the classroom.

【Grading criteria】
Evaluation will be based on in-class quizzes and take-home tasks (20%),
a mid-semester exam (40%) and a final exam (40%). Attendance at thefirst class is mandatory. More than two unexcused absences will resultin failure of the course.
【Changes following student comments】
Students have been positive about the contents and method of
instruction. Hyperlinked video clips are updated every year.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
The lectures are delivered using PowerPoint slides and Internet sources.
The handouts are downloadable in PDF format.
【Others】
It is recommended that students have completed 100-level linguistics
courses with good grades. This course is cross-listed with the Global
Open Program. Non-GIS students may join if they demonstrate solidbackground in linguistics and meet the minimum English proficiency
requirement: TOEFL iBT® 80 or IELTS 6.0.
【Prerequisite】
No prerequisite is required.

(1) German-accented English(2) Spanish-accented English(3) Chinese-accented English(4) Japanese-accented English(1) Mid-semester examination(2) Lingua Franca Core

— 49 —

発行日：2021/5/1【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
As instructed, students will have to read chapters of the coursebook andalso other materials for each class. Preparatory study and review time
for this class are 2 hours each.

MAN200ZA

Brand Management【Textbooks】
No textbook will be used. Handouts will be provided by the instructor.

Takamasa FUKUOKA
Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Year：2〜
4
Day/Period：月 4/Mon.4
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：○【Outline and objectives】
To explore effective management for building a strong corporate /regional brand. Brand strategy has been receiving attention since the1980s, after the innovative concept of brand equity became an importantpart of marketing strategy, helping companies and local governments
to survive a competitive marketplace. In this course, students will
examine some significant theories by Aaker and Keller, who are eminent
researchers in this field. Basic / advanced theories by other researchers
will also be explored.
【Goal】The purpose of this course is to develop an understanding of branding
and branding strategy. Students will learn effective ways to build astrong brand.

【References】
Aaker, D.A (1991) Managing Brand Equity: Capitalizing on the Value ofBrand Name, Free press.
Aaker, D.A (1996) Building Strong Brand, Free press.
Keller, K.L (1998) Strategic Brand Management: Building, Measuring,and Managing Brand Equity, Prentice-Hall, Pearson Education.
【Grading criteria】
Class participation（20%）
Assignment（20%）
Final exam（60%）
【Changes following student comments】
The course structure and content was favorably evaluated.
【Others】
This course is conducted based on academic knowledge and thelecturer’s global business experience.
【Prerequisite】
None【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 1”, “DP 2”, “DP 3”, and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】In this course, students will read theories, discuss and analyze somecase studies to find out the most suitable processes for building a strong
brand, which will be helpful in increasing domestic and overseas sales.
Moreover, as a wrap-up, we will also discuss the future outlook of brandmanagement from a strategic viewpoint.
Feedback can be given verbally, non-verbally or in written form. Please
note that the teaching approach may vary according to which threat
level we are at: at level 1, 70% of this course will be held on campus,
though at level 2, 50% will be held on campus.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
1
Course Introduction
2
What is a Brand?

3

Brand Equity

4

Brand Loyalty

5

Brand Awareness

6

Perceived Quality

7

Brand Associations

8

Name, Symbol and
Slogan9

Brand Extension

10

Brand Identity

11

Brand Personality

12

Brand Strategies overTime
Managing Brand
Systems
Review and Final
Exam

13
14

Contents
Course introduction
Learn how the definition of"brand".
Learn how new brand equity is aset of assets.
Learn new brand loyalty is one of
the brand assets, and key
considerations when placing avalue on a brand that is to bebought or sold.
Learn new brand awareness andthe strength of a brand’s presencein the consumer’s mind.
Learn about how new perceived
quality is a brand association thatis elevated to the status of a brandasset.
Learn how new brand equity is
supported in great part byassociations that consumers makewith a brand.
Learn how the new name, symboland slogan are the basic core
indicators of a brand.
Learn about line extensions, brandstretching, brand extensions, andco-branding.
Learn the definition of brandidentity and related concepts.
Learn how new brand personality
is a set of human characteristics
associated with a given brand.
Learn the reason why consistency
is good.
Learn how to manage brands in acomplex environment.
Review of what students havelearned from this course and final
exam.

— 50 —

発行日：2021/5/1【Grading criteria】
Students will be evaluated based on class participation (20%),
assignments (15%), group presentations (20%), and one final exam(45%).

MAN200ZA

Principles of Marketing【Changes following student comments】
Not applicable.

EYO Shiaw Jia
Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Year：2〜
4
Day/Period：金 2/Fri.2
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
Learning the fundamental concepts of marketing. This is a basic levelmarketing course that focuses on the concepts and approaches that
constitute the contemporary marketing theory as well as its applicationsin practical business circles. The purpose of this course is to provide
the students with a keen understanding of the marketing functions inbusiness and the knowledge of developing and implementing successful
marketing strategies.

【Others】
Students who are interested in taking this course must attend the firstweek of class. A selection process will be conducted during the first weekprior to the enrollment of this course.
Students who have taken Introduction to Business or other businesscourses are preferred.
【Prerequisite】
Introduction to Business【Goal】
This course introduces students to the fundamental concepts ofmarketing, its functions and organizations, marketing strategies usedby companies and the role of marketing in the society. Students learn
how to understand the marketplace, how to create customer value,
how to target and segment the market, and how to build customer
relationships.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 1”, “DP 2”, “DP 3”, and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】This course is taught primarily through lectures and presentations.
Feedback is given during class time and through using other tools suchas HOPPII or email. Interactive class participation is encouraged.
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at: at level 1, 70% of this course will be held on
campus, though at level 2, 50% will be held on campus.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
1
Introduction andOverview
2
Understanding theMarketplace

3
4
5

6

7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14

Understanding
Consumers (1)Understanding
Consumers (2)Designing a
Customer-Driven
Strategy (1)Designing a
Customer-Driven
Strategy (2)New ProductDevelopment (1)New ProductDevelopment (2)Understanding Pricing
and its Strategies (1)Understanding Pricing
and its Strategies (2)Promotion Mix (1)Promotion Mix (2)Competitive Marketing
Strategies
Final Exam & Wrap-up

Contents
Introduction to the course
What is marketing?
Analyzing the marketing
environment
Consumer markets and consumer
buying behavior
Case studies and presentations
Creating value for target customer

Case studies and presentations

Products, services and brands
Product life-cycle strategies
New product pricing strategies
Case studies and presentations
Retailing and Wholesaling
Advertising and Public Relations
Understanding competitivemarketing strategies
Assessing the degree to which you
understand the subject【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Download the lecture slides, read the assigned chapters of the textbook
and complete any assignments given. Preparatory study and review
time for this class are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
Kotler, Phillip and Armstrong, Gary.
Edition, Pearson Education, 2017.

Principles of Marketing, 17th

【References】
Further materials will be provided by the instructor.

— 51 —

発行日：2021/5/1【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are required to have pored over assigned readings before
attending class lectures. Preparatory study and review time for thisclass are 2 hours each.

POL200ZAWorld Politics【Textbooks】
No textbook will be used. However, students are required to read somechapters of the books listed in the reference section.

TAKESHI YUZAWA
Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Year：2〜4
Day/Period：火 4/Tue.4
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
This course examines enduring questions of world politics, including
rivalry and competition among great powers, rising ethnic and religious
conflicts, the role of international law and organizations, growing
economic interdependence and the effects of globalization, the rise ofnon-state actors and their challenges to state sovereignty, and theprospects of world order.
【Goal】
The course objectives are: (1) To enable students to utilize the concepts
and theories of IR to analyze major events, actors and structures inworld politics, e.g., the state, war, rising ethnic and religious conflicts,
the role of international law and organizations, globalization, the rise ofnon-state actors and the prospects of world order; (2) To enable students
to acquire the ability to form their own answers to enduring questions
in world politics.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 1”, “DP 2”, “DP 3”, and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】This course consists of three major sections. In the first section,
students will learn various analytical tools indispensable for deeply
understanding enduring questions of world politics. Students then will
utilize those analytical tools to examine the origin and process of major
wars during the twenty century, namely World Wars I and II, andthe Cold War. In this task, students will be required to give a grouppresentation. In the final section, students will examine contemporary
issues, including rising intrastate conflicts in the post-Cold War era, theroles of international law and organizations, the rise of non-state actor,
and the prospects of world order.
Comments for assignments are given during class and office hours.
“Introduction to International Relations” and "World Politics
are best seen as an inseparable pair of courses that will provide
students with an overview of the field of IR. For this reason, it
is recommended that students wishing to enroll in this course
first pass "Introduction to International Relations".

【References】
Nye, Joseph S, Jr and Welch, David A. Understanding Global Conflictand Cooperation: An Introduction to Theory and History. Tenth edition.
Pearson Education, 2016.
Grieco, Joseph , Ikenberry, John G and Mastanduno, Michael.
Introduction to International Relations: Perspectives, Connections, andEnduring Questions. Second edition. Red Globe Press, 2018.
Baylis, John, Smith, Steve and Owens, Patricia (eds), The Globalizationof World Politics: An Introduction to International Relations. Eighth
edition. Oxford University Press, 2020.
Nau, Henry R. Perspectives on International Relatios: Power, Institutions, Ideas. Sixth edition. CQ Press, 2018.
Dunne, Tim, Kurki, Milja and Smith, Steve (eds), International
Relations Theories: Discipline and Diversity. Fourth edition. Oxford
University Press, 2016.
【Grading criteria】
Contribution to class discussion and group presentation(45%), Final
Essay (55%)
Regarding a group presentation, the performance of each student will
also be assessed by the Group Evaluation Form. Students in the same
presentation group will be required to evaluate each other independently and confidentially so that the instructor can effectively assess
individual contribution to the group.
【Changes following student comments】
Handouts to be provided in a timely manner.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
Some course materials will be providedd via the Hoppii.
【Others】
Students need to have a basic knowledge of International Relations
theories in order to successfully complete major course assignments. It
is hence recommended that students wishing to enroll in this course firstpass "Introduction to International Relations".
【Prerequisite】
None.

【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
1
Introduction
2
Analytical tools I I

3Analytical tools II

4World War I (1)5World War I (2)6World War II (1)7World War II (2)8The Cold War (1)9The Cold War (2)10International Conflicts
in the Post-Cold War
Era
The Roles ofInternational Law andOrganization

11

12

13
14

Non-state actors andchallenges tosovereignty
Prospects for a World
Order I
Prospects for a World
Order II/The final
essay preparation

Contents
Course outline
Learning analytical tools for
examining world politics.
Learning analytical skill for
examining world politics.
Analyzing the causes of World War
I from theoretical perspectives
Analyzing the process of World War
I from theoretical perspectives
Analyzing the causes of World War
II from theoretical perspectives
Analyzing the process of World War
II from theoretical perspectives
Analyzing the origin of the Cold
War from theoretical perspectives
Analyzing the end of the Cold Warfrom theoretical perspectives
Analyzing the causes and nature ofcontemporary international
conflicts
Examining the roles ofinternational law and organizationin the maintenance of internationalorder
Examining the roles and effects of
non-state actors in world politics
Examining prospects for a worldorder
Examining prospects for a worldorder/preparing to write the finalessay— 52 —

発行日：2021/5/1

International Security【References】
Baylis, John, Wirtz, James J and Gray, Colin S. Strategy in theContemporary World. Sixth Edition. Oxford University Press, 2018.

TAKESHI YUZAWA【Grading criteria】
Contribution to discussion (10%), mid-term essay (45%), final examination (45%)

POL200ZA【Changes following student comments】
Handouts to be provided in a timely manner.

Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Year：2〜4
Day/Period：木 2/Thu.2
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：【Equipment student needs to prepare】
Some course materials will be delivered via the Hoppii.

実務教員：【Outline and objectives】
This course covers the approaches to security studies, a sub-disciplineof International Relations (IR). Security studies mainly examines thecauses of war; the conditions for peace; strategies for avoiding conflict,managing and resolving disputes; and the impact of new technologies,
weapons, actors and ideas on states’ calculations on whether to use
force.

【Others】
Non-GIS students wishing to take part in this courseshould have adequate English skills to complete thecourse work and assignments.
【Prerequisite】
none.

【Goal】
The course objectives are: (1) to enable students to develop a broader
understanding of the key theories and concepts in security studies; (2)to examine major security challenges in the international arena throughthe lens of theories and concepts; (3) to acquire the ability to form
their own answers to enduring and contemporary questions inherent
in international security studies.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 1”, “DP 2”, “DP 3”, and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】This course has two segments: First, presenting major theories andconcepts in security studies, necessary for understanding contemporary
security policies and issues.
Second, examining contemporary security challenges related to armed
conflicts, arms trade and military competition, nuclear proliferation,
genocide and mass killings, and terrorism.
Submission of assignments and feedback will be via the Learning
Management System.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
1
Introduction
2
Military Security

3

Regime Security

4

Societal Security

5

Human Security

6

9

Environmental
Security
Review and Mid-term
essay preparation
The Evolution ofModern Warfare
The Arms Trade

10

Nuclear Proliferation

11

Humanitarian
Intervention

12

Terrorism

13

Review andPreparation for the
final exam
Final Exam

7
8

14

Contents
Introduction
Exploring the concepts of military
security
Exploring the concepts of regime
security
Exploring the concepts of societal
security
Exploring the concepts of humansecurity
Exploring the concepts ofenviromental security
Review of week 2-7
Examining changes in warfare
Examining the key aspects of thecontemporary arms trade
Examining the important aspectsof nuclear proliferation
Providing an overview of theheated debate in terms of thevalidity of humanitarian
intervention
Analyzing the threat that terrorism
poses to countries and the world
Review of major topics covered by
week 9-13
Written test

【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are required to have read the relevant chapters for the books
listed in the reference section before attending the lecture. Preparatory
study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
Collins, Allan (ed). Contemporary Security Studies, Fifth edition.
Oxford University Press, 2019.
Williams, Paul D and McDonald, Matt (ed). Security Studies: An
Introduction. Third edition. Routledge, 2018.

— 53 —

発行日：2021/5/1
13

POL200ZA

14

Foreign Policy Analysis
TAKESHI YUZAWA
Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Year：2〜
4
Day/Period：火 3/Tue.3
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
This course will provide an overview of Foreign Policy Analysis (FPA),
examining the processes and actors involved in foreign policy decisionmaking.
【Goal】
The course objectives are: (1) to enable students to demonstrate an understanding of the processes involved in foreign policy decision-making;(2) to enable students to demonstrate an understanding of the contexts,
pressures and constraints with which policy-makers must deal; (3) toenable students to demonstrate their ability to engage in comparative
analysis of the foreign policies of major powers.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 1”, “DP 2”, “DP 3”, and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】This course will first examine the key concepts and theories inforeign policy analysis (FPA), which are essential for understanding
the contexts, pressures and constraints with which policy-makers must
deal. These include the Rational Actor Model, the cognitive andpsychological approaches, the bureaucratic politics approaches, the roleof history and identity in foreign policy, and other internal-external
factors influencing foreign policy decisions. After examining the major
approaches in FPA, students will conduct case studies. For this reason,
students will be required to give a group presentation based on readings
relating to the foreign policies of the major states.
Comments for assignments are given during class and office hours.
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at: at level 1, 70% of this course will be held on
campus, though at level 2, 50% will be held on campus.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes

3

The Rational Actor
Model

4

Cognitive andPsychologicalApproaches I

5

Cognitive andPsychologicalApproaches II

6

The Role of Advisers
and Bureaucracies

7

Domestic Influences:
Public Opinion andMedia
External Influences:
The Impacts ofInternational
Structures

8

9
10

11

12

Case Studies I: The
Cuban Missile Crisis
Case Studies II: The
United States and the
Iraq War
Case Studies III: The
United Kingdom andthe Iraq War
Case Studies IV: The
Yom Kippur War

Case studies based on a grouppresentation and discussion
Final exam,
Review weeks 1-13

【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students will be required to pore over the chapters of the books listed
in the reference section before attending the lecture. Preparatory study
and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
Students are expected to prepare for their presentations under the
instructor’s guidance.
【Textbooks】
No textbook will be used. However, students are required to read somechapters of the books listed in the reference section.
【References】
Smith, Steve, Hadfield, Amelia and Dunne,Tim. (eds), Foreign Policy:
Theories, Actors, Cases. Third edition. Oxford University Press, 2016.
Alden, Chris and Amnon, Aran. (eds), Foreign Policy Analysis: New
Approaches. Second edition. Routledge, 2017.
Morin, Jean-Frédéric, and Paquin, Jonathan, Foreign Policy Analysis: A
Toolbox . Palgrave Macmilan, 2018.
Mintz Alex and DeRouen, Karl R. Jr, Understanding Foreign Policy
Decision Making . Cambridge University Press, 2010.
Hudson, Valerie M. Foreign Policy Analysis: Classic And Contemporary
Theory . Third edition. Rowman & Littlefield Pub, 2019.
Breuning, Marijke.
Foreign Policy Analysis:
A Comparative
Introduction. Palgrave Macmillan, 2007.
【Grading criteria】
Contributions to class discussion and group presentations (45%), Final
examination (55%).
Regarding a group presentation, the performance of each student
will also be assessed by the Group Evaluation Form. Students inthe same presentation group will be required to evaluate each otherindependently and confidentially so that the instructor can effectively
assess individual contribution to the group.
【Changes following student comments】
Handouts to be provided in a timely manner.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
Some course materials will be delivered via the Hoppii.
【Others】
Non-GIS students wishing to take part in this course should haveadequate English skills to complete the course work and assignments.
【Prerequisite】
None.

【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
1
Introduction
2
Actors and Structures

Case Studies V: The
Syrian Civil War
Final Exam andWrap-upContents
Course outline
Identifying the actors andstructures influencing foreign
policyExamining models and approaches
to foreign policy decision-making
from a rational actor perspective
Examining cognitive andpsychological models which identify
boundaries to rational
decision-making
Examining cognitive andpsychological models that identify
boundaries to rational
decision-making
Examining the role ofbureaucracies in foreign policy
decision-making
Examining the role of the public
and the media in foreign policy
decision-making
Examining how the structural
distribution of states’ capabilities
constrains the policy options thatare realistically available topolicy-makers
Case studies based on a grouppresentation and discussion
Case studies based on a grouppresentation and discussion
Case studies based on a grouppresentation and discussion
Case studies based on a grouppresentation and discussion— 54 —

発行日：2021/5/1

LIT300ZA

Advanced Topics in American Literature:
Southern Literature

US

Gregory KHEZRNEJAT
Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Year：3〜4
Day/Period：木 1/Thu.1
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
Southern literature is perhaps the best-known regional literature of
the United States, featuring voices, genres, and motifs specific to its
distinct tradition. But it is far from a monolith, and the literature of thesouth reflects the diverse cultures, peoples, and languages of the region.
Southern literature has often given a sharp focus to social, historical,
and cultural issues of the United States, serving as a grim counterpoint
to more optimistic national mythmaking. This course will focus on
southern literature in the twentieth century, exploring how writers
respond to questions of war, race, memory, class, and modernization.
【Goal】
Students will examine the historical context and major themes ofsouthern literature. Students will also develop critical reading andwriting skills.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 2”, “DP 3”, and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】Class time will be divided between lectures and group discussions. Inclass feedback will be given for daily reaction papers, and students will
receive personal feedback on written assignments.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
1
Introduction

2

Defining the South

3

Postwar Culture andModernity
Community andMemoryRace in the Postwar
South (1)Race in the Postwar
South (2)Southern Gothic
Review and Midterm
Examination
Precariousness in the
Changing South
Grotesque Allegories

4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14

Culture andAuthenticity
The Modern South (1)The Modern South (2)Final Synthesis

Contents
Introduction to the course andselection exam
An overview of the culture andhistory of the South
Tate, Ode to the Confederate Dead
Faulkner, A Rose for Emily
Wright, The Ethics of Living Jim
Crow
Welty, Where is the Voice Coming
From?
Capote, A Tree of NightA review of topics covered in thefirst half of the course
Dickey, selected poems
O’Connor, A Good Man is Hard to
Find
Walker, Everyday Use
Gates, Colored People
Rash, Speckled Trout
Review of the major themes of thecourse【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students should perform close readings of each of the assigned texts.
Students should come to class prepared to ask questions and engage indiscussion. Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours
each.
【Textbooks】
Readings will be provided in class as handouts.
【References】
Andrews, William et al. The Literature of the American South. Norton,
1998.
Additional references will be announced in class.
【Grading criteria】
Class contribution (30%), reading quizzes (20%), in-class midterm paper(25%), final paper (25%)
【Changes following student comments】
None.
【Prerequisite】
None.

— 55 —

発行日：2021/5/1【Textbooks】
Levy, Ian Hideo. A Room Where The Star-Spangled Banner Cannot Be
Heard: A Novel in Three Parts. Columbia University Press, 2011.
Additional readings will be distributed through the H’etudes system.

LIT300ZA

Modern Japanese Fiction in Translation
Gregory KHEZRNEJAT
Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Year：3〜
4
Day/Period：月 5/Mon.5
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
How do we process the experience of encountering a new language andculture? How does that process in turn affect our own personal language
and identity? In this course, we will read translations of personal essays
and fiction written in the Japanese language by contemporary authors
undergoing such experiences, including Japanese authors living abroadand non-Japanese authors writing in their adopted language. As wecompare their stories and observations, we will also consider how theact of writing provides each author with a space to form and perform
new cultural identities and personal idioms.

【References】
Mack, Edward. Manufacturing Modern Japanese Literature: Publishing, Prizes, and the Ascription of Literary Value. Duke University Press,
2010.
Mizumura, Minae. A True Novel. Other Press, 2014.
Mizumura, Minae. The Fall of Language in the Age of English.
Columbia University Press, 2015.
Tawada, Yoko. Where Europe Begins. New Directions, 2007.
Zoppetti, David. Ichigensan: The Newcomer. Ozaru Books, 2011.
【Grading criteria】
Class contribution (30%), quizzes (20%), in-class midterm paper (25%),
final paper (25%)
【Changes following student comments】
None.
【Prerequisite】
None.

【Goal】
Students will practice reading and writing critically as they explore
dynamics of culture, language, and identity in modern Japanese
literature.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 1”, “DP 2”, “DP 3”, and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】Classes will be divided roughly evenly between lectures and guided
discussions. Short quizzes will be given to assess comprehension of
weekly readings. Students will submit midterm and final papers.
In-class feedback will be given for daily reaction papers, and students
will receive personal feedback on written assignments. Please note thatthe teaching approach may vary according to which threat level we are
at: at level 1, 70% of this course will be held on campus, though at level2, 50% will be held on campus.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
1
Introduction

2
3
4
5
6

7

8
9

Transnational
Literature
Creating the Modern
Japanese Canon
Culture Shock andInterpretation
Exophony and Border
Crossing
Language, Literature,and Imagined
Communities
Language and theConstruction of
Identity
Review and Midterm
Examination
Language andBelonging

10

Identity as Costume

11

The Right to Language

12Transnationalism andBorrowed Ideology
Writing Within the
Canon
Final Synthesis

13
14

Contents
Introduction of course content andselection exam
Concepts of transnational
literature
Mack, Manufacturing Modern
Japanese Literature
Tawada, Where Europe Begins
Tawada, Where Europe Begins
Mizumura, A True Novel

Mizumura, The Fall of Language in
the Age of English
A review of topics covered in thefirst half of the course
Levy, A Room Where theStar-Spangled Banner Cannot Be
Heard
Levy, A Room Where theStar-Spangled Banner Cannot Be
Heard
Levy, A Room Where theStar-Spangled Banner Cannot Be
Heard
Zoppetti, Ichigensan
Zoppetti, Ichigensan
Review major themes of the courseand discuss new frontiers intransnational Japanese literature【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are expected to perform close readings of weekly reading
assignments and prepare to actively engage in class discussions.
Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.

— 56 —

発行日：2021/5/1【Changes following student comments】
None.

LIT300ZA

Creative Writing【Prerequisite】
None.

Gregory KHEZRNEJAT
Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Year：3〜4
Day/Period：月 3/Mon.3
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
How does a good short story create an emotional reaction in the reader?
How can we learn to use those techniques in our own writing? In thisworkshop-based course, students will be introduced to the basic skills,
tools, and theory of short narrative prose writing, both through reading
short stories and composing and editing an original piece of writing
over the course of the semester. We will focus on fundamental elementsof traditional short fiction, such as characters, dialogue, and narrative
viewpoint. Students will also learn about the processes of planning,
composing, editing, and revision. This course is designed for varying
levels of English ability and writing ability, and will include special
emphasis on the composition of fiction in a second language.
【Goal】
Students will learn and apply the fundamental techniques of writing
short stories. Students will also become more critical readers bydeveloping an awareness of the technical elements of prose writing.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 1”, “DP 2”, and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】Classes will consist of lectures followed by short discussions and writing
practice. Additionally, classes will include workshops in which students
read and respond to stories composed by their peers. In-class feedback
will be given for daily reaction papers, and students will receive personal
feedback on drafts of their story.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
1
Introduction

2

Writing Fiction in a
Second Language

3

Getting Started

456Viewpoint
Characters
Plot

7
8

Scene Construction
Editing and Revision9

Dialogue

10

Themes11

Workshop (1)12Workshop (2)13Workshop (3)14Final Synthesis

Contents
Introduction to the course andselection exam
The benefits and challenges ofcomposing fiction in a second
language
Planning a story and finding astarting point for the first draft
Determining narrative viewpoint
Constructing believable characters
Structures for building andresolving narrative tension
Building stand-alone scenes
Basic techniques for editing andrevising the first draft
Writing realistic dialogue indiverse voices
Finding and polishing thematicelements within a draft
Students read and respond tostories by their classmates
Students read and respond tostories by their classmates
Students read and respond tostories by their classmates
A review of the major themes of thecourse【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students must complete assigned readings for each class. In addition,
students will compose, revise, and present a piece of short fiction.
Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
Readings will be provided as handouts in class.
【References】
Strunk, William, and E.B. White. The Elements of Style (4th Edition).
Pearson, 1999.
Forster, E. M. Aspects of the Novel. Penguin, 2005.
【Grading criteria】
Class contribution and short assignments (30%), reader feedback (20%),
first short story draft (20%), revised short story draft (30%)— 57 —

発行日：2021/5/1
12SOC300ZA

13

Race, Class and Gender II: Global Inequalities

14

Kukhee Choo
Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Year：3〜
4
Day/Period：火 6/Tue.6
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
This class builds on what students have learned in Race, Class andGender I to look at how inequalities are inter-connected throughexamining various global issues. Students will learn to analyze how
race, class, gender, and sexuality are connected to each other asintersecting inequalities in a society and the world, and on that basis,consider the possibility of an equal but diverse world.
【Goal】A major goal is to develop students’ sensitivity towards issues ofinequality and skills in social analysis and critical thinking. By
exploring issues related to family, employment, violence, prostitution,and human and sex trafficking, in an international and global context,
students will learn to see how any global issue is multidimensional,
and specifically, how inequalities are complex and constituted by theinterconnection of race, class, gender, sexuality, and other bases ofinequality.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 1”, “DP 2”, “DP 3”, and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】The course is taught through a combination of lectures, video-viewings,
and class discussions based on readings and videos.
Comments/feedback for assignments (tests and reports, etc.) are given
during office hours. Please note that the teaching approach may vary
according to which threat level we are at: at level 1, 70% of this course
will be held on campus, though at level 2, 50% will be held on campus.

【Textbooks】
No textbook will be used. Handouts, readings and other materials will
be distributed in class and uploaded on the Hosei Learning Management
System.
【References】
Alcoff, Linda Martin, and Eduardo Mendieta. "Identities: race, class,gender, and nationality." (2003); Weber, Lynn. Understanding race,class, gender, and sexuality: A conceptual framework. McGraw-Hill
Humanities, Social Sciences & World Languages, (2001).
【Grading criteria】
Class participation (10%)
Class readings summaries/presentation (or equivalent evaluation)(20%)
Speaking up during class discussions (20%)
Midterm research exam/project (20%)
Final research exam/project (30%)
【Changes following student comments】
Students have found the class useful and thought-provoking, but somehave found the workload too heavy. The instructor has reduced andrevised the assignments so as to allow students to delve more deeply
into the topics in each.
【Prerequisite】
To take this class, students are expected to have passed Race, Classand Gender I. This prerequisite may be waived if a student has theequivalent academic background.

【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No

6

7

Work: Opportunity,
Mobility andExploitation (2)Midterm review

8

War and Violence (1)9War and Violence (2)10Prostitution and Sex
Tourism (1)11

Prostitution and Sex
Tourism (2)Data on human and sex trafficking
in the world today
Born into Brothels (on children in a
red-light district in India)
What have we learned about race,class, gender and sexuality?
Final review【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are expected to review class materials after each class, write
down reflections on the videos shown in class, do the prescribed
readings, and prepare for discussions. Preparatory study and review
time for this class are 2 hours each.

【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Schedule】
No.
Theme
1
Overview: The
Significance of Race,
Class, Gender, andSexuality (RCGS)
2
Theoreticalunderstanding of Race,
Class, Gender, andSexuality
3
Family in the Global
Context: Changes andStability (1)4Family in the Global
Context: Changes andStability (2)5Work: Opportunity,
Mobility andExploitation (1)Human and Sex
Trafficking (1)Human and Sex
Trafficking (2)Race, Class, Gender,
and Sexuality:
revisited

Contents
Requirements and topics for RCGII
Discussion of news items andstudents’ experiences with respect
to RCGS
Articles on RCGSGender gaps around the world(World organization reports)
Transnational adoption
First Person Plural (ontransnational adoption)
Globalization and the reproductionof inequality (on globalization andlabor), "The ideological tensions ofCapitalism: Universalism versus
Racism and Sexism"
Migrant workers: Domestic andcare workers(migrant domestics in the U.S.)
Review of the RCGS theories andarticlesWar, masculinity and genderviolence
God Sleeps in Rwanda (on massrape and ethnic cleansing)
Mass rape as war crime
The "comfort women" issue
Discussion on the Japan-Korea
agreement on the comfort womenissue
Prostitution as an institution andmale sex tourism
Bangkok Girl (sex tourism inThailand)How Scandinavian countries
eradicated illegal prostitution— 58 —

発行日：2021/5/1【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students should review their notes before each class and be prepared
to explain the major concepts and theories they have learned. Students
must download and print out the handouts before each class and bringthem to class to take notes. Students are required to do the assigned
readings and submit reaction papers during the term. Preparatory
study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.

PSY300ZA

Cultural Psychology
Ai FUKUZAWA
Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Year：3〜
4
Day/Period：木 3/Thu.3
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
This course introduces the perspectives and major research findingsof cultural psychology. The course will introduce general theories andperspectives underlying cultural psychology, explore cultural influences
on a wide range of psychological processes, including socialization,
self-concept, motivation, emotion, and cognition. The course will also
explain the mechanisms underlying cultural differences and examine
the process of acculturation and biculturalism in an increasingly diverseworld. Throughout this course, students will learn how culture shapes
the way we think and behave and how we, at the same time, shape thesecultures.
【Goal】
One of the aims of this course is to introduce students to theperspectives, research methods, and findings of cultural psychology.
Another equally important aim of this course is cultivating students’abilities to understand and deal with variations in psychologicalprocesses across cultural and ethnic groups, as well as to gain anunderstanding of the cultural groundings of their own experiences andactions. By the end of this course, students will be able to demonstrateunderstanding of how cultural systems influence individuals’ psychological processing, including development, self-concepts, motivation,
emotion, and cognition. They will also be able to critically engage andanalyze cultural products, such as books, films, and advertisements.

【Textbooks】
Handouts and reading materials will be provided by lecturer.
【References】
Heine, S. J. (2015). Cultural Psychology. New York: W. W. Norton.
Cohen, D., & Kitayama, S. (2019). Handbook of Cultural Psychology.
Second edition. New York: Guilford Press.
Both reference books are available in the library and the GIS Reference
Room for those who wish to learn about each topic in more detail.
【Grading criteria】
Final grades are based on two exams (25% each), reaction papers for
assigned readings (25%), and class participation (25%).
【Changes following student comments】
Not applicable.
【Prerequisite】
Students must have taken and received credits in at least one(preferably both) of the following courses: Social Psychology I, Social
Psychology II. Exception applies to those who have gone study abroad
the previous year(s). Please ask the instructor for permission on thefirst day of class.

【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 1”, “DP 2”, “DP 3”, and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】Instructional methods include lectures, films, discussion over assigned
readings, and small group activities.
Final grades are based on two exams (25% each), reaction papers for
assigned readings (25%), and class participation (25%).
At the beginning of class, feedback for the previous class is given using
some comments from submitted reaction papers. Please note that theteaching approach may vary according to which threat level we are at:
at level 1, 70% of this course will be held on campus, though at level 2,
50% will be held on campus.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
1
Introduction
2
Culture andSocialization I
3
Culture andSocialization II
4
Culture and the Self I

5
6
7
8

9
10
11
12
13
14

Contents
What is cultural psychology?
Development of the cultural mind
Education practices

Cultural differences inself-concepts
Culture and the Self II Consequences for self-consistency
and egoism
Culture and Motivation Goals and theories underlyingI
motivation
Culture and Motivation Cultural differences in motivation,II
control, and choice
Review and Midterm
What have we learned so far?
ExamMultiple choice questions andshort-essays
Culture and Emotion
Universality and cultural variationin emotions
Culture and Cognition Cultural differences in cognition
I
Culture and Cognition Where do cultural differences comeII
from?
Acculturation andTime course of acculturation andBiculturalism I
factors that influence acculturation
Acculturation and
The bicultural self
Biculturalism II
Review and Final
What have we learned so far?
ExamMultiple choice questions andshort-essays— 59 —

発行日：2021/5/1

LIN300ZA

English Dialects around the World

9

Australian English I

10
11

Australian English II
New Zealand English I

12

New Zealand English
IISingapore English

Yutai WATANABE
Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Year：3〜
4
Day/Period：火 5/Tue.5
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

13

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
No language has ever been so extensively used on Earth as English istoday. However, the language, spoken by well over 400 million people
as a mother tongue, has developed a wide range of variations due toregional and social factors. This course aims to survey the phonetic,
lexical and syntactic features of some varieties of standard English in
the UK, North America and Australasia, with frequent reference totheir historical and cultural backgrounds. Special attention is paid toAustralian and NZ English, considering the increased significance ofthe southern hemisphere countries in business and education. It is
often predicted that L2 speakers of English in Asia alone will likely
outnumber monolingual English speakers of the Inner Circle within thiscentury. Mention is made of Singapore English as an example of New
Englishes.
【Goal】
By the end of the course, students will:(1) better understand the richness and diversity of the English
language,(2) get familiar with the IPA vowel and consonant charts,(3) be able to identify major English accents in the world, and(4) become more familiar with the lexical/syntactic features of Canadian,Australian and NZ English in particular.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 1”, “DP 2”, “DP 3”, and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】This course is a combination of lectures and discussions about
pre-assigned topics. The lectures are delivered using PowerPoint
slides and Internet sources. Students have to address review andapplication questions given in advance. Attendance at the first classis mandatory.
Submitted assignments and tests are reviewed in detail and commented
on in the following week’s lecture. Please note that the teachingapproach may vary according to which threat level we are at: at level 1,
70% of this course will be held on campus, though at level 2, 50% will beheld on campus.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes

14【Textbooks】
No textbooks are used. All handouts are posted on the course website
while additional materials will be provided in the classroom.
【References】
Detailed references and suggestions for further reading are listed oneach chapter handout. The following books will be helpful as a general
introduction.
Melchers, G., Shaw, P., & Sundkvist, P. (2019). World Englishes (3rded.). Abingdon: Routledge.
Trudgill, P., & Hannah, J. (2017). International English: A guide tovarieties of English around the world (6th ed.). Abingdon: Routledge.
【Grading criteria】
Evaluation will be based on in-class quizzes and take-home tasks (20%),
a mid-semester exam (40%) and a final exam (40%). More than two
unexcused absences will result in failure of the course.
【Changes following student comments】
Not applicable.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
The handouts are downloadable in PDF format.
【Others】
It is recommended that students have completed 100/200-level
linguistics courses with good grades.
This course is cross-listedwith the Global Open Program. Non-GIS students may join if they
demonstrate solid background in linguistics and meet the minimum
English proficiency requirement: TOEFL iBT® 80 or IELTS 6.0.
【Prerequisite】
No prerequisite is required.

【Schedule】
No.
Theme
1
Course Overview
English Speakers in
the World

3

4
5

6
7

8

(1) Language policy(2) Standard Singapore English
and Singlish(3) Pronunciation(4) Grammar and vocabulary(1) Review(2) Final exam

【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are required to read the handouts beforehand so that they
can actively participate in discussions. They may also need to consult
chapter references or search for relevant online materials to answer
pre-assigned questions satisfactorily. Preparatory study and review
time for this class are 2 hours each.

【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No

2

Review and Final
Examination(1) History(2) Pronunciation
Vocabulary(1) History(2) Major linguistic features andattitudes(3) Pronunciation
Vocabulary

Contents(1) Outlining the course content
and instructional methodologies(2) L1 and L2 English speakers(3) Pidgin and creole English
Review of Phonetic and (1) IPA
Phonemic(2) Vowels
Transcriptions(3) Consonants(4) Diacritics(5) Phoneme and allophones
British English I(1) British English(2) Dialect, accent and variation(3) RP (Received Pronunciation)(4) Modified RP
British English II(1) Cockney English(2) Estuary English
US English I(1) History(2) Regional varieties(3) Eastern New England type(4) New York City type(5) Southern type
US English II(1) GA (General American)(2) Midland type
US English III(1) Northern typeMid-semester(2) US English and British English
Examination(3) Mid-semester exam
Canadian English(1) History(2) Pronunciation(3) Grammar and vocabulary(4) Spelling— 60 —

発行日：2021/5/1【Textbooks】
Cavusgil, Tamer S., Knight, Gary and Riesenberger, John. International
Business: The new Realities, 4th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2016.

MAN300ZA

International Business【References】
Further materials will be provided by the instructor.

EYO Shiaw Jia
Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Year：3〜
4
Day/Period：火 3/Tue.3
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
Learning and applying principles of international business.
Globalization will continue to impact international activities andinfluence local outcomes.
A major driver of globalization is thecontinuous growth of international business. In this course, students
will learn concepts, processes and strategies of international business
management. Emphasis will be on issues impacting international
business and how companies conduct business to compete successfullyin the global market.

【Grading criteria】
Students will be evaluated based on class participation (20%),
assignments (15%), group presentation (20%) and final exam (45%).
【Changes following student comments】
Not applicable.
【Others】
Students who are interested to take this course, must attend the firstweek of class. A selection process will be conducted during the firstweek prior to the enrollment of this course.
Knowledge of business or economics is desired.
【Prerequisite】
None【Goal】The goal of this course is to understand the environment of international
business, and its advantages and disadvantages, while developing
critical thinking skills by analyzing the practicality of issues relating
to international business.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 1”, “DP 2”, “DP 3”, and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】This course is taught primarily through lecture and discussions.
Feedback is given during class time or through tools such as HOPPII
or email. Interactive class participation is encouraged. Please note thatthe teaching approach may vary according to which threat level we are
at: at level 1, 70% of this course will be held on campus, though at level2, 50% will be held on campus.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
1
Introduction andOverview
2
Key Concepts ofInternational Business
3
Globalization ofMarkets andInternationalization of
the Firm
4
The Environment ofInternational Business
5
Case Studies: HarleyDavidson and Siemens
6
Government
Intervention
7
Case Studies: Airbus,
Boeing and Russell
Corporation
8
Emerging Markets,
Developing Economies
and Advanced
Economies (1)9Emerging Markets,
Developing Economies
and Advanced
Economies (2)10International
Monetary and
Financial Environment
11
Strategy andOrganization in theInternational Firm
12
Case Studies: Lenovo
and Nissan
13International Business
Issues14
Final Exam & Wrap-up

Contents
Introduction to the course
What is international business?
Dimensions and drivers of market
globalization

Ethics and cultural environment ofinternational business
Discussion of case studies andpresentations
Rationale and instruments ofgovernment intervention
Discussion of case studies andpresentations
Understanding emerging markets

Potential, risks and challenges of
emerging markets

Exchange rates, currencies,
monetary and financial system.
Integration-responsivenessframework.
Discussion of case studies andpresentations
Debates of current issues ininternational business
Assessing the understanding of thesubject【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Download and print out the handouts before each class. Read theassigned chapters in the textbook and complete any assignments given.
Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.

— 61 —

発行日：2021/5/1【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are required to have pored over assigned readings before
attending the lectures. Preparatory study and review time for this classare 2 hours each.

POL300ZA

International Relations of the Asia-Pacific
TAKESHI YUZAWA
Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Year：3〜
4
Day/Period：木 2/Thu.2
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
This course will explore the nature of international relations in the AsiaPacific. It will mainly examine and discuss the following: (1) factors forstability and peace in the Asia-Pacific region after the end of the Cold
War; (2) roles for the great powers in the region: the United States,
China, and Japan; (3) problems and prospects for regional security andeconomic cooperation; (4) the evolution of regional institutions; (5) theprospects for regional order.
【Goal】
The course objectives are: (1) to develop students’ ability to effectively
use IR theories to analyze and explain developments in regional affairs;(2) to enable students to analyze the foreign policies of the major powers
and selected regional countries; (3) to enable students to assess thedevelopments of regional institutions; (4) to enable students to examine
and assess the status and prospects for regional order.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 1”, “DP 2”, “DP 3”, and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】This course is composed of twelve lectures. In each class, a backgroundlecture on a pre-selected topic will be provided to students. After alecture, there will be a discussion. While the lectures will provide an
overview of the topics in question, the discussions will give students anopportunity to examine policies in more depth.
Comments for assignments are given during class and office hours.
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at: at level 1, 70% of this course will be held on
campus, though at level 2, 50% will be held on campus.

【Textbooks】
There is no assigned textbook for this course. Students are required toread the journal articles and the book chapters specified in the reading
list.
【References】
Yahuda, Michael. The International Politics of the Asia Pacific. Fourthand revised edition. Routledge, 2019.
Connors, Michael K., Davison Rémy and Dosch, Jorn (eds), The New
Global Politics of the Asia-Pacific. Third edition. Routledge, 2017.
Dent, Christopher M. East Asian Regionalism. Second edition.
Routledge, 2016.
Shambaugh, David and Yahuda, Michael (eds), International Relationsof Asia. Second edition. Rowman & Littlefield Publishers, 2014.
Pekkanen, Saadia, Ravenhill, John and Foot, Rosemary (eds), The
Oxford Handbook of the International Relations of Asia. Oxford
University Press, 2014.
Wallis, Joanne and Carr, Andrew (eds.)Asia-Pacific Security: An
Introduction.Georgetown University Press, 2016.
【Grading criteria】
Contribution to discussion (10%), Mid-term Examinations (45%), Final
Essay (45%)
【Changes following student comments】
Handouts to be provided in a timely manner.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
Course materials will be delivered via the Hoppii.
【Others】
none.
【Prerequisite】
GIS students wishing to take part in this course are required
to have completed "Introduction to International Relations orWorld Politics".
Non-GIS students wishing to take part in this course shouldhave a basic knowledge of International Relations theories
and adequate English skills to complete the course work andassignments.

【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
1
Introduction
2
The United States andthe Asia-Pacific3

China and theAsia-Pacific I

4China and theAsia-Pacific II

5

Japan and theAsia-Pacific I

6Japan and theAsia-Pacific II

7

Mid-term Exam andReview
The Development of
ASEAN
Korea and Australia

8
9

10

11

12

13

14

Economic Cooperation
and Integration in the
Asia-Pacific
Security Cooperationand Multilateralism in
the Asia-Pacific
Prospects for Regional
Order in the
Asia-Pacific I
Prospects for Regional
Order in the
Asia-Pacific II
Review and Wrap-up

Contents
Course outline
Examining US foreign and security
policies with special reference to
the Asia-Pacific region
Examining China’s foreign andsecurity policies with specialreference to the Asia-Pacific region
Examining China’s foreign andsecurity policies with specialreference to the Asia-Pacific region
Examining Japan’s foreign andsecurity policies with specialreference to the Asia-Pacific region
Examining Japan’s foreign andsecurity policies with specialreference to the Asia-Pacific region
Written test and review of major
topics covered by week 2 to 6
Investigating the processes behindthe development of ASEAN
Discussing issues relating to the
Korean Peninsula and toAustralian foreign policy
Investigating the problems andprospects for regional economic
cooperation
Investigating the problems andprospects for regional security
cooperation
Examining prospects for regionalorder
Examining prospects for regionalorder
Wrap-up— 62 —

発行日：2021/5/1【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Short homework assignments (outside of class) and reaction paper(during class) will be assigned. The standard preparation and review
time for this class is two hours each.

BSP100CB

First Year Seminar
YONGUE

JULIA【テキスト（教科書）】
None. Reading materials will be distributed as needed.

SALLE

【参考書】
To be announced in class.

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：木 2/Thu.2 ｜ キャンパス：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：IGESS
備考（履修条件等）：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：【成績評価の方法と基準】
Participation (30%), reaction papers and assignments (30%), presentation and reports (40%).
A student who misses more than three classes prior to the twelfth weekof the semester (for any reason) must withdraw from the course.

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】First Year Seminar is a course designed to help first-year students toadjust to living in their new environment in Tokyo and studying at Hosei
University. Enrollment is limited to twenty-four students.
【到達目標】
The aim of this seminar is to acquaint new students with Hosei
University’s history, policies, and resources. Students will learn about
the inter-connectedness of academic knowledge and research fields; gain
an appreciation for diversity; acquire confidence and maturity in theclassroom as well as basic study skills; discuss local and global issues
relating to the Japanese business and the economy, etc.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】IGESS Dipromapolicy DP2 ／ DP5 ／ DP9 ／ DP10

【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Please turn off your cellphones or set them on silent mode when you
come to class. Similarly, text messaging, especially during special eventswith guest lecturers, is impolite and not allowed during classes.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
The students need a PC (and a high-speed internet connection toparticipate in online classes).
【その他の重要事項】
Please note that if the number of students attending the first classsignificantly exceeds expectations, in order for the instructor toeffectively manage the class, the number of students who are allowed
to register for the course may be limited.

【授業の進め方と方法】
This seminar is discussion-based. Each student will conduct research ona couple of individual topics based on his or her own interests. Students
are expected to complete their assignments on time.
Due to the Covid-19 pandemic, the classes may be conducted using theZoom online meeting application.
*Feedback on assignments/tests during office hours and/or during class.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】回テーマ
WEEK
Introduction/Campus
1
tour

WEEK
2
WEEK
3

WEEK
4
WEEK
5

Using the library
resources to doresearch
Group work 1-Basic discussion skills:
note-taking andpreparing apresentationGroup work 2-Academic presentation
skillsAcademic
communication

WEEK
6Computer skills

WEEK
7

Special event 1: Field
trip (virtual or guest
lecture)Research reportwriting
Group research-Working in Japan 1-

WEEK
8
WEEK
9
WEEK
10
WEEK
11
WEEK
12
WEEK
13

WEEK
14

Special event (2):Guest lectureGroup research 2-Working in Japan 2Group research 3-Working in Japan 3Personal research 1-Issues in Japanesebusiness and theeconomyPersonal research 2-Issues in Japanesebusiness and theeconomy-内容
Course outline,
assessment criteria, andself-introductions
Virtual Library tour and learning
to use the databases

Group discussion on Hosei
University and ’Living in Tokyo’

Group/individual presentation
using Power Point
Information literacy: email
etiquette; discussing differences inJapanese communication styles
Information literacy/interpretingand using statistics: Word andExcel practiceTour of Teikoku Databank Museum(or guest lecture) and discussion
Style, contents, structure,organizing information for research
Choosing a research topic,
brainstorming,group discussion
Guest lecture and discussion
Data collection,
preparing a presentation
Group presentation with power
point, group discussion
Choosing a research topic,
brainstorming,
discussion, and data collection
Presentation with power point,
final evaluation— 63 —

発行日：2021/5/1【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
No preparation is required for this class.The standard preparation andreview time for this class is 2 hours each.

MAT100CB

Elementary Mathematics A【テキスト（教科書）】You do not need to buy a textbook for this class.

ROBERT M SINCLAIR【参考書】
There is no need to prepare references for this class.

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：月 3/Mon.3 ｜ キャンパス：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：IGESS
備考（履修条件等）：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：【成績評価の方法と基準】
Participation in class discussions (10%) and submitted homework (90%).

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course provides a very broad overview of mathematics thatwill be useful for any economist or social scientist. Classes will
be discussion-based, with the opportunity for all students to become
involved and express their opinion on mathematical topics. Technicalskills will also be taught, and regular homework assignments will
provide an opportunity to practise and gain a solid understanding ofsubtle issues.
【到達目標】
Empowerment and understanding are key words for this course. You
will learn to see how mathematics relates to economics, and be able toconfidently contribute to workplace discussions involving mathematics.

【学生の意見等からの気づき】
This course is entirely discussion-based. Students will always have theopportunity to express their opinions and ask for changes. Suggestedchanges will be discussed in class. If there is general agreement,changes will be made.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
It would be useful if you bring a notepad and some paper. Otherwise,
you do not need to prepare any equipment for this class.
【その他の重要事項】
Please note that if the number of students attending the first classsignificantly exceeds expectations, in order for the instructor toeffectively manage the class, the number of students who are allowed
to register for the course may be limited.

【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】IGESS Dipromapolicy DP2 ／ DP9【授業の進め方と方法】
All classes for this course are discussion-based. Students will be
encouraged to participate in discussions, ask questions, or even give an
impromptu presentation if it is appropriate and helpful for everyone.
There will also be regular homework assignments, which must becompleted in writing and submitted by a given deadline. Homeworkassignments are to be submitted in class, and will be returned at
the beginning of the following class. Individual written feedback
will be provided as appropriate, and general comments regarding thehomework submissions will be made in class.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Numbers I

2

Numbers II

3

Functions I

4Functions II

5Functions III

6

Inequalities I

7

Inequalities II

8Matrices I

9Matrices II

10

Matrices III

11

Probability I

12
13

Probability II
Probability III

14

Probability IV

内容
Integers, Infinity, Rational
Numbers, Percentages, Real
Numbers and Irrational Numbers.
Arithmetic and Geometric
Progressions. The relationshipbetween Addition andMultiplication. Pascal’s Triangle
and the Binomial Theorem.
Compound Interest.
The Exponential Function andLogarithms. Geometric Series.
Annuities.
Rate of Change of a Function:
Differentiation. Area under aCurve: Integration.
Differential Equations. The
Black-Scholes Equation.
Maximum and Minimum of a
Function. Optimization.
Constraints in the form ofInequalities. The Simplex Method.
Systems of Linear Equations andtheir Matrix Form.
Linear Transformations and their
Matrix Form. Matrix
Multiplication.
Solution of Systems of Linear
Equations in Matrix Form. Inverseof a Matrix.
Kolmogorov’s formulation of
Probability. Frequentist andBayesian Interpretations ofProbability.
Markov Chains. Game Theory.
Continuous Data. Probability
Density Functions.
Stochastic Differential Equations.

— 64 —

発行日：2021/5/1【学生が準備すべき機器他】
It would be useful if you bring a notepad and some paper. Otherwise,
you do not need to prepare any equipment for this class.

MAT100CB

Elementary Mathematics B【その他の重要事項】
Please note that if the number of students attending the first classsignificantly exceeds expectations, in order for the instructor toeffectively manage the class, the number of students who are allowed
to register for the course may be limited.

ROBERT M SINCLAIR
開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：月 3/Mon.3 ｜ キャンパス：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：IGESS
備考（履修条件等）：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course will provide you with a solid grounding in calculus, which
will allow you to understand advanced economic theory. An additional
topic is basic data analysis, which will help you to recognize and study
trends or patterns in real data.
【到達目標】
You will learn how to interpret equations involving derivatives andintegrals, and be able to solve standard calculus problems. You will also
gain an understanding of the theory behind curve fitting.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】IGESS Dipromapolicy DP2 ／ DP9【授業の進め方と方法】
All classes for this course are discussion-based. Students will be
encouraged to participate in discussions, ask questions, or even give an
impromptu presentation if it is appropriate and helpful for everyone.
There will also be regular homework assignments, which must becompleted in writing and submitted by a given deadline. Homeworkassignments are to be submitted in class, and will be returned at
the beginning of the following class. Individual written feedback
will be provided as appropriate, and general comments regarding thehomework submissions will be made in class.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Functions and Limits

2

Differentiation I

3
4
5

Differentiation II
Differentiation III
Differentiation IV

6

Integration I

7
8Integration II
Integration III

910Integration IV
Partial Differentiation
I
Partial Differentiation
II
Partial Differentiation
III
Curve Fitting I
Curve Fitting II

11
12
13
14

内容
Notation, special cases and basic
rules.
Notation and basic rules ofordinary differentiation.
Derivatives of special functions.
Taylor expansions of functions.
Numerical approximation offunctions.
Notation and basic rules ofintegration.
Integrals of special functions.
The relationship between
differentiation and integration.
Differential equations.
Notation and basic rules of partial
differentiation.
Partial differential equations.

Systems of differential equations.
Polynomial curve fitting.
Least Squares curve fitting.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
No preparation is required for this class.The standard preparation andreview time for this class is 2 hours each.
【テキスト（教科書）】
You do not need to buy a textbook for this class.
【参考書】
References will be provided as appropriate.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Participation in class discussions (10%) and submitted homework (90%).
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
This course is entirely discussion-based. Students will always have theopportunity to express their opinions and ask for changes. Suggestedchanges will be discussed in class. If there is general agreement,changes will be made.

— 65 —

発行日：2021/5/1【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Classes will be discussion-based, so students can give immediate
feedback during class. Teaching will be done in a flexible manner, taking
these comments into account, and making changes where appropriate.
For example, if all students are already able to use office productivity
software at a high enough level, it will be possible to focus more on
current news reports relating to developments in computer technology.

PRI100CB

Basic Computer Skills A
ROBERT M SINCLAIR
開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：月 5/Mon.5 ｜ キャンパス：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：IGESS
備考（履修条件等）：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：【学生が準備すべき機器他】
It will be assumed that students bring a laptop computer to class with
Microsoft Office installed. Windows laptop computers will be provided
to those who do not or can not bring their own.

実務教員：

【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course is about understanding how computers and developments
in computer technology will impact society and the workplace from both
short-term and long-term points of view. There will be some exercises
involving the use of office productivity software. We will also follow
current news and discuss developments as they occur.

【その他の重要事項】
Please note that if the number of students attending the first classsignificantly exceeds expectations, in order for the instructor toeffectively manage the class, the number of students who are allowed
to register for the course may be limited.

【到達目標】
You will be able to use spreadsheet, word processing and presentation
software after this course, and be prepared for the future.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】IGESS Dipromapolicy DP2 ／ DP9【授業の進め方と方法】
Demonstrations will be given of the use of software in class. Students
will be encouraged to try to perform the same tasks on their own
computers. There will also be regular assignments, some to allow
students to demonstrate that they can complete selected tasks and someinvolving essays on developments in computer technology. Homeworkassignments are to be submitted in class, and will be returned at
the beginning of the following class. Individual written feedback
will be provided as appropriate, and general comments regarding thehomework submissions will be made in class.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
An introduction tocomputing2
Spreadsheet
calculations I
3
Spreadsheet
calculations II
4Spreadsheet
calculations III
5
Spreadsheet
calculations IV
6
Word processing I
7
Word processing II
8
Word processing III
9
Word processing IV

10Project I

11

Project II

12
13
14

Presentation
Web pages
The future ofcomputing.

内容
The parts of a computer. Input,
storage, processing and output.
Calculating using cells. Cell
addresses and formulae.
Data import and visualpresentation of results.
Data validation and conditional cell
formatting.
Macros and programming.

Document formatting.
Lists and tables.
Figures and equations.
File properties. Author
information. Tracking changes.
Group work. Creating a composite
document.
Class discussion of documents
produced.
Presentation software.
Basics of HTML.
Big Data and AI. Quantum
computing.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
No preliminary preparation for the class is required.The standard
preparation and review time for this class is 2 hours each.
【テキスト（教科書）】
There is no need to buy a textbook.
【参考書】
There is no need to prepare references.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Regular assignments (50%) and one major project (50%).

— 66 —

発行日：2021/5/1【成績評価の方法と基準】
Regular assignments (50%) and two major projects (50%).

PRI100CB

Basic Computer Skills B【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Classes will be discussion-based, so students can give immediate
feedback during class. Teaching will be done in a flexible manner, taking
these comments into account, and making changes where appropriate.
Class discussions will also be influenced by current news stories relating
to computing.

ROBERT M SINCLAIR
開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：月 5/Mon.5 ｜ キャンパス：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：IGESS
備考（履修条件等）：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：【学生が準備すべき機器他】
It will be useful if students can bring their own laptop computer to class.

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
Computer technology is developing rapidly and can be difficult to follow.
By studying current developments and their historical background, it
is possible to gain an understanding of how computer technology may
impact future society. Topics will include A.I. and Big Data.

【その他の重要事項】
Please note that if the number of students attending the first classsignificantly exceeds expectations, in order for the instructor toeffectively manage the class, the number of students who are allowed
to register for the course may be limited.

【到達目標】
You will be able to understand the basic ideas behind the rapid
developments in computer technology. The goal is to equip you withthe understanding required to take part in discussions about the useof computer technology at your future workplace and as members ofsociety.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】IGESS Dipromapolicy DP2 ／ DP9【授業の進め方と方法】
The primary approach of this course will be active learning. This
involves class discussions and also individual or group research.
Lectures will be given as appropriate to guide this active learning.
There will be homework assigments, usually essays on a given topic.
Homework assignments are to be submitted in class, and will be
returned at the beginning of the following class. Individual written
feedback will be provided as appropriate, and general comments
regarding the homework submissions will be made in class.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
A.I.

2

A.I.

3

A.I.

4

A.I.

5

A.I.

6

Project Work I

7

Project Work II

8

Project Work III

9

Big Data

10

Big Data

11

Big Data

12

Project work IV

13

Project work V

14

The future ofcomputing

内容
What is "intelligence", and whatkinds of intelligence do we see innature?
What kinds are Artificial
Intelligence are possible?
The history of Artificial
Intelligence.
What is the current level of
Artificial Intelligence?
Ethical and legal issues relating to
Artificial Intelligence.
Individual and/or group research
on an A.I.-related topic.
Class discussion of progress madein project work.
Presentation of the results ofresearch projects.
A history of Big Data, including a
discussion of relevant technologies
and privacy issues.
The relationship between Artificial
Intelligence and Big Data.
Big Data in medicine, including
DNA sequencing, and related
privacy and ethical concerns.
Individual and/or group research
on an Big Data-related topic.
Presentation of the results ofresearch projects.
Quantum and optical computing.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
No preliminary preparation for the class is required.The standard
preparation and review time for this class is 2 hours each.
【テキスト（教科書）】
There is no need to buy a textbook.
【参考書】
References will be provided as appropriate.

— 67 —

発行日：2021/5/1【参考書】
Frank A. Cowell (2006). Microeconomics: Principles and Analysis,
Oxford University Press, U.S.A.
Robert L. Sexton, Exploring microeconomics, 2019.
Venkatachari M., Introduction to Economics: Basic Principles andConcepts.

ECN100CB

Introduction to Economics A
KALENGA N JOHN

【成績評価の方法と基準】
Participation: 20%; press release assignments: 10%; group activities
and presentations in class: 30 %; Final report: 40%. Total: 100%.

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：火 1/Tue.1 ｜ キャンパス：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：IGESS
備考（履修条件等）：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：【学生の意見等からの気づき】
N/A

実務教員：

【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course offers students the opportunity to develop the understanding of economic theories and principles that enable them to discuss theissues released in the media.
【到達目標】
To describe the microeconomic theories of individual markets. You will
be able to explain the rational behavior of consumers and producers.

【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Please prepare a Personal Computer with a good internet connection
and webcam. You are required to turn on the camera when attending
online lecture through zoom.
【その他の重要事項】
Please note that if the number of students attending the first classsignificantly exceeds expectations, in order for the instructor toeffectively manage the class, the number of students who are allowed
to register for the course may be limited.

【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】IGESS Dipromapolicy DP1 ／ DP8【授業の進め方と方法】
During the fall semester of 2021, I use the hybrid method combining
both online lectures through zoom and face to face lectures in theclassroom. All students are expected to prepare the group presentations,group discussion, debate, and more. I will provide the feedback of
the assignments through the Hosei hoppii system. For confidentiality
reasons, the result will be sent by email to very student one week after
taking the quiz.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
Lecture What is economics?
1
Lecture The economic problem
2

Lecture3
Lecture4
Lecture5
Lecture6
Lecture7
Lecture8
Lecture9

Lecture10
Lecture11
Lecture12
Lecture13
Lecture14

内容
Economic questions, economic wayof thinking.
Production possibilities frontier,using resources, economic growth,and trade.
Demand and supply
Supply, supple and market
equilibrium
Elasticity
Price elasticity of demand,elasticity of supply
Efficiency and equity
Resource allocation methods,
Benefit, cost and surplus
Governments Actions
A housing market with a rent
in Markets
ceiling, a labor market with aminimum wage, taxes
Utility and demand
Consumption choices,utility-maximizing choice,marginal utility theory
Possibilities,
Consumption possibilities,
Preferences and choices preferences, indifference curves
Organizing production The firm and its economic problem,
technological and economic
efficiency, information andorganization
Outputs and costs
Decision time frames, short-run
technology constraint, short-run
cost, long-run cost
Perfect competition
What is perfect competition? The
firm’s output decision
Monopoly
Monopoly and how it arises, asingle-price monopoly, pricediscrimination
Public choices andPublic choices, providing public
Public Goods
goods
Final evaluation
Concluding remarks. Final report【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Press release readings, group presentations.The standard preparation
and review time for this class is 2 hours each.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Michael Parkin, Microeconomics, Twelfth edition, Global edition,
Boston: Pearson, 2016.

— 68 —

発行日：2021/5/1

Introduction to Economics B【参考書】
Frank A. Cowell (2006). Microeconomics: Principles and Analysis,
Oxford University Press, U.S.A.

KALENGA N JOHN

【成績評価の方法と基準】
Participation: 20%; Quizzes: 15%; Group debates and presentations inclass: 25 %; Final report: 40%. Total = 100%

ECN100CB【学生の意見等からの気づき】
N/A

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：火 1/Tue.1 ｜ キャンパス：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：IGESS
備考（履修条件等）：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Please prepare a Personal Computer with a good internet connection
and webcam. You are required to turn on the camera when attending
online lecture through zoom.

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course offers students the opportunity to develop the basic
understanding of economic theories and principles that enable them todiscuss the issues released in the media.

【その他の重要事項】
N/A【到達目標】
To describe the theories of growth and welfare at national level. Afterthe completion of the course, students will be able to explain themacroeconomic indicators, the fiscal and monetary policies to stabilize
the whole economy.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】IGESS Dipromapolicy DP1 ／ DP8【授業の進め方と方法】
During the spring semester of 2021, I use the hybrid method combining
both online lectures through zoom and face to face lectures in theclassroom. All students are expected to prepare the group presentations,group discussion, debate, and more.
I will provide the feedback of the assignments through the Hosei hoppii
system. For confidentiality reasons, the result will be sent by email tovery student one week after taking the quiz.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
あり / Yes【授業計画】
回
テーマ
Lecture Introduction to1
macroeconomics 1
Lecture Introduction to2macroeconomics 2
Lecture Monitoring3
macroeconomic
performance andeconomic growth 1
Lecture Monitoring
4
macroeconomic
performance andeconomic growth 2
Lecture Macroeconomic trends
5
1
Lecture Macroeconomic trends
62
Lecture Macroeconomic trends
73
Lecture Macroeconomic trends
84

Lecture9
Lecture10
Lecture11
Lecture12
Lecture13
Lecture14

内容
Introductory concepts

Macroeconomic indicators
Measuring GDP
Press release and presentation 1

Monitoring jobs and inflation.
Group presentation 1

Economic growth. Readingmaterials 1
Money and financial system. Groupdebate 1
Finance and investment. Group
presentation 2
The exchange rates.
Press release presentation 2
reading materials 2
Macroeconomic
Aggregate demand and aggregate
fluctuations 1
supply.
Group debate 2
Macroeconomic
Expenditure multipliers
fluctuations 2
Group presentations 3
Macroeconomic policy 1 Fiscal policy. Press releasepresentation 3
Macroeconomic policy 2 Monetary policy. Group debate 3
Reading materials 3
Trade policy
International trade policy.
Group debate 4
Final evaluation
Concluding remarks. Final report【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Reading materials and preparation of group presentations.The standard
preparation and review time for this class is 2 hours each.
【テキスト（教科書）】Parkin, Micheal, Macronomics, twelfth edition, 2016, Boston: Pearson.
I will provide the handouts every week in class.

— 69 —

発行日：2021/5/1
http://principlesofeconometrics.com/poe5/poe5.html
Answers to Selected Exercises:www.principlesofeconometrics.com/poe5/poe5answers.html
Principles of Econometrics (POE) 4th edition
http://principlesofeconometrics.com/poe4/poe4.htm
Answers to Selected Exercises:www.principlesofeconometrics.com/poe4/answers/poe4answers.pdf
POE Formula Sheet:www.principlesofeconometrics.com/poe4/poe4formulas.pdf
Using R for Principles of Econometrics
https://bookdown.org/ccolonescu/RPoE4/intro.html
POE R data files
https://github.com/ccolonescu/PoEdata
A first course in calculus / Serge Lang ISBN10: 0387962018
解析入門 原書第 3 版 (日本語) ISBN10: 4000051512

ECN100CB

Special Studies (Introduction to Econometrics)
恩田

正行

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：金 5/Fri.5 ｜ キャンパス：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：IGESS
備考（履修条件等）：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course is an introduction to econometrics for the IGESS students
who major or minor in economics. Econometrics is a set of researchtools employed in a wide range of disciplines. Most economists do
empirical research for their professional service. We rigorously study
three fundamental components of econometrics: they are estimation,
hypothesis test, and prediction.
【到達目標】
Students will learn estimation, hypothesis test, and prediction.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】IGESS Dipromapolicy DP1 ／ DP6 ／ DP7【授業の進め方と方法】
All classes for this course will be comprised of lectures and group
discussions. There are two homework assignments, that have to becompleted in writing on report pads and submitted by the due dates.
I will post the answer keys for the homework assignments right after
the due dates, and please review them on your own.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes

2

Probability Primer 1

3

Probability Primer 2

4

Probability Primer 3

5

Probability Primer 4

6

Probability Primer 5

7

The Simple Linear
Regression Model 1
The Simple Linear
Regression Model 2
The Simple Linear
Regression Model 3
The Simple Linear
Regression Model 4
The Simple Linear
Regression Model 5
The Simple Linear
Regression Model 6

8
9
10
11
12

13

14

【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Last semester a student in my lecture suggested that I shall divide
students in two groups, groups of students who understand the lecturematerials well and who may need extra supports, to cover moreadvanced materials this 2021-22 academic year. Hence I will hire ateaching assistant who did really well on the same course last year andgive it a try to cover more advanced materials this semester. Let’s see
how it goes.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Bring your personal laptop.
【その他の重要事項】
We are supposed to use R downloaded on your laptop, but may use excel
depending on how familiar students are with R.

【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Introduction and adiagnostic test

【成績評価の方法と基準】
Participation and Attitude: 40 points
Four Homework Assignments: 40 points
Final Exam: 20 points
If a lecture is cancelled, we will instead use the following criteria tocover all the lecture materials:
Participation and Attitude: 50 points
Four Homework Assignments: 50 points
The grading scale of the Hosei University will be used.
An instructor reserves the right to adjust the final letter grades to reflect
the students’ability in class.

内容
A brief introduction, survey, and atest to measure students’mathematical skills.
Random variables, and probability
distributions.
Joint, marginal, and conditional
probabilities.
A digression: summation notationand properties of probability
distributions.
Conditioning and the normal
distribution.
A Replication of the Simple Linear
Regression Model using R.
An economic model, and an
econometric model.
Estimating the regression
parameters.
Assessing theleast squares estimators.
The Gauss-Markov theorem.

The probability distributions of theleast squares estimators.
Estimating the variance of theerror term, estimating nonlinear
relationships, and regression withindicator variables.
Interval Estimation
Interval estimation, and hypothesis
and Hypothesis Testing tests.
1
Exam & Summary,
A final exam and wrap-up.
Wrap-up, Review, etc【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
The standard preparation and review time for this class is 4 hours each.
【テキスト（教科書）】
R. Carter Hill, William E. Griffiths, Guay C. Lim Principles of
Econometrics (POE), 5th Edition (ISBN: 978-1-118-45227-1) (NOTE:
Any other print version of POEs such as 4th edition is acceptable. Look
for it on AbeBooks.com https://www.abebooks.com/?cm_sp=TopNav-_Results-_-Logo)【参考書】
Principles of Econometrics (POE) 5th edition:— 70 —

発行日：2021/5/1

ADE200NB

Design Basics in English
ディン ボリバン
開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 選択・必修の別：選択他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This class is about contemporary architecture and will be taught inEnglish. Each class will alternatively analyze a contemporary Japaneseand foreign practice by studying a number of their projects. The
objective is to understand a variety of design strategies and to draw
similarities between Japanese and foreign architects.
【到達目標】
This class requires simple presentations and aims to encourage students
to think conceptually. Students will form pairs and introduce a new
project for each class. The goal is to acquire English presentation skills
and to think about communicating ideas through drawings.
【修得できる能力】（Ａ）歴史・文化・自然の理解・尊重（Ｂ）技術者倫理（Ｃ）工学基礎学力（Ｄ）専門基礎学力（Ｅ）専門知識の活用・応用能力（Ｆ）総合デザイン能力（Ｇ）コミュニケーション能力（Ｈ）継続的学習能力（Ｉ）業務遂行能力【テキスト（教科書）】No specific textbook is necessary.
【参考書】
None.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
a. Class Participation/Interest/Enthusiasm
b. Quality of presentation materialsc. Quality of English presentation and participation in discussion.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Fall 2014 was the first semester of this course.
【Outline and objectives】
This class is about contemporary architecture and will be taught inEnglish. Each class will alternatively analyze a contemporary Japaneseand foreign practice by studying a number of their projects. The
objective is to understand a variety of design strategies and to draw
similarities between Japanese and foreign architects.

10%

90%

【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】デザイン工学部建築学科ディプロマポリシーのうち「DP5」、都市環境デザイン工学科ディプロマポリシーのうち「DP4」「DP5」、システムデザイン学科
ディプロマポリシーのうち「DP5」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
For each class, a pair of students will be asked to present one projectfrom the assigned architect. The presentation will require photographs,
drawings, and other available resources. At least 1 illustration will bemade by the students to demonstrate a critical aspect of the project. Thisillustration could be a diagram, sketch, or model, so long as it conveys
an important idea.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】【授業計画】
回
テーマ
Class 1 SANAAClass 2 Alvaro SizaClass 3
Class 4

Toyo Ito
Herzog and de Meuron

Class 5

Fumihiko MakiClass 6

Rem Koolhaas

Class 7

Arata Isozaki

Class 8

Steven HollClass 10 Yoshio Taniguchi
Class 11 David Chipperfeild
Class 10 Kengo Kuma Officeand Aoyama
Class 12 Wang Shu
Class 13 Kengo Kuma
Class 14 Jean Nouvel

内容
presentation of projects by SANAA
presentation of projects by Alvaro
Sizapresentation of projects by Toyo Itopresentation of projects by Herzog
and de Meuron
presentation of projects by
Fumihiko Maki
presentation of projects by Rem
Koolhaaspresentation of projects by Arata
Isozakipresentation of projects by Steven
Hollpresentation of projects by Yoshio
Taniguchi
presentation of projects by David
Chipperfeildtour guide of Kengo Kuma Officeand other projects in Aoyama area
presentation of projects by Wang
Shu
presentation of projects by Kengo
Kuma
presentation of projects by Jean
Nouvel【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are asked to research the building they have selected in orderto make a presentation. The presentation should be printed on an A1
sheet, with careful consideration given to the layout and contents.
本授業の準備学習・復習時間は、各 2 時間を標準とします。

— 71 —

発行日：2021/5/1

ADE200NB

Design Basics in English
ディン ボリバン
開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 選択・必修の別：選択他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】【到達目標】【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】デザイン工学部建築学科ディプロマポリシーのうち「DP5」、都市環境デザイン工学科ディプロマポリシーのうち「DP4」「DP5」、システムデザイン学科
ディプロマポリシーのうち「DP5」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】【授業計画】
回
テーマ
Class 1
Class 2 Alvaro SizaClass 3
Class 4

Toyo Ito
Herzog and de Meuron

Class 5

Fumihiko MakiClass 6

Rem Koolhaas

Class 7

Arata Isozaki

Class 8

Steven HollClass 10 Yoshio Taniguchi
Class 11 David Chipperfeild
Class 10 Kengo Kuma Officeand Aoyama
Class 12 Wang Shu
Class 13 Kengo Kuma
Class 14 Jean Nouvel

内容
presentation of projects by SANAA
presentation of projects by Alvaro
Sizapresentation of projects by Toyo Itopresentation of projects by Herzog
and de Meuron
presentation of projects by
Fumihiko Maki
presentation of projects by Rem
Koolhaaspresentation of projects by Arata
Isozakipresentation of projects by Steven
Hollpresentation of projects by Yoshio
Taniguchi
presentation of projects by David
Chipperfeildtour guide of Kengo Kuma Officeand other projects in Aoyama area
presentation of projects by Wang
Shu
presentation of projects by Kengo
Kuma
presentation of projects by Jean
Nouvel【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are asked to research the building they have selected in orderto make a presentation. The presentation should be printed on an A1
sheet, with careful consideration given to the layout and contents.
本授業の準備学習・復習時間は、各 2 時間を標準とします。
【テキスト（教科書）】No specific textbook is necessary.
【参考書】
None.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
a. Class Participation/Interest/Enthusiasm
b. Quality of presentation materialsc. Quality of English presentation and participation in discussion.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Fall 2014 was the first semester of this course.

— 72 —

発行日：2021/5/1

ADE200NB

Design Basics in English
ディン ボリバン
開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 選択・必修の別：選択他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
建築の分野について、多角的に学ぶ事ができる。また英語を聞き、話す機会を増やす事で実践的な英語力を身につける事ができる。

Class 9Micro Architecture
part 1【到達目標】
This class has to be seen as a place of discussion and exchange about
Architecture. The aim is to stimulate students to speak in English andto increase their conversation ability.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】デザイン工学部建築学科ディプロマポリシーのうち「DP5」、都市環境デザイン工学科ディプロマポリシーのうち「DP4」「DP5」、システムデザイン学科
ディプロマポリシーのうち「DP5」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
For each of the 7 themes (14 classes) students will have to prepare
visuals and materials to present and discuss with the group.
At the end of each themes, the following assignment will be explained
in detail.
All conversation to be in English, all presentation materials to besubmitted by PPT or PDF binder.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
あり / Yes【授業計画】
回
テーマ
Class 1 Place-site-origin part 1

Class 2
Class 3

Class 4
Class 5Class 6Class 7

Class 8

内容
With the help of the ’analysis tool’
students will give a presentation of
their hometown and neighborhood.
They will give their impressions on
a remarkable building or space.
-

Class 10 Micro Architecture
part 2
Class 11 Habitat
part 1

Class 12 Habitat
part 2
Class 13 Architecture andLiteraturepart 1

Class 14 Architecture andLiteraturepart 2

Place-site-origin
part 2Graphic representation Learn the different graphic
part 1
representations used by thearchitect. In the continuity of class
1 the students will be asked tochoose a building from an architect
they are interested in and toprepare or research graphic
representations including:sketches, diagrams, axonometric,
perspectives, site plan, plans,
sections, details. One of therepresentations to be made by thestudents and to illustrate a key
feature of the building ‒ Students
to elaborate on their building
choice.
Graphic representation part 2
Contemporary
Based on previous classes
architectureteachings, the students will present
part 1a project from a selected list ofArchitects.
Alvaro Siza
OMA
Lacaton & Vassal
BIG
SANAA
Toyo Ito
Jean Nouvel
Contemporary
architecture
part 2City roaming
From a pre-selected route, thepart 1students will give theirimpressions, their feelings
according to the spaces crossedwith the help of photographs or toillustrate key moments.
City roamingpart 2The students will be asked to find a
micro building which has beencreated in a left over space within
the city.
Please prepare PPT withphotographs, simple site plan
(hand sketch is ok) and explanationof building particularity.
After a discussion on the definitionof the habitat, the students will
search and investigate examples of
housing which reconsider thestereotype of the house. Students
will present at least 2 projects ofhousing (single or collective) andwill explain how and why it
reassess the question of thehabitat.
The students will be given a shorttext (in English) from a prominent
writer and poet. After reading at
home the text will be discussed inclass and the students will identify
a clear program which they will use
for the second part of the class.
The students will present theirarchitectural translation of the text
using previous classes teaching.
Evaluation will be made on thequality of the presentation, thevisuals and the consistency of theapproach.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
For each of the 7 themes, students will have to prepare visuals andmaterials to present and discuss with the group.
本授業の準備学習・復習時間は、各 2 時間を標準とします。
【テキスト（教科書）】No specific textbook is necessary.
【参考書】
None.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
1.50% Preparation of presentation materials
2.25% Discussion participation
3.25% Diligence, Enthusiasm【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Comment after 2020 semester: some of the themes to be conducted insmall group of students.
【その他の重要事項】
国際的な建築設計事務所に携わる教員が、英語で建築分野を多角的に講義する。また、ディスカッションを通し、生徒が英語を話す機会を増やす。
【Outline and objectives】
DBE class will explore several fields of Architecture, such as:● Reading and description of spaces● Architectural representation tools● Analysis and Conception— 73 —

発行日：2021/5/1

PHL200GA

Philosophy of the Public Sphere石田安実

配当年次／単位：1〜4 年／ 2 単位
旧科目名：
旧科目との重複履修：
毎年・隔年：毎年開講 ｜ 開講セメスター：秋学期授業/Fall
人数制限・選抜・抽選：人数制限あり
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
People often think that "philosophy" is quite an old subject− and very difficult, unfortunately. It is true that philosophicalquestions have been discussed in rather complicated and often
confusing manners since many years ago, for example, by Socrates
and Aristotle in the ancient Greek period. But many philosophersbelieve that these questions are tightly related to our everyday life.
We are surrounded by many philosophical issues, though we may
not always be aware of their philosophical significances; that is,philosophical issues are basically our everyday issues. But how are
they related to our life?
In this course, you will discuss various philosophical topics, theirin-depth meanings, and their philosophical significances, trying
to find their very relevance to your life. That may help you see
your surroundings, your society and the world in quite exciting andinteresting ways. Out of many philosophical topics found in ourdaily life, we will discuss 13 topics in class.
【到達目標】
This course provides a broad introduction to philosophical waysof thinking. The course is open to students from any disciplines,
who hope to:(1) understand some of the most fundamental philosophical
topics (for instance: freedom, truth, and moral rightness/wrongness),(2) be able to explain the issues in very simple everyday terms,
and(3) apply philosophical ways of thinking (reasoning) on every-day
issues.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
国際文化学部のディプロマポリシーのうち、
「DP1」
「DP2」
「DP3」
「DP4」
に関連。
【授業の進め方と方法】
On enrollment:
The student enrollment in this course is limited to 20, andyou will be admitted on a first-come and first-served basis.
So, if you wish to take this course, you need to take an immediate
action and do the following:(1) You have to send me an e-mail (to the address below)
expressing your intention to enroll:yasushi.ishida.85@hosei.ac.jp(2) When you are accepted to the class, you will receive a note(e-mail) of confirmation. If you are not accepted, you will be put on
the waiting list in the order of application.
(3) Those who have received my note of confirmation can go
through a procedure of 本登録.
・You will be accepted on a first-come and first-served basis. Equallyimportantly, I urge you to attend the first and/or second meeting.
In case you fail to attend both of them, that will affect yourfinal grade (10%); if you have legitimate or good reason tomiss the meetings, do not fail to contact me by e-mail.
・Those who are put on the waiting list can register, ONLY IF wehave some vacancies in the enrollment AND the registration is still
possible (that is, it is still in the registration period).
Organization of the class:▶ Each class will consist of (less than)100-minutes of lectureand discussion. The class will be conducted in English.

▶ This year, due to the coronavirus situation, this course will beheld online (by using Zoom), so please make sure you have theapplication ready in your computer along with necessary devices.
◉ On the Zoom meetings:
・ I will post the “Zoom Link,” “授業参加用ミーティング ID” and“パスコード” on 学習支援システム by Tuesdays (the day before theclass). You will have to sign in with your own Hosei University mailaddress and password.
・ Your attendance will be recorded automatically, but I may takeattendance.
・ In case someone comes in one of the online classes to do
any disturbing acts (which is often called Zoom-Bombing),
I will terminate the meeting immediately. And I will reportto the University. I will then post in 学習支援システム what you
will have to do.
・I appreciate interaction and exchange with you in class. So, please
make best efforts to express your ideas, even if you find it very
difficult to do so. I would NOT penalize you for making mistakes;
you ARE entitled to make mistakes in class!
Basic course requirements:＊ No previous philosophy courses required.
＊ Intellectual curiosity; Keen eyes on everyday-life facts andhappenings.
＊ Respectful attitude of others’ opinions.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Guidance
2
Lying
3
Morality

4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

13
14

Relativism
Freedom
Culture vs. Nature(1)
Culture vs. Nature(2)
Love
Perception

内容
Explaining the course
Is lying always wrong?
What does it mean to be "morally
right"?
Is everything relative?
Are we completely free?
How different are they?

The idea of enhancement

What is it?: Just a perception?
What do we perceive?: Is it soaccurate?
Knowledge vs. Beliefs What do we know?: How do weknow it is true?
Truth, Reality
What is really true?: Truth,
Reality, Dream
Robots and Humans
Is the Mind just the Brain?
(Mind)(Your "essay plan" must be
submitted by the 12th meeting)Language
What does it do?: What’s its role?
Wrap-up: The
Concluding remarks
Meaning of Life(Your "essay plan" will be
returned)【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
・I recommend that you review what you have learned in eachmeeting.
・You are normally expected to spend about two hours for the
preparation and review for each class.
・You will have to submit your paper topic (“essay plan”) by
the 12th class meeting.
【テキスト（教科書）】
・There will be no specific textbooks assigned.
・Occasionally, reading materials may be assigned and handouts
will be given in class.
【参考書】
No specific books assigned. But looking into any (large size)
philosophy dictionaries will be of great help.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
I will assess your grade based on the way you participate in theclass discussions and on your final project.
Attitude/ Participation: 40% of course grade— 74 —

発行日：2021/5/1
Final Project (a paper): 60% of course grade*Attitude/ Participation:
I appreciate your participation in class and would like to know yourideas and opinions. I will hence consider your participation as partof your grade.
*Final Project:
At the end of the semester, you are expected to submit a short paper(of 700 to 1000 words) on the topic that you choose, explaining yourideas or insights. Your topic should be related to the issues studied
or discussed in class. I will give you a specific Guideline before theend of semester.
▶ Near the end of the semester, you will have to submit your"essay plan," which should include the title (topic) of yourpaper and your (tentative) conclusion described in a shortparagraph (of about 200 words): Note that it is NOT a draftof your final paper. You will receive my comments on yourpaper plan, and then your plan should be re-organized orrevised accordingly.
▶ In writing your paper, you can expand your ideas by citing or
referring to books and other documents, including materials fromwebsites. In that case, you MUST explicitly show the sourcesor reference either in the footnotes or endnotes. (Do NOT cite
or refer to Wikipedia in your paper. If you do so, you will receive a“D” grade.)▶ Plagiarism: If you copy sentences from any existing documents(again, including any writings from websites) without showing
sources or reference, you will receive a "D" grade. It is importantthat you present your own view or insights, not the same ideas
as described or explained in published or preexisting documents oron websites.
▶ You have to submit your paper (essay) on the web system (Class
Support System, 授業支援システム). The due date will be announced
near the end of the semester.
Based on the grading criteria set by the instructor, students thatsuccessfully achieve 60% or more of course goals will be able toearn a passing grade for the course.

In this course, you will discuss various philosophical topics, theirin-depth meanings, and their philosophical significances, trying
to find their very relevance to your life. That may help you see
your surroundings, your society and the world in quite exciting andinteresting ways. Out of many philosophical topics found in ourdaily life, we will discuss 13 topics in class.

【学生の意見等からの気づき】
In previous semesters, I received several comments from students:
for instance, "having discussions in class was very hard at the
beginning, but it helped me improve my English speaking skills
and express myself logically. Eventually, I found it quite exciting
and stimulating."【その他の重要事項】
・I urge you to attend the first and/or second meeting. In caseyou fail to attend both of them, that will affect your final
grade (10%); if you have legitimate or good reason to missthe meetings, do not fail to contact me by e-mail.
・As I appreciate interaction and exchange with you in class, I
would like to know what you think and have your feedback. So,
I strongly advise that you attend all the classes and participate in
the discussions.
・Philosophy is different from a philosophy. “Philosophy” is thediscipline that comprises logic, metaphysics, ethics, epistemology,
etc.; on the other hand, “a philosophy” is a system of beliefs,
concepts, or attitude of an individual or a group. Everyone
has a philosophy of some sort, even if he/she has never read aphilosophy book. An individual’s philosophy can be a subject
for examination and discussion in philosophy class.
【Outline and objectives】
People often think that "philosophy" is quite an old subject− and very difficult, unfortunately. It is true that philosophicalquestions have been discussed in rather complicated and often
confusing manners since many years ago, for example, by Socrates
and Aristotle in the ancient Greek period. But many philosophersbelieve that these questions are tightly related to our everyday life.
We are surrounded by many philosophical issues, though we may
not always be aware of their philosophical significances; that is,philosophical issues are basically our everyday issues. But how are
they related to our life?

— 75 —

発行日：2021/5/1
Eller, Jack David. 2007. Introducing Anthropology of Religion: Culture
to the Ultimate. New York: Routledge.

SOC200GA

Religion and Society
丹羽【成績評価の方法と基準】
Quizzes 50%
Reaction Papers 50%
The cutoff score for passing is 60%.

充

配当年次／単位：1〜4 年／ 2 単位
旧科目名：
旧科目との重複履修：
毎年・隔年：毎年開講 ｜ 開講セメスター：春学期授業/Spring
人数制限・選抜・抽選：25 人程度。希望者多数の場合には，入学時以降の TOEFL や TOEIC など標準的なテストの結果と初回授業へのコメントを総合的に評価して選考します。
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Minor adjustments may be made to the course design based upon thenumber of participants and their interests.
【Outline and objectives】
Students will learn anthropological approaches for interpreting issues
regarding religions, societies, and the relationships between them. This
course will not be centered on theological discussions, details of religious
teachings, or categories of religions. Instead, we will focus on how people
practice religion, how they relate themselves to it, and, ultimately, howreligions are related to society.

【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
Students will learn anthropological approaches for interpreting issues
regarding religions, societies, and the relationships between them. This
course will not be centered on theological discussions, details of religious
teachings, or categories of religions. Instead, we will focus on how people
practice religion, how they relate themselves to it, and, ultimately, howreligions are related to society.
【到達目標】
Students will:-Understand basic anthropological approaches to religion.
-Improve their interest in and ability to understand ’others’ as familiar
existences through comparative perspectives.
-Acquire the ability to reflect on themselves with the help of ’others’, andunfamiliarize the familiarized.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】国際文化学部のディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP1」「DP2」「DP3」に関連。
【授業の進め方と方法】
大学の行動方針レベルが２となった場合、この授業は原則としてオンラインで行う。詳細は学習支援システムで伝達する。
The course consists of quizzes, lectures and reaction papers. In eachclass, students will first take a quiz on an assigned text, then listen toa lecture, and finally write a reaction paper. Students will be able torequest the feedback on quizzes and reaction papers through e-mail.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
なし / No【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Introduction
2
Approaches andTheories
3
Religion and the
Human Body
4
Religion and Identity5
Film: Amish
6
Religion, Sex andGender7
Religion, Culture, andSocial and Natural
Environment
8
Rituals

9
10

Shamanism
World Religions

11
12

Modernization and
Secularization
Fundamentalism

13

Film: Jesus Camp

14

Religion and
Globalization

内容
The outline of the course.
Various approaches and theories inanthropology of religion.
The relationship between religion
and the body.
The politics of religious identity.
A documentary film on Amish.
The relationship between religion,
sex and gender.
The relationship between religion,
culture and environment.

Performances and meanings ofvarious rituals.
Varieties of shamanic practices.
The diversity within world
religions.
Aspects of modernization andsecularization.
Varieties of religious
fundamentalisms.
A documentary film on Christian
fundamentalism.
Various impacts of globalization on
religion【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
For each class, students are expected to spend approximately four hours
to read an assigned text and prepare for a quiz and a reaction paper.
【テキスト（教科書）】No textbook required. Reading materials are shared online.
【参考書】
Bowie, Fiona. 2002. The Anthropology of Religion. Oxford: Blackwell
Publishing.

— 76 —

発行日：2021/5/1
Week 7

LANe300GA

英語アプリケーションⅠ
Week 8ジョナサン・エイブル
配当年次／単位：3〜4 年／ 2 単位
旧科目名：英語アプリケーション
旧科目との重複履修：○
毎年・隔年：毎年開講 ｜ 開講セメスター：秋学期授業/Fall
人数制限・選抜・抽選：初回の授業に出席し受講許可を得ること
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

Week 9Week 10

実務教員：
Week 11【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
English Application is an integrated 4-language skill communication
course with a focus on an English for Academic Purposes (EAP) or
English for Specific Purposes (ESP) content area. This course will
examine certain cultural phenomena that impact our lives. Emphasis
throughout this course will be on the notion of ‘possibility’ – the exercise
of looking beyond mere appearance. The notion of ‘possibility’ will
be used to explore three major themes – art, rebellion, and market
advertising. Each theme will be explored through short authentic
readings, visual material, and music CDs, all of which will be used to set
the groundwork for group discussions and an exchange of viewpoints.
【到達目標】The goal of English Application is to give Post-SA students a forum
to continue to use and enhance their English Communication skills.
This course is designed to improve students’ critical thinking ability
by challenging their belief systems while examining three cultural
phenomena ‒ art, rebellion and advertising.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】国際文化学部のディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP1」「DP3」に関連。
【授業の進め方と方法】
When the university’s Action Policy (Conduct Guideline) Level is 2, thisclass will be conducted online in principle. Details will be communicated
via the Learning Managing System.
Emphasis throughout this course will be on the notion of ‘possibility’ –the exercise of looking beyond mere surface appearance. We will use
this notion of ‘possibility’ to explore three major themes – art, rebellion,
and market advertising. Each theme will be explored through shortauthentic readings, visual material, and music CDs, all of which will be
used to set the groundwork for group discussions and an exchange ofviewpoints. Students will receive feedback and comments on homeworkassignments and in class activities throughout the term.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes

Week 13

Week 14English reading, lecture anddiscussion on the music of Woody
Guthrie and the Dustbowl of the
1930s.
English lecture, reading, discussion
and written assignment on themusic of Bob Dylan and Neil Young
as a stimulus for social change.
English reading, lecture anddiscussion of Martin Luther King’s‘I have a dream’ speech.
English lecture, reading, discussion
and written assignment on
advertising techniques.
English reading, lecture anddiscussion of more techniques usedin advertising.
English lecture, reading, discussion
and written assignment on
advertising and branding.
English reading, lecture anddiscussion on the underlying briefs
people seldom consider.
Final remarks and discussion.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Student presentations are to be researched outside class.
Most
presentations will have both a written and visual component. The
standard preparation and review time for this class is four hours per
week: 2 hours preparation and 2 hours review.
【テキスト（教科書）】
There is no required textbook for this course.
【参考書】
References will vary depending on the subject matter of the students’presentations. Research suggestions will be made by the instructor.
This course will also use some online English News and Study
Materials.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Students are required to give presentations based on topics discussed
in class. The purpose of the presentations is to further class discussion.
Students are required to complete all assigned presentations to receivea passing grade. Class grade is based on presentations and participationin class discussions.
Presentations ‒ 70%
Class participation ‒ 30%
Based on the grading criteria set by the instructor, students thatsuccessfully achieve 60% or more of course goals will be able to earna passing grade for the course.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
N/A【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
Week 1 Class Orientation:
Student Selection &Class Overview
Week 2 Theme: Art
Topic: Symbols and
Logos
Week 3 Theme: Art
Topic: Symbols andmeanings in Vincent
van Gogh’s ‘PeasantShoes’
Week 4 Theme: Art
Topic: Analysis ofVincent van Gogh’s‘Wheatfield with
Crows’
Week 5 Theme: Art
Topic: A Comparison of
Edward Hopper’s‘Nighthawks’ (1942)
andArchibald J. Motley
Jr.’s ‘Nightlife’
Week 6 Theme: Art
Topic: Art andFunction: Can
functional objects beworks of art?

Week 12

Theme: Rebellion
Topic: Music as means
to change ‒ Woody
Guthrie and the
Dustbowl of the 1930s
Theme: Rebellion
Topic: Music as means
to change ‒ Bob Dylan
and Neil Young
Theme: Rebellion
Topic: Martin Luther
King: ‘I have a dream’
speechTheme: Advertising
Topic: Advertisingtechniques
Theme: Advertising
Topic: Advertisingtechniques continued
Theme: Advertising
Topic: Advertising vsBranding
Theme: Beliefs
Topic: Is theunexamined life worth
living?
Theme: Final remarks
and discussion【学生が準備すべき機器他】
None

内容
Brief English lecture on course
content, students’ responsibilities,
and grading criteria.
English lecture, reading, discussion
and written assignment on symbols
and logos.
English reading, lecture anddiscussion on the symbols and theirmeans in Vincent van Gogh’s‘Peasant Shoes’.

【Outline and objectives】
English Application is an integrated 4-language skill communication
course with a focus on an English for Academic Purposes (EAP) or
English for Specific Purposes (ESP) content area. This course will
examine certain cultural phenomena that impact our lives. Emphasis
throughout this course will be on the notion of ‘possibility’ – the exercise
of looking beyond mere appearance. The notion of ‘possibility’ will
be used to explore three major themes – art, rebellion, and market
advertising. Each theme will be explored through short authentic
readings, visual material, and music CDs, all of which will be used to set
the groundwork for group discussions and an exchange of viewpoints.

English lecture, reading, discussion
and written assignment on Vincent
van Gogh’s ‘Wheatfield with
Crows’.
English reading, lecture anddiscussion on Edward Hopper’s‘Nighthawks’ (1942) and Archibald
J. Motley Jr.’s ‘Nightlife’.

English lecture, reading, discussion
and written assignment onwhether functional objects can beconsidered works of art.

— 77 —

発行日：2021/5/1
Week 6

LANe300GA

英語アプリケーションⅨ

Week 7

MARK E FIELD

Week 8

配当年次／単位：3〜4 年／ 2 単位
旧科目名：英語アプリケーション
旧科目との重複履修：○
毎年・隔年：毎年開講 ｜ 開講セメスター：秋学期授業/Fall
人数制限・選抜・抽選：初回の授業に出席し受講許可を得ること
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

Week 9Week 10

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
English Application is an integrated 4 skills communication skills
course with a focus on an English for Academic Purposes (EAP)or English for Specific Purposes (ESP) content area. This course
will explore the history of tourism and its continued expansion in aconstantly globalizing world. All third and fourth-year students in
the Faculty of Intercultural Communication have some experience with
International Travel and living in a Foreign Country through their
Study Abroad experience, which is an Intercultural Communication
Activity sometimes described as Cultural or Educational Tourism.
【到達目標】The goal of English Application is to give Post-SA students a forum
to continue to use and enhance their English Communication skills.
The theme of this English Application course is to explore how theworld continues to become increasingly interconnected due to better
communication systems and increasing opportunities for international
travel. It will also examine how more people around the world
are experiencing interactions with people from different countries
and cultures, i.e., directly experiencing Intercultural Communication
through tourism.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】国際文化学部のディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP1」「DP3」に関連。
【授業の進め方と方法】
When the university’s Action Policy (Conduct Guideline) Level is 2, thisclass will be conducted online in principle. Details will be communicated
via the Learning Managing System.
In this course, we will first look at the historical development of
tourism and its expanding cultural significance. Later participating
students will be asked to investigate potential areas and/or sites where
tourism is developing or may be developed in the future. Students will
receive feedback and comments on homework assignments and in classactivities throughout the term.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
あり / Yes【授業計画】
回
テーマ
Week 1 Class Orientation:
Student Selection &Class Overview

Week 2

History of Tourism:
World Tourism Day

Week 3

History of Tourism:
Global Code of Ethics
for Tourism

Week 4

History of Tourism:
The Development ofMass Tourism

Week 5

Expanding Roles ofTourism: Student
Presentations

内容
Brief English lecture on course
content, students’ responsibilities,
and grading criteria. Students takenotes, followed by short classdiscussion and question andanswer session.
Brief English lecture on UNWTO.
Students take notes, followed byclass discussion and question andanswer session.

Brief English lecture on UNWTO’s
Code of Ethics, students take notes,
then discuss parts of the code andtheir practical meaning.
Brief English lecture on thetechnological and economicchanges that made modern mass
tourism possible. Students takenotes, followed by class discussion,and Q&A session.
Students make presentations on
specific tourist destinations
incorporating vocabulary andconcepts covered in previous
lectures.

Week 11

Week 12

Week 13

Week 14

Tourist Markets:
Transportation &Infrastructure
Tourist Markets:
Accommodations

Brief English lecture. Students
take notes, followed by small group
discussions, and Q&A session.
Brief English lecture. Students
take notes, followed by small group
discussions, and Q&A session.
Tourist Markets:
Brief English lecture. Students
Attractions &take notes, followed by small group
Activities
discussions, and Q&A session.
Expanding Roles ofStudents make presentations on
Tourism: Student
specific tourism related topics
Presentations
incorporating vocabulary andconcepts covered in previous
lectures.
New Modes of Tourism: Brief English lecture. Students
Cruisestake notes, followed by small group
discussions, and Q&A session.
New Modes of Tourism: Brief English lecture. Students
Thematic Tourism
take notes, followed by small group
discussions, and Q&A session.
Business Constraints:
Brief English lecture. Students
The Economics oftake notes, followed by small group
Tourism
discussions, and Q&A session.
Social Considerations: Brief English lecture. Students
The Environmental
take notes, followed by small group
and Cultural Impacts
discussions, and Q&A session.
of Tourism
Examination/Comments Examination/Comments【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are expected to prepare weekly homework assignments at
home, and review vocabulary and previous lessons at home to enhancetheir participation in classroom activities and discussions. The standard
preparation and review time for this class is four hours per week: 2hours preparation and 2 hours review.
【テキスト（教科書）】The instructor will provide some course material early in the semester,and participating students will generate more course material as thesemester progresses.
【参考書】
An English to English Dictionary is recommended.
This course will also use some online English News and Study
Materials.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
40% Ongoing Evaluation (Participation, Discussions, Homework, etc.)
20% Short Presentations
40% Final Examination/Term Project
Based on the grading criteria set by the instructor, students thatsuccessfully achieve 60% or more of course goals will be able to earna passing grade for the course.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Students have been happy with this course in the past and currently
no student survey data is available to support major changes. Course
materials are reviewed periodically and updated when necessary tomaintain relevance. The instructor always welcomes comments andencourages students to make suggestions to improve the course atanytime.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
OHC and PC presentations.
【その他の重要事項】
Class attendance is a course requirement. Students are allowed no morethan three absences in the semester. The instructor reserves the rightto modify this course syllabus whenever necessary.
【Outline and objectives】
English Application is an integrated 4 skills communication skills
course with a focus on an English for Academic Purposes (EAP)or English for Specific Purposes (ESP) content area. This course
will explore the history of tourism and its continued expansion in aconstantly globalizing world. All third and fourth-year students in
the Faculty of Intercultural Communication have some experience with
International Travel and living in a Foreign Country through their
Study Abroad experience, which is an Intercultural Communication
Activity sometimes described as Cultural or Educational Tourism.

— 78 —

発行日：2021/5/1
Week 6

LANe300GA

The History of Tourism

Week 7

MARK E FIELD

Week 8

配当年次／単位：3〜4 年／ 2 単位
旧科目名：
旧科目との重複履修：
毎年・隔年：毎年開講 ｜ 開講セメスター：秋学期授業/Fall
人数制限・選抜・抽選：初回の授業に出席し受講許可を得ること
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

Week 9Week 10

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
English Application is an integrated 4 skills communication skills
course with a focus on an English for Academic Purposes (EAP)or English for Specific Purposes (ESP) content area. This course
will explore the history of tourism and its continued expansion in aconstantly globalizing world. All third and fourth-year students in
the Faculty of Intercultural Communication have some experience with
International Travel and living in a Foreign Country through their
Study Abroad experience, which is an Intercultural Communication
Activity sometimes described as Cultural or Educational Tourism.
【到達目標】The goal of English Application is to give Post-SA students a forum
to continue to use and enhance their English Communication skills.
The theme of this English Application course is to explore how theworld continues to become increasingly interconnected due to better
communication systems and increasing opportunities for international
travel. It will also examine how more people around the world
are experiencing interactions with people from different countries
and cultures, i.e., directly experiencing Intercultural Communication
through tourism.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】国際文化学部のディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP1」「DP3」に関連。
【授業の進め方と方法】
When the university’s Action Policy (Conduct Guideline) Level is 2, thisclass will be conducted online in principle. Details will be communicated
via the Learning Managing System.
In this course, we will first look at the historical development of
tourism and its expanding cultural significance. Later participating
students will be asked to investigate potential areas and/or sites where
tourism is developing or may be developed in the future. Students will
receive feedback and comments on homework assignments and in classactivities throughout the term.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
あり / Yes【授業計画】
回
テーマ
Week 1 Class Orientation:
Student Selection &Class Overview

Week 2

History of Tourism:
World Tourism Day

Week 3

History of Tourism:
Global Code of Ethics
for Tourism

Week 4

History of Tourism:
The Development ofMass Tourism

Week 5

Expanding Roles ofTourism: Student
Presentations

内容
Brief English lecture on course
content, students’ responsibilities,
and grading criteria. Students takenotes, followed by short classdiscussion and question andanswer session.
Brief English lecture on UNWTO.
Students take notes, followed byclass discussion and question andanswer session.

Brief English lecture on UNWTO’s
Code of Ethics, students take notes,
then discuss parts of the code andtheir practical meaning.
Brief English lecture on thetechnological and economicchanges that made modern mass
tourism possible. Students takenotes, followed by class discussion,and Q&A session.
Students make presentations on
specific tourist destinations
incorporating vocabulary andconcepts covered in previous
lectures.

Week 11

Week 12

Week 13

Week 14

Tourist Markets:
Transportation &Infrastructure
Tourist Markets:
Accommodations

Brief English lecture. Students
take notes, followed by small group
discussions, and Q&A session.
Brief English lecture. Students
take notes, followed by small group
discussions, and Q&A session.
Tourist Markets:
Brief English lecture. Students
Attractions &take notes, followed by small group
Activities
discussions, and Q&A session.
Expanding Roles ofStudents make presentations on
Tourism: Student
specific tourism related topics
Presentations
incorporating vocabulary andconcepts covered in previous
lectures.
New Modes of Tourism: Brief English lecture. Students
Cruisestake notes, followed by small group
discussions, and Q&A session.
New Modes of Tourism: Brief English lecture. Students
Thematic Tourism
take notes, followed by small group
discussions, and Q&A session.
Business Constraints:
Brief English lecture. Students
The Economics oftake notes, followed by small group
Tourism
discussions, and Q&A session.
Social Considerations: Brief English lecture. Students
The Environmental
take notes, followed by small group
and Cultural Impacts
discussions, and Q&A session.
of Tourism
Examination/Comments Examination/Comments【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are expected to prepare weekly homework assignments at
home, and review vocabulary and previous lessons at home to enhancetheir participation in classroom activities and discussions. The standard
preparation and review time for this class is four hours per week: 2hours preparation and 2 hours review.
【テキスト（教科書）】The instructor will provide some course material early in the semester,and participating students will generate more course material as thesemester progresses.
【参考書】
An English to English Dictionary is recommended.
This course will also use some online English News and Study
Materials.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
40% Ongoing Evaluation (Participation, Discussions, Homework, etc.)
20% Short Presentations
40% Final Examination/Term Project
Based on the grading criteria set by the instructor, students thatsuccessfully achieve 60% or more of course goals will be able to earna passing grade for the course.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Students have been happy with this course in the past and currently
no student survey data is available to support major changes. Course
materials are reviewed periodically and updated when necessary tomaintain relevance. The instructor always welcomes comments andencourages students to make suggestions to improve the course atanytime.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
OHC and PC presentations.
【その他の重要事項】
Class attendance is a course requirement. Students are allowed no morethan three absences in the semester. The instructor reserves the rightto modify this course syllabus whenever necessary.
【Outline and objectives】
English Application is an integrated 4 skills communication skills
course with a focus on an English for Academic Purposes (EAP)or English for Specific Purposes (ESP) content area. This course
will explore the history of tourism and its continued expansion in aconstantly globalizing world. All third and fourth-year students in
the Faculty of Intercultural Communication have some experience with
International Travel and living in a Foreign Country through their
Study Abroad experience, which is an Intercultural Communication
Activity sometimes described as Cultural or Educational Tourism.

— 79 —

発行日：2021/5/1
Week 7

LANe300GA

Art, Rebellion and Advertising
Week 8ジョナサン・エイブル
配当年次／単位：3〜4 年／ 2 単位
旧科目名：
旧科目との重複履修：
毎年・隔年：毎年開講 ｜ 開講セメスター：秋学期授業/Fall
人数制限・選抜・抽選：初回の授業に出席し受講許可を得ること
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

Week 9Week 10

実務教員：
Week 11【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
English Application is an integrated 4-language skill communication
course with a focus on an English for Academic Purposes (EAP) or
English for Specific Purposes (ESP) content area. This course will
examine certain cultural phenomena that impact our lives. Emphasis
throughout this course will be on the notion of ‘possibility’ – the exercise
of looking beyond mere appearance. The notion of ‘possibility’ will
be used to explore three major themes – art, rebellion, and market
advertising. Each theme will be explored through short authentic
readings, visual material, and music CDs, all of which will be used to set
the groundwork for group discussions and an exchange of viewpoints.
【到達目標】The goal of English Application is to give Post-SA students a forum
to continue to use and enhance their English Communication skills.
This course is designed to improve students’ critical thinking ability
by challenging their belief systems while examining three cultural
phenomena ‒ art, rebellion and advertising.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】国際文化学部のディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP1」「DP3」に関連。
【授業の進め方と方法】
When the university’s Action Policy (Conduct Guideline) Level is 2, thisclass will be conducted online in principle. Details will be communicated
via the Learning Managing System.
Emphasis throughout this course will be on the notion of ‘possibility’ –the exercise of looking beyond mere surface appearance. We will use
this notion of ‘possibility’ to explore three major themes – art, rebellion,
and market advertising. Each theme will be explored through shortauthentic readings, visual material, and music CDs, all of which will be
used to set the groundwork for group discussions and an exchange ofviewpoints. Students will receive feedback and comments on homeworkassignments and in class activities throughout the term.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes

Week 13

Week 14English reading, lecture anddiscussion on the music of Woody
Guthrie and the Dustbowl of the
1930s.
English lecture, reading, discussion
and written assignment on themusic of Bob Dylan and Neil Young
as a stimulus for social change.
English reading, lecture anddiscussion of Martin Luther King’s‘I have a dream’ speech.
English lecture, reading, discussion
and written assignment on
advertising techniques.
English reading, lecture anddiscussion of more techniques usedin advertising.
English lecture, reading, discussion
and written assignment on
advertising and branding.
English reading, lecture anddiscussion on the underlying briefs
people seldom consider.
Final remarks and discussion.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Student presentations are to be researched outside class.
Most
presentations will have both a written and visual component. The
standard preparation and review time for this class is four hours per
week: 2 hours preparation and 2 hours review.
【テキスト（教科書）】
There is no required textbook for this course.
【参考書】
References will vary depending on the subject matter of the students’presentations. Research suggestions will be made by the instructor.
This course will also use some online English News and Study
Materials.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Students are required to give presentations based on topics discussed
in class. The purpose of the presentations is to further class discussion.
Students are required to complete all assigned presentations to receivea passing grade. Class grade is based on presentations and participationin class discussions.
Presentations ‒ 70%
Class participation ‒ 30%
Based on the grading criteria set by the instructor, students thatsuccessfully achieve 60% or more of course goals will be able to earna passing grade for the course.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
N/A【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
Week 1 Class Orientation:
Student Selection &Class Overview
Week 2 Theme: Art
Topic: Symbols and
Logos
Week 3 Theme: Art
Topic: Symbols andmeanings in Vincent
van Gogh’s ‘PeasantShoes’
Week 4 Theme: Art
Topic: Analysis ofVincent van Gogh’s‘Wheatfield with
Crows’
Week 5 Theme: Art
Topic: A Comparison of
Edward Hopper’s‘Nighthawks’ (1942)
andArchibald J. Motley
Jr.’s ‘Nightlife’
Week 6 Theme: Art
Topic: Art andFunction: Can
functional objects beworks of art?

Week 12

Theme: Rebellion
Topic: Music as means
to change ‒ Woody
Guthrie and the
Dustbowl of the 1930s
Theme: Rebellion
Topic: Music as means
to change ‒ Bob Dylan
and Neil Young
Theme: Rebellion
Topic: Martin Luther
King: ‘I have a dream’
speechTheme: Advertising
Topic: Advertisingtechniques
Theme: Advertising
Topic: Advertisingtechniques continued
Theme: Advertising
Topic: Advertising vsBranding
Theme: Beliefs
Topic: Is theunexamined life worth
living?
Theme: Final remarks
and discussion【学生が準備すべき機器他】
None

内容
Brief English lecture on course
content, students’ responsibilities,
and grading criteria.
English lecture, reading, discussion
and written assignment on symbols
and logos.
English reading, lecture anddiscussion on the symbols and theirmeans in Vincent van Gogh’s‘Peasant Shoes’.

【Outline and objectives】
English Application is an integrated 4-language skill communication
course with a focus on an English for Academic Purposes (EAP) or
English for Specific Purposes (ESP) content area. This course will
examine certain cultural phenomena that impact our lives. Emphasis
throughout this course will be on the notion of ‘possibility’ – the exercise
of looking beyond mere appearance. The notion of ‘possibility’ will
be used to explore three major themes – art, rebellion, and market
advertising. Each theme will be explored through short authentic
readings, visual material, and music CDs, all of which will be used to set
the groundwork for group discussions and an exchange of viewpoints.

English lecture, reading, discussion
and written assignment on Vincent
van Gogh’s ‘Wheatfield with
Crows’.
English reading, lecture anddiscussion on Edward Hopper’s‘Nighthawks’ (1942) and Archibald
J. Motley Jr.’s ‘Nightlife’.

English lecture, reading, discussion
and written assignment onwhether functional objects can beconsidered works of art.

— 80 —

発行日：2021/5/1【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are expected to prepare weekly homework assignments at
home, and review vocabulary and previous lectures at home to enhancetheir participation in classroom lectures and discussions. Students
may also be expected to find and analyze information from various
forms of English resource materials and media independently for the
preparation of Research Papers.
本授業の準備学習・復習時間は各２時間を標準とします。
The standard preparation and review time for this class is four hours
per week: 2 hours preparation and 2 hours review.

PHL300GA

英語圏の文化Ⅱ（思想史）
MARK E FIELD
配当年次／単位：2〜4 年／ 2 単位
旧科目名：
旧科目との重複履修：
毎年・隔年：毎年開講 ｜ 開講セメスター：秋学期授業/Fall
人数制限・選抜・抽選：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：【テキスト（教科書）】The instructor will provide some course reading material during thesemester.

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The Culture, Language, and Thought of the English-Speaking World isthe product of many historical interactions between a variety of peoples
with different ways of thinking and living in the world. To understandmany aspects of the societies in the modern English-Speaking World,
one must first recognize the historical forces that shaped them andbrought them about.
【到達目標】The primary goal of this course is to give students the basic knowledge
necessary to understand: 1) how societies and cultures change in
general and 2) how the cultures of the English-Speaking Worlddeveloped their unique forms.
Using the framework of culturalchange, we will examine the formation of “Western” religious andpolitical institutions that developed before 1500 CE in order to better
appreciate the roots of “Western” social, political, and economic thought.
Building on this foundation, the evolution of modern social systems andpolitical-economic thought that occurred in the English-Speaking World
after 1500 CE will be discussed.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】国際文化学部のディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP1」「DP2」「DP3」に関連。
【授業の進め方と方法】
The course will start out by outlining the forces behind culturalchange. This will be followed by a series of lectures discussing thedevelopment of European political and religious institutions following
the Ancient Greco-Roman era. We will then attempt to analyze Britain’s
rather unique political & economic institutions at the beginning of
the modern era as a product of cultural change. Building on thisfoundation, the cultural changes, i.e., the changes in thought, causedby the Protestant Reformation and Enlightenment Philosophy will be
examined and their impact on the development of British and American
Political-Economic Systems through the 19th and 20th Centuries will be
discussed. Students will receive feedback and comments on homeworkassignments and in class activities throughout the term.

【参考書】
Participating students will do independent reading for their written
assignments.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
30% In Class Evaluation (Participation, Discussions, etc.)
30% Homework/Research Paper/Midterm Examination,
40% Final Examination/Term Project.
**Class attendance is a course requirement. Students are allowed no
more than three absences in the semester.
Based on the grading criteria set by the instructor, students thatsuccessfully achieve 60% or more of course goals will be able to earna passing grade for the course.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Students have been happy with this course in the past and currently
no student survey data is available to support major changes. Course
materials are reviewed periodically and updated when necessary tomaintain relevance.
The instructor always welcomes comments and encourages students tomake suggestions to improve the course at anytime.
【その他の重要事項】
Class attendance is a course requirement. Students are allowed no morethan three absences in the semester.
The instructor reserves the right to modify this course syllabus
whenever necessary.
【Outline and objectives】
The Culture, Language, and Thought of the English-Speaking World isthe product of many historical interactions between a variety of peoples
with different ways of thinking and living in the world. To understandmany aspects of the societies in the modern English-Speaking World,
one must first recognize the historical forces that shaped them andbrought them about.

【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1回
Class Orientation:

2回

Religion & Philosophy:

3回

The Role of Myths:

4回
5回

9回

Cultural Conflicts:
The World at the Endof the Ancient Era:
Mass Migration:
Political and Religious
Conflicts:
The World at the
Beginning of theModern Era:
The Renaissance:

10 回

The English World:

11 回
12 回

World War I:
World Depression:

13 回

Post-War America &Britain:Examination/
Comments:

6回
7回
8回

14 回

内容
Introduction to the Forces Behind
Cultural Change
The Foundations of Culture &Thought?
Social Formation in the AncientWorld
Change in the Hellenic World
Roman’s Unique Position

The End of the Roman Empire
The Medieval World
Britain’s Unique Position

The English Reformation & The
English Enlightenment
Revolutionary Challenges,
Industrialization & Empire
Wilson’s Democratic Vision
Keynesian Economics & FDR’s
New Deal
The New International Order
Recapping what has been coveredin the semester.

— 81 —

発行日：2021/5/1
7

LANe300GA

History of English
輿石

8

哲哉

配当年次／単位：3〜4 年／ 2 単位
旧科目名：
旧科目との重複履修：
毎年・隔年：毎年開講 ｜ 開講セメスター：秋学期授業/Fall
人数制限・選抜・抽選：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

9

10

実務教員：

【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
Towards the end of this course, students will be able:
1. to study the history of the English language, which, good or bad, has
become an ’international language’ in our modern world; and2. to develop a general interest in the language itself through doing a
lot of reading.
【到達目標】
1. To get a general idea how the English language has evolved,
2. To try to explain various apparent ’mysteries’ of English in historicalterms,
3. To begin to develop a general theory of linguistic change,
4. To study English in its general sense. (You see, you must keep thatlevel of English acquired through your SA experience!)【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】国際文化学部のディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP1」「DP2」「DP3」に関連。
【授業の進め方と方法】
Actual class sessions are all based on the Powerpoint slides (More than
200 slides in all!) all prepared beforehand. So, in order to make the mostof them you should:- download and print out the slides and skim over them;- attend the class w/the printed-out slides, concentrate on the contentsof the lecture, and take as many notes as you can;- visit our Learning Management System (LMS)site and check thecomments made by the instructor; and- read the books/articles mentioned on the LMS site for further
comprehension.
Please note that feedbacks to the lecture contents will be amply given on
the LMS site. After each class session given, the detailed review articles
will be given on the web; so please make the most of them.
Should you have any trouble in taking realtime online class session, you
can get access to the recorded educational material. Please check the
LMS site for details.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
なし / No【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Introduction; early
history

2

Early history (cont’d)3

Early history (cont’d)and Old English

4

Old English (cont’d)5

Old English (cont’d)

6

Old English (cont’d)

内容- Introduction- IE studies & comparative
linguistics- Proto-Indo-European- Proto-Indo-European (cont’d)- Celts- Romans- Latin influence on English- Anglo-Saxon invasion- Germanic languages sub-divisions- Place name studies- Angli vs wealas- Christianisation- Viking raids- King Alfred’s reign- OE runic inscriptions- Undley Bracteate and Franks
casket- Old English Pronunciation- ‘Back to front’ movements- Old English documents andpoems(Law of Æthelberht, Ælfric’s
Colloquy, Lindisfarne Gospels,
Beowulf)- Oral tradition, alliteration, andOE compounding

11

12

13

14

Old English (cont’d)and - OE poems and alliteration
Middle English- Norman Conquest- Social bilingualism in England
Middle English (cont’d) - ME: social bilingualism- English started to be spoken!
- Middle English (Grammar andlexis, OE and ME dialects, word
order, etc.)
Middle English (cont’d) ME documents (Sumer is Icumen
in, The Canterbury Tales, Piers
Plowman)- Social changes- Great Vowel ShiftModern English- Great Vowel Shift (cont’d)- English becoming commoner!
- Borrowed words- Shakespeare and the King James
Bible
Modern English- Biblical parallel texts(cont’d)- Shakespeare in original
pronunciation- Spelling innovations
Modern English- The first dictionaries (A Table(cont’d)Alphabeticall, Johnson’s dictionary)- Linguistic prescriptivism- New words- The Oxford English Dictionary
Modern English- The Oxford English Dictionary(cont’d) and(cont’d)Present-day English- Received Pronunciation andGeneral American- Regional varieties
Present-day English- Regional varieties (cont’d)(cont’d)- Jargon and slang- The future of English【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are expected to visit the relevant LMS site and get as muchinformation as needed.
Admittedly, this is not an easy course with all those unfamiliar terms
and concepts. So, it is strongly recommended to read the relevantmaterials suggested on the LMS site posted immediately after each classsession by the instructor.Approximately two hours of preparation andreviewing are necessary for this course.
【テキスト（教科書）】Viney, Brigit (2008). The History of the English Language. Oxford:
Oxford University Press.
【参考書】
Suggested reading materials to enhance students’ comprehension will
be mentioned through LMS in due course. However, the following areworth reading prior to the opening of the course:- Algeo, John (2010). The Origins and Development of the English
Language. Sixth edition. Boston: Wadsworth. [Based on the original
work of Thomas Pyles. Careful about special phonetic notations used.]- Barber, Charles, Joan C. Beal, and Philip A. Shaw (2009). The English
Language: A Historical Introduction. Second edition. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press. [Offers clear explanations of linguistic
ideas.]- Bradley, Henry (1970). The Making of English. Tokyo: Seibido. [A bit
out of date, but still a good introduction. Japanese translation available
from Iwanami.]- Schmitt, Norbert and Richard Marsden (2009). Why Is English Like
That? Historical Answers to Hard ELT Questions. Ann Arbor: The
University of Michigan Press. [A recent book; easy to read; written forEnglish language teachers. ]【成績評価の方法と基準】- Please note that attendance is taken for granted. However, if you missa class, the following rule is applied: 1 demerit for each class missed. 3
demerits = -10% on your grade (roughly one letter grade). 5 demerits =failure for the course.
- Final exam: 70%.
- Project (if any): 30%
Any modification to the above shall be known to you by using LMS.
Based on the grading criteria set by the instructor, students thatsuccessfully achieve 60% or more of course goals will be able to earna passing grade for the course.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Overall, the instructor gets favourable comments from the students.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Using a personal computer is recommended, which enables you to
get accustomed to make use of phonetic fonts as well as tree-drawing
applications. Also, there are many interesting sites on the web which
the instructor recommends you to visit.

— 82 —

発行日：2021/5/1【その他の重要事項】
In terms of its content, this course is the same as「英語圏の文化 VIII（英語の歴史）」taught in Japanese. Therefore, if you have obtained credits
taking that course, you cannot obtain credits by taking this course.
This course is just a half-year (semestral) course about the history of
the English language. Students are highly encouraged to study various
matters not treated in class sessions.
Also, as is shown in Goals above, always having a strong interest in
English per se is important. So, please study English hard and try todevelop a ’feel’ for the language.
【カリキュラム上の位置づけ】
Open for the third- and fourth-year FIC students (many of themprobably being the SA-English students). Also open for non-FIC
students. Appropriate for those who have strong interest in the English
language and historical linguistics.
【Outline and objectives】
Towards the end of this course, students will be able:
1. to study the history of the English language, which, good or bad, has
become an ’international language’ in our modern world; and2. to develop a general interest in the language itself through doing a
lot of reading.

— 83 —

発行日：2021/5/1【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are expected to prepare weekly homework assignments at
home, and review vocabulary and previous lectures at home to enhancetheir participation in classroom lectures and discussions. Students
may also be expected to find and analyze information from various
forms of English resource materials and media independently for the
preparation of Research Papers.
本授業の準備学習・復習時間は各２時間を標準とします。
The standard preparation and review time for this class is four hours
per week: 2 hours preparation and 2 hours review.

PHL300GA

History of Western Thought
MARK E FIELD
配当年次／単位：2〜4 年／ 2 単位
旧科目名：
旧科目との重複履修：
毎年・隔年：毎年開講 ｜ 開講セメスター：秋学期授業/Fall
人数制限・選抜・抽選：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：【テキスト（教科書）】The instructor will provide some course reading material during thesemester.
【参考書】
Participating students will do independent reading for their written
assignments.

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The Culture, Language, and Thought of the English-Speaking World isthe product of many historical interactions between a variety of peoples
with different ways of thinking and living in the world. To understandmany aspects of the societies in the modern English-Speaking World,
one must first recognize the historical forces that shaped them andbrought them about.
【到達目標】The primary goal of this course is to give students the basic knowledge
necessary to understand: 1) how societies and cultures change in
general and 2) how the cultures of the English-Speaking Worlddeveloped their unique forms.
Using the framework of culturalchange, we will examine the formation of “Western” religious andpolitical institutions that developed before 1500 CE in order to better
appreciate the roots of “Western” social, political, and economic thought.
Building on this foundation, the evolution of modern social systems andpolitical-economic thought that occurred in the English-Speaking World
after 1500 CE will be discussed.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】国際文化学部のディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP1」「DP2」「DP3」に関連。
【授業の進め方と方法】
The course will start out by outlining the forces behind culturalchange. This will be followed by a series of lectures discussing thedevelopment of European political and religious institutions following
the Ancient Greco-Roman era. We will then attempt to analyze Britain’s
rather unique political & economic institutions at the beginning of
the modern era as a product of cultural change. Building on thisfoundation, the cultural changes, i.e., the changes in thought, causedby the Protestant Reformation and Enlightenment Philosophy will be
examined and their impact on the development of British and American
Political-Economic Systems through the 19th and 20th Centuries will be
discussed. Students will receive feedback and comments on homeworkassignments and in class activities throughout the term.

【成績評価の方法と基準】
30% In Class Evaluation (Participation, Discussions, etc.)
30% Homework/Research Paper/Midterm Examination,
40% Final Examination/Term Project.
**Class attendance is a course requirement. Students are allowed no
more than three absences in the semester.
Based on the grading criteria set by the instructor, students thatsuccessfully achieve 60% or more of course goals will be able to earna passing grade for the course.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Students have been happy with this course in the past and currently
no student survey data is available to support major changes. Course
materials are reviewed periodically and updated when necessary tomaintain relevance.
The instructor always welcomes comments and encourages students tomake suggestions to improve the course at anytime.
【その他の重要事項】
Class attendance is a course requirement. Students are allowed no morethan three absences in the semester.
The instructor reserves the right to modify this course syllabus
whenever necessary.
【Outline and objectives】
The Culture, Language, and Thought of the English-Speaking World isthe product of many historical interactions between a variety of peoples
with different ways of thinking and living in the world. To understandmany aspects of the societies in the modern English-Speaking World,
one must first recognize the historical forces that shaped them andbrought them about.

【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1回
Class Orientation:

2回

Religion & Philosophy:

3回

The Role of Myths:

4回
5回

9回

Cultural Conflicts:
The World at the Endof the Ancient Era:
Mass Migration:
Political and Religious
Conflicts:
The World at the
Beginning of theModern Era:
The Renaissance:

10 回

The English World:

11 回
12 回

World War I:
World Depression:

13 回

Post-War America &Britain:Examination/
Comments:

6回
7回
8回

14 回

内容
Introduction to the Forces Behind
Cultural Change
The Foundations of Culture &Thought?
Social Formation in the AncientWorld
Change in the Hellenic World
Roman’s Unique Position

The End of the Roman Empire
The Medieval World
Britain’s Unique Position

The English Reformation & The
English Enlightenment
Revolutionary Challenges,
Industrialization & Empire
Wilson’s Democratic Vision
Keynesian Economics & FDR’s
New Deal
The New International Order
Recapping what has been coveredin the semester.

— 84 —

発行日：2021/5/1

LANe300GA

4Sound Aspects ofEnglish (2)5Sound Aspects ofEnglish (3)6Sound Aspects ofEnglish (4)7Sound Aspects ofEnglish (5)8Sound Aspects ofEnglish (6) andMeaning Aspects ofEnglish (1)9Meaning Aspects ofEnglish (2)10Meaning Aspects ofEnglish (3)11Meaning Aspects ofEnglish (4)12Meaning Aspects ofEnglish (5)13Final Exam

14

No class.

Structure of English
輿石

哲哉

配当年次／単位：3〜4 年／ 2 単位
旧科目名：
旧科目との重複履修：
毎年・隔年：毎年開講 ｜ 開講セメスター：春学期授業/Spring
人数制限・選抜・抽選：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The aim of this course is to consider structural aspects of the English
language, which has become the de facto ’global’ language. Towards theend of this course, students will be able to attain the following goals
indicated below.
【到達目標】
1. To get a general idea about how English sounds and grammaticalphenomena are described.
2. To obtain a certain level of knowledge about how various structural
aspects of modern English SHOULD be described.
3. To obtain enough knowledge about modern English so as to answer
various questions about the alleged ’mysteries’ of the English language.
4. To study English in its general sense. (You see, you all finished
your SA programmes, so you should keep that level of English until
graduation.)
The following is the list of important topics (among others) to be coveredin this course:a) articulatory organs and phonetic symbols,b) the notion of phoneme (introduction to structural linguistics),c) modular approach to linguistics,d) various units in linguistic description,e) syntactic categories (parts of speech),f) intermediate constituency, phrase structural analysis【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】国際文化学部のディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP1」「DP2」「DP3」に関連。
【授業の進め方と方法】
Class sessions are going to be held online. The basic schedule remains
the same; however, schedule change, if any, will be notified by using the
Learning Management System (LMS). The details of the methods will
be provided by using the LMS by several days prior to the first classsession.
Actual class sessions are all based on the Powerpoint slides (about 200
slides in all!) all prepared beforehand. So, in order to make the most ofthem you should:- download and print out the slides and skim over them;- attend the class w/the printed-out slides, concentrate on the contentsof the lecture, and take as many notes as you can;- visit the LMS site, and check the comments made by the instructor;
and- read the books/articles mentioned on the LMS site for further
comprehension.
Should you have any trouble in taking realtime online class session, you
can get access to the recorded educational material. Please check the
LMS site for details.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
なし / No【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
General Introduction

2

General Introduction(cont’d)3Sound Aspects ofEnglish (1)内容- Introduction- What’s English?
- English studies/linguistics- How many speakers?
- AmE vs BritE- Saussurean semiotics- Articulatory organs- Airstream mechanisms- VOT- Sound classification- Consonants- Vowels- Others- Monophthong vs. diphthong- The phoneme- Allophones- English vowels- Checked vs. free
- Strong vs. weak
- Long vs. short (tense vs. lax)
- Phonics- Checked vowels in English- What are good phonetictranscriptions?
- Long vowels- Diphthongs- Triphthongs- Weak vowels- Consonants- Stops- Fricatives and affricates- Nasals- Laterals- Semivowels- The syllable- English phonotactics- Sound connections- Suprasegmentals- Accent, rhythm and intonation- Grammar and lexis- ‘Chain’ and ‘choice’- Selection vs. combination- Modular approach and brain
lateralisation- Word orders and generativegrammar- Word order generalisation- The word
- The morpheme- The lexeme- A dozen words of English- Syntactic categories- Important criteria- Distribution, combinability, andordering- The adjective- Attributive vs. predicative uses
- Adjectival semantics
Central vs. peripheral adjectives- Adjectives and other syntactic
categories
Immediate constituency- Flat vs. hierarchical structures- Phrase structure grammar- Discontinuous constituent?
- Final exam of this course given on
the 23rd of July.
N/A【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are expected to visit the relevant H’etudes site and get as muchinformation as needed.
Admittedly, this is not an easy course with all those unfamiliar terms
and concepts. So, it is strongly recommended to read the relevantmaterials suggested on the LMS site posted immediately after each classsession by the instructor.
Approximately two hours of preparation and reviewing are necessary
for this course.
【テキスト（教科書）】
There are no particular textbooks for this course.
【参考書】
Suggested reading materials to enhance students’ comprehension will
be mentioned through H’etudes in due course. However, the following(all written in Japanese) are recommendable prior to the opening of thecourse:- 加島祥造 (1976). 『英語の辞書の話』．東京：講談社 [のちに講談社学術文庫に収載．]- 中島文雄 (1991).『英語学とは何か』．東京：講談社 [講談社学術文庫]．
- 田中菊雄 (1992).『英語研究者のために』．東京：講談社 [講談社学術文庫]．
- 竹林滋 (1991).『英語発音に強くなる』．東京：岩波書店 [岩波ジュニア新書]．
【成績評価の方法と基準】- Please note that attendance is taken for granted. However, if you missa class, the following rule is applied: 1 demerit for each class missed. 3
demerits = -10% on your grade (roughly one letter grade). 5 demerits =failure for the course.
- The Final exam scheduled on the day of the final class session isvery important. It is an online exam provided through the LMS. It isbasically a multiple-choice type exam. Please see my message on the
LMS site for more information.
Any modification to the above shall be known to you by using LMS— 85 —

発行日：2021/5/1
Based on the grading criteria set by the instructor, students thatsuccessfully achieve 60% or more of course goals will be able to earna passing grade for the course.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
n/a【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Personal computers, good English dictionaries, etc.
【その他の重要事項】
This is just a half-year (semestral) course about the structural aspectsof modern English, which is in many ways similar to ’Intro to English
Linguistics’ you see in English major’s curriculum; only, the speed ismuch faster! Therefore, the contents covered should be rather selective
in nature. Students are highly encouraged to study various matters nottreated in class sessions.
Also, as is shown in Goals above, always having a strong interest in
English per se is important. So, please study English hard and try todevelop a ’feel’ for the language.
【カリキュラム上の位置づけ】
Open for the third- and fourth-year FIC students (many of themprobably being the SA-English students). Also open for non-FIC
students. Appropriate for those who have strong interest in the English
language and/or language studies in general.
【Outline and objectives】
The aim of this course is to consider structural aspects of the English
language, which has become the de facto ’global’ language. Towards theend of this course, students will be able to attain the following goals
indicated below.

— 86 —

発行日：2021/5/1
Week13

HIS300GA

Approaches to Transnational History
Class14佐々木一惠

配当年次／単位：1〜4 年／ 2 単位
旧科目名：
旧科目との重複履修：
毎年・隔年：毎年開講 ｜ 開講セメスター：秋学期授業/Fall
人数制限・選抜・抽選：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

Americanizing theWorld through Culture– Presentation(s):Group or Individual
The Age of Global
Transformation andCommunication– Presentation(s):Group or Individual

Reference: “Americanization ofPopular and Consumer Culture”

Reference: “Commercial Air
Travel”【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are required to read all the assignments and be ready for classdiscussions, and also write a paper analyzing assigned primary sources.
Students are expected to spend about 4 hours a week on courseworkoutside the class.

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course is designed for students who are interested in the historyof cultural exchanges from transnational perspectives. By exploring
various kinds of cross cultural encounters facilitated by the movementof people, ideas, goods, services, capital, and technology, students will be
introduced to the basic concepts and methods of transnational history.
【到達目標】
By the end of this course, students will be able to● Understand various approaches to transnational history and how
these approaches are connected to the issues of colonialism, thedevelopment of capitalism, and the formation and spread of thenation-state.
● Critically read and analyze both secondary scholarship and primaryhistorical documents on transnational history.
● Write a short critical essay analyzing cross-cultural encounters andmovements across borders.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】国際文化学部のディプロマポリシーのうち、
「DP1」
「DP2」
「DP3」
「DP4」に関連。
【授業の進め方と方法】
大学の行動方針レベルが２となった場合、この授業は原則としてオンラインで行う。詳細は学習支援システムで伝達する。
This course is held online via Zoom. The class consists of lectures, classdiscussions, and student presentations.

【テキスト（教科書）】
Weekly reading assignments are uploaded to the course website(HOPPII).
【参考書】● Akira Iyrie, Global and Transnational History: The Past, Present andFuture(Basingstoke, UK: Palgrave Macmillan, 2013).
● Pierre-Yves Saunier, Transnational History (Basingstoke, U.K.:
Palgrave Macmillan, 2013).
● Motoe Sasaki, Redemption and Revolution: American and Chinese
New Women in the Early Twentieth Century (Cornell University Press,
2016).
【成績評価の方法と基準】● Class participation (including weekly short response papers based on
assigned readings) 30%● In-class primary document analysis quiz 10%● Presentation (15-20 mini-group presentation or 10 min-individual
presentation) 30%● Primary document analysis essay (a 700-800 word essay analyzing
the primary documents, which will be made available in class orelectronically in late December)
30%
Based on the grading criteria set by the instructor, students thatsuccessfully achieve 60% or more of course goals will be able to earna passing grade for the course.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Group members will be shuffled several times in the semester to allow
for more interaction.

【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【学生が準備すべき機器他】
ITC devices such as laptops and tablets.

【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No【Outline and objectives】
This course is designed for students who are interested in the historyof cultural exchanges from transnational perspectives. By exploring
various kinds of cross cultural encounters facilitated by the movementof people, ideas, goods, services, capital, and technology, students will be
introduced to the basic concepts and methods of transnational history.

【授業計画】回
テーマ
Week1
Introduction

Week2
Week3
Week4
Week5
Week6
Week7

Week8

The Atlantic Slave
Trade
The African Diaspora
The British Empire
and China
Imperialism and China
Japan Opens to theWest
Japan Opens to theWest – The Practice ofAnalyzing Primary
Sources and a Quiz
Colonialism andOrientalism

Week9

Colonialism andPrimitivism

Week10The Sino-U.S.
Relations from the
Perspective of History,
Culture, and Gender
Film as a Global
Industry– Presentation(s):Group or Individual
Cold War Culture– Presentation(s):Group or Individual

Week11

Week12

内容
An overview of transnational
history
Reading assignment: “The Atlantic
Slave Economy”
Reading assignment: “The Atlantic
Slave Economy”
Reading assignment: “The British
Empire and Chinese Civilization”
Reading assignment: “The British
Empire and Chinese Civilization”
Reading assignment: “Japan Opens
to the West”
Assigned primary documents

Reading assignment: “TheInfluence of African, Asian, andPacific Islander Art on European
Art”
Reading assignment: “TheInfluence of African, Asian, andPacific Islander Art on European
Art”
Reading assignment:"New Women and the WorldHistory"
Reference: “Hollywood and the
Global Film Community”

Reference: “The Cold War,1945-1991”— 87 —

発行日：2021/5/1

SOC300HA

Japanese Society and Sustainability 1
Eiko SAEKI
Term：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：金 4/Fri.4 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
This course is designed to be an overview of contemporary Japanesesociety, with a focus on the issues surrounding diversity and social
sustainability. Throughout the term, we explore how we can understandJapanese society, by using various sociological concepts and making
international comparisons.
By engaging with critical issues incontemporary Japan, we will explore the ways in which the society canachieve a sustainable system and culture both within the country as
well as a member of the international community.
【Goal】
Through this class, you will be expected to critically engage withboth scholarly discussions as well as media portraits on Japaneseculture and society, and demonstrate your understanding through yourassignments, individual project, and participation in class.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Among diploma policies, "DP3" is related【Method(s)】Each class consists of lecture, discussions, and other learning activities.
Feedback on assignments submitted by students will be provided inclass or through the Learning Management System.
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at. The details will be announced through the
Learning Management System.

【References】
Sugimoto, Yoshio. 2014. An Introduction To Japanese Society. Fourth
Edition. Cambridge University Press.
Other materials will be distributed in class.
【Grading criteria】
Participation 30%; Exams 30%; Reading memos 20%; Assignments 20%【Changes following student comments】
In addition to covering the materials for this course, I will continue
to provide instructions for basic academic skills (e.g., research andwriting).
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
We will be using the course website.
【Others】
Please note that if the number of students attending the first classsignificantly exceeds expectations, in order for the instructor toeffectively manage the class, the number of students who are allowed
to register for the course may be limited.

【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
Week 1 Introduction

Week 2
Week 3

Week 4

Brief history of
post-WWII Japan
Sustainability andcontemporary
Japanese societyWork, inequality, andpoverty

Week 5

Gender and sexuality 1

Week 6

Gender and Sexuality
2; Exam 1
Diversity, marginality,
and social coherence 1
Diversity, marginality,
and social coherence 2
Diversity, marginality,
and social coherence 3
Diversity, marginality,
and social coherence 4
Diversity, marginality,
and social coherence 5
Student presentations
1
Student presentations
2
Conclusion; Exam 2

Week 7
Week 8
Week 9Week 10
Week 11
Week 12
Week 13
Week 14

Contents
Overview of the course; What doesit mean to study Japan fromsociological perspectives?
Development, challenges, andissuesWhat is sustainability and what
does it mean to make Japanesesociety more sustainable?
How to measure inequality;
historical changes; homelessness;different types of employment andtheir impacts on people’s life course
How we learn the norms of genderand sexuality; Paid and unpaid
workChild poverty and unequal
opportunities
What is multiculturalism?; myth ofhomogeneity; Burakumin
Okinawans and Ainu
Resident Koreans and JapaneseBrazilians
Race politics in Japan; people with
mixed roots; intersectionality
Disability
Presentations on the individual
project 1
Presentations on the individual
project 2
Review of what we learned; what is
next?

【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students need to prepare for and review each session by usingreferences and materials assigned in class and/or through course
website. Students are expected to read assigned texts and to come toclass fully prepared. Preparatory study and review time for this classare 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
Materials will be distributed in class.

— 88 —

発行日：2021/5/1

SOC300HA

Japanese Society and Sustainability 2
Eiko SAEKI
Term：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：木 2/Thu.2 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
Sociology of Gender and Families
The family is one of the most important social institutions that everyone
in society is familiar with. Because of the familiarity, however, we
often lack critical perspectives on the issues pertaining to the family.
We will challenge typically taken-for-granted notions of the family byconsidering it from a sociological point of view. We will do so by
highlighting the ways in which gender plays a critical role in shaping
our experiences, identity, as well as relationship to others.
【Goal】
While focusing on families in contemporary Japan, this course willtake a historical and comparative perspective to highlight diversity
and transformation of families, both within and outside Japan. By
investigating both public policies and private dynamics, we aim todeepen our understanding of, and gain critical perspectives on thefamily.
Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to:
1. identify and critically engage with social issues pertaining to thefamily and gender;
2. understand the connection between individual experiences in family
and broader socio-historical contexts; and3. discuss issues surrounding the family and gender with a comparative
perspective.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Among diploma policies, "DP2" is related

It is essential that students complete weekly reading assignment before
coming to the class. Students are expected to come to class fully
prepared. Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours
each.
【Textbooks】
Materials will be distributed in class.
【References】
Texts will be introduced in class.
【Grading criteria】
Participation 30%; reading assignments 30%; 2 in-class exams 40% (20%each)
【Changes following student comments】
I will keep encouraging students’ active participation by incorporating
more activities and discussions.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
In order to have access to all the information and course materials
necessary, every student taking this course is required to sign up in thecourse website (Hoppii). All the assignments must be submitted throughthis website. I may send occasional announcements and messages aswell. For this reason, it is very important that you use this website
actively and check your university email account (or the email accountyou registered with the course website).

【Method(s)】Feedback on assignments submitted by students will be provided inclass or through the Learning Management System. The course consistsof lectures, discussions, and various activities (e.g., problem-solving
tasks) , including two in-class exams.
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at. The details will be announced through the
Learning Management System.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
Week 1 Introduction to thecourseWeek 2 What is the family?
Studying families
sociologically
Week 3 What is gender?

Contents
Introduction and overview of thecourseSystems of kinship and diversity inthe world; Sociological methods
and approaches
Sex and gender; gender identity
and sexuality
Week 4 History of the family in Patriarchy, "ie" system, andJapan"koseki"Week 5 Demographic change
Declining birthrate and aging
society
Week 6 Love, sexuality, andHeterosexual norm andrelationship formation; feminization of love; marriage andIn-class exam 1
divorce
Week 7 Gender and families
Socialization and reproduction ofgender norms
Week 8 Work and families
Work, parenting, and gender norms
Week 9 Intimate violence
Violence within family and close
relationshipWeek 10 Inequality and families How structural inequality affects
families; single-parenthood
Week 11 Reproductive Rights
Sexuality education; contraception;
and Reproductive
reproductive care
HealthWeek 12 Reproduction andInfertility and reproductive
technology
technologies
Week 13 Changing forms ofSame-sex marriage; foster andfamilies
adoptive care
Week 14 Conclusion; In-class
Reflections and discussions
exam 2【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students need to prepare for and review each session by using textbooks,
references, and distributed materials.

— 89 —

発行日：2021/5/1

SOC300HA

Japanese Society and Sustainability 3
Hidemi YOSHIDA
Term：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：水 3/Wed.3 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
This class will focus on how Japan’s social structure and values havechanged in historical contexts such as modernization,rapid economic
development, and globalization.
At the same time, contemporary issues related to sustainability will be
discussed.
【Goal】
By the end of the course, the students are expected;1) to understand how current Japanese values were formed,
2) to understand "sustainability" in Japan’s context,3) to have skills to analyze current affairs in Japan.

【Changes following student comments】
I encourage students to share their experience and knowledge on theirhome countries in the class.
【Others】
Please note that if the number of students attending the first classsignificantly exceeds expectations, in order for the instructor toeffectively manage the class, the number of students who are allowed
to register for the course may be limited.

【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Among diploma policies, "DP3" is related【Method(s)】Feedback on assignments submitted by students will be provided inclass or through the Learning Management System. The course consistsof lectures, discussions and presentation of students.
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at. The details will be announced through the
Learning Management System.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
1
Introduction

2
3
4

5

6
7

Modernization ofJapan (1)Modernization ofJapan (2)Rapid Economic
Growth andenvironmental
problems
From Showa to Heisei

Demographic changes(1)
Demographic changes
(2)

8
9

Changes in value (1)Changes in value (2)10Changes in production
and consumption (1)Changes in production
and consumption (2)Innovators forsustainable society (1)Innovators forsustainable society (2)Summary andpresentation

11
12
13
14

Contents
Inherited culture and wisdom forsustainable society in traditional
Japan
Modernization strategy of the Meiji
government
Impact of modernization on
Japanese society
Severe environmental problems
and responses by citizen andbusiness
Prolonged depression, Great
Hanshin-Awaji Earthquake, rise of
NPO activities
Urbanization and ruraldepopulation
Declining birthrate and aging
population, increase in foreign
population
Work style and gender
Diversity, social inclusion anddivision
Impact of globalization and IT
Emerging norms towardsustainability
Case studies of social systeminnovation
Case studies of technologicalinnovation for social change
Students will make a briefpresentation【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
Particular textbook is not assigned. Materials prepared by the lecturer
will be distributed in the class.
【References】
References will be introduced in each lecture.
【Grading criteria】
Submission of short assignment after the each class (70%), Final reportand presentation (30%) (subject to change).

— 90 —

発行日：2021/5/1

MAN300HA

Business and Sustainability in Japan 1
Masaatsu TAKEHARA
Term：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：水 1/Wed.1 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
This course offers students opportunities to acquire knowledge and skill
to analyze the role of businesses to contribute to global sustainability.
There is growing expectation for businesses to play more important roles
to solve global problems such as climate change, poverty and various
forms of inequalities as governments alone cannot solve these problems
anymore. Businesses are uniquely positioned to work with theirstakeholders to reduce negative impact across their value chains anddeliver high-impact business solutions to the challenging sustainability
issues. Through this course, students will learn various cases of global
companies’ efforts on sustainability, how they are creating shared value(CSV) and realizing sustained growth.

Week 12 Sustainability andfinance 2
Week 13 Case studies ofsustainable business 1
Week 14 Case studies ofsustainable business 2

Understand unique opportunity for
financial industry to contribute tosustainable society
Understand the latest developmentof global sustainable businesses
Understand the latest developmentof global sustainable businesses【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students need to prepare and review each session by reading textbooks
and materials, and work on periodic assignments.
Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.

【Goal】(1)Understand the basic functions of companies including corporate/business strategy, organization, marketing, finance, and humanresources.
(2)Understand various topics and theories related to business andsustainability(3)Analyze actual business cases with analytical frameworks students
learn in class.

【Textbooks】
As a textbook, excerpts from the following textbooks will be used.
Details will be explained at the first class.
(1)Andrew S. Winston, “The Big Pivot: Radically Practical Strategies
for a Hotter, Scarcer, and More Open World” Harvard Business Review
Press, 2014
(2)Marc J. Epstein & Adriana Rejc Buhovac, “Making Sustainability
Work: Best Practices in Managing and Measuring Corporate Social,
Environmental, and Economic Impacts” (2nd Edition) Routledge,2017【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Among diploma policies, "DP3" is related【References】
References will be introduced in class.

【Method(s)】Lectures, in-class presentation by students and group discussion.
Feedback on assignments submitted by students will be provided inclass or through the Learning Management System.
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at. The details will be announced through the
Learning Management System.

【Grading criteria】
Grading will be decided based on the following criteria:(1) Active class participation:20%(2) In-class assignments: 20%(3) In-class presentation: 30%(4) Final writing assignments:30%
Details will be explained at the first class.

【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Changes following student comments】
Based on student comments, we will first conduct various case studies
and then derive general principles.

【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
Week 1 Sustainability incorporate management
Week 2 Corporate
sustainability andstakeholders
Week 3 SDGs and businessWeek 4

Labor/human rights
issues 1

Week 5

Labor/human rights
issues 2

Week 6

Labor/human rights
issues 3

Week 7

Business andenvironmental
problems 1
Overview
Week 8 Business andenvironmental
problems 2
Climate change (1)Week 9 Business andenvironmental
problems 3
Climate change (2)Week 10 Sustainability andstrategy/corporate
governanceWeek 11 Sustainability andfinance 1

Contents
Overview of business andsustainability
Understand various stakeholders
for companies and what needs to bedone to meet their needs
Understanding Sustainable
Development Goals (SDGs) and its
relations with businesses
Understand labor and humanrights issues to be addressed bycompanies
Understand labor and humanrights issues to be addressed bycompanies
Understand labor and humanrights issues to be addressed bycompanies
Understand overall environmental
problems impacting businesses andnecessary actions to address them【Equipment student needs to prepare】
Students need to prepare a device such as a PC and an internet
environment.
【Others】(1)As all the class discussion and group work will be conducted in
English, students whose English proficiency is introductory level may
have difficulties in keeping up with the class. If you have any concerns,
please contact the lecturer in advance.
(2)Please note that if the number of students attending the firstclass significantly exceeds expectations, in order for the instructor toeffectively manage the class, the number of students who are allowed toregister for the course may be limited.

Understand how businesses are
impacted by climate change andwhat actions are required
Understand how businesses are
impacted by climate change andwhat actions are required
Understand how sustainability
needs to be integrated in strategy
and corporate governance
Understand the constructive
relations between companies andinvestors through recent
development of ESG investment— 91 —

発行日：2021/5/1

MAN300HA

Business and Sustainability in Japan 2
Masaatsu TAKEHARA
Term：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：月 3/Mon.3 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
This course offers students opportunities to acquire knowledge and skill
to analyze the role of businesses to contribute to global sustainability.
There is growing expectation for businesses to play more important roles
to solve global problems such as climate change, poverty and various
forms of inequalities as governments alone cannot solve these problems
anymore. Businesses are uniquely positioned to work with theirstakeholders to reduce negative impact across their value chains anddeliver high-impact business solutions to the challenging sustainability
issues. Through this course, students will learn various efforts of global
companies on sustainability, how they are creating shared value (CSV)
and realizing sustained growth.
【Goal】
Students are aiming at the following goals:(1)Understand the basic functions of companies including corporate/business strategy, organization, marketing, finance, and humanresources.
(2)Learn global sustainability challenges and how companies arecontributing to solving various problems by creating shared values(CSV) and realizing their sustained growth.
(3)Analyze actual business cases with analytical frameworks students
learn in the class.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Among diploma policies, "DP3" is related【Method(s)】Feedback on assignments submitted by students will be provided inclass or through the Learning Management System. Class consists oflectures, in-class presentations by students and group discussion.
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at. The details will be announced through the
Learning Management System.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
1
Introduction
Overview of businessand sustainability(1)2Overview of businessand sustainability(2)3Key concepts ofbusiness andsustainability
4
Sustainability andcorporate strategy

5

6

7

8

Corporate
sustainability andstakeholders
Business andlabor/human rights
issues (1)Business andlabor/human rights
issues (2)Sustainability andsupply chain

9

Business andenvironmental
problems (1)10Business andenvironmental
problems (2)11

COVID-19 crisis andbusiness(1)Contents
Why sustainability matters forbusiness?

12

COVID-19 crisis andbusiness(2)13Sustainability for
financial industry and
ESG investment

14

Sustainability
management andcorporate governance

Understand various efforts taken
by companies to tackle and conquer
the COVID-19 crisis.
Understand unique opportunity forthe financial industry to contributeto a sustainable society. Learn
Socially Responsible Investment(SRI) and recent development of
ESG investment.
Understand sustainability
management is becoming
integrated as a part of corporate
governance.

【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students need to prepare for and review each session by reading
textbooks, references, and distributed materials. So preparatory study
and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
Marc J. Epstein & Adriana Rejc Buhovac,"Making Sustainability
Work: Best Practices in Managing and Measuring Corporate Social,
Environmental, and Economic Impacts” (2nd Edition) Routledge【References】
Latest references will be introduced in class.
For students’ information, the below books were used in previous
courses.
(1) Stuart L. Hart, “Capitalism at the Crossroads: Next Generation
Business Strategies for a Post-Crisis World (3rd Edition)” FT Press,2010(2) Andrew S. Winston, “The Big Pivot: Radically Practical Strategies
for a Hotter, Scarcer, and More Open World” Harvard Business Review
Press, 2014
【Grading criteria】
Grading will be decided based on the following criteria:(1) Active class participation:40%(2) Completion of in-class presentation: 30%(3) Final writing assignments:30%
Please note if you miss four or more classes, you cannot receive credit
unless you have a justifiable reason. Even with a justifiable reason, if
you miss four or more classes, your evaluation may be adjusted.
【Changes following student comments】
Responding to students’ comments, we will review more actual businesscases.

Relation between sustainability
challenges and business
Learn ISO26000, CSR, CSV, SDGs
and the Paris Agreement.

【Equipment student needs to prepare】
No special equipment is needed in this course.

Understand why and how
sustainability needs to be
integrated in corporate strategy.
Understand various stakeholders
for companies and what needs to bedone to meet their needs.
Understand labor and humanrights related issues to beaddressed by companies.
Understand labor and humanrights related issues to beaddressed by companies.
Understand global supply chain
problems and what needs to bedone to solve these problems.
Understand environmental
problems impacting corporate
management and actions taken toaddress them.
Understand environmental
problems impacting corporate
management and actions taken toaddress them.
Understand how businesses havebeen impacted by COVID-19 crisisand how businesses are expected torespond.

【Others】(1) Please note that if the number of students attending the firstclass significantly exceeds expectations, in order for the instructor toeffectively manage the class, the number of students who are allowed toregister for the course may be limited.
(2)As all the class discussion and group work will be conducted in
English, students whose English proficiency is introductory level may
have difficulties in keeping up with discussion in class. If you have any
concerns, please contact the lecturer in advance.

— 92 —

発行日：2021/5/1

SES300HA

Bio-diversity and Nature Conservation in Japan
Masayuki TAKADA
Term：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：木 4/Thu.4 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：2〜4
Notes：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
How human activities can harmonize with wildlife and a naturalenvironment on earth is an important issue towards making asociety sustainable. In this course, students will learn the current
environmental conditions and problems of biodiversity in Japan, andconservation measures to tackle these issues.
【Goal】The purposes of this course are to acquire knowledge about ecosystems
and biodiversity in Japan, and to understand efforts to solve the conflict
between human beings and wildlife. Through these, students are
expected to deepen their interest in biodiversity in their home countries,
and to acquire the ability to explore a society in which people and nature
live sustainably together.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Among diploma policies, "DP3" is related【Method(s)】Feedback on assignments submitted by students will be provided inclass or through the Learning Management System. This course will
be performed with lectures, video materials and fieldwork. Shortintroductions with any theme on Japanese nature will be done by
students in order. At the end of the semester, students will giveindividual presentations on nature in their home country or region.
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at. The details will be announced through the
Learning Management System.

【References】
References will be introduced in each lecture.
【Grading criteria】
Participation (40%), Class activity including short presentation andreaction papers (30%), Final report and presentation (30%)
【Changes following student comments】
I would like to explain the technical terms for easy understanding, andmake effective use of visual materials.
【Others】
Please note that if the number of students attending the first classsignificantly exceeds expectations, in order for the instructor toeffectively manage the class, the number of students who are allowed
to register for the course may be limited.
【Career background of the lecturer】
Government employee, Incorporated Administrative Agency, Privatecompany【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
あり / Yes【Schedule】
No.
Theme
Week 1 Introduction

Week 2
Week 3

Japan as Hotspot
Forest and mountainWeek 4

Wetlands

Week 5

Marine and coast

Week 6

Field excursion 1

Week 7Islands

Week 8

Alien species

Week 9Endangered species

Week 10 Field excursion 2
Week 11 Wildlife management
Week 12 Nature conservationarea
Week 13 Satoyama, GIAHS and
Biodiversity

Week 14 Presentation

Contents
Guidance and Introduction of thisclass
Overview of biodiversity in Japan
Vegetation and wildlife in forest
and alpine ecosystems
Features and wildlife in wetland
ecosystems
Marine wildlife, Ecosystem in tidal
flats and coral reefs
Urban nature, the case of
corporation (Surugadai GreenSpace)
Ecosystem of continental islands
and oceanic islands
The problem and measures on alien
species
Red list, the cases of extinction,
recovery and reintroduction of
wildlife
Urban nature, the case of publicpark (Kitanomaru Park)The damage and managementcases of deer and wild boar
National Park, Wildlife Protection
Area, World heritage sites, Ramsar
sites
Features in rural area, World
Agricultural Heritage andImportance of biodiversity,
Ecosystem service, Bio-mimicry
Individual presentation on nature
in home country or region【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students need to prepare for and review each session by using textbooks,
references, and distributed materials.
Pre-learning such as reading assignments and website research on thetheme showed in the syllabus is expected. Preparatory study and review
time for this class are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
Materials will be distributed via the Learning Management System.

— 93 —

発行日：2021/5/1

SOC300HA

Social Development and Sustainability 1
Hidemi YOSHIDA
Term：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：金 2/Fri.2 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
This is a course on social development as an agenda of the global
community. The concept and scope of social development has evolved
over the last 30 years and has resulted in the Sustainable Development
Goals (SDGs).
The purpose of this course is to deepen the understanding of the theory
and practice behind each of the goals of the SDGs.

【Others】
Please note that if the number of students attending the first classsignificantly exceeds expectations, in order for the instructor toeffectively manage the class, the number of students who are allowed
to register for the course may be limited.

【Goal】
Upon completion of the course, students are expected to:1) have basic knowledge of each goal;
2) understand relationships between goals; and3) obtain overall picture of SDGs.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Among diploma policies, "DP3" is related【Method(s)】The course consists of lectures and discussions.
Feedback on assignments submitted by students will be provided inclass or through the Learning Management System.
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at. The details will be announced through the
Learning Management System.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
1
Introduction

2

Poverty and inequality(1)

3

Poverty and inequality(2)
Good health andwell-being
Quality education
Gender equality
Decent work andeconomic development(1)
Decent work andeconomic development(2)
Affordable and clean
energy, sustainable
cities and communities
Responsible
consumption andproduction (1)Responsible
consumption andproduction (2)Peace, justice andstrong institutions
Partnership

4
5
6
7

8

9

10

11

12
13
14

Summary andpresentation

Contents
What is SDGs ? What concept
was newly included in SDGs?
Absolute poverty, relative poverty
and deprivation indeveloping/developed countries
Equality of opportunity or for
equality of results?
Universal health coverage andenvironment for a healthy life
Achievement and beyond
Magic of indicators
Economic development and beyond

Social transformation by
innovation
Economic development andenvironmental issues
We as consumers and producers

Visible and invisible problems

Institutions necessary to achieveeach goal
Various stakeholders thattransform society
Students will make a briefpresentation【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
A list of websites to visit will be distributed.
【References】
Texts will be introduced in class.
【Grading criteria】
Class activity including discussion and reaction papers (40%),
Final report (60%)
【Changes following student comments】
I will encourage students’ active participation.

— 94 —

発行日：2021/5/1

SOC300HA

Social Development and Sustainability 2
Hidemi YOSHIDA
Term：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：金 2/Fri.2 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
This is a development course of Social development and sustainability
1. The focus will be on the SDGs slogan, “Leaving no one behind.” Whotend to be left behind? By focusing people who are often excluded insociety, we will learn the complexity of social development and discuss
the potential of inclusive approaches.

【Others】
Please note that if the number of students attending the first classsignificantly exceeds expectations, in order for the instructor toeffectively manage the class, the number of students who are allowed
to register for the course may be limited.

【Goal】
Upon completion of the course, students are expected;1) to learn diversity of the global society,2) to understand conventional and emerging social exclusion,3) to have ideas of some practical inclusive approaches.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Among diploma policies, "DP3" is related【Method(s)】Feedback on assignments submitted by students will be provided inclass or through the Learning Management System. The course consistsof lectures, discussions and presentation of students.
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at. The details will be announced through the
Learning Management System.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
1
Introduction

2

Nationalism

3

11

Developmentalism
during the Cold War
Social development asa global agenda sincethe 1990s
Sustainable livelihoods
including social capitalSocial exclusion andcohesion (1)Social exclusion andcohesion (2)Social exclusion andcohesion (3)Social exclusion andcohesion (4)Social exclusion andcohesion (5)Inclusive approach (1)1213Inclusive approach (2)Inclusive approach (3)14Summary andpresentation

4

5
6
7
8
9
10

Contents
Social dimension of development
and globalization
How people in Japan and Asian
countries were united as citizens
Pros and cons
From Rio to MDGs.
Backgrounds that led to “No one
left behind”
Peoples’ assets and strategies forsurvival
Ethnic and religious minorities
Social class, gender, sexual
minorities
The disabled
Migrants and refugees
People affected by conflict anddisaster
Inclusive education for humandevelopment
Inclusive finance for all
Inclusive business for livelihoodand self-esteem
Students will make a briefpresentation【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
A list of websites to visit will be distributed.
【References】
Texts will be introduced in class.
【Grading criteria】
Participation (40%),Class activity including short presentation and reaction papers (30%),
Final report and presentation (30%)
【Changes following student comments】
I will encourage students’ active participation.

— 95 —

発行日：2021/5/1

ECN300HA

Japan’s International Development Cooperation and Sustainable Society
Naruhiko TAKESADA
Term：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：金 3/Fri.3 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：2〜4
Notes：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
This is a course on "International Development" and "Development
Assistance". Development is one of the global issues in the current world
as shown in the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). International
Development Assistance has been perceived not only as an efficient toolfor development of many societies and/or economies but also as a way
to strengthen world peace. This class focuses on the history and theobjectives of international development efforts and relationship between
rich countries and poor countries putting special emphasis on Japan’srole in the international society.
【Goal】
Completing the course, students are expected;1) to better understand poverty and inequality in the current globalized
world,
2) to acquire basic knowledge on international development efforts,
3) to understand each actor’s role and responsibility in development
efforts, and 4) to have an idea for more equal world structure.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Among diploma policies, "DP3" is related【Method(s)】Feedback on assignments submitted by students will be provided inclass or through the Learning Management System. Classes consistof lectures and discussion. Students presentation based on assigned
reading will be included. As the class will be held in seminar style,active contribution from students are expected.
However, methods will depend on the Covid-19 status. The class may
be delivered on-line basis either as live session or on-demand session.
Details will be notified in the Hoppii (Learning Support System) at the
beginning of the spring semester.
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at. The details will be announced through the
Learning Management System.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
Week 1 Introduction

Week 2

Week 3

Week 4

Week 5
Week 6

History andBackground ofInternational
Development 1
History andBackground ofInternational
Development 2
History andBackground ofInternational
Development 3
Development
AssistanceJapan’s Development
Assistance

Week 7

New actors indevelopment efforts
Week 8 Global trend ininternational
development 1
Week 9 Global trend ininternational
development 2
Week 10 Thematic issue 1
Week 11 Thematic issue 2
Week 12 Thematic issue 3
Week 13 The effect and impact
of development efforts

Week 14 Summary of the Course Why do we aid?
【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students need to prepare for and review each session by using textbooks,
references, and distributed materials.
Students are required to complete reading assignments before the classand to submit short writing assignments provided in the worksheet.
Occasional reflection sheets should be also submitted in the class.
Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
Particular textbook is not assigned. Materials prepared by the lecturer
will be distributed in the class.
【References】
David Alexander Clark (ed.) "The Elgar Companion to Development
Studies" (2007) Edward Elgar Publishing,
Michael P. Todaro and Stephen C. Smith "Economic Development"(12thEdition) (The Pearson Series in Economics)(2014) Pearson
Websites of following organizations- The World Bank
- The United Nations Development Programme- The Ministry of Foreign Affairs, Japan【Grading criteria】
In class contribution 20%
Reading and Writing assignments 30%
Term paper 50%(In case if the class will be delivered on-line basis, the grading criteria
may be adjusted. Details will be notified in the Hoppii, at the beginningof the spring semester, if needed.)【Changes following student comments】
If the Covid-19 situation continues, on-line live sessions are preferable
than on-demand classes. In that case, the modality of the class will bedecided based on the hearing from this year’s participants.
【Career background of the lecturer】
The lecturer has working experience in the field of economic cooperation
for developing countries. The contents of this course have direct
relationship with lecturer’s experience and knowledge.

Contents
Course introduction - What ispoverty? What is inequality? Why
do poverty and inequality matter?
Industrial Revolution, Great
Diversion and Modernization

International development efforts
after the World War II

International development efforts
in the 21st century and theSustainable Development Goals(SDGs)
What is development assistance?
Who is responsible for it?
Very short history of Japanese
economic development and Japan’scontribution to international
development efforts
NGOs and business community indevelopment
Economic development and humandevelopment
Environment, Sustainability andDevelopment
Gender, Micro-finance andGrameen Bank
African Development
Fair Trade
Does international development
assistance really work?

— 96 —

発行日：2021/5/1

ARS300HA

Japanese Rural Society
Shamik Chakraborty
Term：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：火 4/Tue.4 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
This is an introductory course on Japanese rural society from a cultural
anthropology/ human geography point of view. The main objective isto develop an understanding of Japanese rural society and its contact
points with sustainability arguments among the students. It is designed
in a way to engage the students to read and understand key literatureon the subject, as well as to provide a roadmap for further exploration.
【Goal】In this course, students will develop a good understanding of therural societies of Japan, including rural landscapes, and their change,
and they will be able to analyze them through recent sustainability
literature. The students will become aware of various related issues
in Asian and global contexts which will give them a broader idea of thesustainability of rural landscapes in general. This will be helpful for
their further studies/research in sustainability studies.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Among diploma policies, "DP3" is related【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
Week 1 Understanding
cultural anthropology
and its connection torural society
Week 2 Concept of landscapes

Week 3

Week 4

Week 5

Week 6

Week 7

Week 8

Week 9Contents
What is cultural anthropology?
How cultural anthropology can beapplied for ‘deeper’ understandingof human-nature relationships.
What are landscapes? How conceptof landscapes can be applied to thestudy of rural societies.
Satoyama and Satoumi What are Satoyama and Satoumi?
ecosystems of Japan
Satoyama and Satoumi as culturallandscapes and seascapes, theirrole in sustaining the rural society.
Role of rural
Role of rural landscapes inlandscapes in society
language, social relations, gender,
ethnicity, identity in Japan:
Examples from field studies
Rural depopulation
Rural depopulation in Japan andits effects on Satoyama/Satoumi
environments
Methods for studying
Cultural anthropological methods
rural societies
to study rural societies with
illustrative examples.
Case studies
Examples of rural socio-ecologicallandscapes from Japan and theirchanges -(Part A) Satoyama
landscapes of Shirakawa-go, active
volcanic landscape of Aso, matagi
hunter-gatherers of the Shirakami
mountains.
Case studies
Examples of socio-ecologicallandscapes from Japan and theirchanges -(Part B) Satoumi
seascapes. The ama female diversof Ise-island, fishing villages of
Seto-Inland sea, traditional
nearshore fisheries in Okinawa.
Factors of degradation Factors of degradation ofand restoration efforts traditional rural landscapes inof Satoyama andJapan, recent ventures for their
Satoumirevitalizations.

Week 11 Different
epistemologies of rurallandscapes 2

Week 12 Presentation

Week 13 Presentation【Method(s)】Lectures will be combined with student presentations (2 sessions).
There will also be opportunities for reflection and discussion on thelectures/readings. Students are required to come prepared to the classand complete assignments on time.
Feedback on assignments submitted by students will be provided inclass or through the Learning Management System.
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at. The details will be announced through the
Learning Management System.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes

Week 10 Different
epistemologies of rurallandscapes 1

Week 14 Summary

Towards a transdisciplinary
approach to understand ruralsocieties: Unification of different
epistemologies of inland andcoastal areas, and their cultural
relations to Japanese society.
Towards a transdisciplinary
approach to understand ruralsocieties: Unification of different
epistemologies of inland andcoastal areas, and their cultural
relations to Japanese society.
Student presentations anddiscussions (Individual or grouppresentation will be decided basedon the number of students
enrolled).
Student presentations anddiscussions (reserve day).
Summary of course and wrap-up.

【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
There is no strict requirement for buying textbooks but the following
books will be followed in general• Satoyama: The Traditional Rural landscapes of Japan. Kazuhiko
Takeuchi, Robert D. Brown, Izumi Washitani, Atsushi Tsunekawa,
Makoto Yokohari (Eds.). Springer, Tokyo, 2003.
• Social and Cultural Anthropology: The Key Concepts. Nigel Rapport.
Routledge, London. 2014.
【References】
Further Readings:
The Ecological Transition:
Cultural Anthropology and Human
Adaptation. John W. Bennett. Pergamon Press, New York. 2014.
Japan’s Shrinking Regions in the 21st Century. Peter Matanle, Paul
Rausch & the Shrinking Regions Research Group. Cambria Press,
London. 2011.
Other materials will be distributed in Class.
【Grading criteria】
Class participation and discussions: 20%
Presentations: 30%
Final report: 50%【Changes following student comments】
No significant changes were required based on students’ comments.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
None.
【Others】
Please note that if the number of students attending the first classsignificantly exceeds expectations, in order for the instructor toeffectively manage the class, the number of students who are allowed
to register for the course may be limited.

— 97 —

発行日：2021/5/1

ARS300HA

Subsistence, Resource Use and Sustainability
Shamik Chakraborty
Term：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：木 3/Thu.3 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
This course focuses on subsistence resource use as a main parameter ofsustainable societies, human wellbeing, and conservation.
The main objectives are:• Develop an understanding of sustainability issues and the roleof subsistence resource use in environmental, economic and societal
sustainability.
• Understand multiple and diverse values of subsistence practices
across regions from selected case studies.
【Goal】At the end of the course, students will develop a good understandingof the main arguments related to subsistence resource use andsustainability with particular case studies. Students will become awareof various related issues. They will also have useful knowledge forfurther studies/research on sustainability issues.

Week 8

Subsistence resource
use and ecosystem
connectivity

Week 9Subsistence in coastal
areas

Week 10 Presentations【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Among diploma policies, "DP3" is related

Week 11 Threats to subsistence
resource use【Method(s)】Feedback on assignments submitted by students will be provided inclass or through the Learning Management System. Lectures will be
carried out in each class, and there will be one session for student
presentations. There will be opportunities for reflection and discussion
on the lectures/readings in each class.
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at. The details will be announced through the
Learning Management System.

Week 12 Subsistence resource
use and ecosystemservices
Week 13 Subsistence resource
use and environmental
policies【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
Week 1 Nature and scope ofthe course

Week 2Globalization andsubsistence

Week 3

Subsistence as acultureWeek 4

Subsistence resource
use and traditional
knowledge

Week 5

Subsistence resource
use in rural and urban
environments

Week 6

Subsistence resource
use and biodiversity

Week 7

Subsistence resource
use in inland areas

Contents
Introduction: What is a resource?
What is sustainability? What isresource sustainability and why weshould study it?
Difference of market based
resource use and subsistence
resource use.
A short history of subsistence
resource use concept.
Economic globalization andsubsistence.
Social-ecological systems andsubsistence resource use.
The meaning of subsistence as ameans to provide nutrition.
The meaning of subsistence as aculture.
Subsistence resource use andtraditional knowledge.
Subsistence resource use andecosystem connectivity.
Subsistence resource use in space
and time.
Subsistence in rural and urban
settings.
Premodern and contemporary
subsistence.
Subsistence resource use andbiodiversity. Links to biodiversity
and ecosystem services throughsubsistence.
Subsistence resource use in themountainous inland areas: casestudies from different parts of theworld.
Examples: Himalayan region,
Shirakami sanchi.

Week 14 Course summary

Subsistence resource use inwatershed context:
river-forest-coast connectivity andresource cycle.
Example: Sunderbans mangrove
forests.
Subsistence resource use in the
coastal areas (traditional coastal
farming and fishing), examples
through case studies.
Example: Farming and fishingsystems in coastal areas of Seto
Inland Sea.
Student presentations (individual
or group presentations depending
on student number).
Globalized and localized threats to
subsistence resource use, lessons
from case studies in Japan andother Asian countries.
Subsistence resource use
relationship with ecosystem goods
and services with examples.
Subsistence resource use and UN’s
Sustainable Development Goals:
connectivity between landscape,people and policies.
Summary and course wrap up.

【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
Students need to prepare for and review each session by using textbooks,
references, and distributed materials.
Students are required to actively participate in class discussions basedon the readings and the lectures. They are encouraged to raise issues oroffer critical viewpoints on the readings. Students are also required totake mid-term presentations and submit a final report.
【Textbooks】
There are no specific textbooks for the course. Handouts will be
distributed in the class (or uploaded in the Hoppii system) from thebook mentioned below, as well as from selected journal articles and otherbooks.
• The Subsistence Perspective: Beyond the Globalised Economy. Maria
Mies & Veronika Bennhold-Thomsen. Zed Books, 2000.
【References】
None【Grading criteria】
Class participation: 20%
Student presentations: 30%
Final paper: 50%【Changes following student comments】
No significant changes were required based on students’ comments.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
N/A【Others】
N/A— 98 —

発行日：2021/5/1

SOC300HA

Civil Society and NGOs
Yukio ONO
Term：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：金 5/Fri.5 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
Understanding modern issues of the world and situations of NGOs.
Thinking of roles of NGOs and our own in civil society, and developing
the positive attitude towards the participation.
【Goal】
Through the course, students will be able to:
1 understand the issues the world is facing as well as theinterconnection among them.
2 understand the history and present situation of NGOs.
3 understand the linkage of people all over the world from a global
citizens’ point of view.
4 acquire positive attitudes to tackle world issues as a global citizen.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Among diploma policies, "DP3" is related【Method(s)】Feedback on assignments submitted by students will be provided inclass or through the Learning Management System. Students will study
and learn by way of group discussions and workshops. The positive
attitude is necessary.
Students will be asked to write a short report in every class. Discussion
follows.
For the time being lectures are provided by way of internet which starts
on April 24th. The details are notified through "Gakushu System".
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at. The details will be announced through the
Learning Management System.

【References】
To be given during the classes【Grading criteria】
Worksheets and participation 40%
Homework 30%
Term-end report 30%【Changes following student comments】
Not applicable【Equipment student needs to prepare】
A laptop computer, a tablet or a smartphone is necessary. You will be
asked to research through the Internet in class.
【Others】
Please note that if the number of students attending the first classsignificantly exceeds expectations, in order for the instructor toeffectively manage the class, the number of students who are allowed
to register for the course may be limited.

【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
1
Introduction
World issues

2

3

4
5
6
7

8
9
10
11
12
13
14

Contents
Exchange experiences and groupformation
Discussion over SDGs
NGO case study - India Basic knowledge of India
Workshop "People of Donguria
Kondoh"Develpoment andDiscussions over development andmodernization
modernization with the Donguria
Kondoh people case
NGO case study Workshop "Emergency support for
emergency aid
hurricane victims"
NGO case study Workshop "Interview with 24
regional development
people"NGO case study Lecture on a poverty and childpoverty and child labor labor case and group discussions
Civil Society and NGOs Lecture on the role of NGOs as
agents of Civil Society and casestudy
History of Japanese
Lecture on Japanese NGO history
NGOs 1and Research certain NGOs 1
History of Japanese
Lecture on Japanese NGO history
NGOs 2and Research certain NGOs 2
History of World NGOs Lecture on World NGO history and1Research certain NGOs 1
History of World NGOs Lecture on World NGO history and2Research certain NGOs 2
NGOs and social
Lecture on social enterprises andenterprises
case study
NGOs and networks
Lecture on NGO networks and casestudy
Review
Review over NGOs and civil society【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students need to prepare for and review each session by using textbooks,
references, and distributed materials.
Homework - either paper reading or NGO research - will be assigned inevery class. Preparatory study and review time for this class is 2 hours
each.
【Textbooks】
No textbooks needed— 99 —

発行日：2021/5/1

SES300HA

Japanese Environmental Policy
Mikio ISHIWATARI
Term：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：金 2/Fri.2 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
This course is designed to teach the policies of resolving various
environmental issues in Japan. Formulating environmental policies
is crucial in achieving sustainable development. The course covers awide range of water-related issues, such as pollution, climate change,
disaster, and waste. Students will learn the experience in Japan andknowledge about environmental management.
【Goal】
1)To understand environmental issues that Japan has experienced2)To learn policies and measures of resolving water issues3)To discuss policy issues in the environment

Week 13 Environmental impact
assessment 2: Casestudies
Week 14 Overall review

Studying actual projects

Overall review of environmental
policy【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students need to prepare and review each session by using distributed
materials and other references. Preparatory study and review time forthis class are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
Materials for each lecture will be distributed prior to the lecture.

【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Among diploma policies, "DP3" is related【References】
Additional references may be introduced in the class.

【Method(s)】Each class covers lectures and group discussions.
Feedback on
assignments submitted by students will be provided in class or throughthe Learning Management System.
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at. The details will be announced through the
Learning Management System.

【Grading criteria】
1)Performance in class (30%)2)Group discussion and presentation (30%)3)Short essay (40%)

【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
Week 1 Introduction

Week 2

Water resources

Week 3Ground water:Managing land
subsidence andpollution

Week 4

Water cycle, Integrated
water recourses
management

Week 5

Disaster management

Week 6Natural environment
and Ecosystem

Week 7

Recycling, Solid waste
management

Week 8Air pollution

Week 9

Soil contamination

Week 10 Climate change 1:
Mitigation
Week 11 Climate change 2:
Adaptation
Week 12 Environmental impact
assessment 1:
Framework

Contents
To understand- the objectives and structure of thecourse- background of environmental
issues and policies in Japan- Water pollution and healthdamage- Development of related acts,
including Water Pollution Control
Act- Development of sewerage system- Issues of land subsidence causedby over extraction of water- Pollution of groundwater- Development of policies ofregulating and managing
groundwater- History of water management- Water right system considering
environmental issues- Legislation: River Law and Water
cycle law,
- Water governance- History of water-related disasters
and management- Cycle of disaster management:
preparedness, mitigation, response,
and recovery- Issues of ecosystem- Green Infrastructure,
Nature-based solutions- Law and measures- Waste treatment plants- Recycling- Trend of air pollution- Air Pollution Control Act- Regulating pollution byautomobiles- Issues- countermeasures- Energy sector- Urban sector- Impacts caused by climate change- Adaptation measures- Legislation- Procedures【Changes following student comments】
Lectures will be given for the students who do not know environmental
policy well to easily understand the key components. Materials foreach lecture will be developed to provide the students with readable but
sufficient information.
【Others】
Please note that if the number of students attending the first classsignificantly exceeds expectations, in order for the instructor toeffectively manage the class, the number of students who are allowed
to register for the course may be limited.

— 100 —

発行日：2021/5/1

SOC200HA

Global Human Resources Management
Tokio NAGAMINE
Term：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：火 4/Tue.4 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
Though the meaning of Global Human Resources (GHR) varies fromcompany to company and even among the professionals, it usuallyconnote people who have an ability including a foreign language(s)proficiency and experiences to work in the international arena. Students
will learn what the GHR is dealt with by companies at the time ofrecruitment and promotions after they started working.
【Goal】
This class aims to help students to learn why the GHR has been actively
discussed in Japan in the past 10 years or so. Based on that, the classwill help students, if they so wish, understand what they should do towork beyond the border of a country. However, the class will focus on
GHR at Japanese companies.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Among diploma policies, "DP3" is related【Method(s)】This class will take up various topics concerning GHR, including topics
such as education at schools and universities to cope with globalization,
mobility of people between countries and employment of people withdifferent cultural backgrounds. The class will be run in the form of
lecture with active participation of students in the discussion. Feedbackon assignments submitted by students will be provided in class or
through the Learning Management System.
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at. The details will be announced through the
Learning Management System.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes

Week 2

Week 3

Week 4

Week 5

Week 6The economy moving
towards globalization

Japanese employment
practices (1)Japanese employment
practices (2)Quick move to GHR in
Japan

Policies of employer
organizations andcompanies, Japanese
case

Education towards
globalization (1)Week 8

Education towards
globalization (2)Week 9International students
and their employment(1)

Week 10 International students
and their employment(2)

Week 11 World race for talentand studying overseas

Week 12 Presentation by
students (1)Week 13 Presentation by
students (2)【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
Week 1 What is GHR?

Week 7

Contents
What GHR is will be broadly
discussed in the first session
focusing on what is going on in
Japan in terms of employment andglobalization.
As a basis of GHR, students will
look at the globalization of economy
and young people’s move across theborder of countries. Here students
will have a brief look at what isgoing on in the EU, English
speaking countries and other partsof the world.
Before getting into the discussion
about GHR, it will be briefly
reviewed what characterizes theJapanese employment practices tounderstand the Japanese situation.
Students will learn the way of job
seeking by university students inJapan. The way that the Japanesecompanies recruit new schoolleavers and university graduates issaid very different compared withthat of other countries.
The Japanese Government has
been pushing educational
institutions and companies towards
globalization in the past 15 years
or so. Why and how?
The policies of employer
organizations and individualcompanies on GHR in Japan will be
discussed. To the extent that theJapanese employment system isdifferent from other countries, itsees difficult to change it and adapt
to what is going on under the nameof globalization.

Week 14 Final examination or
submission of a final
essay.

The lecture will look at thedevelopment of GHR at schools
including education at ordinary
schools, international schools andinternational baccalaureate
schools.
Students will learn what Japanese
universities have been doing for thedevelopment of GHR in the past
years?
The employment of Japanese
students who studied overseas
including kikokusei (returnedchildren) will be examined.
The employment of overseas
students who are studying inJapan will be examined. In 2019,
the Japanese government took astep towards the employment of
more non-Japanese people in theface of labour shortage.
Universities all over the world are
involved in the race for talent andyoung people are studying andfinding a job across the border of acountry. Such a trend will beconsidered.
Students will make a presentationon their future career plan or theiressay topics.
Students will make a presentationon their future career plan or theiressay topics.
The final examination will be heldor a final essay of 3,000 words will
be submitted. Comments will bemade about the examination or a
final essay.

【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students should read in advance handouts and other reading materials
provided in class and make clear what they cannot understand andshould be ready to ask questions or make comments about them.
Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
No specific textbook is used, but various handouts and reading materials
will be provided in class.
【References】
Some reference books will be introduced in the first session.
【Grading criteria】
Assessment will be made based on either a final examination or an
essay (70%). Consideration will also be taken into short exams and/or
presentations (20%) which may be conducted in class and participationin class discussion (10%).
【Changes following student comments】
Reading materials in advance is strongly recommended so that students
can better understand the lecture.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
Nothing.
【Others】
Students who may take this subject must attend the first session. Ifthey are not native speakers of English, they must bring the results ofEnglish language proficiency tests such as TOEFL, TOEIC, Eigo-kentei
Shiken or other similar tests in the first class.
Please note that this is a SCOPE subject. So, in case of the number
of applicants becoming more than 15, priority will be given to SCOPE
students and some sort of selection may be made for the other students.

— 101 —

発行日：2021/5/1

MAN200HA

Business Communication
Masaatsu TAKEHARA
Term：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：木 5/Thu.5 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
Effective communication is critical to our successful life and careers.
But the question is “How can we become an effective communicator?”
In this course, we will be aiming to be effective communicators byunderstanding the following three topics:(1) Effective communication with a focus on others
When we want to be a good communicator, learning how to speak andwrite clearly is not enough; it is important for us to improve our ability
to connect with others. The ability to truly connect with others is the
key to building good relationships and improving our communication.
In this course, we will learn how to communicate effectively by focusing,
not on our own perspective, but on the perspective of others and theirinterests.
(2) Understand cultural differences
Understanding cultural differences of people we communicate with isalso very important for effective business communication. In thiscourse, we will learn a model called “The Culture Map” and decode how
cultural differences impact international business communication.
(3) Understand unconscious bias
In this course, we also learn about unconscious bias. Unconscious
bias refers to a bias that we are unaware of, and which happens
outside of our control. Unconscious bias happens by our brains
making quick judgments and assessments of people and situations
without us realizing. Our biases are influenced by our background,cultural environment and personal experiences. Increasing numbersof global companies are introducing in-company education programson unconscious bias because it could be a potential obstacle for theirbusiness unless they effectively address it. In this course, we have abasic understanding about unconscious bias and learn how to deal with
it.
【Goal】
We aim at achieving the following goals:(1) Learn basic methodologies for effective business communication witha focus on others(2) Understand cultural differences in communication with “the CultureMap”(3) Have basic understanding about unconscious bias and how to copewith it.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Among diploma policies, "DP2" is related【Method(s)】Feedback on assignments submitted by students will be provided inclass or through the Learning Management System. Each class consistsof reporting from students, group discussions and lectures.
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at. The details will be announced through the
Learning Management System.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes8910Effective inter-culturalcommunication 3

11

Effective inter-culturalcommunication 4

12Effective inter-culturalcommunication 5
Effective inter-culturalcommunication 6
Unconscious bias

13
14

Overview of the culture map model
Communicating acrosscultures(Low-Context vs.
High-context)
Cultural differences in
evaluation(Direct negative
feedback vs Indirect negative
feedback)
Cultural differences in
persuasion(principles- first vs.
Application-first)
Cultural differences in leadership(Egalitarian vs. Hierarchical)
Cultural differences in decision
making (Consensual vs. Top-down)
Understand overview andbackground of unconscious bias.
Discuss multiple case studies andconsider how we can solve
unconscious bias.

【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
As we use a textbook in this course, students are required to read the
textbook before each class.
【Textbooks】
Jay Sullivan, “Simply Said: Communicating Better at Work and
Beyond”, Wiley, 2016
Erin Meyer, “The Culture Map” Public Affairs, 2014
【References】
References will be introduced at the beginning of the course.
【Grading criteria】
Grading will be decided based on following criteria:(1)Active class participation:40%(2)In class presentation:30%(3)Completion of final writing assignment:30%.
Please note if students miss four or more classes, they cannot receive
credit without a justifiable reason. Even with a justifiable reason, if
students miss four or more classes, their evaluation may be adjusted.
【Changes following student comments】
To be explained at the beginning of the course.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
No special equipment is used in this class.
【Others】
Please note that if the number of students attending the first classsignificantly exceeds expectations, in order for the instructor toeffectively manage the class, the number of students who are allowed
to register for the course may be limited.

【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
1
Introduction2
Effective business
communication
1(Content (1))
3
Effective business
communication
2(Content (2))
4Effective business
communication
3(Content (3))
5Effective business
communication 4(Oralcommunication skill (1)6Effective business
communication 5(Oralcommunication skill (2)7Effective business
communication
6(Written
communication skill)

Effective inter-culturalcommunication 1
Effective inter-culturalcommunication 2

Contents
Provide overview of the course
Learn how to convey a clear
message
Learn how to tell an engaging story

Learn how to organize content

Learn how to listen to understandLearn how to listen tounderstand(continued)
Learn structuring documents— 102 —

発行日：2021/5/1

ART200HA

Arts and Society
Miya ITABASHI
Term：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：水 2/Wed.2 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
The theme of this course is "fashion and sustainability".
In this course, students will learn about the sustainability-related
issues surrounding fashion, one of the design forms most familiar to us,
and contemplate how we can address these issues through the pieces ofclothing we wear every day.
【Goal】
Students will learn the following concepts: 1) how our every-day
commodities (in this case, garments) are deeply related to theenvironmental problems, consumerism and global economy, 2) how we
can critically think about the impact our every-day activities (e. g.,purchasing clothes, wearing clothes, etc.) have on the sustainability of
our society and environment, and 3) what kinds of measures can betaken to tackle sustainability-related issues in fashion.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Among diploma policies, "DP2" is related【Method(s)】This course is taught through lectures, discussions, activities andpresentations. Feedback on assignments submitted by students will be
provided in class or through the Learning Management System.
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at. The details will be announced through the
Learning Management System.

【References】
Relevant books, articles and websites will be introduced.
【Grading criteria】
Participation: 70%
Exam: 30%
【Changes following student comments】
I will promote more interaction among students.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
Students need to bring laptops, tablets or smartphones to do research
online, but are not allowed to use these devices for non-research
purposes.
【Others】
Please note that if the number of students attending the first classsignificantly exceeds expectations, in order for the instructor toeffectively manage the class, the number of students who are allowed
to register for the course may be limited.

【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
1
Introduction
2
Globalization and the
fashion industry (1)3Globalization and the
fashion industry (2)4Globalization and the
fashion industry (3)5Approaches towards
sustainability infashion (1)6Approaches towards
sustainability infashion (2)7Approaches towards
sustainability infashion (3)8Approaches towards
sustainability infashion (4)9Approaches towards
sustainability infashion (5)10Approaches towards
sustainability infashion (6)11Approaches towards
sustainability infashion (7)12Approaches towards
sustainability infashion (8)13Approaches towards
sustainability infashion (9)14
ExamContents
Course overview
Global interdependencies in thegarment industry
Consumers’ responsibilities
Film "The True Cost"
Environmental impact of thegarment industry
Closed loop of garment lifecycle

Closed loop of garment lifecycle:
case studies
Reducing textile waste

Reducing textile waste: casestudies
Sustainable fibres

Sustainable fibres: case studies

Prolonging the lifespan of thegarment
Prolonging the lifespan of thegarment: case studies
You can bring in your notebooks
and distributed handouts to theexam.

【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students need to prepare for and review each session by using
distributed handouts and references. Preparatory study and review
time for this class are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
Handouts will be distributed in the class.

— 103 —

発行日：2021/5/1

CUA200HA

Human and Environment
Satsuki Takahashi
Term：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：火 3/Tue.3 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】“Human and Environment” is an introductory course to learn
anthropological theories and discussions on a variety of subjects withregard to human-environment relations.
Through examining anthropological perspectives on the environment,
this course will also discuss how environmental subjects are connected
to broader socio-cultural issues, such as development, globalization,
gender, poverty, and disasters.
【Goal】The goal of this course is NOT to teach solutions to environmental
problems, but rather to provide tools to think critically abouthuman-environment relations.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Among diploma policies, "DP2" is related【Method(s)】Feedback on assignments submitted by students will be provided
in class or through the Learning Management System. This is alecture/seminar course, which expects students to actively participate
in class discussions.
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at. The details will be announced through the
Learning Management System.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
Week 1 Introduction
Week 2 Anthropologists andEnvironment
Week 3 Religion, part 1
Week 4 Religion, part 2

Week 5
Week 6
Week 7
Week 8

Un/Natural, part 1
Un/Natural, part 2
Mid-term Exam
Sustainable
Development
Week 9 Food
Week 10 Common Resources
Week 11 Biodiversity
Week 12 Climate Change
Week 13 Disasters
Week 14 Final ExamContents
Course introduction
What is anthropology? What isenvironmental anthropology?
Film, "Is God Green?"
Relationship between religion andenvironmental issues
Social construction of nature
Film, "Second Nature"
In-class exam
Questions on sustainable
development
GMOs and related discourses
The tragedy of the commons andanthropological perspectives
Biodiversity and humanintervensions
Energy and Culture
Historical disasters and culturaleffects
In-class exam

【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are expected to complete assigned reading and be ready to
discuss each day in class.
Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
No particular text book used for this course. Assigned readings will be
provided online at Hoppii.
【References】
Reading examples:
Michael R. Dove (1993) A Revisionist View of Tropical Deforestation
and Development, Hugh Gusterson (2005) Decoding the debate on"Frankenfood", Hugh Raffles (2010) Insectopedia, David M. Hughes(2014) Energy【Grading criteria】
2 Exams (50%), Reading Commentaries (20%), Class participation (20%), Presentation (10%)
【Changes following student comments】"[T]he content that she showed was really interesting and relevant toour current situation in the world." – a comment by student【Others】
A more detailed course syllabus will be provided on the first day of class.

— 104 —

発行日：2021/5/1

ARS200HA

Area Studies
Hidemi YOSHIDA
Term：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：火 2/Tue.2 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
The objective of the course is to learn various approaches to understandother countries. In this class, students will learn about Indonesia
and India. Both countries have rich and diverse cultures, nurturedby their history as trading hubs in Asia. While both countries
have experienced remarkable economic development in recent years
and are emerging economies, they also face serious issues related
to sustainability.
Students will learn the basic knowledge andmultifaceted perspectives of the two countries and enhance their ability
to understand contemporary issues reported in the media.
【Goal】
By the end of the course, the students are expected;1) to have knowledge on Indonesia and India,
2) to obtain various viewpoints to understand other countries,3) to have improved skills of research and presentation.

【Changes following student comments】
One of the participants said that he realized that her perspective was
one-sided after listening to other participants’ research presentations.
One of the best things about this class is that students can gain insights
by listening to each other’s presentations of various perspectives rather
than just researching a certain country within their own framework.
【Others】
Please note that if the number of students attending the first classsignificantly exceeds expectations, in order for the instructor toeffectively manage the class, the number of students who are allowed
to register for the course may be limited.

【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Among diploma policies, "DP2" is related【Method(s)】The course consists of lectures, discussions and presentation of students.
Feedback on assignments submitted by students will be provided inclass or through the Learning Management System.
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at. The details will be announced through the
Learning Management System.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
1
Introduction

2

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

13

14

Contents
Development studies as regional
studies in Asia
Indonesia (1)Colonization, independence,developmental dictatorship anddemocratization
Indonesia (2)Development projects and impacts.
Japan’s ODA
Indonesia (3)Japanese business anddevelopment
Indonesia (4)Emerging young consumers
Student presentation
Students will present their own
findings about Indonesia
India (1)Colonization, independence andconflicts
India (2)Economic and social development
India (3)Social businessIndia (4)New generation
Student presentation
Students will present their own
findings about India
Thematic discussion (1) The topic will be selected from a
proposed list according toparticipants interest.
Thematic discussion (2) The topic will be selected from a
proposed list according toparticipants interest.
Summary andStudents will present theirpresentation
research findings of the selected
topics.

【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
Materials will be distributed in the class.
【References】
Additional resources will be introduced in the class, if necessary.
【Grading criteria】
Grading will be decided based on following criteria.
Active class participation (25%)
Presentations on countries(25% x 2 times)
Final presentation and report on specific topic(25%)— 105 —

発行日：2021/5/1

SOC200HA

Studies for Environment and Society
Shamik Chakraborty
Term：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：木 3/Thu.3 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
This course focuses on the understanding of environment and society as
an integrated system. The course explores the theory of social-ecologicalsystems, and with this theoretical underpinning, we will learn about
different aspects of environment and society interactions. We will
particularly focus on the role of human agency and its present andpossible future roles for the state of the earth.
The course is roughly divided into two parts: (1) problems associatedwith the environment and society and (2) solutions toward moresustainable human-environment relationships.
【Goal】At the end of the course, students will develop a good understandingof the main arguments related to environment and society relations
from different case studies. These arguments include some of theclassic environmental problems in our time, such as loss of biodiversity,
climate change, water-energy-food nexus, environmental pollution, anddiseases. The students will learn about efforts of conservation, andpolicies that strive to reduce human impact on the earth’s natural
systems that we need for our own survival.

Week 9Conservation 2

Week 10 Governance andpolicies 1

Week 11 Governance andpolicies 2

Week 12 Presentations【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Among diploma policies, "DP2" is related

Week 13 Presentations【Method(s)】Lectures will be carried out in each class, and there will be one or
two sessions for student presentations. There will be opportunities forreflection and discussion on the lectures/readings in each class.
Feedback on assignments submitted by students will be provided inclass or through the Learning Management System.
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at. The details will be announced through the
Learning Management System.

Week 14 Summary

Putting people back to thelandscapes: Landscapesustainability outside formallyprotected areas. Some notable
examples through case studies.
Policies to link environment andsociety 1: Brief outline of
biodiversity, ecosystem services
and their role in the green economy
and human wellbeing. Rebuilding
institutions and communities.
Policies to link environment andsociety 2: Special focus on UN’s
Sustainable Development Goals:
connectivity between landscape,people and policies.
Student presentations anddiscussions (Individual or grouppresentation will be decided basedon the number of students enrolled)
Student presentations anddiscussions (reserve day)Course wrap up (including
feedbacks on the students
presentations). Learning from
history and looking forward.

【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students need to prepare for and review each session by using textbooks,
references, and distributed materials.
Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.

【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Textbooks】
People and Nature: An Introduction to Human Ecological Relations.
Emilio F. Moran. Wily Blackwell, 2017

【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【References】
None.

【Schedule】
No.
Theme
Week 1 Nature and scope ofthe course

Week 2

Week 3

Critical viewpoints onenvironment andsociety relations
Drivers of change

Week 4

Water, food and energy
issuesWeek 5

Week 6

Theoreticalunderstanding ofenvironment andsociety relations
Cases studies

Week 7

Case studies

Week 8Conservation 1

Contents
Introduction: guidance on thecourse. Environment & society:
Nature and scope
Why we should study environmentand society as an interlinked
system?
Introduction to the concept of
Anthropocene
The human agency and its relation
to the state of the earth
Drivers of change in society andnature: Focus on direct andindirect drivers
Water-food-energy connections andtheir roles in land use change andlandscape sustainability.
A brief introduction ofsocial-ecological systems theory
and its relation to landscapesustainability.
Selected case studies from Japanand abroad on uniquesocioecological relationships that‘couple’ human and natural
systems.
Diseases in the Anthropocene:
Learning points from COVID-19
Valuing the wild: Landscapesustainability and the importanceof ‘wild’ nature for humanwellbeing. Some notable examples
through case studies.

【Grading criteria】
Class participation, discussions: 30%
Student presentations: 30%
Final paper: 40%【Changes following student comments】
No significant change was required based on students’ commnets.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
None.
【Others】
Please note that if the number of students attending the first classsignificantly exceeds expectations, in order for the instructor toeffectively manage the class, the number of students who are allowed
to register for the course may be limited.

— 106 —

発行日：2021/5/1

MAN200HA

Business and Society
Masaatsu TAKEHARA
Term：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：木 5/Thu.5 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
As the global economy is becoming increasingly integrated andinterdependent, the relationship between business and society is
becoming more complex. Corporate management has been significantly
impacted by the globalization of business, increasing new regulations,international accords such as the Paris Agreement and SDGs, andthe emergence of civil society organizations. Under these situations,businesses today are expected to integrate social and environmental
aspects into corporate management and achieve sustained growth.
In this course we will learn various topics related to business andsociety, and understand necessary conditions for businesses to achievesustained growth.

【References】
Additional resources and reference will be introduced in class.

【Goal】
Students are aiming at the following goals:(1)Understand the basic functions of companies including corporate/business strategy, organization, marketing, finance, and humanresources.
(2)Understand various topics and theories related to business andsociety(3)Analyze actual business cases with analytical frameworks students
learn in class.

【Changes following student comments】
Based on student comments, we will first conduct various case studies
and then derive general principles.

【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Among diploma policies, "DP2" is related【Method(s)】Class will consist of lectures, group discussions, and presentations by
students.
Feedback on assignments submitted by students will be provided inclass or through the Learning Management System.
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at. The details will be announced through the
Learning Management System.

(1)Ikujiro Nonaka, Hirotaka Takeuchi (2019) “The Wise Company: How
Companies Create Continuous Innovation” Oxford Univ Press.
(2)Masaatsu Takehara, Naoya Hasegawa(2020) “Sustainable Management of Japanese Entrepreneurs in Pre-War Period from the Perspectiveof SDGs and ESG”

【Grading criteria】
Grading will be decided based on the following criteria:(1) Active class participation:20%(2) In-class assignments: 20%(3) In-class presentation: 30%(4) Final writing assignments:30%
Details will be explained at the first class.

【Equipment student needs to prepare】
Students need to prepare a device such as a PC and an internet
environment.
【Others】(1)As all the class discussion and group work will be conducted in
English, students whose English proficiency is introductory level may
have difficulties in keeping up with the class. If you have any concerns,
please contact the lecturer in advance.
(2)Please note that if the number of students attending the firstclass significantly exceeds expectations, in order for the instructor toeffectively manage the class, the number of students who are allowed toregister for the course may be limited.

【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
Week 1 Orientation
Week 2 Relationship between
business and society

Contents
Overview of business and society
Understand various stakeholders
for companies and what needs to bedone to meet their needs
Week 3 SDGs and business
Understanding Sustainable
development Goals (SDGs) and its
relations with businesses
Week 4 Introductory discussion Business and human rights 1
Week 5 Introductory discussion Business and human rights 2
Week 6 Case study (1)Student presentations anddiscussion
Week 7 Case study (2)Student presentations anddiscussion
Week 8 Case study (3)Student presentations anddiscussion
Week 9 Case study (4)Student presentations anddiscussion
Week 10 Case study (5)Student presentations anddiscussion
Week 11 Case study (6)Student presentations anddiscussion
Week 12 Case study (7)Student presentations anddiscussion
Week 13 Case study (8)Student presentations anddiscussion
Week 14 Case study (9)Student presentations anddiscussion【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Follow major economic and business topics reported in the media and try
to think about these topics from the viewpoint of business and society.
Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
As a textbook, excerpts from the following textbooks will be used.
Details will be explained at the first class.

— 107 —

発行日：2021/5/1

POL200HA

International Society and Environmental Issues
Yumiko KANETO
Term：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：木 4/Thu.4 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
The course introduces students to the legal order and rules thatgovern the international society and environmental issues and theirapplications to contemporary issues.
【Goal】
Student may understand the legal framework of the internationalsociety and environmental issues, and develop critical insights into theserious and on-going environmental matters that the world faces today.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Among diploma policies, "DP2" is related【Method(s)】The first three classes are held in lecture style. From the fourth week
onwards, classes will consist of presentations and discussions. Reading
list is provided in the first class. Students are expected to read assigned
materials, do presentations, and actively participate in discussions
based on the readings and the presentations. The schedule may besubject to change according to participants’ preferences or make-up of
the class.
Feedback on assignments submitted by students will be provided inclass or through the Learning Management System.
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at. The details will be announced through the
Learning Management System.

【Textbooks】
No textbook is required for this course. Reading list is provided in thefirst class.
【References】
Philippe Sands and Jacqueline Peel, Principles of International
Environmental Law, 4th edition, Cambridge University Press (2018)
Pierre-Marie Depuy and Jorge E. Viñuales, International Environmental Law, 2nd ed., Cambridge University Press (2018)【Grading criteria】
Presentations ： 40 ％active participation ： 30 ％Final report:30 ％Attendance itself is not evaluated, but is a requirement to submit a final
paper.
【Changes following student comments】
N/A【Equipment student needs to prepare】
Reading materials may need to be downloaded from academic resourcesthat are not open access. Students should have "VNP Connect" set up on
their PCs to gain access to these access-limited resources. Go to the topof the following URL: https://opac.lib.hosei.ac.jp/opac/myopac/gateway/?lang=1【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
1
Course guidance

2

4

Basic framework ofinternational
environmental law 1
Basic framework ofinternational
environmental law 2
Climate Change

5

Ozone Depletion

6
7

Biodiversity
Trade in Endangered
SpeciesManagement of
hazardous waste
Human rights andenvironmental
protection 1
Human rights andenvironmental
protection2
Culture andenvironmental
protection 1
Culture andenvironmental
protection 2
Trade andenvironmental
protection
Comprehensive
environmental
protection

3

8
9

10

11

12

13

14

Contents
Course guidance, Introduction to
the international law
Reading material: Internationallaw - Encyclopedia
Britannica(Database provided by
University Library)
Histrical development ofinternational environmental law,main actors
Law making, application andensuring compliance, principles
UNFCCC, Kyoto Protocol, Paris
Agreement
Vienna Convention and Montreal
Protocol
Biodiversity Convention etc.
CITES
Basel Convention
Environmental Protection in the
Human Right Law
Environmental Procedural rights
under the Aarhus Convention
World Heritage Convention

Whaling

Environmental Protection in
GATT/WTO Law
SDGs【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are required to read assigned materials beforehand and also
required the submission of reaction papers. Preparatory study andreview time for this class are 2 hours each.

— 108 —

発行日：2021/5/1

ENV200HA

Environmental Science
Ryou FUJIKURA
Term：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：木 5/Thu.5 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
Environmental problems are the physical, chemical, and/or biologicalconsequences of human activities on nature. Scientific knowledge iscrucial to understand what is happening and to think about what we cando. In this class, I will present the basic science of global environmental
problems and resource issues.

【References】
A copy of assigned paper will be distributed in class.
【Grading criteria】
Grades will be based on the result of the weekly quiz and (50%) and final
exams (50%).

【Goal】
Students will acquire the basic knowledge of the environment andresource problems.

【Changes following student comments】
Be aware that the lecturer is not a native English speaker. Thus,
students are encouraged to ask for clarification if they have any
questions.

【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Among diploma policies, "DP3" is related【Equipment student needs to prepare】
None【Method(s)】The class will be conducted using PPT. At the end of each class, students
will answer one quiz about the class posted on Hoppii.
Feedback on assignments submitted by students will be provided inclass or through the Learning Management System.
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at. The details will be announced through the
Learning Management System.

【Others】
At this moment, it has not been decided whether the class will be held
online and/or face-to-face. Once it is decided, it will be announced on the
Hoppii.

【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
なし / No【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
Week 1 Introduction
Week 2 Climate science (1)Week 3

Climate science (2)Week 4

Climate policy

Week 5

Mitigation

Week 6

Adaptation

Week 7
Week 8International
Agreements.
Energy resources

Week 9Minerals

Week 10 Water resource
Week 11 Soil
Week 12 Biodiversity (1)Week 13 Biodiversity (2)Week 14 Wrap up

Contents
Contents of the course.
The Earth has been warmed.
Greenhouse gases lead thewarming.
Humans are increasing
atmospheric greenhouse gases.
Global warming since the late 20th
century is not natural but due toanthropogenic.
Impact of climate change.
International policy and Japanesepolicy.
Economic instrument, alternative
energy, energy saving, and othermeasures.
Various measures and climate
refugees.
UNFCCC and Paris Agreement.

【Prerequisite】
None【Selected lecturer’s publications (books and special issues)】
1. Ryo Fujikura and Mikiyasu Nakayama (Editor) (2015) Resettlement
Policy in Large Development Projects, Routledge, Oxford
2.
Ryo Fujikura and Tomoyo Toyota (Editor) (2012) Climate
Change Mitigation and International Development Cooperation, (p.264)
Earthscan, London
3. Ryo Fujikura (Guest Editor) (2011) Environmental Policy in Japan:
From Pollution Control to Sustainable Environmental Management,
Special Issue, Environmental Policy and Governance, Vol. 21, No.5
4. Ryo Fujikura and Masato Kawanishi (Editor) (2010) Climate Change
Adaptation and International Development ‒ Making Development
Cooperation More Effective, Earthscan, London【Career background of the lecturer】
The lecturer has working experience at Japanese Environment Agency(currently Minister of the Environment) as a national officer. He
also participated in Japanese official development assistance andformulation of Convention on Biodiversity Conservation. He will givelectures with the experience.

Fossil fuels, hydro, nuclear, andalternative energy.
Base metals and rare metals.
Recycling of metals.
Availability of water in the world.
International waters.
Soil as resource. Nitrogen andphosphate.
Definition of biodiversity.
International agreements relating
to biodiversity.
CITES, Ramsar, and IWC.
Genetic resources and Nagoya
ProtocolHow should we addressenvironmental and resource issues?

【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students need to prepare for and review each session by using textbooks,
references, and distributed materials.
Students must read assigned papers before classes.Preparatory study
and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
Climate Change: Evidence Impacts, and Choices
Free PDF fromhttps://www.nap.edu/catalog/14673/climate-change-evidence-impactsand-choices-pdf-booklet— 109 —

発行日：2021/5/1

SOC200HA

Research Methods 2
Shamik Chakraborty
Term：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：月 4/Mon.4 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【Outline and objectives】
This is an introductory course on quantitative research methods
mainly, for the students in the field of sustainability studies at theundergraduate level. Lectures will be carried out about key arguments
and concepts on quantitative research methods as well as practicalaspects such as research design.

【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
Students need to prepare for and review each session by using textbooks,
references, and distributed materials.
Students are required to actively participate in class discussions basedon the readings and the lectures. They are encouraged to raise issues
or offer critical viewpoints on the readings. Students are required tocomplete all class assignments in time.

【Goal】At the end of the course, students will develop a good understanding of
the quantitative research methods for sustainability analysis. They will
also have useful knowledge for further studies/research.

【Textbooks】
The Practice of Social Research. Earl Babbie. Wadsworth Pub Co 2006

【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Among diploma policies, "DP2" is related【References】
None【Method(s)】Feedback on assignments submitted by students will be provided inclass or through the Learning Management System. Lectures will be
carried out in each class. There will be opportunities for reflection anddiscussion on the lectures/readings in each class.
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at. The details will be announced through the
Learning Management System.

【Grading criteria】
Class participation and discussions: 30%
Class assignments: 30%
Final test: 40%【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes

Week 2

Week 4

Literature review andcontent analysis 1
Literature review andcontent analysis 2
Concept of variables

Week 5

Sampling

Week 6

Basics of quantitative
research 1

Week 7
Week 8

Basics of quantitative
research 2
Survey Research 1

Week 9Survey Research 2

Week 3

Week 10 Quantitative data
analysis
Week 11 Representing
qualitative data
quantitatively
Week 12 Writing withquantitative analysis 1
Week 13 Writing withquantitative analysis 2

Week 14 Final exam

【Equipment student needs to prepare】
N/A【Others】
N/A【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】
No.
Theme
Week 1 Introduction and scope【Changes following student comments】
No significant changes were required based on students’ comments.

Contents
What is quantitative research? The
research problem and questions:vital first steps.
When quantitative approaches
should be practiced.
Literature review and content
analysis in quantitative research 1
Literature review and content
analysis in quantitative research 2
Concept of variables: independentand dependent variables, how they
explain causality
Sampling techniques forquantitative research
Basics of quantitative research:
Randomness, causality andstatistical representation.
Measures of central tendency andvariability
Correlation and regression analysis
Survey research 1: What can belearnt from surveys. How toconstruct questionnaire for survey
research.
Survey research 2: Interview
surveys, telephone surveys, online
surveys. Critiques of survey
research. How valid is survey data?
Quantitative data analysis
methods
Other useful quantitative methods
for sustainability studies:
Representing qualitative data
quantitatively
How to write up researchcoherently: Guidance on writing
reports and theses (part 1).
How to write up researchcoherently: Guidance on writing
reports and theses (part 2).
Guidance on final exam
Final exam for the course andfeedback— 110 —

発行日：2021/5/1
Week 9LANe100MA

国際コミュニケーション語学（英語Ⅲ）/Foreign Language
Exercise （English Ⅲ）※ GO 科目
Kregg

Johnston

単位数：1 単位 ｜ 開講セメスター：春学期
曜日・時限：金・3 ｜ 配当年次：1〜4 年
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
様々なトピックについて、短いながらも、効果的・説得力のあるプレゼンテー
ションができるようになることを目指します。スピーチの方法をを基礎から学び、自信をもってプレゼンテーションを行うことができるようにしましょう（詳細は以下の英文の記載を読んでください）。
To learn how to deliver short, effective speeches in English on a variety
of topics.
【到達目標】
This course is designed primarily to improve students’ presentation
skills and thereby to develop their integrative English language
proficiency. The goal is to acquire basic presentations skills, including
how to organize a presentation, supporting arguments with evidence,
effective use of visual aids, and aspects of delivery such as eye contact
or gesture【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【授業の進め方と方法】
The students will learn about the 3 messages involved in making
effective speeches & presentations: The physical message, the visualmessage, and the story message.
The students will view anddiscuss model speeches and make their own speeches based on thedemonstrations. The students will develop confidence in delivering
effective speeches and presentations.
Feedback on submitted assignments and quizzes will be given at the
beginning of the next class.

Week 10 The Story Message
The Body: evidence &transitions
Unit 7 quiz
Explain introduction
for product speech
Week 11 The Story Message
The Conclusion
Unit 8 quiz
Explain body of
product speech
Week 12 Watch full Presentation& Peer Review
Unit 9-10 quiz
Week 13 Final Presentations(Day 1): Productcomparison(5-6 minutes)
Week 14 Final Presentations(Day 2) : Productcomparison(5-6 minutes)
Course review & wrapup

pp62-68
DVD Episode 6
Prepare storyboard for productspeechpp.69-86
DVD Episode 7
Prepare storyboard and charts for
product speech

pp.87-95,
DVD Episode 8
Prepare conclusion for productspeechPrepare for final presentations

Final Presentations (Day 1):
Product comparison(5-6 minutes)
Final Presentations (Day 2):
Product comparison(5-6 minutes)【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Review material in book, Prepare for end of section quizzes , Prepare
information and visuals to make speeches in class 本授業の準備学習・復習時間は各 1 時間を標準とします。
【テキスト（教科書）】
Speaking of Speech: New Edition, Basic Presentation Skills for
Beginners
New edition 2009, Harrington, LeBeau
ISBN 978-4-7773-6271-4【参考書】
Speaking of Speech: New Edition, Basic Presentation Skills for
Beginners
New edition 2009, Harrington, LeBeau
ISBN 978-4-7773-6271-4【成績評価の方法と基準】
Quizes-20%
Homework-15%,
Participation 20%
Presentations 45%*In principle, no more than three absences per term are allowed【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
Week 1 Course Intro & level
check
Extemporaneous
speeches
Week 2 The Physical Message
Unit 1 Posture & Eyecontact
Week 3 The Physical Message
Unit 2 Gestures
Unit 1 quiz
Give informative
speechWeek 4 The Physical Message
Unit 3 Voice Inflection
Unit 2 quiz
Give layout speech
Week 5 The Visual Message
Unit 4 Effective
Visuals
Unit 3 quiz
Give demonstration
speechWeek 6 The Visual Message
Unit 5 Explaining
Visuals
Unit 4 quiz
Explain 2-country
comparison charts
Week 7 Unit 5 quiz
Give 2-country
comparison speech &Peer Review
Week 8 The Story Message
Organization of aspeechThe Story Message
Introduction
Unit 6 quiz内容
Ice breakers
Course objectives
Vocabulary management【学生の意見等からの気づき】
More practice on eye contact and use of visual aids.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
OHC & projector, DVD & CD player in classroom

pp.9-17
DVD Episode 1
Prepare info. speech quadrant
pp18-27
DVD Episode 2
Prepare layout speech grid

【その他の重要事項】
Class size is limited to 20 students. Students who wish to take thecourse need to attend the first class in order to ensure that they canregister for the course. In the event that the number of students wishingto take the class exceeds 20, the students will be selected based on alistening and vocabulary test.
【キャリアデザイン学部より】
2014 年度〜2016 年度入学者のみ，市ヶ谷基礎科目 4 群（必修外国語＜英語＞に充当も可能です。

pp28-38
DVD Episode 3
Prepare storyboard & visuals【Outline and objectives】
Learn how to organize and deliver effective speeches and presentations,
Listen to and take notes on other students’ speeches and model
speeches, Evaluate and offer peer feedback on classmates’ speeches,

pp.40-50
DVD Episode 4
Prepare 2-country comparison
chartspp.51-56
DVD Episode 5
Prepare explanations for 2-country
speechReview Units 1-5

pp57-61— 111 —

発行日：2021/5/1
Week 8LANe100MA

国際コミュニケーション語学（英語Ⅳ）/Foreign Language
Exercise （English Ⅳ）※ GO 科目
Kregg

Week 9Quiz and review Unit
3a
Discussion on lecturetheme
Week 10 Unit 3b Food
Addictions
Preview key words &lecture structure

Johnston

単位数：1 単位 ｜ 開講セメスター：秋学期
曜日・時限：金・3 ｜ 配当年次：1〜4 年
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
アカデミック・スキル（講義などのディスカッションの仕方、聞き方、ノートの取り方、話のまとめ方など）を学び、伸ばします。講義などで使われる言
葉も学びますので語彙力の向上にも役立ちます（詳細は以下の英文の記載を読んでください）。
Discussion skills, listening & note-taking, presenting, building vocabulary【到達目標】In this course, students will learn key vocabulary related toeach topic covered , develop listening and note taking skills bylistening to academic lectures. Additionally, students will develop
their speaking skills in expressing opinions, agreeing/disagreeing,
confirming/clarifying. Students will also work on expressions forleading and participating in discussions as well as presenting on topics
researched.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【授業の進め方と方法】
The students will discuss the topics for each unit in groups or pairs andthen study some of the related vocabulary. Then students will take notes
while listening to a short academic lecture on the topics. The students
will then review, discuss, and summarize the points mentioned in thelecture. At the conclusion of each unit, there will be a review test,
and research assignments on the topics introduced in the lecture fordiscussion or to present later.
Feedback on speeches, homework assignments, and quizzes will be given
at the beginning of the next class.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
Week 1 Course Intro & level
check
Unit 2a Culture shockPreview key words &lecture structure

Week 2

Week 3

Week 4

Week 5

Week 6

Week 7

Unit 2a culture shock
Review lecture
contents & checkunderstanding
Quiz and review Unit
2a
Discussion on lecture
theme
Unit 2b Third-Culture
Kids
Preview key words &lecture structure
Unit 2b Third-Culture
Kids
Review lecture
contents & checkunderstanding
Quiz and review Unit
2b
Discussion on lecture
theme
Unit 3a New diets
Preview key words &lecture structure

Unit 3a New diets
Review lecture
contents & checkunderstanding

内容
Ice Breakers
Introduce topic
Preview vocabulary
Lecture topic and organization
Listen to lecture and outline main
pointsFinish lecture & outline
Practice summarizing from outline
Discuss lecture topic
Review for Quiz
Unit 2a quiz
Begin Unit 2b

Preview vocabulary
Defining key terms
Listen to lecture and outline main
pointsFinish lecture & outline
practice summarizing from outline
Discuss lecture topic
Get research assignment for
presentation on culture
shock/differences
Unit 2b quiz
Speeches on Culture
shock/differences
Begin Unit 3a
Preview vocabulary
Signal Phrases
Listen to lecture and outline main
pointsWeek 11 Unit 3b Food
Addictions
Review lecture
contents & checkunderstanding
Week 12 Quiz and review Unit
3b
Discussion on lecture
theme
Introduce Unit 4a
Week 13 Unit 4a High/Low
context
Review key words &lecture structure
Week 14 Unit 4a High/Low
context
Review lecture
contents & checkunderstanding
Quiz 2a-4a

Finish lecture & outline
Practice summarizing lecture fromoutlineDiscuss lecture topic
Review for 3a quiz
Unit 3a quiz
Begin 3b Food Addictions
Preview vocabulary
Expressing opinions
Finish lecture & outline
Practice summarizing lecture fromoutlineGet research assignment for
presentation on diet & healthPresentations on health and diet
Finish lecture & outline
Practice summarizing lecture fromoutlineUnit 3b quiz
Discuss lecture
Begin 4a High/Low Context
communication
Preview vocabulary
Quiz Unit 4a
Summarizing discussions
Listen to lecture and outline main
pointsQuiz Unit 4b
Discussion on communicationstyles【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Review vocabulary, Prepare for end of chapter tests, Further researchon topic, Plan to present findings to class or small groups. 本授業の準備
学習・復習時間は各 1 時間を標準とします。
【テキスト（教科書）】Contemporary Topics Intro: Academic Listening and Note-Taking
Skills. Clement, Lennox, & Rost
ISBN 13: 9780132075176【参考書】
Contemporary Topics Intro: Academic Listening and Note-Taking
Skills. Clement, Lennox, & Rost
ISBN 13: 9780132075176【成績評価の方法と基準】
Quizes-55%
Homework-15%,
Participation 10%
Presentations 20%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Increased emphasis on expressing opinions and responding to other’s
opinions【学生が準備すべき機器他】【教室必要備品】OHC & projector, DVD & CD player in classroom【キャリアデザイン学部より】
2014 年度〜2016 年度入学者のみ，市ヶ谷基礎科目 4 群（必修外国語＜英語＞に充当も可能です。
【Outline and objectives】
In this course, students learn and practice note taking strategies bylistening to lectures. They also will discuss the topics introduced in eachlecture and conduct further research on the topics to present in class.

— 112 —

発行日：2021/5/1
第 11 回

LANe100MA

国際コミュニケーション語学（英語Ⅴ）/Foreign Language
Exercise （English V）※ GO 科目
Kregg

第 12 回

3rd writing assignment
Using conditional
sentences
Making comments
Homework test 2
Thesis statements
Introductions

Johnston

単位数：1 単位 ｜ 開講セメスター：春学期
曜日・時限：木・3 ｜ 配当年次：1〜4 年
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：○

実務教員：

第 13 回

Review and feedback
writing 3

第 14 回

Final In-Class writing
test

Submit 3rd writing assignment
Practice using conditionals as
supportCommenting on ideas in writing
Structure of thesis statements
Structure of introductory
paragraphs
Peer review of 3rd writing
assignment
Review and feedback on 3rd
writing assignment
Prepare for final writing
assignment
Timed writing: 2 Persuasive
paragraphs【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
自分の伝えたいことをより正確に表現し、相手に伝わる英文を書くことができることを目指します。伝わる書き方にはコツがあるので、そのコツも学んでいきます（詳細は以下の英文の記載を読んでください）。
The objective of the course is to consolidate the knowledge of English
language and grammar learned in secondary school and develop theirability to express themselves more freely in writing【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Homework exercises contained in the course handouts
Assigned writing drafts (typed, correctly formatted, and printed out for
submission in class) 本授業の準備学習・復習時間は各 1 時間を標準とします。

【到達目標】
After taking this course, the students should have learned the following:
1. the concept of the paragraph with reference to its unity, coherence,and structure, including topic sentences, various types of supporting
sentences , and concluding sentences
2. the mechanics of typing and formatting a composition
3. how to edit one’s own and others’ compositions
4. how to effectively complete a timed writing task

【参考書】
http://my.vocabularysize.com/
http://quizlet.com
www.englishgrammar.org【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【授業の進め方と方法】
Students in this course will work individually on writing preparation
activities and actually writing their own descriptive and persuasive
paragraphs.
Student will also collaborate with students in pairs or groups to compare
ideas and peer review each other’s writing in terms of grammar, unityand cohesion of writing.
Students will also be tested on the material taught in the course,
including two timed writing exams.
Feedback on submitted assignments and quizzes will be given at the
beginning of the next class.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes

第4回

第5回

第6回
第7回

第8回

第9回

第 10 回

Feedback on 1st draftof descriptive
paragraph
Homework test 1
Using "although"Submit 2nd draft ofdescriptive paragraphWriting test
Feedback on 2nd draft
Test feedback
Paragraphdevelopment
Persuasive paragraphs
Benefits andconsequences
Outlines
Cause & effectParaphrasing
Supporting sentences
outside sources【成績評価の方法と基準】
Participation in class: 10%
Two in-class quizzes on the homework: 20%
Three submitted writing assignments: 50%
Final in-class writing test: 20%
In principle, no more than 3 absences per term are allowed.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Increased emphasis on prewriting activities and effectively supporting
topic sentences & thesis statements, paraphrasing & citing outside
sources.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Submitted writing assignments must be typed, formatted correctly,
printed out and ready for submission at the beginning of class. Points
will be deducted for late submissions.
【その他の重要事項】
Class size is limited to 20 students. Students who wish to take thecourse need to attend the first class in order to ensure that they canregister for the course. In the event that the number of students wishingto take the class exceeds 20, the students will be selected based on a
writing and vocabulary test.
【キャリアデザイン学部より】
2014 年度〜2016 年度入学者のみ，市ヶ谷基礎科目 4 群（必修外国語＜英語＞に充当も可能です。

【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
第1回
Sentences &Paragraphs
第2回
Topic sentences
Descriptive paragraphs
第3回
Concluding sentences
Adjectives
Conjunctions【テキスト（教科書）】
Handouts and reading material will be provided by the lecturer

内容
Components of sentences andparagraphs
Preparation to write a descriptive
paragraph
Components of effective concluding
sentences
Using adjectives and conjunctions
in sentences
Review and recommendations on
1st draft
Preparation for peer reivew
Test on homework exercises
How to use "although" in sentence【Outline and objectives】
Develop the skills necessary to write and correctly format effective
paragraphs and to write multi-paragraph essays within a set time frame

In-class timed writing test
Pre-writing for 3rd writing
assignment
How to develop paragraphs
Including benefits, consequences,and results in paragraphs
Using outlines to organize ideas
Including causes and effects inparagraphs
Prepare outline for 3rd writing
assignment
Practice paraphrasing
Including outside sources inwriting
Citing sources correctly inparagraphs— 113 —

発行日：2021/5/1

4

LIN200LA

Intercultural Communication B

2017 年度以降入学者

5
6

サブタイトル：

7石原紀子

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 曜日・時限：木 3/Thu.3
単位数：2 単位
GBP/SCOPE/IGESS 1〜4 年※定員制
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

8

実務教員：

9
【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
In today’s globalization, we are increasingly required tointeract internationally across linguistic and cultural borders.
Misunderstandings and conflicts are bound to occur, whichcalls for constructive dialogues and creative solutions. In thiscourse, we will focus primarily on “invisible culture” to deepen
your understanding of diversity in cultural orientations,values, behavior, and language uses. You will also reflect on
your intercultural experiences and explore your multicultural
identities while studying dynamic cultural dimensions.
【到達目標】In this course, you will 1) cultivate your understanding of
the relationships between culture and identity, 2) be able
to analyze examples of and reasons for intercultural clashes
and relate to others respectfully to come up with constructive
solutions to intercultural issues and confusions, 3) be able touse concepts such as stereotypes, generalizations, othering,and marginalization in your analysis, 4) reflect on yourintercultural experiences and multicultural identities.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP3、国際文化学
部： DP1、人間環境学部： DP2、キャリアデザイン学部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
This is a hybrid class. Depending on the pandemic situation,
we may meet most of the weeks on Zoom but if the situation
allows, we may meet some weeks in person. Please see Hoppii
for details and refer to the instructions there on how to connect
to Zoom to attend the first class online.
Before class you are required to work on reading and complete
assignments. In class we study relevant material, complete
application tasks in small groups, and share your discussion
with the whole class. You are encouraged to actively participate
in this problem-based learning (PBL). Feedback will be given
orally in interaction throughout the course. Written feedback
will be provided for your written papers within a week ofsubmission.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Introduction

2

What is culture?

3

3Ps of culture,
Characteristics ofculture内容
Self-introduction, course
information, ice-breaking
activity
Visible/invisible culture, 3Ps in
understanding culture
Perspectives of culture

10
11

12
13
14

Stereotypes andgeneralizations
Essentialization
Othering andmarginalization
Cultural diversity inacademia and theworkplace
Similarities anddifferences inculturalorientations-1
Similarities anddifferences inculturalorientations-2
Cultural casestudies ‒ 1
Cultural casestudies ‒ 2Student-led
discussions - 1
Student-led
discussions - 2
Student-led
discussions - 3,
reflection

Definitions and examples
The language of generalization
Case study discussion
Understanding diversity as an
asset
Analysis of culturalorientations (#1-3)

Analysis of culturalorientations (#4-6)

Analysis of use of time andgroup dynamics
Application of Hofstede’s
Cultural Dimensions and otherframeworks
Intercultural case studies(group presentations)Intercultural case studies(group presentations)Intercultural case studies(group presentations),
Wrap-up discussion【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
You should complete assigned reading and/or writing before
coming to class. Come ready to discuss the material with yourclassmates coming from different (sub)cultures.
University guidelines suggest the preparation and review timeof around two hours a week for a two-credit course like this one.
本授業の準備学習・復習時間は、各 2 時間を標準とします。
【テキスト（教科書）】
Weekly readings will be made accessible through the course
website (Google Classroom). Become familiar with this online
resource to download readings and post your assignments. You
are also expected to check your university email account daily
to keep up with course announcements.
【参考書】
Handouts and resources related to the course content will be
distributed in class or made available in Google Classroom.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
You will receive a formal evaluation of your work at the end of
the term. The grade on a late assignment will be lowered. You
will be graded on:
1) Participation (20%)2) Reading assignments and quizzes (50%)3) Cultural case study discussion (10%)4) Final paper (20%) (tentative percentages)
Regular attendance is essential in order to benefit from theinteractive nature of this course. You will not be able to passthis course if you miss more than three class periods a semester
except in extreme circumstances.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Because this course is to be conducted in English, students
must be competent speakers/writers of English (e.g., native or
proficient with TOEFL ® iBT 61 or above). International andJapanese students of any majors are welcome as long as they
are interested in diverse world cultures. Students should vieweach other’s cultural experiences as an asset to this course andcreate a friendly and respectful learning community.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Be prepared to use Hoppii, Google Classroom, and Zoom withyour university account and check your university email daily.
You will need to use a headset with a microphone if you areattending class on campus.

— 114 —

発行日：2021/5/1【その他の重要事項】
Depending on the pandemic situation and your preferences,
course delivery method may be changed. Please check theannouncement to be made on Hoppii before the start of thecourse.
【Outline and objectives】
In today’s globalization, we are increasingly required tointeract internationally across linguistic and cultural borders.
Misunderstandings and conflicts are bound to occur, whichcalls for constructive dialogues and creative solutions. In thiscourse, we will focus primarily on “invisible culture” to deepen
your understanding of diversity in cultural orientations,values, behavior, and language uses. You will also reflect on
your intercultural experiences and explore your multicultural
identities while studying dynamic cultural dimensions.

HIS200LA

Intercultural Communication A

2017 年度以降入学者

サブタイトル：Globalizing Japan from the Mid-Nineteenth Century to the Prese藤本

大士

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 曜日・時限：金 2/Fri.2
単位数：2 単位
GBP/SCOPE/IGESS 2〜4 年 ※定員制
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
From the middle of the nineteenth century, more andmore Japanese people traveled abroad hoping to learn new
knowledge from foreign countries. On the other hand, somepeople came to Japan from Europe, North America, andAsia with various purposes, such as business, diplomacy,evangelism, and education. Why and how did these people
decide to travel from/to Japan?
What did they learn
from foreign cultures? What did they bring back to theirhome countries? This course offers students an opportunity
to discuss these questions and explore the struggles andachievements of pioneering historical figures who crossed theborders and received rich experiences in foreign countries.
【到達目標】
Students will be familiarized with the nature and methods ofhistory.
Students will gain basic knowledge on modern and contemporary Japanese history from a global perspective.
Students will develop their skills for reading, presenting, andwriting through historical documents.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP3、国際文化学
部： DP1、人間環境学部： DP2、キャリアデザイン学部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
Based on the assigned readings and the instructor’s lectures,students will discuss various topics on modern and contemporary Japanese history from a global perspective.
Students are expected to read the assigned materials before
a class and to actively contribute to the class discussion.
Students are also expected to give one presentation and towrite one essay on a historical figure whom students choose.
All the assigned documents are written in English, anddiscussion, presentation, and writing are conducted in English.
Knowledge of Japanese history and the Japanese language will
be helpful, but it is not required.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Introduction
2
Overview

34— 115 —

内容
Course overview
Lecture on Japanese history
from a global perspective
Overseas Students
Reading and discussion of the1:
topic; short student
presentations
Overseas Students 2 Reading and discussion of the
topic; short student
presentations

発行日：2021/5/1

5

Educators 1

6

Educators 2

7

Film screening

8

Businessmen 1

9Businessmen 2

10

Evangelists 1

11

Evangelists 2

12

Student
Presentations 1

13

Student
Presentations 2

14

Wrap-Up

Reading and discussion of the
topic; short student
presentations
Reading and discussion of the
topic; short student
presentations
Film screening on a relevant
topic
Reading and discussion of the
topic; short student
presentations
Reading and discussion of the
topic; short student
presentations
Reading and discussion of the
topic; short student
presentations
Reading and discussion of the
topic; short student
presentations
Presentations about ahistorical figure whom
students choose for the final
essay
Presentations about historicalfigures whom students choose
for the final essay
Reflection on the class; advice
for the final essay【Outline and objectives】
From the middle of the nineteenth century, more andmore Japanese people traveled abroad hoping to learn new
knowledge from foreign countries. On the other hand, somepeople came to Japan from Europe, North America, andAsia with various purposes, such as business, diplomacy,evangelism, and education. Why and how did these people
decide to travel from/to Japan?
What did they learn
from foreign cultures? What did they bring back to theirhome countries? This course offers students an opportunity
to discuss these questions and explore the struggles andachievements of pioneering historical figures who crossed theborders and received rich experiences in foreign countries.
Students will receive feedback individually or during sessions
to improve their future assignments.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
University guidelines suggest preparation and review should
be around two hours a week for a two-credit course.
【テキスト（教科書）】
The reading assignments will be made available online throughthe course management system.
【参考書】
The references will be made available online through thecourse management system.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Class participation 50%; Presentations 25%; Final essay 25%
Class participation:
Students are expected to read the assigned materials andcontribute to class discussions. Simply showing up for classis not enough. Students may miss class only if it qualifies as
an excused absence (e.g., illness or grievance). Please clear
your absences with the instructor beforehand. Three or more
unexcused absences can result in failure.
Presentations:Students are expected to give two presentations; one is about
the assigned readings, and the other is about a historical figure
whom students choose for the final essay.
Final essay:
Using the assigned readings as a starting point, students are
expected to prepare a 5 to 10-page paper on a historical figure
whom students choose.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
N/A— 116 —

発行日：2021/5/1

3

POL200LA

Intercultural Communication C

2017 年度以降入学者

Face and politeness

Giving andresponding to
サブタイトル：Language and Culture in Sync: Communication Strategies acrosscompliments
Languages - 1
5Language datacollection
石原 紀子
6Giving and開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 曜日・時限：木 1/Thu.1
responding to
単位数：2 単位
compliments - 2
GBP/SCOPE/IGESS 1〜4 年※定員制
7
Refusals - 1
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
Without cultural knowledge, language users may not fully
understand the meaning of a message. Even with perfectgrammar, we could completely offend our conversational
partners without using language in a culturally suitablemanner. In this course, we will take a close look at theface-saving strategies used in world languages. We will also
consider and discuss diverse cultural values and orientations
that are closely connected to verbal and non-verbal behavior.
Enhanced linguistic and cultural awareness will help you
become a more tactful and respectful user of your first andsecond languages and prepare you for effective interculturalcommunication.
【到達目標】In this course, you will become able to 1) cultivate yourunderstanding of the relationship between language form,
meaning, and context, 2) become familiar with the notions offace and politeness, 3) collect and analyze authentic language
samples, 3) understand cultural values and orientations
behind language use in world languages. The course will
also provide an opportunity for you to reflect on intercultural
misunderstandings and respectful communication strategies
with which to relate to others.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP3、国際文化学
部： DP1、人間環境学部： DP2、キャリアデザイン学部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
This is a hybrid class. Depending on the pandemic situation,
we may meet most of the weeks on Zoom but if the situation
allows, we may meet some weeks in person. Please see Hoppii
for details and refer to the instructions there on how to connect
to Zoom to attend the first class online.
Before class you are required to work on reading and complete
assignments. In class we study relevant material, completetasks in small groups, and share the discussion with thewhole class. You are encouraged to actively participate in thisproblem-based learning (PBL). Feedback will be given orally
in interaction throughout the course. Written feedback will be
provided for your written papers within a week of submission.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Introduction

2

Greetings

4

内容
Self-introduction, course
information, ice-breaking
activity
Analysis of authentic language
data

8

Refusals - 2

910Language analysis
discussion, peace
linguistics
Apologies

11

Thanks12

Invitations

13

Requests

14

Complaints,
wrap-up

Positive and negative
politeness
Linguistic aspects ofcompliments/responses
Designing DCTs and role-plays
Cultural aspects ofcompliments/responses
Language of refusals, datacollection, signing up for the
final project
Cultural similarities/
differences in refusals
Analysis of spoken or written
language
Student presentations,language analysis of apologies
Student presentations,language analysis of thanksStudent presentations,language analysis ofinvitations
Student presentations,language analysis of requests
Student presentations,language analysis ofcomplaints, and final reflection【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
You should complete assigned reading and/or writing before
coming to class. Come ready to discuss the material with yourclassmates coming from different (sub)cultures. University
guidelines suggest the preparation and review time of around
two hours a week for a two-credit course like this one. 本授業の準備学習・復習時間は、各 2 時間を標準とします。
【テキスト（教科書）】
Readings will be made accessible through the course website(Google Classroom). Become familiar with this online resource
to read and complete your assignments before class. You arealso expected to check your university email account daily tokeep up with course announcements.
【参考書】
Handouts and resources related to the course content are to be
distributed in class or made accessible in Google Classroom.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
You will receive a formal evaluation of your work at the end of
the term. The grade on a late assignment will be lowered. You
will be graded on:
1) Participation (20%)2) Language analysis quizzes (25%)3) Language analysis assignments (15%)4) Final presentation and materials (40%) (tentative percentages)
Regular attendance is essential in order to benefit from theinteractive nature of this course. You will not be able to passthis course if you miss more than three class periods a semester
except in extreme circumstances.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Because this course is to be conducted in English, students
must be competent speakers/writers of English (e.g., nativeor proficient with TOEFL ® iBT 61 or above). International
and Japanese students of any majors are welcome as long as
they are interested in world languages. Students should vieweach other’s languages and cultural experiences as an asset
to this course and create a friendly and respectful learning
community.

— 117 —

発行日：2021/5/1【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Be prepared to use Hoppii, Google Classroom, and Zoom withyour university account and check your university email daily.
You will need to use a headset with a microphone if you areattending class on campus.
【その他の重要事項】
Depending on the pandemic situation and your preferences,
course delivery method may be changed. Please check theannouncement to be made on Hoppii before the start of thecourse.
【Outline and objectives】
Without cultural knowledge, language users may not fully
understand the meaning of a message. Even with perfectgrammar, we could completely offend our conversational
partners without using language in a culturally appropriatemanner. In this course, we will take a close look at theface-saving strategies used in world languages. We will also
consider and discuss diverse cultural values and orientations
that are closely connected to verbal and non-verbal behavior
in world cultures. This enhanced linguistic and culturalawareness will help you become a more tactful and respectfuluser of your first and second languages and prepare you foreffective intercultural communication.

— 118 —

発行日：2021/5/1

LIN200LA

2016 年度以前入学者

Intercultural Communication D

12Novels13

Speeches

サブタイトル：Art-Based Education: Learning language and social activism
14

Noriko ISHIHARA
開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 曜日・時限：木 3/Thu.3
単位数：2 単位
GBP/SCOPE/IGESS 1〜4 年※定員制
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
Have you learned an additional language through music, film, poetry,stories, novels, or any other forms of art? What was your experience
like? In this course, we start by discussing why art facilitates learning,
especially second language acquisition. You will then experience various
forms of art incorporated into language learning and teaching throughthe modeling by the instructor as well as through peer teaching. We
are also going to discuss social activism expressed through artwork andresearch activism in the world.
【到達目標】In this course, you will: 1) understand and appreciate artistic formsof language education, 2) understand social activism behind artistic
expression, 3) be able to analyze the relevance of the social issues
to the present-day world of globalization, and 3) participate in an
art-based approach to language learning/teaching using your creativity.
You will also reflect on your own reactions to an artistic approach tolanguage education and social justice and consider how this learning
may influence your values, identities and worldview.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP3、国際文化学部： DP1、人間環境学部： DP2、
キャリアデザイン学部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
This is an online, real-time delivery course; every class will be taught
on Zoom. Please refer to the instructions on Hoppii on how to connect
to Zoom to attend the first class online, in which more detail will be
explained.
Before class you are required to work on some reading assignments. Inclass we study new material, complete relevant tasks in pairs or small
groups, and share your discussion with the class. You are encouraged toactively participate in this problem-based learning (PBL). Feedback will
be given orally in interaction throughout the course. Written feedback
will be provided for your written papers within a week of submission.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Introduction

2
3
4
5

Learning language
from/with art
Poetry - 1, social
activism
Poetry - 2, social
activism
Film, social activism

6

Stories/Story-telling,social activism

7

10

Artistic creativity inpeace linguistics, social
activism
Music - 1, social
activism
Music - 2, social
activismChildren’s literature,

11

Folk tales

8
9

内容
Course information, getting toknow each other
Learning language from poetry,
Marshall Rosenberg
Developing identities throughpoetry, Mother Teresa
Participate in poetry writing,Mahatoma & Katurabai Gandhi
Film for art and social justice,
Nelson Mandela
Learning language throughnarratives, Mairead Corrigan
McGuire & Betty Williams
Language learning and peace, H.
H. The Dalai Lama

Wrap-up

Learning language and social
issues through literature, Meena
Keshwar Kamal
Learning language and social
issues through a speech, social
activist (TBA)
Reflection and your artistic
expression【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
You should complete assigned reading and/or assignments ahead of timeand come to class ready for discussion. Review your lesson thoroughly
after class.
For your presentations, develop an art-based language lesson (peerteaching) and creative multi-media talk on a social activist.
University guidelines suggest the preparation and review time ofaround two hours a week for a two-credit course like this one. 本授業の準備学習・復習時間は、各 2 時間を標準とします。
【テキスト（教科書）】
Censor, Meera. (2011). Humanitarians for justice, nonviolence, andpeace. San Bernadino, California.
【参考書】
Other readings will be distributed through the course website, Google
Classroom. Handouts and resources related to the course content are to
be provided in class or made available in Google Classroom.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
a. Participation (20%)
b. Micro-teaching using an art-based approach (25%)
c. Mini-research presentation on an social activist (25%)
d. Reflective writing (30%)
You will not be able to pass this course if you miss more than three classperiods a semester except in extreme circumstances.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Message to the course participants:
This is a relatively new course that opened in the spring of 2019. We
had fascinating discussion and both students and I learned a great deal!
This course is conducted in English. Students must be competent
speakers of English (native or proficient with TOEFL ® iBT 61+ or
equivalent). If your scores are TOEFL ® iBT 61 - 100, you can takethis course but be ready to make a little more thorough preparationeach week.
If you are interested in current issues, you’re an excellent fit for thisclass. If you are more of a learner who likes the fun of language andart, you are also welcome. I expect international and Japanese students
of all majors to work collaboratively despite their different cultural andlinguistic backgrounds. Come with an open mind and learn from eachother!
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Please be prepared to use Hoppii, Google Classroom, and Zoom withyour university account and check your university email daily. You willneed to use a headset with a microphone if you are attending class on
campus.
【Outline and objectives】
Have you learned an additional language through music, film, poetry,stories, novels, or any other forms of art? What was your experience
like? In this course, we start by discussing why art facilitates learning,
especially second language acquisition. You will then experience various
forms of art incorporated into language learning and teaching throughthe modeling by the instructor as well as through peer teaching. We
are also going to discuss social activism expressed through artwork andresearch activism in the world.

Learning language through music,
social activist (TBA)
Social activism through music,
Peter Benenson
Art and social justice in picture
books, Sister Chan Khong
Peace education via kamishibai
theater,
Cesar Chavez— 119 —

発行日：2021/5/1
第 10 回 Culture

ARSa200LA

Intercultural Communication E

2017 年度以降入学者
第 11 回 Gastronomy

サブタイトル：コリンヌ

第 12 回 Gastronomy andculture第 13 回 Revision

ヴァリエンヌ

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 曜日・時限：金 1/Fri.1
単位数：2 単位
GBP/SCOPE/IGESS 1〜4 年※定員制
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

第 14 回 Exam

実務教員：

【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
このクラスでは、ファッションと料理にフランス文化を発見するでしょう。
In this class you will discover French culture in fashion andgastronomy.Intercultural part is also important and you will
improve your knowledge about French culture.
【到達目標】
ファッションと料理の語彙や表現を発見. 学生は、ファッションと料理のテーマについての会話を作ることができるようになります
you will be able to describe a fashion show and talk about
stylists as well as to recognize regional dishes and chef.You will
improve your knowledge about French culture.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP3、国際文化学
部： DP1、人間環境学部： DP2、キャリアデザイン学部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
フランスのファッションとグルメの文化についてのテキストとビデオを制作します。
We will study documents about French fashion and French
Gastronomy. For example, you will discover famous Frenchcity, Chefs and Stylists. Intercultural part is very importantin this class and you will have to think about your own habits
and compare with your own culture.You’ll have some reports (4or 5)during the semester and a Final report.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
文献を事前に読む、テキスト・演習問題の予習・復習、授業内で示される課題（レポート、演習問題）対応など、準備学習・復習・宿題等の内容を具体的に記述します。 Preparatory study and review time
for this class are 2 hours each.Preparatory study and review
time for this class are 2 hours each. 本授業の準備学習・復習時
間は、各 2 時間を標準とします。University guidelines suggest
preparation and review are around 4
hours a week for a two-credit course and around an hour a week
for a one-credit course.
【テキスト（教科書）】
dictionary - 辞書【参考書】
辞書- a dictionary will help you to understand some Frenchsentences or expressions【成績評価の方法と基準】
出席と参加 - CLASSROOM PRESENCE AND PARTICIPATION: 50%.
最終試験 - FINAL EXAM : 50 %【学生の意見等からの気づき】
直近の授業改善アンケートを踏まえた授業改善のための取り組みや工夫の内容を示します。
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
For online or On demand classes, it is important to have acomputer and internet connexion.
【Outline and objectives】
you will be able to describe and recognize a style looking at
fashion show and talk about stylists as well as to recognize
regional dishes and chef, etc.

【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
第 1 回 Presentation
第 2 回 French region
第3回

gastronomy

第4回

Culture

第5回
第6回

Fashion
Gastronomy

第7回

Gastronomy

第8回

Culture

第9回

Gastronomy

Paris 1 - Paris’s secrets Museum and places you don’tknow in Paris
Paris 2 -What do Parisien eat ?
Speciality of Paris
The art of eating from Middle
age to XIXe century
Fashion and gastronomy
revisions
Exam

内容
program of the semester
Lyon 1 - All about the
beginning of French "cinema"
Lyon 2 - the specificity of Lyon
cuisineLyon 3 - what about thecultural aspects of Lyon
Coco Chanel Do you know "Champagne" ?
how to make champagne andthe symbol of this famous
drinkChampagne 2 - What is theChampagne gastronomy ?
Champagne is not only adrink, it is a famous region ofFrance too.
What can you visit inChampagne ?
Joël Robuchon, one of thefamous French chef.

— 120 —

発行日：2021/5/1

6

ARSa200LA

Intercultural Communication F

2017 年度以降入学者
7

サブタイトル：

Personal
sovereignty andpolitical sovereignty
Referendum andindependence

コルベイユ スティーブ
開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 曜日・時限：水 5/Wed.5
単位数：2 単位
GBP/SCOPE/IGESS 1〜4 年※定員制
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：【到達目標】
Students will learn the basic theories surrounding the politicalconcept of sovereignty. Then, they will apply these theories
in order to better understand Quebec literature and films.
They will be able to develop a critical approach to literary andfilm analysis that takes into account the cultural specificityof Quebec as well as its place in wider debates concerning
political independence, minority language and interculturalcommunication.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP3、国際文化学
部： DP1、人間環境学部： DP2、キャリアデザイン学部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
This is a lecture class, but students will have to ask questions
during class and give their opinion on many aspects of thelecture. After every class they will have to write comment
papers.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Introduction to
Quebec society fromthe 1960s
2Introduction to theconcept ofsovereignty
3
Criticism regarding
the concept ofsovereignty andnationalism

4

5

The importance ofFrench language as
the foundation ofQuebec identity
Hockey, Frenchlanguage, andreligion8

Post-referendum
identity crisis

9

Immigration,
identity, andinterculturalism

10

Current debates
surrounding
immigration andinterculturalism
Feminism in Quebec Students will learn about thehistory of the feminist
movement in Quebec.
Literature andWe will read a text by Kim
migration
Thuy and look a the situationof refugees in Quebec.
We will read a text by Marco
Literature andQuebec migration
Micone.
Quebec and cinema We will watch and analyze afilm by Pierre Falardeau.

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The goal of this class is to learn about the history and cultureof French speakers living in the Canadian province of Quebec.
Students will look at the very diverse cultural production ofQuebec writers, intellectuals, and filmmakers from the 1960s
to the present day. The class will focus on one important
keyword in order to understand Quebec society and culture:
the concept of sovereignty.
*** This class will be conducted online.

内容This class will be a survey ofQuebec history from the Quiet
Revolution to the present day.
Students will learn about theconcept of sovereignty throughanalysis of canonical texts.
We will look at the main
criticism against sovereignty
and nationalism as well as
their impact on Quebec
nationalist movement.
We will try to understand why
French is the cornerstone ofQuebec identity.

We will watch and analyze ashort film based on a novellaby Roch Carrier: The Hockey
Sweater

We will read and analyze
excerpts from a novel by
Hubert Aquin: Next EpisodeWe will look at the cultural
production surrounding thefirst (1980) and second (1995)
Quebec Referendum.
We will read and analyze
songs and poems, as well as
essays about the Referendum.
We will look at the different
steps taken by the Quebec
government to create an
inclusive society, and how it
conflicts to a certain extent
with the idea of sovereignty.
We will look at essays andopinion pieces written about
immigration in Quebec.

11

12

13
14

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students will be asked to read a series of texts by French
writers and intellectuals in English translation. They will haveto write short commentaries about the texts. Also, they will
have to watch short films produced in Quebec. Preparatory
study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
【テキスト（教科書）】
There is no textbook for this class.
【参考書】
Jacques Derrida, The Beast and the Sovereign, Volume I (TheSeminars of Jacques Derrida), University Of Chicago Press,
2011.
Jacques Derrida, The Death Penalty, Volume I (The Seminarsof Jacques Derrida),University Of Chicago Press, 2013.
Hubert Aquin, Next Episode, New Canadian Library, 2010.
Roch Carrier, The Hockey Sweater, Tundra Books, 1985.
Gerard Bouchard, Interculturalism: A View from Quebec,University of Toronto Press, 2015.
Gerard Bouchard, National Myths:
Constructed Pasts,
Contested Presents, Routledge, 2013.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Final exam (40%)
Short essays (40%)
Class participation (20%)
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
There has not been negative feedback for this class. I intend to
put more emphasis on active learning this year.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
None【Outline and objectives】
The goal of this class is to learn about the history and cultureof French speakers living in the Canadian province of Quebec.
Students will look at the very diverse cultural production ofQuebec writers, intellectuals, and filmmakers from the 1960s
to the present day. The class will focus on one important
keyword in order to understand Quebec society and culture:
the concept of sovereignty.

— 121 —

発行日：2021/5/1

ARSe200LA

2017 年度以降入学者

Intercultural Communication G
サブタイトル：

尾形太郎【テキスト（教科書）】
Original handouts【参考書】
Lyon,V., Bestor, T.C. with Yamagata, A.(ed.),Routledge Handbook of Japanese culture and society, Routledge, 2011.
Sugimoto, Y., An Itroduction to Japanese society 4th ed.,Cambridge University Press, 2014.

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 曜日・時限：水 2/Wed.2
単位数：2 単位
GBP/SCOPE/IGESS 1〜4 年※定員制【成績評価の方法と基準】
quizzes and assignments 50%
Report or/and Presentation 50%

他学部公開：【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Nothing special

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The purpose of the course is to provide students with
opportunities to broaden their knowledge of Japan, especiallyin the areas of geography, history,education,family,gender,
culture and so on.
【到達目標】
Through the course, students will deepen their knowledgeof Japan, which may support communication with Japanesepeople inside and outside of the campus.

【その他の重要事項】
There is a possibility that the schedule may be modified.
【Outline and objectives】
The purpose of the course is to provide students with
opportunities to broaden their knowledge of Japan, especiallyin the areas of geography, history,education,family,gender,
culture and so on.

【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP3、国際文化学
部： DP1、人間環境学部： DP2、キャリアデザイン学部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
Materials of each class will be available from Hoppi.
Every class includes quizzes or/and assignments.
Students are required to answer quizzes after the class.
Feedbacks on each task will be given through Hoppi.
There is a possibility that the schedule may be modified.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
なし / No【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
あり / Yes【授業計画】
回
テーマ
Week 1 Orientation
Week 2 Geography

Week 3 Social systems
Week 4 Demography
Week 5 Ethnicity andlanguage
Week 6 Family system
Week 7 Gender
Week 8 Religion 1
Week 9
Week
10
Week
11
Week
12
Week
13
Week
14

Religion 2
Culture 1
Culture 2

内容
Class orientation
Introduction to geographicalvariations in Japan
Politics, Education etc.
Demographic crisis
Ethnicity andminorities/Culture and Politics
of language in modern Japan
Concept of ie（家）, marriage,
birth, gender roles.
Introduction to gender
stratification in Japan today
Religions in modern Japan:an
overview
Shinto and shrine
Traditional arts: an overview

Culture 3

Introduction to JapanesegardenPop cultures

Culture 4

Cuisine and identity

Conclusion

Conclusion【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
2 hours a week.

— 122 —

発行日：2021/5/1

ARSe200LA

Intercultural Communication H

Foods

W9
W 10

Theater
Communication ①

W 11

Communication ②

W 12

Architecture and
Urban Planning

W 13

PeopleW 14

Final Exam2017 年度以降入学者

サブタイトル：Japanese Culture

山本

W8

そのこ

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 曜日・時限：金 4/Fri.4
単位数：2 単位
GBP/SCOPE/IGESS 1〜4 年※定員制
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The objective of this course is to provide students with abrief survey of Japanese culture, covering both traditional andmodern aspects. It also aims to raise students’ awarenessof the Japanese culture as well as their own, which will
promote a better intercultural communication with local
people.Classes will consist of lectures and various activities,
including discussions, reaction paper writing, and student
presentations.
【到達目標】At the end of this course, the students are expected
to have a clearer and deeper understanding of Japaneseculture and people, which eventually facilitates interculturalcommunication with Japanese people.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP3、国際文化学
部： DP1、人間環境学部： DP2、キャリアデザイン学部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
This course will consist of primarily lectures, discussions andpresentations. Students are expected to actively participate inclass-／ group discussions and oral presentations.
The basic language used in class will be English, however,occasionally Japanese will be also used because of the natureof our topics.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
Week 1 Class Orientation
andSelf-Introduction

W2

Stereotypes

W3

Geography

W4

Seasonal Events ①

W5

Seasonal Events ②

W6

Rituals

W7

Beliefs

内容[A selection process may
occur.]
・class-orientation
・self-introduction
・greetings(as a part of culture)・What is a stereotype?
・Image of Japan: Collectivism,homogeneity and verticallystructured society.
・Outline of Japanesegeography.
・Seasonal events from April to
September.
・Seasonal events from October
to March.
・Common rituals in Japaneselife.
・Religions.
・Taboos, superstitions, ghosts
and the supernatural.

・Japanese traditional foods
and drinks, including
home-cooking, bento, Kaiseki
and Teas.
Noh, Kabuki, Bunraku
・Characteristics of verbal
communication.
・Characteristics of non-verbal
communication.
・Housing
・Brief history andcharacteristics of Edo/Tokyo.
・Natural disasters and theirinfulence on architecture.
・History & varieties.
・’Minorities’
・Political correctness issues.
Review Check of the wholecourse.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
・Reading of assigned materials
・Preparation for allotted presentation.
・University guidelines suggest preparation and review arearound 4 hours a week for a two-credit course.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Handouts【参考書】
・日鉄住金総研『日本 その姿と心』NIPPON JAPAN THE LAND
AND ITS PEOPLE
学生社（2014） ＜ DVD ＞
・松本美江『英語で日本紹介ハンドブック』アルク（2014）（MATSUMOTO Mie,
An Introductory Handbook to Japanand Its People,
ALC）
・E.Meyer "The Culture Map:Breaking Through the Invisible
Boundaries of Global Business" Public Affairs, 2014
・Nisbett Ph.D., Richard "The Geography of Thought: How
Asians and Westerners Think Differently...and Why" Free
Press, 2004
*Additional relevant literature will be introduced in class asnecessary.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Class participation 30%
Presentation 30 %Reaction paper writhing 10%
Final examination 30%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
If the conditions permit, the students will have morediscussions with their classmates who have various cultural
backgrounds, concerning not only Japanese culture but also thecultures of their own.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Device to access Google Classroom and ZOOM.
【その他の重要事項】★ The class starts on the 9th April.
★ Be sure to join Google Classroom.
★ Check Hoppii and your Hosei account mail!
・Do not miss the first class as the detailed syllabus will behanded out and a selection process may occur.
・The schedule may be subject to change based on class size andother factors.
【Outline and objectives】
ditto— 123 —

発行日：2021/5/1

BIO200LA

2017 年度以降入学者

Natural Science A
宇野真介

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 曜日・時限：月 3/Mon.3
単位数：2 単位
GBP/SCOPE/IGESS 1〜4 年※定員制
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：【授業計画】
回
テーマ
Week 1 Understanding
sustainability andbasic features of
ecosystem

Week 2 Atmosphericchanges and theirconsequences

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The UN 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development, or
Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) have come to berecognized as common tasks for the human society, which is, ina way, a manifestation of the severity of various problems we
as a species are faced with. In light of this current situation,
this course focuses on the concept of "sustainability" so as
to provide students with an opportunity to learn about basic
scientific aspects of environmental problems and also to learn
about relevant social issues in an attempt to provide a view
from a wider perspective.
【到達目標】
This course is designed to teach about ecological and social
issues . Therefore, the course objectives are 1) to understandbasic scientific concepts required to comprehend various
environmental problems, 2) to understand social problems
related to the environmental problems dealt with in thiscourse, and 3) to form personal perspective and opinion about
the current state of human society by understanding theinterrelated nature of the environmental and socioeconomic
problems.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。経営学部： DP3、人間環境学部： DP2【授業の進め方と方法】
Although this course deals with various topics from theperspective of "sustainability", the course is divided roughly
into two parts. In the first part, students will learn about thebasic features of ecosystem and biodiversity, that is to say, thenatural world that surrounds us and provides us with essential
resources. The second part will focus on environmental andsocial problems related to agriculture (food production) anduse of other natural resources in order to explore our personal
involvement in these issues.
The course will be taught mainly in lecture-style classes,
however, there will also be opportunities for students toactively participate in class through, for example, group
activities and discussion. In addition to in-class interactions,students will utilize the learning assistance system (Hoppii)
to express their opinions/reactions and to submit questions
regarding the materials presented in each class so as to help
the instructor to grasp students’ progress as well as to address
their concerns, as needed. Note that, if the university’s action
policy level is set to 2, in principle, this class will be taught
online via zoom. Details will be announced via the "Hosei
portal to pick up information (Hoppii)".

Week 3 Water cycle and theuse of water
resource

Week 4 Energy supply

Week 5 What is "soil"?

Week 6 What is biodiversity
and why is it
important?

Week 7 Applied ecology forsustainable resource
management

Week 8 Ecological issues ofmodern agriculture
Week 9 Food production andenvironmental
conservation
Week
10

Is resource
development
sustainable?

Week
11

Consequences of"unwanted"
development

Week
12

Understanding
multi-stakeholder
problem solving

Week
13

Toward asustainable society

Week
14

What is happening
in the global
environment andwhere do we go fromhere?

【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No

内容
As an introduction to thecourse, the concept ofsustainability and the basic
features of ecosystem will be
discussed.
In light of the ongoing "climate
crisis", the composition of the
Earth’s atmosphere andconsequences of atmosphericchanges will be discussed.
Water will be focused as an
essential matter for sustaining
life and ecosystem, and thewater cycle and use of water
resource will be discussed.
Energy supply in ecosystemand energy issue in the humansociety will be discussed.
The importance of soil in an
ecosystem will be discussed inrelation to ongoingenvironmental problems
Basic features and current
state of biodiversity will be
discussed in relation to its
importance for the humansociety.
Group activity is used tointegrate the concepts learnedin the previous lectures andapply them to ecologicalproblem solving.
Positive and negative impactsof agricultural modernization
will be discussed.
Approaches to achieving foodsecurity without degrading
environment will be discussedwith concrete examples.
Focusing on mineral resources,
issues related to demand andsupply of natural resources
will be discussed.
Environmental and social
problems caused by"development" in thedeveloping world will be
discussed.
Group work will be used tointegrate the concepts learnedin the previous lectures andapply them to socio-ecologicalproblem solving.
Alternative models that may
help build a sustainable
society will be discussed.
The course contents will be
reviewed to grasp the current
state of the global
environment, and future
prospects will be discussed.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are expected to review contents of individual lectures,
thoroughly read distributed reading materials, and utilize theonline learning support system as needed. Standard amountof time to be spent for this purpose are two hours each for
preparation and review.

— 124 —

発行日：2021/5/1【テキスト（教科書）】
None. Reading materials will be distributed as needed.

HSS100LA

Elementary Health and Physical
Education【参考書】
To be announced as needed.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Student performance will be graded based on quizzes (40 %), a
final assignment (40 %), and participation (20%). Quizzes will
be used to evaluate understanding of course materials (Course
objectives 1 and 2). The final assignment will be an opportunity
for students to demonstrate their understanding of the course
material by presenting their personal analysis/opinion about
the current state of human society (Course objective 3).
Participation will be used to evaluate student performance ineach class and in-class activities.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Although it is not always possible to strike a good balance
between lecture and active student participation, additional
efforts will be made to make the course more participatory.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Students will need to secure access to Hoppii.
Students will also need to be able to participate in online class,as needed.
【Outline and objectives】
The UN 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development, or
Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) have come to berecognized as common tasks for the human society, which is, ina way, a manifestation of the severity of various problems we
as a species are faced with. In light of this current situation,
this course focuses on the concept of "sustainability" so as
to provide students with an opportunity to learn about basic
scientific aspects of environmental problems and also to learn
about relevant social issues in an attempt to provide a view
from a wider perspective.

2017 年度以降入学者

サブタイトル：秋本成晴

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 曜日・時限：月 1/Mon.1
単位数：2 単位
GBP/SCOPE 1〜4 年※定員制
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
Understanding the various physical activities and their effecton daily health and/or fitness level. Learning teamwork andpersonal role within a group through various exercises that
require technique and/or tactical knowledge.
【到達目標】
1. Learning about various ways of exercising.
2. Understanding the basics of a healthy lifestyle.
3. Learning about basic self control and its importance.
4. Exercising simple decision making, leadership, communication in a dependent and co-dependent environment.
5.
Creating a demand for future self-education andself-development.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP1、国際文化学
部： DP3、人間環境学部： DP2、キャリアデザイン学部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
This class is comprised of 8 lectures and 6 practical lessons;however, this may be changed due to the situation of COVID-19
and the university guidelines. Currently this class is planned
to be held offline (face to face), therefore, please follow theuniversity guidelines carefully when you participate in classes(e.g. sanitizing your hands prior to participation). If you haveany difficulty to participate due to the situation of COVID-19,
please inform the teacher as soon as possible in order toparticipate online.
Also, Due to the coronavirus pandemic, if there are too many
students registered for this class, we may have to choose
students via random selection in order to avoid a large groupgathering. Further details of this will be announced throughHoppii before the first lesson starts.
When reaction papers are submitted by students, the teacher
will comment or give feedback on those reaction papers at the
beginning of the next session.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Guidance(Lecture)
2
Walking &Stretching(Lecture & Practical
Lesson)3Diet and Nutrition(Lecture)4
Principles ofTraining(Lecture)— 125 —

内容
Introduction of the course.

Learning how to stretch andthe importance of walking ineveryday life.
Learning about basic nutritionand healthy lifestyle.
Learning the basic principlesof training.

発行日：2021/5/1

5

6

7

8

9
10
11

12

13
14

Sport and Injury(Lecture)

Learning about various risk of
injuries in sport and theirprevention and recovery.
Table Tennis
Learning the outline of table(Lecture & Practical tennis.
Lesson)Sound Table Tennis Learning about game based(Lecture & Practical table tennis as well as its
Lesson)adaptation for people withvisual impairments.
The Olympics andLearning about the Olympic
Paralympics
and Paralympic Games.
(Lecture)Sport and Society
Learning about the role of(Lecture)
sport in society.
Disability Sport
Learning the outline of(Lecture)disability sports.
Football & Boccia
Learning the outline of(Lecture & Practical Football and Boccia.
Lesson)Volleyball & Sitting Learning the outline ofVolleyball
Volleyball and Sitting(Lecture & Practical Volleyball.
Lesson)Adaptation in Sport Learning about adaptation in(Lecture)Sports.
Overview of the course andSummarizing the
Coursesummarizing what students(Lecture)
have learned through group
discussions.

【Outline and objectives】
Understanding the various physical activities and their effecton daily health and/or fitness level. Learning teamwork andpersonal role within a group through various exercises that
require technique and/or tactical knowledge.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Each student is required to prepare themselves to have a good
physical and mental condition in order to participate safely inthe lesson. Also, each student is required to study for 2 hours
before and after each lesson accordingly.
【テキスト（教科書）】No textbook will be used.
【参考書】
Reference books may be introduced as and if necessary.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Attitude and Active Participation in Discussions and Practical
Lesson: 60%
Understanding of the contents, Reports & Reaction Paper: 40%*The grading criteria above is the basic grading principle,
however, other criteria can be applied for those with difficulties
of participation especially for practical lessons due to various
reasons.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
1) The target of each lesson will be introduced at the begging ofeach lecture in order for students to understand the importanceof each lesson.
2) The contents of each lesson may be modified and adapted
to more familiar ones for students to encourage their better
understanding.
3) The contents of next lesson will be introduced in order for
students to prepare and be ready.
【その他の重要事項】
・Each student is required to bring their own proper sports wear
and indoor shoes for practical lessons.
・The order and content of each class can be changed/modified
due to the number of participants and available facilities aswell as the situation of COVID-19 and university guidelines.
・If students do not feel well or have (possible) injuries before
or after the class, students must inform their condition to theteacher for safety.

— 126 —

発行日：2021/5/1

MEC300XB

Introduction to Intelligent Robotics
チャピ ゲンツィ
開講時期：春学期授業/Spring
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course is an introduction to the theory of robotics. Therefore,
it covers the fundamentals of the field, including homogeneoustransformations, forward and inverse kinematics of robot manipulators,
motion planning, trajectory generation and robot sensing. In the last
three lectures, topics such as Genetic Algorithms, Neural Networks andEvolutionary Robotics will be explained.
【到達目標】
The aim is to gain knowledge in the field of robot design, development
and programming and also artificial intelligence and its application.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP1」と「DP2」と「DP4」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
The changes in the lesson plan will be presented in the learning support
system.
Instructional methods include assigned readings, lectures, programming exercises and discussions. The feedback for assignments (tests
and reports, etc.) are given during office hours.

【参考書】
1. Schilling R J (1990). Fundamentals of Robotics - Analysis & Control.
2. Fu K, Gonzalez R and Lee C. Robotics (Control Sensing Vision &Intelligence).
【成績評価の方法と基準】
The assessment consists of two components: reports and the final
project. Students, whose total points of evaluations of the exam andreports is 60 points or higher will pass.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
The course concentrates on creating links between theory and practice.
Therefore, many real application examples will be considered.
【Outline and objectives】
This course is an introduction to the theory of robotics. Therefore,
it covers the fundamentals of the field, including homogeneoustransformations, forward and inverse kinematics of robot manipulators,
motion planning, trajectory generation, robot sensing.

【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Introduction

2
3
4

Sensors and signal
processing
Image processing
methods
Actuators

5

Manipulator
kinematics

6

Manipulator
kinematics

7

Robot Inverse
Kinematics
Velocity and statics ofrobot manipulators.
Robot Dynamics

8
9

10

11

12
13
14

Modeling and analysisof wheeled mobile
robotsControl Theory

Intelligent robot
controlIntelligent robot
controlIntelligent robot
control内容
A brief history, types of robots,
some useful websites, textbooks
and research journals.
Common robot sensors and theirproperties.
Spatial domain transformations
and edge detection.
Different kinds of actuators, DC
servo and brushless motors, modelof a DC servo motor.
Homogeneous transformations andmatrix methods, Euler angles;
directional cosines; roll, pitch, yaw.
D-H parameters and linktransforms.
Examples of kinematics of common
robot manipulators.
Study of Manipulator inverse
kinematic solutions.
Jacobian matrix of robot
manipulators.
Lagrangian formulation forequations of motion of robot
manipulators.
Wheeled mobile robots and their
Simulation using Matlab.

Feedback, feedforward and open
loop control.
Linear first order lag processes.
Limitations of control theory.
Reinforcement learning for control.
Evolutionary approaches.
Case studies and applications【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】【本授業の準備・復習等の授業時間外学習は、4 時間を標準とする】Students
are expected to download and read assigned readings prior to lectures.
A number of problems will be solved during the lecture. The problems
which will not be solved during the lecture, will be submitted as a reportin t【テキスト（教科書）】
Handouts and other printed materials will be provided. They will bealso made available for download.

— 127 —

発行日：2021/5/1

PRI100XE

Introduction to Computer Science and Information Technology
周

金佳、彌冨

仁、内田

薫、鳥飼

弘幸、藤井

章博、黄

潤和、栗田

太郎

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This class is a part of the group of English based global open classes,
which aims at giving students chances of global experience. Students
can acquire comprehensive introductory knowledge and insight on theimportant fields in computer science and information.

Class
day 11Class
day 12【到達目標】
Students can acquire a clear and comprehensive perspective of R/Dissues in the field of computer science and information technology.
Students can learn scientific (mathematical, physical) bases of cutting
age technologies with large practical significance.

Class
day 13【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP1」と「DP2」と「DP4」に関連

Class
day 14【授業の進め方と方法】
This class is taught in an omnibus style by professors Jinjia Zhou,
Hitoshi Iyatomi, Akinori Fujii, Runhe Huang, Kaoru Uchida, Torikai
and Dr.Taro Kurita. Each lecturer will have two classes. Topics varies
from basic software engineering to advanced AI technology as shown inthe class contents below.
The HOPPII online learning system will be used to submit the reportand get feedback from the lecturers.
[*Classes could be online. Changes in lecture plan due to this shift will
be announced on the learning support system.]【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
なし / No

Class
day 2

Class
day 3

Class
day 4

Class
day 5

Class
day 6

Class
day 7
Class
day 8
Class
day 9
Class
day 10Computer systemdesign and innovation
1(Akihiro Fujii)
Computer systemdesign and innovation
2(Akihiro Fujii)

Knowledge representation andconfiguration, knowledge discovery
and fusion, human cognitive
process modeling.
Brain modeling for Internet machine/robot/system/organism/biomass,
self-observation, self-learning,self-organization based
self-evolutionary brain model.
Fundamentals of computer systemdesign, distributed system design,
semantic web.
Computer system design andinnovation 2
Web-service, collective intelligenceand innovative businessapplications【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Assignments will be given at the first class. Submission of the shortpaper is required at each professor’s class.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Handouts will be provided at each professor’s class.
【参考書】
References will be shown in the handouts provided by each professor.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Grading will be made by the letter grades of submitted short papers toeach professor.

【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】回
テーマ
Class
Introduction and
day 1
Multimedia processing(Jinjia Zhou)

Ubiquitous systems
software and artificial
intelligence 1(Runhe Huang)
Ubiquitous systems
software and artificial
intelligence 2(Runhe Huang)

内容
Overview of the topics in the fieldof computer science andinformation technology which will
be taught in the class.
Multimedia processing ASIC/FPGA architectures for(Jinjia Zhou)
multimedia signal processing andlow-power, high-performance, VLSI
design for video coding/decoding.
Software Engineering 1 The basic concepts of agile(Taro Kurita)
software development, including
manifesto for agile
software development, principles
behind the agile
manifesto, and scrum, which is anagile framework.
Software Engineering 2 The basic concepts of user
(Taro Kurita)
interface (UI) and user experience(UX), including humanmachine interface (HMI), user
experience design (UXD),and
human centered design (HCD).
Image and Intelligent
Fundamentals of image processing,information processing image recognition and analysis.
1(Hitoshi Iyatomi)
Image and Intelligent
Computer vision, machine
information processing learning, deep learning, text
2
mining and their medical(Hitoshi Iyatomi)
engineering applications.
Biomimetic and AI
Fundamentals of biomimetic
electronic circuits 1
electronic circuit(Hiroyuki
Torikai)
Biomimetic and AI
Fundamentals of AI electronic
electronic circuits 2
circuit(Hiroyuki
Torikai)
Pattern recognition 1
Fundamentals of pattern(Kaoru Uchida)recognition and real world
application.
Pattern recognition 2
Biometrics and business innovation(Kaoru Uchida)through computer and information
sciences.

【学生の意見等からの気づき】
n/a【その他の重要事項】
1) Since classes are taught in English, students need to have a certain
level of English proficiency. We welcome students who challenge toovercome the language barrier.
2) If the class is offered online, the learning support system will provide
information about the change in the online lesson method, lesson plan,and grade evaluation method each time. Please regularly check to see if
the instructor has contacted you through the learning support system.
【Outline and objectives】
This class is a part of the group of English based global open classes,
which aims at giving students chances of global experience. Students
can acquire comprehensive introductory knowledge and insight on theimportant fields in computer science and information.

— 128 —

発行日：2021/5/1

COT100XE

Introduction to Multimedia Information Processing
周

金佳

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
Recently, multimedia information (video, image, audio, etc.)
covers from everyone’s experiences to everything happening in
the world. This course will introduce the basic principles andtools used to process digital images, videos and audios, and how
to apply them in solving practical problems.
【到達目標】The students will get to understand the key concepts andtechniques in multimedia information processing.
As aresult, they will acquire background knowledge necessary
to undertake advanced courses on image processing, video
processing, wireless communication and information security,etc.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP1」と「DP2」と「DP4」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
Most homework assignments will on open problems without
standard answers. The students will be encouraged not only
to learn the knowledge but also to think about how it can beused.
The learning support system will be used to submit reports andget feedback from the lecturer.
Classes could be online. Changes in the lecture plan due to thisshift will be announced on the learning support system.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Introduction

2

Multimedia andhuman sense

3

Media
communication
history
Visual reality
Multimedia
interaction
Information

4
5
6
7

Probability theory
review

8

Entropy

9

Source coding

10

Source coding
schemes

内容
Background of multimedia
information processing.
Introduction to the lecturer.
Course overview.
What is multimedia? The
relation between informationand human sense.
History of text/figure, image,audio, and video.

11

Transform

12

Image and video
processing
Audio, speech andmusic processing
Deep learning

13
14

What is frequency domain?
How transform works and why
it is useful.
Basic technologies in image
and video processing
Basic technologies in audio,
speech and music processing.
Deep learning technologies forimage processing【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】[Preparatory study and review time for this class are 4 hours
each.] Homework assignments will be given.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Handouts and prints will be distributed.
【参考書】
An introduction to information theory: symbol, signals andnoise, John R. Pierce
Elements of information theory, 2nd edition, Thomas M. Coverand Joy A.
Digital Image Processing, Rafeal C.Gonzalez, Richard
E.Woods, Pearson Education/PHI.
Digital Video Processing, A. Murat Tekalp, Prentice Hall.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Homework 50% + Final Report 50%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
None in particular.
【その他の重要事項】
If the class is offered online, the learning support system will
provide information about the change in the online lesson
method, lesson plan, and grade evaluation method each time.
Please regularly check to see if the instructor has contacted you
through the learning support system.
【Outline and objectives】
Recently, multimedia information (video, image, audio, etc.)
covers from everyone’s experiences to everything happening in
the world. This course will introduce the basic principles andtools used to process digital images, videos and audios, and how
to apply them in solving practical problems.

Introduction to visual reality
Human computer interaction(HCI). Multimedia HCI
Information and information
theory.
A quick review of theprobability theory useful tothis course.
How information is quantified.
What entropy is and why it isuseful.
Source coding basics. Codes
and trees.
Fano code. Huffman code.

— 129 —

発行日：2021/5/1

MAT200XF

Probability Models and Applications
安田和弘

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
Learning a basic part of probability theory and some applications inEnglish.
【到達目標】The purpose of this course is to understand the basic part of probability
theory and some applications.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP1」と「DP2」と「DP4」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
Lecture-style.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
なし / No【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Introduction

2

Probability 1

3
4
5

Probability 2
Probability 3
Probability 4

6

Probability 5

7

Probability 6

8

Probability 7

9
10
11
12

Probability 8
Application 1
Application 2
Application 3

13
14Application 4
Application 5

内容
An introduction to learn
mathematics in English.
Sample space, event, probability
and independence.
Random variable and distribution.
Expectation and variance.
Discrete distribution, binomial
distribution, and Poisson
distribution.
Continuous distribution, uniformly
distribution, exponential
distribution and normal
distribution.
Joint distribution, covariance andcorrelation.
Conditional probability, Bayesianinference and conditional
expectation.
Review of probability parts.
Random walk.
Markov chain.
Poisson process and compound
Poisson process.
Brownian motion.
Review of application parts.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】【本授業の準備・復習等の授業時間外学習は、4 時間を標準とする】（Preparatory
study and review time for this class are totally 4 hours.）
As preparing learning, fundamental calculus and linear algebra should
be reviewed.
During the term, learning probability theory from "English" textbooks.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Nothing special.
【参考書】
I will introduce references in classes as appropriate.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Class participation (50%) and Reports (50%). Reports will be handedback with feedback.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Nothing special.
【その他の重要事項】
Note that this lecture is not a lecture for studying English.
【Outline and objectives】
Learning a basic part of probability theory and some applications inEnglish.

— 130 —

発行日：2021/5/1

NAS300YA

Introduction to Biology and Chemistry for Sustainability Ⅰ
常重

アントニオ、緒方

啓典、高井

和之、大島

研郎、廣岡

裕吏

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course gives a multidisciplinary overview of Bioscienceand Applied Chemistry, and how they contribute to a
progressive yet sustainable society.
Faculty members of
three departments: Frontier Bioscience, Chemical Scienceand Technology, and Clinical Plant Science, will present inan easy-to-understand manner how their respective fields
are contributing to the improvement of both humankind andnature.
【到達目標】
The foremost goal of this course is to get the enrolled student
acquainted with an introductory course delivered in Englishthat demands active participation. In addition, through thiscourse, the student will acquire a basic knowledge of Bioscienceand Applied Chemistry, emphasizing the importance ofcoexistence between human beings and the environment, thecrucial role of improving, expanding and renewing resources,in order to create a sustainable society for future generations.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
DP2【授業の進め方と方法】
Lectures will be delivered once every week by a different
faculty member who will address his/her specialty topic.
Depending on the instructor, main activities in each classmight involve reading, writing, listening, presentations anddiscussions.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Introductory notes(AT)

2

Birth and evolutionof the Earth (AT)3

Evolution of oxygen
and water on Earth(AT)

4

Emergence ofvestigial forms oflife and the Big
Mass Extinctions(AT)
The concept of Gaia
(AT)

5

6

The Three Pillars(3BL) of
Sustainability.

内容
The purpose of this course.
Key notes on the scope of thiscourse.
Beginnings and characteristicsof the nascent planet. Theia
and the birth of the moon.
Proto-atmosphere.
Was oxygen ever present in the
Earth atmosphere? Where didwater come from? What about
the elements?
The origin of life. The
persistence of life. Periodic
fluctuations in forms of life on
Earth.

What or who is Gaia? A
simulation for theinterrelationship between
Biosphere and Lithosphere.
John Elkington’s Triple
Bottom Line for sustainable
development. The need for an
integrated approach.

7

8

9

10

11

12

13
14

Evolution of human society.
The need for a sustainable
development.
The many footprints What are they, and why it is soof humanimportant to know what yourdevelopment (AT)values are. Is global warming
real?
Exploitation of
Production, consumption andnatural resources.
pollution. Waste management.
Recycle.
Genetically-modified What are they? Concerns andorganisms (GMO)
safety. The Importance of(TA)being discriminating.
Solar energy andIn this lecture, basic principles
photovoltaic cellsof solar cells are studied. The(HO)
new semiconductor materials
for photovoltaic applications
and the recent progress of theresearch on next-generation
photovoltaics are surveyed.
Chemical Science
Materials chemistry based on
and Technology (KT) 2D materials towards asustainable society．
Clinical Plant
Biological characteristics ofScience（1）(YH)
fungi.
Clinical Plant
Molecular mechanism of plant
Science（2）(KO)disease caused byphytopathogenic bacteria.
Going from Linear
to Circular.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】【本授業の準備・復習等の授業時間外学習は、4 時間を標準とする】
Students are expected to review class materials. Further study
on each topic is encouraged. Full participation of students as
discussions is encouraged and will be graded.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Due to the nature of emerging technologies and the multidisciplinary nature of the course, no textbook in particular isnecessary, but important reference materials are listed below.
Hand-outs will be distributed for each class, or made available
in advance through the supporting system Hoppii.
【参考書】
Although not a textbook,"Life in the Universe", by Sagan, C., Gould, S.J., Minsky, M. &Weinberg, S. Scientific American, 1984
"Gaia: A New Look at Life on Earth", by James Lovelock(Oxford Landmark Science, 2016), is recommended, since itcovers several topics presented in class.
"The Circular Economy", by Walter R. Stahel, Taylor andFrancis Group, 2019.
"Human Scale Development" (1989) Manfred Max-Neef et al.
Development Dialogue.
Other references for further study will be introduced in eachclass, and can be downloaded from the supporting system
Hoppii.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Grading will be assessed on the student’s performance in eachclass, based on reports, active participation, presentations, anddiscussion.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Topics that required more attention have been expanded. The
syllabus has been updated for 2021.

— 131 —

発行日：2021/5/1

This is an Open-Global Course, and therefore, students fromother campuses different from Koganei are also welcome toenroll. However, since class periods might differ according to
the campus, some adjustments can be arranged.
Due to the current COVID-19 pandemic, this course has
been implemented since the year 2020 for real-time online
delivery that allows attendance of students even from overseas
locations. The same applies for the current year 2021. Should
conditions permit, in addition to the online format, in-personclasses can also be implemented in a hybrid format.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Laptop computers should be brought to class when needed.
Some, if not most materials can be downloaded prior or duringclass.
【Outline and objectives】
This course gives a multidisciplinary overview of Bioscienceand Applied Chemistry, and how they contribute to a
progressive and sustainable society. Faculty members of
three departments: Frontier Bioscience, Chemical Scienceand Technology, and Clinical Plant Science, will present inan easy-to-understand manner how their respective fields
are contributing to the improvement of both humankind andnature.

— 132 —

発行日：2021/5/1

HUI411KA-CS-322

ユビキタスコンピューティング馬

建華

必選区分： ｜ 配当年次／単位：年次／ 2 単位 ｜ 開講時期：春学期授業/Spring
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course covers ubiquitous computers, devices, networks,
applications and key technologies in ubiquitous systems andservices.
【到達目標】
This course attempts to provide a unified overview of thebroad field of ubiquitous computing. Students are expected
to understand ubiquitous devices, networks and systems, aswell as key technologies including context-awareness, smart
u-things, IoT, security, privacy, etc.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち「DP4-2」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
This course will first give general introductions of ubiquitous
computing, essential devices, important networks and representative services, and then check various ubiquitous devices
including RFID, e-tag, sensors, handhelds, wearable devices,robots, etc. as well as their typical applications. The context
as a special kind of information in ubiquitous computing will
be described in details and related context-aware computing
technologies, systems and application will be presented.
Various key issues in ubiquitous computing smartness,
intelligence, security, safety, trust and related social issues will
be discussed. Students are encouraged to ask questions in classand via email after class. All questions will be answered andfeedback promptly in class or after class.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
なし / No【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Introduction to
Ubiquitous
Computing2

3

Introduction to
Ubiquitous
Computers,
Networks andServices
RFID Technologies
and Applications

4

Sensors and Sensor
Networks

5

Handheld Devices,
Wearables andRobotsContext andContext-Aware
ComputingContext-Aware
Technologies,
Systems andApplications

6

7

内容
What is ubiquitous computing?
History & features ofubiquitous computing related
visions & technologies
Various ubiquitous computersdevices, pervasive networks
and smart services

RFID categories, working
mechanisms, standards,
technologies, systems andapplications
Various sensors, their features,interconnections andapplications
Handheld devices, wearable
devices, and robots in Ubicomp

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

Smart u-Things andUbiquitousIntelligence
Internet/Web ofThingsSecurity, Safety andTrust in Ubiquitous
ComputingSocial Issues in
Ubiquitous
Computing
Ubiquitous Activity
Recognition

Classifications of smart things,
and their techniques andintelligence
Characteristics of IoT/WoT,
their typical applications, andtechnical challenges
Features and technologies ofubiquitous security, safety andtrust
Privacy, green/eco, and social
issues in Ubicomp

Activity categories of humanand animal, data collection
using ubiquitous devices,
activity recognition algorithms
and applications
Ubiquitous Emotion Affective computing, sentiment
Recognition
analysis, vital sign sensors,emotion recognition
New ubiquitous technologies
Emerging
and applications
UbiquitousTechnologies【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Read the corresponding lecture note before each class, review
the content after each class, well prepare the requested report
after class, and submit each report before its deadline. 本授業の準備・復習時間は、計 4 時間を標準とします。
【テキスト（教科書）】
Online course materials provided by this teacher.
【参考書】
・Stefan Poslad, Ubiquitous Computing: Smart Devices, Environments and Interactions, Wiley, ISBN: 978-0-470-03560-3,
2009.
・Q. Li and T.K. Shih, Ubiquitous Multimedia Computing,
Chapman & Hall/CRC, ISBN: 978-1-4200-9338-4, 2010.
・Related materials on the Internet【成績評価の方法と基準】
毎回のミニレポート (20%)，4 回のテーマごとのレポート (40%), テ
スト (40%)【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Provide more representative ubiquitous research.
【Outline and objectives】
The course consists of four parts, ubiquitous devices, ubiquitous networks and ubiquitous technologies and ubiquitous applications. The students are expected to have a comprehensive
understanding on various aspects in ubiquitous computing.

Context classifications,features and models, andcontext-aware computing
Architectures of context-awaresystems, and context-aware
applications— 133 —

発行日：2021/5/1

ECN100CA8

The lost decade (1)Japan and the Global Economy A

9The lost decade (2)10Subprime loan andworld financial
crisis11

From inflation to
deflation: does
Abenomics work?
Appreciation of yen
and balance of
payment &Japanese economy
Japan’s labormarket倪彬

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

単位：2 単位

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】Japan’s economy witnessed a fast growth after world war
Ⅱ. But ever since 1989, Japan’s imploding stock bubble
threw the country into a deep financial crisis, resulting in
the famous “lost decades”. And the stagnation continues
especially after the world economic crisis hit in 2008. This
will be one-year course. In the 1st semester, we will mainly
take a macroeconomic perspective, and look at the reality andproblems of Japanese economy from 1980s in a big picture,such as economic growth, financial and monetary policies, “thelost decade” and Abenomics.
【到達目標】The purpose of this course is twofold: to arouse the students’interest towards the happenings that are related to Japanese
economy, in a globalized context; and to equip students withthe basic knowledge to reasonably question the phenomenon
during the process of Japan’s globalization, from the standpointof economics.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP2」「DP5」「DP8」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
This will be an on-demand course. Videos and teachingmaterials will be uploaded in advance via Hosei’s website(‘lecture supporting system’). Lectures are given in line withthe teaching materials. The combination of response papers,
homework and a final exam will be used.
The answers to the representative questions in the response
papers will be provided in each class.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Orientation

2

3

4

5

6

7

内容
The general introduction ofthis course
GDP, demand and
To understand the definition of
supply, and otherGDP, equilibrium and otherbasic concepts
basic economic terms
Rise of Japanese
How Japanese economy
economy after World developed after the war
War 2
The growth engine
To explain the Japan’s fastand Japan’s
economic growth using growth“economic miracle”
theoryNational savings
How Japan’s economic growthand economic
can be explained by national
growth in Japansavings
Japan’s financial
To introduce the basic fiscal
policypolicies of Japan, from theperspective of investment andsavings (taxation, government
expenditure)
Japan’s monetary
To introduce the basic
policymonetary policies of Japan(interest rate, money supply)

12

13

14

Japan’s energy
economy andsustainable
development

How the bubble in Japan wasformed?
The burst of the bubble andthe stagnation of the economy
in Japan
How the world financial crisis
was triggered by subprime
loan problem (in comparison to
Japan’s bubble economy)
How deflation hurt Japan andthree arrows of Abenomics
Introduction of exchange rateand how that affects theJapanese economy
Introduction of the history andtrend from lifetime to“irregular” employment, froma macro perspective
How Japan’s energy economy
and sustainable development
have developed【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
It is highly recommended that students prepare in advance andreview the contents after the class. Students are encouraged
to read newspapers and references that are related to the
topics included in the course schedule. It is important thatstudents raise their own questions and actively participate in
the discussion. 本授業の準備学習・復習時間は、各 2 時間を標準とします。
【テキスト（教科書）】
Teaching materials of both full textbook and charts in the PDF
format are posted on the Hosei’s website. Students are asked
to download and print out these teaching materials before eachclass.
【参考書】
Flath, David, The Japanese Economy, 3rd ed., Oxford: Oxford
University Press, 2014.
Barba Navaretti, G. and A. J. Venables, Multinational Firms in
the World Economy, Princeton University Press, 2004
Krugman, P.R., M. Obstfeld, and M. Melitz, International
Economics: Theory and Policy, 10th Edition, Pearson, 2014
Robert C. Feenstra and Alan M. Taylor, International
Economics, 2nd Edition, Worth Publishers, 2010
【成績評価の方法と基準】
We will have a final exam for this course. But different fromthe regular written exam, it will be online and take the form ofmultiple choice question, using Hoppii (the same format as thehomework). I will give you enough time, meanwhile you willbe allowed to make reference to all the resources. As for theevaluation:(1)Homework: 50%(2)Final exam: 50%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Nothing particular【Outline and objectives】
The objective is to help the students form a general idea ofthe basic situation of Japanese economy in the context ofglobalization.

— 134 —

発行日：2021/5/1

8

ECN100CA

Japan and the Global Economy B倪9彬

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

単位：2 単位
成績優秀：

実務教員：

10

【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
We will start by investigating how Japan’s international tradeand foreign direct investment evolve with the developmentof globalization, followed by discussion on some of the latest
topics concerning Japan’s integration with the world economy.
【到達目標】The purpose of this course is twofold: to arouse the students’interest towards the happenings that are related to Japanese
economy, in a globalized context; and to equip students withthe basic knowledge to reasonably question the phenomenon
during the process of Japan’s globalization, from the standpointof economics.

11

12

13

Japan’s recent
The declining economic growtheconomic stagnation is thought to be caused byinsufficient domestic
consumption: what to do
Shrinking
How Japan can increase its
population andworking force, e.g. by using theimmigration policy
immigration policy: the case ofGermany
Ageing problem in
The problem lies in theJapanunbalanced pension system:
how Japan can learn fromother developed economies
ICT and innovation How ICT promotes trade and
FDI through the channel ofinnovation: case study (byJETRO report)
Structural reform of Structural reforms are vital for
Japan
Japan, especially for
agricultural farmers small andmedium-sized firms
Sharing economy in The development andJapanprosperity of sharing economy
in Japan, in comparison to
China
EU, ASEAN and
How Japan can learn from EU
Japan’s economic
and ASEAN to be integrated
integration
into global economy【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP2」「DP5」「DP8」に関連

14【授業の進め方と方法】
This will be an on-demand course. Videos and teachingmaterials will be uploaded in advance via Hosei’s website(’lecture supporting system’). Lectures are given in line withthe teaching materials. The combination of response papers,
homework and a final exam will be used.
The answers to the representative questions in the response
papers will be provided in each class.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
It is highly recommended that students prepare in advance andreview the contents after the class. Students are encouraged
to read newspapers and references that are related to the
topics included in the course schedule. It is important thatstudents raise their own questions and actively participate in
the discussion. 本授業の準備学習・復習時間は、各 2 時間を標準とします。

【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【テキスト（教科書）】
Teaching materials of both full textbook and charts in the PDF
format are posted on the Hosei’s website. Students are asked
to download and print out the teaching materials before eachclass.

【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Introduction

2

3

4

5

6

7

内容
Introduction of the contents tobe covered in the second
semesterJapan’s trade with
Why Japan promoted export
other countries
and the benefit of tradeliberalization
Japanese trade
The export and import policies
policies and thethat Japan adopted and its
impact on world
impact on world economy: theeconomycase of TPP
Firm structure and What does a firm consist of?
recruiting system in What’s the recruiting system
Japan
in Japan like compared toother countries? The case of
Toyota multinational firms
The basics of FDI
To introduce the types of FDI
and Japaneseand other basic knowledge ofmultinational firms FDI“Hollowing out” ofJapan’s outward FDI and its
Japan’sconnection with "hollowing
manufacturingout" impact: the case of Manga
sector throughindustry
oversea FDI
Doing business in
To introduce the benefits andJapandifficulties of doing business inJapan: the case study of
TripAdvisor【参考書】
Flath, David, The Japanese Economy, 3rd ed., Oxford: Oxford
University Press, 2014.
Barba Navaretti, G. and A. J. Venables, Multinational Firms in
the World Economy, Princeton University Press, 2004
Krugman, P.R., M. Obstfeld, and M. Melitz, International
Economics: Theory and Policy, 10th Edition, Pearson, 2014
Robert C. Feenstra and Alan M. Taylor, International
Economics, 2nd Edition, Worth Publishers, 2010
【成績評価の方法と基準】
We will have a final exam for this course. But different fromthe regular written exam, it will be online and take the form ofmultiple choice question, using Hoppii (the same format as thehomework). I will give you enough time, meanwhile you willbe allowed to make reference to all the resources. As for theevaluation:(1)Homework: 50%(2)Final exam: 50%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Nothing particular【Outline and objectives】
The objective is to help the students form a general idea ofthe basic situation of Japanese economy in the context ofglobalization.

— 135 —

発行日：2021/5/1

11

ECN100CA

Practical Economics A
12

JESS DIAMO Ｎ D
開講時期：春学期授業/Spring
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

単位：2 単位

成績優秀：

実務教員：

13

【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
英語で書かれた教科書を使い、経済学の応用的な概念を理解する。
本講義では、教科書である Acemoglu, D., Laibson, D., and List,
J.A. Economics: Pearson の Chapter1 から Chapter12 までの「Evidence-Based Economics」を取り上げます。
【到達目標】
経済学に関する基本的な知識を応用し、様々な現代問題を経済学の立場から考えるようになる。
The goal of this class is for students to consider various modernsocial issues from the perspective of economics and apply theirunderstanding of economics to these problems.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP1」「DP5「DP7」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
スライドと板書を用いた講義形式の授業を行う。コロナウイルスの発生が治るまで授業の動画をネット上オンデマンドで配信する。課
題等の提出・フィードバックは「学習支援システム」を通じて行う。
The class is conducted in a lecture format using slides that canbe downloaded. For the duration of the coronavirus outbreak,classes will be recorded and made available online for students
to view on demand. Regular homework assignments will befollowed by feedback on students’ performance.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】回
テーマ
1
The Principles andPractice of
Economics
2
Economic Methods
and Economic
Questions3
Economic Methods
and Economic
Questions

4
5

6
7
8

9
10

14

The Government in
the Economy;
Taxation andRegulation
The Government in
the Economy;
Taxation andRegulation
Markets for Factorsof Production
Review and Final
Exam

What is the optimal size ofgovernment?

The Efficiency of Government
Versus Privately Run
Expeditions
Do Wages Really Go Down if
Labor Supply Increases?
Final review of material
covered and Final Exam.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Homework assignment will be assigned regularly. Students are
required to review the work covered in lecture and read thecorresponding section of the textbook in addition to completing
homework assignments. Preparation time of 2 hours andreview time of 2 hours for a total of 4 hours.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Acemoglu, D., Laibson, D., and List, J.A. Economics: Pearson.
【参考書】
特になし。
None.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
宿題：３０％
期末試験：７０％
Homework: 30%
Final Exam: 70%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
特になし。
None.
【Outline and objectives】
This course teaches students how to apply the principles
of economics to real world questions. The course centerson problems described in the 「Evidence-Based Economics」
sections of Economics: Pearson, Acemoglu, D., Laibson, D., andList, J.A.

内容
Is Facebook free?

How much more do workers
with a college education earn?

How much do wages increase
when an individual iscompelled by law to get an
extra year of schooling?
Optimization: Doing How does location affect thethe Best You Can
rental cost of housing?
Demand, Supply
How much more gasoline
and Equilibrium
would people buy if its pricewere lower?
Consumers andWould a smoker quit the habit
Incentives
for $100 per month?
Sellers and
How would an ethanol subsidy
Incentives
affect ethanol producers?
Perfect Competition Can a market composed of only
and the Invisible
self-interested people
Handmaximize the overall
well-being of society?
TradeWill free trade cause you tolose your job?
Externalities andHow can the queen of England
Public Goods
lower her commute time toWembley Stadium?

— 136 —

発行日：2021/5/1

ECN100CA

13

Practical Economics B

14

JESS DIAMO Ｎ D【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Homework assignment will be assigned regularly. Students are
required to review the work covered in lecture and read thecorresponding section of the textbook in addition to completing
homework assignments. Preparation 2 hours, review 2 hours,
for a total of 4 hours.

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

単位：2 単位
成績優秀：

実務教員：

【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
英語で書かれた教科書を使い、経済学の応用的な概念を理解する。
本講義では、教科書である Acemoglu, D., Laibson, D., and List,
J.A. 2015. Economics: Pearson の Chapter13 から Chapter27 までの「Evidence-Based Economics」を取り上げます。
【到達目標】
経済学に関する基本的な知識を応用し、様々な現代問題を経済学の立場から考えるようになる。
The goal of this class is for students to consider various modernsocial issues from the perspective of economics and apply theirunderstanding of economics to these problems.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP1」「DP5「DP7」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
スライドと板書を用いた講義形式の授業を行う。コロナウイルスの発生が治るまで授業の動画をネット上オンデマンドで配信する。課
題等の提出・フィードバックは「学習支援システム」を通じて行う。
The class is conducted in a lecture format using slides that canbe downloaded. For the duration of the coronavirus outbreak,classes will be recorded and made available online for students
to view on demand.Regular homework assignments will befollowed by feedback on students’ performance.

【参考書】
特になし。
None.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
宿題：３０％
期末試験：７０％
Homework: 30%
Final Exam: 70%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
特になし。
None.
【Outline and objectives】
This course continues the application of the principles of
economics to real world questions.
The course centerson problems described in the 「Evidence-Based Economics」
sections of Economics: Pearson, Acemoglu, D., Laibson, D., andList, J.A. 2015.

【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No

2
3

Markets for Factorsof Production
Basic Finance4

Basic Finance5

Monopoly

6Game Theory andStrategic Play

7

Oligopoly andMonopolistic
Competition
Trade-Offs
Involving Time andRisk
The Wealth of
Nations: Defining
and Measuring
Macroeconomic
Aggregates
Aggregate Incomes
Economic Growth

8

9

10
11
12

The Monetary
SystemMutual Funds and Index
Investing
Final review of material
covered and Final Exam.

【テキスト（教科書）】
Acemoglu, D., Laibson, D., and List, J.A. 2015. Economics:
Pearson.

【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Orientation

Short-Run
Fluctuations
Review and Final
Exam

内容Class introduction andexplanation
Is there discrimination in thelabor market?
The basics of business andfinance part 1
The basics of business andfinance part 2
Can a monopoly ever be goodfor society?
Is there value in putting
yourself into someone else’s
shoes?
How many firms are necessary
to make a market competitive?

Time and Risk

What is the total market valueof annual economic
production?

Inequality
Japan’s Post-World War II
Economic GrowthHyperinflation— 137 —

発行日：2021/5/1

LANe200CA

4

Resume5

Job interview styles

6

Job interview
questions andsimulations

7

Interview Test

8

Trends in business9

Describe thebusiness of acompany

10

Developing apresentation

11

Presentation
practice andpresentation skills

12

Student grouppresentations

Business Communication Ⅰ A
GLENN

FERN

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

単位：2 単位

成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The goal of this course is to assist students acquire thecritical English language skills, necessary to develop a better
understanding of International Business. Students will be
asked to actively participate in a wide variety of activities,
designed to develop the core English competencies of reading,writing, listening, speaking, specialized business vocabulary,critical thinking skills, and simple presentations related tobusiness.
Students will be expected to actively practicethese skills by listening; to a short pod cast, reading,writing, and discussing topics related to business with in acontrolled environment. Students will be given homework andassignments. The teacher will ask students to use the assigned
textbook, in order to help develop these skills. Students
will be expected to actively participate in a variety of oral
communication activities, so they will feel comfortable using
English to gather information and express their thoughts.
Please note that changes to the course will be made asnecessary to accommodate the needs of students and the class.
【到達目標】The goal of this course is to assist students acquire thecritical English language skills, necessary to develop a better
understanding of International Business.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP3」「DP5」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
Lecture, individual tasks, pair work, group work, and listening
exercises. Feedback for class assignments and tests will begiven on Hoppii,FORUM.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Course introduction

2

Career choices

3

Job searchtechniques

内容
Course introduction tolearning methodology, topics
and expectations of the kind ofcontribution students will be
expected to make to this class.
Students will be asked to buy
the textbook and be familiar
with it for the next class.
Career versus salary man. The
difference between these
difficult choices will be
explored in a class lecture andgroup discussions
What is the best way to findyour dream job? A variety ofdifferent job search techniques
will be explored in class.

— 138 —The difference between a
traditional Japanese resume
and a Western style resume in
English will be explored.
Students will create their own
resume in English.
The different types of job
interviews used by companies
around the world will be
examined in class. Students
will be expected to participate
in a group discussion
Common job interview
questions will be given anddiscussed. Job interview
simulations will be practiced
in class.
All students will be required tounder go a one on one job
interview test with the
instructor. Individual feedback
to students will be provided by
the instructor.
The importance of being awareof and following common
trends in business and society
will be discussed. Students
will examine popular businesspublications, and search forimportant business trends.
An over view of the textbook,
Global Links 2 will be given.
Students will complete avariety of listening andspeaking exercises in Unit 1,
Talking About Your Company.
Students will learn how to
describe the business of acompany.
Group work: Students will
work together to develop a
presentation describing thebusiness of a company of theirown choice. The instructor will
guide and assist students inthe development of theirpresentation, as required
Students will edit and practicetheir presentation to be givenin the next class. The
instructor will provide advice
and guidance as necessary,along with instruction inpresentation skills.
Students will give theirpresentation in class, andanswer questions from the
instructor and other students.
Emphasis will be placed uponcritical thinking skills,
problem solving, and a wellorganized presentation. A
discussion will follow after thepresentation, regarding
important points raised during
the question period.

発行日：2021/5/1

13

14

Student individual
presentations

Semester review
and group
discussions

Students will give a shortindividual presentation to theclass, regarding an interesting
trend they have discovered ina popular business publication.
A Q&A will follow, along witha brief discussion of the trend.
A review of the main points
learned during the semester.
Group discussions will follow
regarding the application of
the principles learned to thelife of each individual student.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Home preparation for student presentations is a minimum of 4hours per week required.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Global Links 2, English for International Business, Angela
Blackwell, Longman, ISBN 9780130883964
【参考書】
None
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Participation in class discussion and activities : 40%
Tests : 20%
Presentations : 40%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Not applicable【学生が準備すべき機器他】
None

LANe200CA

Business Communication Ⅰ B
GLENN

FERN

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

単位：2 単位
成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The goal of this course is to assist students acquire thecritical English language skills, necessary to develop a better
understanding of International Business. Students will be
asked to actively participate in a wide variety of activities,
designed to develop the core English competencies of reading,writing, listening, speaking, specialized business vocabulary,critical thinking skills, and simple presentations related tobusiness.
Students will be expected to actively practicethese skills by listening; to a short pod cast, reading,writing, and discussing topics related to business with in acontrolled environment. Students will be given homework andassignments. The teacher will ask students to use the assigned
textbook, in order to help develop these skills. Students
will be expected to actively participate in a variety of oral
communication activities, so they will feel comfortable using
English to gather information and express their thoughts.
Please note that changes to the course will be made asnecessary to accommodate the needs of students and the class.
【到達目標】The goal of this course is to assist students acquire thecritical English language skills, necessary to develop a better
understanding of International Business.

【その他の重要事項】
None【Outline and objectives】
The goal of this course is to assist students acquire thecritical English language skills, necessary to develop a better
understanding of International Business. Students will be
asked to actively participate in a wide variety of activities,
designed to develop the core English competencies of reading,writing, listening, speaking, specialized business vocabulary,critical thinking skills, and simple presentations related tobusiness.
Students will be expected to actively practicethese skills by listening; to a short pod cast, reading,writing, and discussing topics related to business with in acontrolled environment. Students will be given homework andassignments. The teacher will ask students to use the assigned
textbook, in order to help develop these skills. Students
will be expected to actively participate in a variety of oral
communication activities, so they will feel comfortable using
English to gather information and express their thoughts.
Please note that changes to the course will be made asnecessary to accommodate the needs of students and the class.

【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP3」「DP5」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
Lecture, individual tasks, pair work, group work, and listening
exercises. Feedback for class assignments and tests will begiven on Hoppii,FORUM.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Course introduction

2— 139 —

Describing
processes

内容
Course introduction tolearning methodology, topics
and expectations of the kind ofcontribution students will be
expected to make to this classduring the second semester.
Students will be asked tofamiliarize themselves with
Unit 6 in the textbook,
Describing Processes.
Students will complete avariety of listening andspeaking exercises in Unit 6,
Describing Processes.
Students will learn how to
describe a variety of businessprocesses.

発行日：2021/5/1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Describing
processes group
work

Group work: Students will
work together to develop a
presentation describing abusiness process of their own
choice. The instructor will
guide and assist students inthe development of theirpresentation, as required.
Presentation
Students will edit and practicepractice andtheir presentation to be given
presentation skillsin the next class. The
instructor will provide advice
and guidance as necessary,along with instruction inpresentation skills.
Group presentations Students will give theirand discussion
presentation in class, andanswer questions from the
instructor and other students.
Emphasis will be placed uponcritical thinking skills,
problem solving, and a wellorganized presentation. A
discussion will follow after thepresentation, regarding
important points raised during
the question period.
Corporate problem
Students will complete asolvingvariety of listening andspeaking exercises in Unit 5,
Turning a Company Around.
Students will learn how to
identify a problem and develop
a plan to solve the problem.
Corporate problem
Group work: Students will
solving group work work together to develop a
presentation describing a
corporate problem and how acompany solved that problem.
Students will select a companyof their own choice to present
as a case study. The instructor
will guide and assist students
in the development of theirpresentation, as required.
Students will edit and practicePresentation
their presentation to be given
practice andpresentation skillsin the next class. The
instructor will provide advice
and guidance as necessary,along with instruction inpresentation skills.
Group presentations Students will give theirand discussion
presentation in class, andanswer questions from the
instructor and other students.
Emphasis will be placed uponcritical thinking skills,
problem solving, and a wellorganized presentation. A
discussion will follow after thepresentation, regarding
important points raised during
the question period.

10

11

12

13

14

Managing change in Students will complete aa corporation
variety of listening andspeaking exercises in Unit 8,
Managing Change. Students
will learn about theimportance of managing
change at the personal andcorporate level in a Darwinian
world.
Managing changeGroup work: Students willgroup work
work together to develop a
presentation, describing achange(s) a company had tomake in order to adapt andachieve its corporate goals.
Students will select a companyof their own choice to present
as a case study. The instructor
will guide and assist students
in the development of theirpresentation, as required.
Presentation
Students will edit and practicepractice andtheir presentation to be given
presentation skillsin the next class. The
instructor will provide advice
and guidance as necessary,along with instruction inpresentation skills.
Group presentations Students will give theirand discussion
presentation in class, andanswer questions from the
instructor and other students.
Emphasis will be placed uponcritical thinking skills,
problem solving, and a wellorganized presentation. A
discussion will follow after thepresentation, regarding
important points raised during
the question period.
Course review andA review of the main points
discussion
learned during the semester.
Group discussions will follow
regarding the application of
the principles learned to thelife of each individual student.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Home preparation for student presentations is a minimum of 4hours per week required.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Global Links 2, English for International Business, Angela
Blackwell, Longman, ISBN 9780130883964
【参考書】
None
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Participation in class discussion and activities : 40%
Tests : 20%
Presentations : 40%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Not Applicable【学生が準備すべき機器他】
None【その他の重要事項】
None— 140 —

発行日：2021/5/1【Outline and objectives】
The goal of this course is to assist students acquire thecritical English language skills, necessary to develop a better
understanding of International Business. Students will be
asked to actively participate in a wide variety of activities,
designed to develop the core English competencies of reading,writing, listening, speaking, specialized business vocabulary,critical thinking skills, and simple presentations related tobusiness.
Students will be expected to actively practicethese skills by listening; to a short pod cast, reading,writing, and discussing topics related to business with in acontrolled environment. Students will be given homework andassignments. The teacher will ask students to use the assigned
textbook, in order to help develop these skills. Students
will be expected to actively participate in a variety of oral
communication activities, so they will feel comfortable using
English to gather information and express their thoughts.
Please note that changes to the course will be made asnecessary to accommodate the needs of students and the class.

LANe200CA

Business Communication Ⅰ A
GLENN

FERN

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

単位：2 単位

成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The goal of this course is to assist students acquire thecritical English language skills, necessary to develop a better
understanding of International Business. Students will be
asked to actively participate in a wide variety of activities,
designed to develop the core English competencies of reading,writing, listening, speaking, specialized business vocabulary,critical thinking skills, and simple presentations related tobusiness.
Students will be expected to actively practicethese skills by listening; to a short pod cast, reading,writing, and discussing topics related to business with in acontrolled environment. Students will be given homework andassignments. The teacher will ask students to use the assigned
textbook, in order to help develop these skills. Students
will be expected to actively participate in a variety of oral
communication activities, so they will feel comfortable using
English to gather information and express their thoughts.
Please note that changes to the course will be made asnecessary to accommodate the needs of students and the class.
【到達目標】The goal of this course is to assist students acquire thecritical English language skills, necessary to develop a better
understanding of International Business.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP3」「DP5」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
Lecture, individual tasks, pair work, group work, and listening
exercises. Feedback for class assignments and tests will begiven on Hoppii,FORUM.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Course introduction

2

Career choices

3

Job searchtechniques— 141 —

内容
Course introduction tolearning methodology, topics
and expectations of the kind ofcontribution students will be
expected to make to this class.
Students will be asked to buy
the textbook and be familiar
with it for the next class.
Career versus salary man. The
difference between these
difficult choices will be
explored in a class lecture andgroup discussions.
What is the best way to findyour dream job? A variety ofdifferent job search techniques
will be explored in class.

発行日：2021/5/1

4

Resume5

Job interview styles

6

7

8

Job interview
questions andsimulations

Interview Test

Trends in business9

Describe thebusiness of acompany

10

Developing apresentation

11

Presentation
practice andpresentation skills

12

Student grouppresentations

The difference between a
traditional Japanese resume
and a Western style resume in
English will be explored.
Students will create their own
resume in English.
The different types of job
interviews used by companies
around the world will be
examined in class. Students
will be expected to participate
in a group discussion.
Common job interview
questions will be given anddiscussed. Job interview
simulations will be practiced
in class.
All students will be required tounder go a one on one job
interview test with the
instructor. Individual feedback
to students will be provided by
the instructor.
The importance of being awareof and following common
trends in business and society
will be discussed. Students
will examine popular businesspublications, and search forimportant business trends.
An over view of the textbook,
Global Links 2 will be given.
Students will complete avariety of listening andspeaking exercises in Unit 1,
Talking About Your Company.
Students will learn how to
describe the business of acompany.
Group work: Students will
work together to develop a
presentation describing thebusiness of a company of theirown choice. The instructor will
guide and assist students inthe development of theirpresentation, as required.
Students will edit and practicetheir presentation to be givenin the next class. The
instructor will provide advice
and guidance as necessary,along with instruction inpresentation skills.
Students will give theirpresentation in class, andanswer questions from the
instructor and other students.
Emphasis will be placed uponcritical thinking skills,
problem solving, and a wellorganized presentation. A
discussion will follow after thepresentation, regarding
important points raised during
the question period.

13

Student individual
presentations

14

Semester review
and group
discussions

Students will give a shortindividual presentation to theclass, regarding an interesting
trend they have discovered ina popular business publication.
A Q&A will follow, along witha brief discussion of the trend.
A review of the main points
learned during the semester.
Group discussions will follow
regarding the application of
the principles learned to thelife of each individual student.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Home preparation for student presentations is a minimum of 4hours per week required.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Global Links 2, English for International Business, Angela
Blackwell, Longman, ISBN 9780130883964
【参考書】
None
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Participation in class discussion and activities : 40%
Tests : 20%
Presentations : 40%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Not applicable【Outline and objectives】
The goal of this course is to assist students acquire thecritical English language skills, necessary to develop a better
understanding of International Business. Students will be
asked to actively participate in a wide variety of activities,
designed to develop the core English competencies of reading,writing, listening, speaking, specialized business vocabulary,critical thinking skills, and simple presentations related tobusiness.
Students will be expected to actively practicethese skills by listening; to a short pod cast, reading,writing, and discussing topics related to business with in acontrolled environment. Students will be given homework andassignments. The teacher will ask students to use the assigned
textbook, in order to help develop these skills. Students
will be expected to actively participate in a variety of oral
communication activities, so they will feel comfortable using
English to gather information and express their thoughts.
Please note that changes to the course will be made asnecessary to accommodate the needs of students and the class.

— 142 —

発行日：2021/5/1

3

LANe200CA

Business Communication Ⅰ B
GLENN

FERN

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

単位：2 単位
成績優秀：○

実務教員：

4【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The goal of this course is to assist students acquire thecritical English language skills, necessary to develop a better
understanding of International Business. Students will be
asked to actively participate in a wide variety of activities,
designed to develop the core English competencies of reading,writing, listening, speaking, specialized business vocabulary,critical thinking skills, and simple presentations related tobusiness.
Students will be expected to actively practicethese skills by listening; to a short pod cast, reading,writing, and discussing topics related to business with in acontrolled environment. Students will be given homework andassignments. The teacher will ask students to use the assigned
textbook, in order to help develop these skills. Students
will be expected to actively participate in a variety of oral
communication activities, so they will feel comfortable using
English to gather information and express their thoughts.
Please note that changes to the course will be made asnecessary to accommodate the needs of students and the class.

56【到達目標】The goal of this course is to assist students acquire thecritical English language skills, necessary to develop a better
understanding of International Business.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP3」「DP5」に関連

7【授業の進め方と方法】
Lecture, individual tasks, pair work, group work, and listening
exercises. Feedback for class assignments and tests will begiven on Hoppii,FORUM.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Course introduction

2

Describing
processes

8

内容
Course introduction tolearning methodology, topics
and expectations of the kind ofcontribution students will be
expected to make to this classduring the second semester.
Students will be asked tofamiliarize themselves with
Unit 6 in the textbook,
Describing Processes.
Students will complete avariety of listening andspeaking exercises in Unit 6,
Describing Processes.
Students will learn how to
describe a variety of businessprocesses.

9— 143 —

Describing
processes group
work

Group work: Students will
work together to develop a
presentation describing abusiness process of their own
choice. The instructor will
guide and assist students inthe development of theirpresentation, as required.
Presentation
Students will edit and practicepractice andtheir presentation to be given
presentation skillsin the next class. The
instructor will provide advice
and guidance as necessary,along with instruction inpresentation skills.
Group presentations Students will give theirand discussion
presentation in class, andanswer questions from the
instructor and other students.
Emphasis will be placed uponcritical thinking skills,
problem solving, and a wellorganized presentation. A
discussion will follow after thepresentation, regarding
important points raised during
the question period.
Corporate problem
Students will complete asolvingvariety of listening andspeaking exercises in Unit 5,
Turning a Company Around.
Students will learn how to
identify a problem and develop
a plan to solve the problem.
Corporate problem
Group work: Students will
solving group work work together to develop a
presentation describing a
corporate problem and how acompany solved that problem.
Students will select a companyof their own choice to present
as a case study. The instructor
will guide and assist students
in the development of theirpresentation, as required.
Students will edit and practicePresentation
their presentation to be given
practice andpresentation skillsin the next class. The
instructor will provide advice
and guidance as necessary,along with instruction inpresentation skills.
Group presentations Students will give theirand discussion
presentation in class, andanswer questions from the
instructor and other students.
Emphasis will be placed uponcritical thinking skills,
problem solving, and a wellorganized presentation. A
discussion will follow after thepresentation, regarding
important points raised during
the question period.

発行日：2021/5/1

10

11

12

13

14

Managing change in Students will complete aa corporation
variety of listening andspeaking exercises in Unit 8,
Managing Change. Students
will learn about theimportance of managing
change at the personal andcorporate level in a Darwinian
world.
Managing changeGroup work: Students willgroup work
work together to develop a
presentation, describing achange(s) a company had tomake in order to adapt andachieve its corporate goals.
Students will select a companyof their own choice to present
as a case study. The instructor
will guide and assist students
in the development of theirpresentation, as required.
Presentation
Students will edit and practicepractice andtheir presentation to be given
presentation skillsin the next class. The
instructor will provide advice
and guidance as necessary,along with instruction inpresentation skills.
Group presentations Students will give theirand discussion
presentation in class, andanswer questions from the
instructor and other students.
Emphasis will be placed uponcritical thinking skills,
problem solving, and a wellorganized presentation. A
discussion will follow after thepresentation, regarding
important points raised during
the question period.
Course review andA review of the main points
discussion
learned during the semester.
Group discussions will follow
regarding the application of
the principles learned to thelife of each individual student.

【Outline and objectives】
The goal of this course is to assist students acquire thecritical English language skills, necessary to develop a better
understanding of International Business. Students will be
asked to actively participate in a wide variety of activities,
designed to develop the core English competencies of reading,writing, listening, speaking, specialized business vocabulary,critical thinking skills, and simple presentations related tobusiness.
Students will be expected to actively practicethese skills by listening; to a short pod cast, reading,writing, and discussing topics related to business with in acontrolled environment. Students will be given homework andassignments. The teacher will ask students to use the assigned
textbook, in order to help develop these skills. Students
will be expected to actively participate in a variety of oral
communication activities, so they will feel comfortable using
English to gather information and express their thoughts.
Please note that changes to the course will be made asnecessary to accommodate the needs of students and the class.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Home preparation for student presentations is a minimum of 4hours per week required.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Global Links 2, English for International Business, Angela
Blackwell, Longman, ISBN 9780130883964
【参考書】
None
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Participation in class discussion and activities : 40%
Tests : 20%
Presentations : 40%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Not applicable— 144 —

発行日：2021/5/1

LANe300CA

9

Business Communication Ⅱ A

10YONGUE

JULIA

SALLE
11

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

単位：2 単位

成績優秀：○

実務教員：

12【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The purpose of this course is to prepare students for theincreasingly global corporate environment that awaits themafter graduation. They will not only improve their business
communication skills. They will also become more "business
literate" and "global minded" by examining and discussing
current issues in business.
【到達目標】The goals of the course are: (1)improving communication
skills; (2) increasing knowledge of current business trends, and(3) thinking critically about businesses and their impact onsociety.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP3」「DP5」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
By discussing articles and exchanging ideas in small groups,
students will become familiar with basic business concepts,
trends, and terminology as well as improve their workplacecommunication skills.
*Feedback on assignments/tests will be given during officehours and/or during class.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Introduction

2

Business andFashion3

Employment
strategies at
UNIQLO Japan
Global supply
chains and ethicalbusiness practices
in the fast fashionindustry (1)Global supply
chains and ethicalbusiness practices
in the fast fashionindustry (2)Slow fashion andJapan’s brand image

4

5

6

7

8

Changes in the
fashion industry (1)Changes in the
fashion industry (2)The Fashion
Industry andsustainability (1)The Fashion
Industry andsustainability (2)内容Class expectations;explanation of the goals of theclass, self-introductions, etc.
Lecture/discussion: The fast
fashion industry’s
business model and its impact.
Reading/discussion: Uniqlo’s
pricing strategy, Nikkei
interview with Tadashi Yanai
Lecture/discussion: EthicalIssues in the Global Fast
Fashion Industry (1)Reading/discussion: EthicalIssues in the Global Fast
Fashion Industry (2)1314Considering theimpact of the
fashion business invarious context
Considering theimpact of the
fashion business invarious context
Considering theimpact of the
fashion business invarious context
Wrap up and review

Lecture/discussion: COVID19’s
impact on the fashion industry
Reading/discussion:CODID19’s
impact on the fashionindustry; case study of Gucci
Student-led presentations anddiscussion

Student-led presentations anddiscussion

Student-led presentations anddiscussion;
Writing assignment
Feedback on writing
assignment and final review【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】(1) Taking business courses offered at Hosei(2) Reading and learning about recent business news
(3) Preparing for quizzes, presentations, and other activities
Since the theme of the spring semester is the fashion industry
and its impact on the environment and society, having aninterest in this topic is preferable.
Regular (daily) study is key to academic success. 本授業の準備
学習・復習時間は、各 2 時間を標準とします。
【テキスト（教科書）】
There is no textbook. The articles (mainly from the English
version of the Nikkei Newspaper) are available via theuniversity’s database.
【参考書】
In this class, articles from the following publications are used:
The Nikkei Newspaper
The Economist
The Atlantic
New York Times
The Japan Times【成績評価の方法と基準】(1) Participation (40%). Students MUST attend all of theclasses and express their opinions in discussions in order toreceive a high grade. Attitude, punctuality, and overall effort
are also important factors for evaluating student performance.
(2) Evaluation (60%): Students must score at least 60% on theirevaluation in order to pass the course. Due to the pandemic,
the evaluation method (presentation/video or test) is subject tochange.
The participation policy for this class is strict, and students
should consider it very carefully before registering. Students
are expected to attend all of the classes and to be on time.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
None. Students are welcome to make requests and voicecomplaints/concerns at any time during the semester.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Get the Merriam Webster (free) app for your cell phone!

Reading/discussion: Japanesebrands; in-class writing
assignment
Lecture/discussion: Ways toimprove the fashion industry’s
environmental record
Reading/discussion:
Alternative fabrics andrecycling in the global fashionindustry【その他の重要事項】
THIS CLASS IS LIMITED TO 20 STUDENTS. THOSE WHO
WISH TO REGISTER MUST ATTEND THE FIRST CLASS(OF EACH SEMESTER) TO APPLY.
Students are strongly encouraged to complete BusinessCommunication IA/B before enrolling in this course.
*This course is designed for intermediate-level language
learners, who wish to improve their communication skills andgain some basic knowledge of business.
【none】
Students are strongly encouraged to complete BusinessCommunication IA/B before enrolling in this course.

— 145 —

発行日：2021/5/1【Outline and objectives】
The purpose of this course is to prepare students for theincreasingly global corporate environment that awaits themafter graduation. They will not only improve their business
communication skills. They will also become more "business
literate" and "global minded" by examining and discussing
current issues in business.

LANe300CA

Business Communication Ⅱ A
YONGUE

JULIA

SALLE

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：月 3/Mon.3 ｜ キャンパス：多摩
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：Economics
備考（履修条件等）：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The purpose of this course is to prepare students for the increasingly
global corporate environment that awaits them after graduation. They
will not only improve their business communication skills. They will
also become more "business literate" and "global minded" by examining
and discussing current issues in business.
【到達目標】The goals of the course are: (1)improving communication skills; (2)increasing knowledge of current business trends, and (3) thinking
critically about businesses and their impact on society.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【授業の進め方と方法】
By discussing articles and exchanging ideas in small groups, students
will become familiar with basic business concepts, trends, andterminology as well as improve their workplace communication skills.
*Feedback on assignments/tests will be given during office hours and/or
during class.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Introduction

2

Business and Fashion

3

Employment strategies
at UNIQLO Japan

4

Global supply chainsand ethical businesspractices in the fast
fashion industry (1)Global supply chainsand ethical businesspractices in the fast
fashion industry (2)Slow fashion andJapan’s brand image
The Fashion Industry
and sustainability (1)

5

6
7

8

9
10

11

12

13

14

内容
Class expectations; explanation of
the goals of the class,self-introductions, etc.
Lecture/discussion: The fast
fashion industry’s
business model and its impact.
Reading/discussion: Uniqlo’s
pricing strategy, Nikkei interview
with Tadashi Yanai
Lecture/discussion: Ethical Issues
in the Global Fast Fashion
Industry (1)Reading/discussion: Ethical Issues
in the Global Fast Fashion
Industry (2)Reading/discussion: Japanesebrands; in-class writing assignment
Lecture/discussion: Ways toimprove the fashion industry’s
environmental record
The Fashion Industry
Reading/discussion: Alternativeand sustainability (2)fabrics and recycling in the global
fashion industry
Changes in the fashion Lecture/discussion: COVID19’s
industry (1)impact on the fashion industry
Changes in the fashion Reading/discussion:CODID19’s
industry (2)impact on the fashion industry;case study of Gucci
Considering the impact Student-led presentations andof the fashion business discussion
in various context
Considering the impact Student-led presentations andof the fashion business discussion
in various context
Considering the impact Student-led presentations andof the fashion business discussion;in various context
Writing assignment
Wrap up and review
Feedback on writing assignment
and final review【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】(1) Taking business courses offered at Hosei— 146 —

発行日：2021/5/1(2) Reading and learning about recent business news
(3) Preparing for quizzes, presentations, and other activities
Since the theme of the spring semester is the fashion industry and its
impact on the environment and society, having an interest in this topic
is preferable.
Regular (daily) study is key to academic success. 本授業の準備学習・復習
時間は、各 2 時間を標準とします。

LANe300CA

Business Communication Ⅱ B
YONGUE【成績評価の方法と基準】(1) Participation (40%). Students MUST attend all of the classes andexpress their opinions in discussions in order to receive a high grade.
Attitude, punctuality, and overall effort are also important factors forevaluating student performance.
(2) Evaluation (60%): Students must score at least 60% on theirevaluation in order to pass the course. Due to the pandemic, theevaluation method (presentation/video or test) is subject to change.
The participation policy for this class is strict, and students should
consider it very carefully before registering. Students are expected toattend all of the classes and to be on time.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
None.
Students are welcome to make requests and voice complaints/concerns at any time during the semester.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Get the Merriam Webster (free) app for your cell phone!
【その他の重要事項】
THIS CLASS IS LIMITED TO 20 STUDENTS. THOSE WHO WISH
TO REGISTER MUST ATTEND THE FIRST CLASS (OF EACHSEMESTER) TO APPLY.
Students are strongly encouraged to complete Business Communication
IA/B before enrolling in this course.
*This course is designed for intermediate-level language learners,
who wish to improve their communication skills and gain some basic
knowledge of business.
【none】
Students are strongly encouraged to complete Business Communication
IA/B before enrolling in this course.

SALLE

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall【テキスト（教科書）】
There is no textbook. The articles (mainly from the English version of
the Nikkei Newspaper) are available via the university’s database.
【参考書】
In this class, articles from the following publications are used: The
Nikkei Newspaper
The Economist
The Atlantic
New York Times
The Japan Times

JULIA

他学部公開：

グローバル：○

単位：2 単位
成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The purpose of this course is to prepare students for theincreasingly global corporate environment that awaits themafter graduation. They will not only improve their business
communication skills. They will also become more "business
literate" and "global minded" by examining and discussing
current issues in business.
【到達目標】
By discussing articles and exchanging ideas in small groups,
students will become familiar with basic business concepts,
trends, and terminology as well as improve their workplacecommunication skills.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP3」「DP5」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
By reading and discussing articles on Japanese businessmainly from the Nikkei Newspaper, students will become morefamiliar with basic business concepts as well as terminologythat they can use in any workplace environment.
*Feedback on assignments/tests will be given during officehours and/or during class.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Introduction

2

3

4

5

6
7

8
9

10

— 147 —

内容
Class expectations;explanation of class goals,
self-introductions, and shortreading
Working in Japan
Discussion: What is’work-style reform’ (働き方改革)?
Japan’s Work-style
Reading/discussion:
ReformWork-style reforms: Is it
working?
Japanese business
Discussion: Work-style reform;
practices (1)overtime work during
COVID-19
Japanese business
Reading/discussion:practices (2)International comparisons ofworking styles
Japanese business
Discussion: Japan’s working
practices (3)culture; work-life balance
Women and theReading/discussion: Case
workplace (1)study of a Japanese company
that is empowering women in
the workforce
Women and the
Discussion: Stereotypes;
workplace (2)international comparisonsIssues facing
Preparing for a debate on
Japan’s employment overtime work
system (1)Issues facing
Debate and reflection paper
Japan’s employment
system (2)発行日：2021/5/1

11

12

13

14

Considering issues
relating to working
in Japan (1)Considering issues
relating to working
in Japan (2)Considering issues
relating to working
in Japan (3)Wrap up and review

Student-led presentations anddiscussion

LANe300CA

Business Communication Ⅱ A
Student-led presentations anddiscussion

ROBERT T DEREZA
開講時期：春学期授業/Spring

Student-led presentations anddiscussion
Feedback on reflection paperand final review【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】(1) Taking business courses offered at Hosei(2) Reading and learning about recent business news
(3) Preparing for quizzes, presentations, and other activities
Since the theme of the fall semester is "working inJapan,"students who are interested in working for a Japanesecompany after graduation would benefit from taking thiscourse.
Regular (daily) study is key to academic success. 本授業の準備
学習・復習時間は、各 2 時間を標準とします。
【テキスト（教科書）】
There is no textbook. The articles (mainly from the English
version of the Nikkei Newspaper) are available via theuniversity’s database.
【参考書】
In this class, articles from the following publications are used:
The Nikkei Newspaper
The Economist
The Atlantic
New York Times
The Japan Times【成績評価の方法と基準】(1) Participation (40%). Students MUST attend all of theclasses and express their opinions in discussions in order toreceive a high grade. Attitude, punctuality, and overall effort
are also important factors for evaluating student performance.
(2) Evaluation (60%): Students must score at least 60% on theirevaluation in order to pass the course. Due to the pandemic,
the evaluation method (presentation/video, or test) is subject
to change.
The participation policy for this class is strict, and students
should consider it very carefully before registering. Students
are expected to attend all of the classes and to be on time.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
None. Students are welcome to make requests or voicecomplaints at any time during the semester.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Get the (free) Merriam Webster app for your cell phone!
【その他の重要事項】
THIS CLASS IS LIMITED TO 20 STUDENTS. THOSE WHO
WISH TO REGISTER MUST ATTEND THE FIRST CLASS(OF EACH SEMESTER) TO APPLY.
Students are strongly encouraged to complete BusinessCommunication IA/B before enrolling in this course.
*This course is designed for intermediate-level language
learners, who wish to improve their communication skills andgain some basic knowledge of business.
【None】
Students are strongly encouraged to complete BusinessCommunication IA/B before enrolling in this course.
【Outline and objectives】
The purpose of this course is to prepare students for theincreasingly global corporate environment that awaits themafter graduation. They will not only improve their business
communication skills. They will also become more "business
literate" and "global minded" by examining and discussing
current issues in business.

他学部公開：

グローバル：○

単位：2 単位

成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The goal of this course is to assist students acquire thecritical English language skills, necessary to develop a better
understanding of international business. Students will be
asked to actively participate in a wide variety of activities,
designed to develop the core English competencies of reading,writing, listening, speaking, vocabulary, critical thinking skills,
and presentations related to business. Students will be
expected to actively practice these skills by watching andlistening to a short video; reading, writing, and discussing
topics related to a variety of case studies. Students will begiven homework and assignments. The teacher will provide
students with relevant materials, in order to develop theseskills. Students will be expected to actively participate ina variety of oral communication activities, so they will feel
comfortable using English to gather information and express
their thoughts. Please note that changes to the course will bemade as necessary to accommodate the needs of students andthe class.
【到達目標】To help students improve their English communication skills,
so that they can communicate effectively using English in aninternational business environment.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP3」「DP5」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
Lecture, individual tasks, pair work, group work. Students will
be given oral and written feedback according to the task.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Course Introduction
2
Voice and Tone
3
Loyalty in Business

4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

— 148 —

内容
Expectations
Passive vs Active voice
Article & Discussion: Keeping
a customer baseInnovation
How Article & Discussion:
Attracting customers
Employee
Article & Discussion:
Satisfaction
Competing globally
Competition
Article & Discussion:Competing globally
Midterm Exam
Assessment of vocabulary andtopics covered
Political Correctness Language and business
Presentation
Planning
Practice
Presentation
Middle of a presentation
Practice
Presentation
Conclusions
Practice
Student
Demonstration of skillspresentations
Final Exam
Assessment of vocabulary, andtopics covered発行日：2021/5/1

14

Review of lessons

Questions Feedback onmaterial

LANe300CA

Business Communication Ⅱ B【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
・Keep a vocabulary notebook
・Read assigned materials 本授業の準備学習・復習時間は、各 2
時間を標準とします。

ROBERT T DEREZA
開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall【テキスト（教科書）】
There is no textbook. All materials will be provided by the
instructor.
【参考書】
None
【成績評価の方法と基準】
1.Participation in class discussion and activities . 20%
2.Exams .......................................... 40%
3.Presentations .................................... 40%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
None【学生が準備すべき機器他】
A good dictionary, as well as note paper and pens.
【その他の重要事項】
Not applicable【Outline and objectives】
The goal of this course is to assist students acquire thecritical English language skills, necessary to develop a better
understanding of international business. Students will be
asked to actively participate in a wide variety of activities,
designed to develop the core English competencies of reading,writing, listening, speaking, vocabulary, critical thinking skills,
and presentations related to business. Students will be
expected to actively practice these skills by watching andlistening to a short video; reading, writing, and discussing
topics related to a variety of case studies. Students will begiven homework and assignments. The teacher will provide
students with relevant materials, in order to develop theseskills. Students will be expected to actively participate ina variety of oral communication activities, so they will feel
comfortable using English to gather information and express
their thoughts. Please note that changes to the course will bemade as necessary to accommodate the needs of students andthe class.

他学部公開：

グローバル：○

単位：2 単位
成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The goal of this course is to assist students acquire thecritical English language skills, necessary to develop a better
understanding of international business. Students will be
asked to actively participate in a wide variety of activities,
designed to develop the core English competencies of reading,writing, listening, speaking, vocabulary, critical thinking skills,
and presentations related to business. Students will be
expected to actively practice these skills by watching andlistening to a short video; reading, writing, and discussing
topics related to a variety of case studies. Students will begiven homework and assignments. The teacher will provide
students with relevant materials, in order to develop theseskills. Students will be expected to actively participate ina variety of oral communication activities, so they will feel
comfortable using English to gather information and express
their thoughts. Please note that changes to the course will bemade as necessary to accommodate the needs of students andthe class.
【到達目標】To help students improve their English communication skills,
so that they can communicate effectively using English in aninternational business environment.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP3」「DP5」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
Lecture, individual tasks, pair work, group work. Students will
be given oral and written feedback according to the task.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Course Introduction
2
Business andCulture3
Business andCulture4
Business andCulture5
Business andCulture6
Presentation skills
7
Midterm

8
9
10
11
12

Business Skills
Business Skills
Business Skills
Business Topics
Group work

13

Student
presentations
Summary

14— 149 —

内容
Expectations
Article & Discussion: Brand
loyalty
Article & Discussion:
Marketing
Article & Discussion: Finding
your niche
Crowdfunding Discussion

Presenting data
Assessment on vocabulary andtopicsBusiness writing
The elevator pitch
The sales pitch
Japan’s employment system
Develop a presentation andstudent consultations
Communication practice
Course review

発行日：2021/5/1【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
・Keep a vocabulary notebook
・Read assigned materials 本授業の準備学習・復習時間は、各 2
時間を標準とします。

ECN200CA

Principles of Economics A
JESS DIAMO Ｎ D【テキスト（教科書）】
There is no textbook. All materials will be provided by the
instructor.

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：火 3/Tue.3 ｜ キャンパス：多摩 / Tama
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：Economics
備考（履修条件等）：

【参考書】
None
【成績評価の方法と基準】
1.Participation in class discussion and activities . 20%
2.Exams.......................................... 40%
3.Presentations .................................... 40%

他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
英語で書かれた教科書を使い、経済学の応用的な概念を理解する。
本講義では、教科書である Acemoglu, D., Laibson, D., and List,
J.A. Economics: Pearson の Chapter13、Chapter14、Chapter19、Chapter20、Chapter21 を取り上げます。講義は英語で行われる。

【学生の意見等からの気づき】
None【学生が準備すべき機器他】
A good dictionary, as well as note paper and pens.
【その他の重要事項】
Not applicable【Outline and objectives】
The goal of this course is to assist students acquire thecritical English language skills, necessary to develop a better
understanding of international business. Students will be
asked to actively participate in a wide variety of activities,
designed to develop the core English competencies of reading,writing, listening, speaking, vocabulary, critical thinking skills,
and presentations related to business. Students will be
expected to actively practice these skills by watching andlistening to a short video; reading, writing, and discussing
topics related to a variety of case studies. Students will begiven homework and assignments. The teacher will provide
students with relevant materials, in order to develop theseskills. Students will be expected to actively participate ina variety of oral communication activities, so they will feel
comfortable using English to gather information and express
their thoughts. Please note that changes to the course will bemade as necessary to accommodate the needs of students andthe class.

【到達目標】
経済学に関する基本的な知識を応用し、ゲーム理論や競争が現実経済に与える影響とマクロ経済学の基本を理解できるようになる。
The goal of this course is to introduce students to the topics ofgame theory, competition and macroeconomics.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【授業の進め方と方法】
スライドと板書を用いた講義形式の授業を行う。コロナウイルスの発生が治るまで授業の動画をネット上オンデマンドで配信する。課
題等の提出・フィードバックは「学習支援システム」を通じて行う。
The class is conducted in a lecture format using slides that canbe downloaded. For the duration of the coronavirus outbreak,classes will be recorded and made available online for students
to view on demand.Regular homework assignments will befollowed by feedback on students’ performance.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Game Theory andStrategic Play
2
Game Theory andStrategic Play
3
Game Theory andStrategic Play
4
Oligopoly andMonopolistic
Competition
5
Oligopoly andMonopolistic
Competition
6
Oligopoly andMonopolistic
Competition
7
The Wealth of
Nations: Defining
and Measuring
Macroeconomic
Aggregates
8
The Wealth of
Nations: Defining
and Measuring
Macroeconomic
Aggregates— 150 —

内容
Simultaneous Move Games

Nash Equilibrium
Extensive-Form Games
Oligopoly

Monopolistic Competition

The "Broken Invisible Hand"

National Income Accounts:
Production = Expenditure =IncomeWhat Isn’t Measured by GDP?

発行日：2021/5/1

9

10
11

The Wealth of
Nations: Defining
and Measuring
Macroeconomic
Aggregates
Aggregate Incomes
Aggregate Incomes

12

Aggregate Incomes

13

Economic Growth14

Economic Growth

Real vs. Nominal

ECN200CA

Principles of Economics A
JESS DIAMO Ｎ D
Inequality Around The World
Productivity and theAggregate Production
Function
The Role and Determinants ofTechnology
How Does a Nation’s Economy
Grow?
The History of Growth andTechnology【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Homework assignment will be assigned regularly. Students are
required to review the work covered in lecture and read thecorresponding section of the textbook in addition to completing
homework assignments. Preparation time of 2 hours, review
time of 2 hours for a total of 4 hours.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Acemoglu, D., Laibson, D., and List, J.A. Economics: Pearson.
【参考書】
特になし。
None.

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

単位：2 単位

成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
英語で書かれた教科書を使い、経済学の応用的な概念を理解する。
本講義では、教科書である Acemoglu, D., Laibson, D., and List,
J.A. Economics: Pearson の Chapter13、Chapter14、Chapter19、Chapter20、Chapter21 を取り上げます。講義は英語で行われる。
【到達目標】
経済学に関する基本的な知識を応用し、ゲーム理論や競争が現実経済に与える影響とマクロ経済学の基本を理解できるようになる。
The goal of this course is to introduce students to the topics ofgame theory, competition and macroeconomics.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP1」「DP5」「DP7」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
スライドと板書を用いた講義形式の授業を行う。コロナウイルスの発生が治るまで授業の動画をネット上オンデマンドで配信する。課
題等の提出・フィードバックは「学習支援システム」を通じて行う。
The class is conducted in a lecture format using slides that canbe downloaded. For the duration of the coronavirus outbreak,classes will be recorded and made available online for students
to view on demand.Regular homework assignments will befollowed by feedback on students’ performance.

【成績評価の方法と基準】
宿題：３０％
期末試験：７０％
Homework: 30%
Final Exam: 70%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
特になし。
None.

【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【Outline and objectives】
In this course, we continue to study of economic principles bystudying chapters 13, 14, 19, 20 and 21 from Acemoglu, D.,
Laibson, D., and List, J.A. Economics: Pearson【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Game Theory andStrategic Play
2
Game Theory andStrategic Play
3
Game Theory andStrategic Play
4
Oligopoly andMonopolistic
Competition
5
Oligopoly andMonopolistic
Competition
6
Oligopoly andMonopolistic
Competition
7
The Wealth of
Nations: Defining
and Measuring
Macroeconomic
Aggregates
8
The Wealth of
Nations: Defining
and Measuring
Macroeconomic
Aggregates
9
The Wealth of
Nations: Defining
and Measuring
Macroeconomic
Aggregates— 151 —

内容
Simultaneous Move Games

Nash Equilibrium
Extensive-Form Games
Oligopoly

Monopolistic Competition

The "Broken Invisible Hand"

National Income Accounts:
Production = Expenditure =IncomeWhat Isn’t Measured by GDP?

Real vs. Nominal

発行日：2021/5/1

1011Aggregate Incomes
Aggregate Incomes

12

Aggregate Incomes

13

Economic Growth14

Economic GrowthInequality Around The World
Productivity and theAggregate Production
Function
The Role and Determinants ofTechnology
How Does a Nation’s Economy
Grow?
The History of Growth andTechnology【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Homework assignment will be assigned regularly. Students are
required to review the work covered in lecture and read thecorresponding section of the textbook in addition to completing
homework assignments. Preparation time of 2 hours, review
time of 2 hours for a total of 4 hours.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Acemoglu, D., Laibson, D., and List, J.A. Economics: Pearson.

ECN200CA

Principles of Economics B
JESS DIAMO Ｎ D
開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：火 3/Tue.3 ｜ キャンパス：多摩 / Tama
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：Economics
備考（履修条件等）：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
英語で書かれた教科書を使い、経済学の応用的な概念を理解する。 本講義では、教科書である Acemoglu, D., Laibson, D., andList, J.A. 2015. Economics: Pearson の Chapter21、Chapter23、
Chapter24、Chapter25 を取り上げます。講義を英語で行われる。
【到達目標】
経済学に関する基本的な知識を応用し、経済成長や金融制度、財政
政策と金融政策が現実経済に与える影響を理解できるようになる。
The goal of this course is to continue our of macroeconomics,
focusing on the topics of growth, the monetary system, fiscal
policy and monetary policy.

【参考書】
特になし。
None.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
宿題：３０％
期末試験：７０％
Homework: 30%
Final Exam: 70%【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【学生の意見等からの気づき】
特になし。
None.
【Outline and objectives】
In this course, we continue to study of economic principles bystudying chapters 13, 14, 19, 20 and 21 from Acemoglu, D.,
Laibson, D., and List, J.A. Economics: Pearson【授業の進め方と方法】
スライドと板書を用いた講義形式の授業を行う。コロナウイルスの発生が治るまで授業の動画をネット上オンデマンドで配信する。課
題等の提出・フィードバックは「学習支援システム」を通じて行う。
The class is conducted in a lecture format using slides that canbe downloaded. For the duration of the coronavirus outbreak,classes will be recorded and made available online for students
to view on demand. Regular homework assignments will befollowed by feedback on students’ performance.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Orientation2

Economic Growth3

Economic Growth4

Economic Growth5

Employment andUnemployment
Employment andUnemployment
Employment andUnemployment
Credit Markets
Credit Markets

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14

— 152 —

Credit Markets
The Monetary
SystemThe Monetary
SystemThe Monetary
SystemReview and Final
Exam

内容Class introduction andexplanation.
How does a nation’s economy
grow?
The history of growth andtechnology
Growth, inequality andpoverty
Measuring Employment andUnemployment
Why Is There Unemployment?

Wage Rigidity and Structural
Unemployment
What Is the Credit Market?
Banks and Financial
Intermediation
What Banks Do
Money
Inflation
The Central Bank
Review the class material andtake the final exam.

発行日：2021/5/1【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Homework assignment will be assigned regularly. Students are
required to review the work covered in lecture and read thecorresponding section of the textbook in addition to completing
homework assignments. Preparation 2 hours, review 2 hours,
for a total of 4 hours.

ECN200CA

Principles of Economics B
JESS DIAMO Ｎ D
開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall【テキスト（教科書）】
Acemoglu, D., Laibson, D., and List, J.A. 2015. Economics:
Pearson.
【参考書】
特になし。
None.

他学部公開：

グローバル：○

単位：2 単位
成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
英語で書かれた教科書を使い、経済学の応用的な概念を理解する。 本講義では、教科書である Acemoglu, D., Laibson, D., andList, J.A. 2015. Economics: Pearson の Chapter21、Chapter23、
Chapter24、Chapter25 を取り上げます。講義を英語で行われる。

【成績評価の方法と基準】
宿題：３０％
期末試験：７０％
Homework: 30%
Final Exam: 70%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
特になし。
None.

【到達目標】
経済学に関する基本的な知識を応用し、経済成長や金融制度、財政
政策と金融政策が現実経済に与える影響を理解できるようになる。
The goal of this course is to continue our of macroeconomics,
focusing on the topics of growth, the monetary system, fiscal
policy and monetary policy.

【Outline and objectives】
In this course, we continue to study macroeconomics bystudying chapters 21-26 from Acemoglu, D., Laibson, D., andList, J.A. 2015. Economics: Pearson【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP1」「DP5」「DP7」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
スライドと板書を用いた講義形式の授業を行う。コロナウイルスの発生が治るまで授業の動画をネット上オンデマンドで配信する。課
題等の提出・フィードバックは「学習支援システム」を通じて行う。
The class is conducted in a lecture format using slides that canbe downloaded. For the duration of the coronavirus outbreak,classes will be recorded and made available online for students
to view on demand. Regular homework assignments will befollowed by feedback on students’ performance.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Orientation2

Economic Growth3

Economic Growth4

Economic Growth5

Employment andUnemployment
Employment andUnemployment
Employment andUnemployment
Credit Markets
Credit Markets

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14

— 153 —

Credit Markets
The Monetary
SystemThe Monetary
SystemThe Monetary
SystemReview and Final
Exam

内容Class introduction andexplanation.
How does a nation’s economy
grow?
The history of growth andtechnology
Growth, inequality andpoverty
Measuring Employment andUnemployment
Why Is There Unemployment?

Wage Rigidity and Structural
Unemployment
What Is the Credit Market?
Banks and Financial
Intermediation
What Banks Do
Money
Inflation
The Central Bank
Review the class material andtake the final exam.

発行日：2021/5/1【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Homework assignment will be assigned regularly. Students are
required to review the work covered in lecture and read thecorresponding section of the textbook in addition to completing
homework assignments. Preparation 2 hours, review 2 hours,
for a total of 4 hours.

ECN300CA

International Economics A倪彬

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：水 3/Wed.3 ｜ キャンパス：多摩 / Tama
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：Economics
備考（履修条件等）：【テキスト（教科書）】
Acemoglu, D., Laibson, D., and List, J.A. 2015. Economics:
Pearson.
【参考書】
特になし。
None.

他学部公開：【成績評価の方法と基準】
宿題：３０％
期末試験：７０％
Homework: 30%
Final Exam: 70%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
特になし。
None.
【Outline and objectives】
In this course, we continue to study macroeconomics bystudying chapters 21-26 from Acemoglu, D., Laibson, D., andList, J.A. 2015. Economics: Pearson

グローバル：○

成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
We will discuss the globalization of economics from mainly two
important perspectives: international trade and foreign direct
investment (FDI). In the first half, we will investigate why
countries trade, types of trade, and study some of the benefits
and costs of trade. In the second half, we will study why firms
choose the form of FDI, the determinants of FDI, the spillover
impact of FDI on the host countries. Various policies thatdifferent governments implement to promote globalization will
also be studied.
【到達目標】The purpose of this course is twofold: to arouse thestudents’ interest towards the happenings that are related tointernational economics; and to equip students with the basic
knowledge to reasonably question the phenomenon during theprocess of globalization, from the standpoint of economics.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【授業の進め方と方法】
Teaching materials will be uploaded in advance via Hosei’s
website (’lecture supporting system’). Lectures are given in linewith the teaching materials. Quizzes will be combined withfeedback papers, take-home tests and a final exam.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回テーマ
1 回目 Introduction

2 回目

The basics ofinternational trade

3 回目
4 回目

The analyticalframework
Ricardo model

5 回目

HO model6 回目

Scale of economy

7 回目
8 回目
9 回目
10 回目

Trade policy (1)Trade policy (2)Trade policy (3)Multinational firms
and FDI
11 回目 Inward FDI
12 回目 Outward FDI

13 回目 Offshoring— 154 —

内容
What’s international
economics?
Some basic terms and whatshould be learned ininternational trade
Partial equilibrium andsurplus analysis
Comparative advantage andRicardian model
Factor endowment and HO
model
Types of trade and the theoryof scale of economy
TariffExport subsidy, quota
FTA and NTM
The basics of FDI

The determinants of inward
FDI and the case of China
Japanese firms’ oversea
expansion and the hollowing
out
The economic integration andoffshoring発行日：2021/5/1

14 回目 Sharing economy

The mechanism of sharing
economy and its prospect

ECN300CA【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
It is highly recommended that students prepare in advance andreview the contents after the class. Students are encouraged
to read newspapers and references that are related to the
topics included in the course schedule. It is important thatstudents raise their own questions and actively participate in
the discussion. 本授業の準備学習・復習時間は、各 2 時間を標準とします。
【テキスト（教科書）】Paul Krugman, Maurice Obstfeld and Marc Melitz, “International Economics: Theory and Policy,” Global Edition, Pearson
Education Limited; 10th Revised 版 , 2014.
【参考書】
石川城太・椋寛・菊地徹『国際経済学をつかむ』（テキストブックつかむシリーズ）第２版、有斐閣、2013 年、ISBN=9784641177192
阿部顕三・遠藤正寛『国際経済学』（有斐閣アルマ）、有斐閣、2012
年、ISBN=9784641124806【成績評価の方法と基準】
We will have a final exam for this course. But different fromthe regular written exam, it will be online and take the form ofmultiple choice question, using Hoppii (the same format as thehomework). I will give you enough time, meanwhile you willbe allowed to make reference to all the resources. As for theevaluation:(1)Homework: 50%(2)Final exam: 50%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Nothing particular【Outline and objectives】
The objective is to help the students form a general idea ofinternational trade in the context of globalization.

International Economics A倪彬

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

単位：2 単位

成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
We will discuss the globalization of economics from mainly two
important perspectives: international trade and foreign direct
investment (FDI). In the first half, we will investigate why
countries trade, types of trade, and study some of the benefits
and costs of trade. In the second half, we will study why firms
choose the form of FDI, the determinants of FDI, the spillover
impact of FDI on the host countries. Various policies thatdifferent governments implement to promote globalization will
also be studied.
【到達目標】The purpose of this course is twofold: to arouse thestudents’ interest towards the happenings that are related tointernational economics; and to equip students with the basic
knowledge to reasonably question the phenomenon during theprocess of globalization, from the standpoint of economics.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP1」「DP5」「DP7」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
Teaching materials will be uploaded in advance via Hosei’s
website (’lecture supporting system’). Lectures are given in linewith the teaching materials. Quizzes will be combined withfeedback papers, take-home tests and a final exam.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回テーマ
1 回目 Introduction

2 回目

The basics ofinternational trade

3 回目
4 回目

The analyticalframework
Ricardo model

5 回目

HO model6 回目

Scale of economy

7 回目
8 回目
9 回目
10 回目

Trade policy (1)Trade policy (2)Trade policy (3)Multinational firms
and FDI
11 回目 Inward FDI
12 回目 Outward FDI

13 回目 Offshoring
14 回目 Sharing economy— 155 —

内容
What’s international
economics?
Some basic terms and whatshould be learned ininternational trade
Partial equilibrium andsurplus analysis
Comparative advantage andRicardian model
Factor endowment and HO
model
Types of trade and the theoryof scale of economy
TariffExport subsidy, quota
FTA and NTM
The basics of FDI

The determinants of inward
FDI and the case of China
Japanese firms’ oversea
expansion and the hollowing
out
The economic integration andoffshoring
The mechanism of sharing
economy and its prospect発行日：2021/5/1【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
It is highly recommended that students prepare in advance andreview the contents after the class. Students are encouraged
to read newspapers and references that are related to the
topics included in the course schedule. It is important thatstudents raise their own questions and actively participate in
the discussion. 本授業の準備学習・復習時間は、各 2 時間を標準とします。
【テキスト（教科書）】Paul Krugman, Maurice Obstfeld and Marc Melitz, “International Economics: Theory and Policy,” Global Edition, Pearson
Education Limited; 10th Revised 版 , 2014.
【参考書】
石川城太・椋寛・菊地徹『国際経済学をつかむ』（テキストブックつかむシリーズ）第２版、有斐閣、2013 年、ISBN=9784641177192
阿部顕三・遠藤正寛『国際経済学』（有斐閣アルマ）、有斐閣、2012
年、ISBN=9784641124806【成績評価の方法と基準】
We will have a final exam for this course. But different fromthe regular written exam, it will be online and take the form ofmultiple choice question, using Hoppii (the same format as thehomework). I will give you enough time, meanwhile you willbe allowed to make reference to all the resources. As for theevaluation:(1)Homework: 50%(2)Final exam: 50%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Nothing particular【Outline and objectives】
The objective is to help the students form a general idea ofinternational trade in the context of globalization.

ECN300CA

International Economics B倪彬

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

単位：2 単位
成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course introduces undergraduate students to the theory ofInternational Finance and its application to the real world.
【到達目標】
Upon completion of this course students will be able to achieve,
but are not limited to the following:* To understand the balance of payment;* To understand how a foreign exchange market operates* To compare the exchange rate regimes and internationalmonetary
standards* To explain financial crises in emerging economies, theircauses andsolutions【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP1」「DP5」「DP7」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
Teaching materials will be uploaded via Hosei’s website(’Hoppii’). Due to Covid-19, we will not hold face-to-face classes.
Instead, the self-learning pattern will be adopted, as in thespring semester. However, one difference is that I will hold
Zoom lectures from time to time. I will make announcement inadvance and please make sure you check the notifications from
Hoppii regularly. Response papers will still be used for Q&A.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
あり / Yes【授業計画】
回テーマ
1 回目 Introduction
2 回目 The basics ofinternational
finance3 回目 The foreignexchange market
4 回目 National accounts

5 回目
6 回目
7 回目
8 回目

Exchange rate (1)Exchange rate (2)Exchange rate (3)Intervention in theforeign exchange
market
9 回目 Fiscal policy
10 回目 Monetary policy
11 回目 Financial crisis
12 回目 Internationalmonetary system
13 回目 Monetary union
14 回目 Review— 156 —

内容
What is international finance?
The Balance of Payment,
capital flow

The basics of foreign exchange
marketThe system of national
accounts
The concept of PPP
Interest rate parity
The foreign exchange rate
Why is the intervention
necessary?
Governmental spending
Interest rate and investment
The history of financial crisisand the reasons
The US dollar and theglobalization of RMB
The birth of euro, and otherpossiblity
To review the contents of thewhole semester発行日：2021/5/1【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
It is highly recommended that students prepare in advance andreview the contents after the class. Students are encouraged
to read newspapers and references that are related to the
topics included in the course schedule. It is important thatstudents raise their own questions and actively participate in
the discussion. 本授業の準備学習・復習時間は、各 2 時間を標準とします。

ECN300CA

International Economics B
倪

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：水 3/Wed.3 ｜ キャンパス：多摩 / Tama
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：Economics
備考（履修条件等）：【テキスト（教科書）】Paul Krugman, Maurice Obstfeld and Marc Melitz, “International Economics: Theory and Policy,” Global Edition, Pearson
Education Limited; 10th Revised 版 , 2014.
【参考書】
高木信二 著、『入門国際金融』第 4 版、日本評論社 2011 年.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
We will have a final exam for this course. But different fromthe regular written exam, it will be online and take the form ofmultiple choice question, using Hoppii (the same format as thehomework). I will give you enough time, meanwhile you willbe allowed to make reference to all the resources. As for theevaluation:(1)Homework: 50%(2)Final exam: 50%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Nothing particular【Outline and objectives】
The objective is to help the students form a general idea ofinternational finance in the context of globalization.

彬

他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course introduces undergraduate students to the theory ofInternational Finance and its application to the real world.
【到達目標】
Upon completion of this course students will be able to achieve,
but are not limited to the following:* To understand the balance of payment;* To understand how a foreign exchange market operates* To compare the exchange rate regimes and internationalmonetary
standards* To explain financial crises in emerging economies, theircauses andsolutions【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【授業の進め方と方法】
Teaching materials will be uploaded via Hosei’s website(’Hoppii’). Due to Covid-19, we will not hold face-to-face classes.
Instead, the self-learning pattern will be adopted, as in thespring semester. However, one difference is that I will hold
Zoom lectures from time to time. I will make announcement inadvance and please make sure you check the notifications from
Hoppii regularly. Response papers will still be used for Q&A.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
あり / Yes【授業計画】
回テーマ
1 回目 Introduction
2 回目 The basics ofinternational
finance3 回目 The foreignexchange market
4 回目 National accounts

5 回目
6 回目
7 回目
8 回目

Exchange rate (1)Exchange rate (2)Exchange rate (3)Intervention in theforeign exchange
market
9 回目 Fiscal policy
10 回目 Monetary policy
11 回目 Financial crisis
12 回目 Internationalmonetary system
13 回目 Monetary union
14 回目 Review— 157 —

内容
What is international finance?
The Balance of Payment,
capital flow

The basics of foreign exchange
marketThe system of national
accounts
The concept of PPP
Interest rate parity
The foreign exchange rate
Why is the intervention
necessary?
Governmental spending
Interest rate and investment
The history of financial crisisand the reasons
The US dollar and theglobalization of RMB
The birth of euro, and otherpossiblity
To review the contents of thewhole semester発行日：2021/5/1【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
It is highly recommended that students prepare in advance andreview the contents after the class. Students are encouraged
to read newspapers and references that are related to the
topics included in the course schedule. It is important thatstudents raise their own questions and actively participate in
the discussion. 本授業の準備学習・復習時間は、各 2 時間を標準とします。
【テキスト（教科書）】Paul Krugman, Maurice Obstfeld and Marc Melitz, “International Economics: Theory and Policy,” Global Edition, Pearson
Education Limited; 10th Revised 版 , 2014.
【参考書】
高木信二 著、『入門国際金融』第 4 版、日本評論社 2011 年.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
We will have a final exam for this course. But different fromthe regular written exam, it will be online and take the form ofmultiple choice question, using Hoppii (the same format as thehomework). I will give you enough time, meanwhile you willbe allowed to make reference to all the resources. As for theevaluation:(1)Homework: 50%(2)Final exam: 50%

ECN300CA

Area Studies A
馬欣欣

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

単位：2 単位

成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
AREA STUDIES: Economic Growth and Sustainable Development: A
Case of China
This course introduces the features of Chinese economy transition
pattern compared with the other transition countries and developing
countries, and offers an economic framework to understand the realities
and problems of economic growth and economic development under thetransition period from a macroeconomic perspective. We will discuss
some special issues such as the determinants of Chinese economy,
regional disparity, and international comparison of economic growth andincome inequality.
Each class consists of two parts: (1) lecture and (2) students’presentations of the assignment. At the end of the course, students arealso required to submit a short report.

【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Nothing particular【到達目標】
1.Understand the different features of economic transition pattern
between China and other countries
2.Understand the determinants of economic growth in China
3.Explain the facts and problems of economic growth and sustainable
development in China from a macroeconomic perspective【Outline and objectives】
The objective is to help the students form a general idea ofinternational finance in the context of globalization.

【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP2」「DP5「DP8」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
The course consists the lecture by lecturer and the presentation by
student based on Power Point materials. The active discussion is heldin the class. At least one real-time online lecture.
The class is designed to be:
1.Interactive: With a strong emphasis on student participation.
2. Up-to-date: With the real-time explanation of unfolding events.
3.
Critical and Analytical: Understanding the mechanism andperformance of economy institution transition and economic growth
4. Accessible: Develop the ability to understand the differences between
countries and regions within a country from macroeconomic perspective
5.Feedback on assignments (reports, etc.) will be given at the beginningof the class, covering some of the reaction papers submitted in theprevious class, and feedback will be given to the whole class and throughthe "Learning Support System" (Hoppii).
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Chinese Economy andWorld Economy

2

Economy in theSocialist Era

3

Economic Reform:
What is a Socialist
Market Economy

4

State Capitalism andthe Development
Dictatorship Model
Active Discussion

5.

6— 158 —

Economic Growth andPopulation: An
International
Comparison (1)内容The contents and method of areastudies; the current state of the
global economy; the position of theChinese economy in the world
Comparison of the planned
economy model between the former
Soviet Union and China; the statesand problems of state-owned
enterprises (SOEs) and rural
people’s communes in China
The concept of a socialist market
economy; two kinds of transition
patterns; the role of government intransition countries
The functions of government andmarket mechanism in transition
countries
Issue1: What is a Socialist Market
Economy?
Issue2: What should a government
do under the economic transition or
economic development period?
International comparisons of
economic development andpopulation transformation; thebackground and problems of the
One-Child policy in China

発行日：2021/5/1
7

8

9Economic Growth andPopulation: An
International
Comparison (2)International Tradeand Transformationfrom Export-Driven
Economic Growth
Pattern
Active Discussion

10

Economic Growth andInequality (1)11Economic Growth andInequality (2)12Fiscal Policy andEconomic Growth13

Regional Development
Policies andSustainable Economy
Development
Active Discussion

14

The Lewis’ Dualism Model and theeconomic turning point;
unemployment and surplus labor
in China and Japan
Export-driven economic growth
pattern; the role of foreign capital;
international comparisons of FDI

Issue1: Economic significance andpolicy implications of economy
turning point for
China and other developing
countries?
Issue2: The influences of FDI on
economic growth for China andother developing
countries
Kuznets’ curve; the states ofinequality between rural areas andurban areas; the reasonsof regional disparities in China
Income inequality; the poverty in
China; poverty reduction policies
and their effects in China anddeveloping countries
The process of the decentralizationand fiscal policy; the tax institution
reform and its influence on Chinese
economyThe background of regional
development and promotion policy
implementation and their effects
on economic growth in China
Issue1: Two patterns of economictransition and its effects in areastudiesIssue2: The functions ofgovernment policies on economic
growth and sustainable economic
development【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students who have not taken other related courses (e.g., Development
Economics, Macroeconomics etc.) are expected to read the textbooks or
overviews of those courses in advance.Students are expected to review
class material, complete assignments, and download the materials usedin the course through the learning support system.
【テキスト（教科書）】No textbook. Students are expected to download a PowerPoint material
through the learning support system and review them.
【参考書】
1.Guo, R. (2017) How the Chinese Economy Works. Switzerland:
Palgrave Macmillan. ISBN 978-3-319-32305-3
2.Cai, F. (2020) China’s Economic New Normal Growth, Structure, andMomentum. Singapore: Springer Nature. ISBN 978-981-15-3226-9
3.Pen, C., Yang, C., and Yang, X. (2020) The Basic Economic System ofChina. Singapore: Springer Nature. ISBN 978-981-13-6894-3
4.Yao, S., and Jiang, C. (2017) Chinese Banking Reform from the PreWTO Period to the Financial Crisis and Beyond. Switzerland: Springer
Nature. ISBN 978-3-319-63924-6
5.
Brandt,L., and Rawski, T. G. (2008) China’ Great Economic
Transformation. Cambridge U.S.: Cambridge University Press. ISBN
9780511754234【成績評価の方法と基準】
Presentations or reports in active discussions 50%
Final report 50% (An essay. Details TBA)

ECN300CA

Area Studies A
馬

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：月 2/Mon.2 ｜ キャンパス：多摩 / Tama
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：Economics
備考（履修条件等）：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
AREA STUDIES: Economic Growth and Sustainable Development: A
Case of China
This course introduces the features of Chinese economy transition
pattern compared with the other transition countries and developing
countries, and offers an economic framework to understand the realities
and problems of economic growth and economic development under thetransition period from a macroeconomic perspective. We will discuss
some special issues such as the determinants of Chinese economy,
regional disparity, and international comparison of economic growth andincome inequality.
Each class consists of two parts: (1) lecture and (2) students’presentations of the assignment. At the end of the course, students arealso required to submit a short report.
【到達目標】
1.Understand the different features of economic transition pattern
between China and other countries
2.Understand the determinants of economic growth in China
3.Explain the facts and problems of economic growth and sustainable
development in China from a macroeconomic perspective【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【授業の進め方と方法】
The course consists the lecture by lecturer and the presentation by
student based on Power Point materials. The active discussion is heldin the class. At least one real-time online lecture.
The class is designed to be:
1.Interactive: With a strong emphasis on student participation.
2. Up-to-date: With the real-time explanation of unfolding events.
3.
Critical and Analytical: Understanding the mechanism andperformance of economy institution transition and economic growth
4. Accessible: Develop the ability to understand the differences between
countries and regions within a country from macroeconomic perspective
5.Feedback on assignments (reports, etc.) will be given at the beginningof the class, covering some of the reaction papers submitted in theprevious class, and feedback will be given to the whole class and throughthe "Learning Support System" (Hoppii).
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Chinese Economy andWorld Economy

2

Economy in theSocialist Era

3

Economic Reform:
What is a Socialist
Market Economy

4

State Capitalism andthe Development
Dictatorship Model
Active Discussion【学生の意見等からの気づき】
I would like to try to create better PowerPoints document withconsideration of the students’ levels. In addition, I would like to makethe lecture more interactive, to answer the questions and to take morediscussions with students.
【Outline and objectives】
AREA STUDIES: Economic Growth and Sustainable Development: A
Case of China
This course introduces the features of Chinese economy transition
pattern compared with the other transition countries and developing
countries, and offers an economic framework to understand the realities
and problems of economic growth and economic development under thetransition period from a macroeconomic perspective. We will discuss
some special issues such as the determinants of Chinese economy,
regional disparity, and international comparison of economic growth andincome inequality.
Each class consists of two parts: (1) lecture and (2) students’presentations of the assignment. At the end of the course, students arealso required to submit a short report.

欣欣

5.

— 159 —

内容
The contents and method of areastudies; the current state of the
global economy; the position of theChinese economy in the world
Comparison of the planned
economy model between the former
Soviet Union and China; the statesand problems of state-owned
enterprises (SOEs) and rural
people’s communes in China
The concept of a socialist market
economy; two kinds of transition
patterns; the role of government intransition countries
The functions of government andmarket mechanism in transition
countries
Issue1: What is a Socialist Market
Economy?
Issue2: What should a government
do under the economic transition or
economic development period?

発行日：2021/5/1
6

Economic Growth andPopulation: An
International
Comparison (1)7Economic Growth andPopulation: An
International
Comparison (2)International Tradeand Transformationfrom Export-Driven
Economic Growth
Pattern
Active Discussion

8

9

10

Economic Growth andInequality (1)11Economic Growth andInequality (2)12Fiscal Policy andEconomic Growth13

Regional Development
Policies andSustainable Economy
Development
Active Discussion

14

International comparisons of
economic development andpopulation transformation; thebackground and problems of the
One-Child policy in China
The Lewis’ Dualism Model and theeconomic turning point;
unemployment and surplus labor
in China and Japan
Export-driven economic growth
pattern; the role of foreign capital;
international comparisons of FDI

This course introduces the features of Chinese economy transition
pattern compared with the other transition countries and developing
countries, and offers an economic framework to understand the realities
and problems of economic growth and economic development under thetransition period from a macroeconomic perspective. We will discuss
some special issues such as the determinants of Chinese economy,
regional disparity, and international comparison of economic growth andincome inequality.
Each class consists of two parts: (1) lecture and (2) students’presentations of the assignment. At the end of the course, students arealso required to submit a short report.

Issue1: Economic significance andpolicy implications of economy
turning point for
China and other developing
countries?
Issue2: The influences of FDI on
economic growth for China andother developing
countries
Kuznets’ curve; the states ofinequality between rural areas andurban areas; the reasonsof regional disparities in China
Income inequality; the poverty in
China; poverty reduction policies
and their effects in China anddeveloping countries
The process of the decentralizationand fiscal policy; the tax institution
reform and its influence on Chinese
economyThe background of regional
development and promotion policy
implementation and their effects
on economic growth in China
Issue1: Two patterns of economictransition and its effects in areastudiesIssue2: The functions ofgovernment policies on economic
growth and sustainable economic
development【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students who have not taken other related courses (e.g., Development
Economics, Macroeconomics etc.) are expected to read the textbooks or
overviews of those courses in advance.Students are expected to review
class material, complete assignments, and download the materials usedin the course through the learning support system.
【テキスト（教科書）】No textbook. Students are expected to download a PowerPoint material
through the learning support system and review them.
【参考書】
1.Guo, R. (2017) How the Chinese Economy Works. Switzerland:
Palgrave Macmillan. ISBN 978-3-319-32305-3
2.Cai, F. (2020) China’s Economic New Normal Growth, Structure, andMomentum. Singapore: Springer Nature. ISBN 978-981-15-3226-9
3.Pen, C., Yang, C., and Yang, X. (2020) The Basic Economic System ofChina. Singapore: Springer Nature. ISBN 978-981-13-6894-3
4.Yao, S., and Jiang, C. (2017) Chinese Banking Reform from the PreWTO Period to the Financial Crisis and Beyond. Switzerland: Springer
Nature. ISBN 978-3-319-63924-6
5.
Brandt,L., and Rawski, T. G. (2008) China’ Great Economic
Transformation. Cambridge U.S.: Cambridge University Press. ISBN
9780511754234【成績評価の方法と基準】
Presentations or reports in active discussions 50%
Final report 50% (An essay. Details TBA)
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
I would like to try to create better PowerPoints document withconsideration of the students’ levels. In addition, I would like to makethe lecture more interactive, to answer the questions and to take morediscussions with students.
【Outline and objectives】
AREA STUDIES: Economic Growth and Sustainable Development: A
Case of China— 160 —

発行日：2021/5/1
7ECN300CA

Area Studies B
馬

8

欣欣

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：月 2/Mon.2 ｜ キャンパス：多摩 / Tama
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：Economics
備考（履修条件等）：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：○

9

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course introduces the factors and mechanisms behind economic
growth and economic development from a microeconomic perspective.
As case studies, we will discuss some special issues on state-owned
enterprise reform, innovation, industrial structural transformation,social security, segmentation problems in market by institutions
and understand the facts and problems of Chinese economy inindividual,household and firm levels.
【到達目標】
1.Understand and explain the problems of economic transition andeconomic development in China from microeconomic perspective
2.Understand the mechanism and factors which influence the behaviors
of individuals and firms in China under economic transition period
3.Understand the differences of facts and problems of these issues
between China and other countries

10

11

12

【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【授業の進め方と方法】
The course consists the lecture by lecturer and the presentation by
student based on Power Point materials. The active discussion is heldin the class. At least one real-time online lecture.
The class is designed to be:
1.Interactive: With a strong emphasis on student participation.
2. Up-to-date: With the real-time explanation of unfolding events.
3.
Critical and Analytical: Understanding the mechanism andperformance of economy institution transition and economic growth
4. Accessible: Develop the ability to understand the differences between
countries and regions within a country from macroeconomic perspective
5.Feedback on assignments (reports, etc.) will be given at the beginningof the class, covering some of the reaction papers submitted in theprevious class, and feedback will be given to the whole class and throughthe "Learning Support System" (Hoppii).
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Area Studies fromMicroeconomic
Perspective
2
State-Owned
Enterprises Reform in
China (1)3State-Owned
Enterprises Reform in
China (2)4

Active Discussion

5

Transformation ofIndustrial Structure

6

Reforms in Rural
China (1)13

14Reforms in Rural
China (2)The states of poverty and thecauses of poverty in rural China;
the regional disparities of poverty
and the reduce poverty policies inrural China
Migration within
The mechanism of migration fromChina
the rural areas to urban areas
within China; the mystery in
Chinese Economy-the migrant
shortage phenomenon; themigrants’ living and work in urban
China
Active Discussion
Issue1: Please evaluate theimplementation of Household
Production Responsibility system
in rural China
Issue2: Why there existed a
migrant shortage phenomenon in
China?
Bank Reform in China The reform of state-owned bank;the establishment of stork market;
the problem in financial market in
China
Economic Development Education system and reform inand Education in
China; changes in the "National
China
College Entrance Examination"("Gaokao"); Higher Education
Expansion Policy; causes of the
problem of unemployment ofcollege graduates in China
Social Security Policy
The social security policy reformin China
with economic transition; theinequality of social security
between rural areas and urban
areas in China
Labor Market Reform
The transformation of employment
in China
and wage determinate institutions;the determinate mechanism of
employment and wage based on
neoclassic economics
Active Discussion
Issue1: Ownership reform and its
effects on Chinese economy
Issue2: Policy reform and its
influences on behaviors ofindividuals and firms【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students who have not taken other related courses (e.g., Development
Economics, Microeconomics, Labor Economics etc.) are expected to readthe textbooks or overviews of those courses in advance.
Students are expected to review class material, complete assignments,
and download the materials used in the course through the learning
support system. The standard preparation and review time for this classis 2 hours each.
【テキスト（教科書）】No textbook. Students are expected to download a PowerPoint document
through the learning support system and review them.

内容
Introduction of the contents andanalyze methods of area studies
from microeconomic perspective
The features of state-owned
enterprises during the planned
economy; the reforms ofstate-owned enterprises and theirproblems
Corporate governance andperformance of state-owned
enterprises; problems ofstate-owned enterprise reform in
China
Issue1: What are the determinantsof the development of non-state
sector in China? Issue2: What are
the main problems of state-owned
enterprises?
The industry upgrade policy
reform; “China Manufacturing2025" and innovation; a case studyof industrial upgrade in Shenzhen
city of Guangdong province in
China
The land reform and collapse of thepeople’s commune; Household
Production Responsibility System
and land right transfer in China【参考書】
1.Guo, R. (2017) How the Chinese Economy Works. Switzerland:
Palgrave Macmillan. ISBN 978-3-319-32305-3
2.Cai, F. (2020) China’s Economic New Normal Growth, Structure, andMomentum. Singapore: Springer Nature. ISBN 978-981-15-3226-9
3.Pen, C., Yang, C., and Yang, X. (2020) The Basic Economic System ofChina. Singapore: Springer Nature. ISBN 978-981-13-6894-3
4.Ma, X. (2018) Economic Transition and Labor Market Reform in
China, Singapore: Palgrave Macmillan.ISBN 978-981-13-1986-0
5.Yao, S., and Jiang, C. (2017) Chinese Banking Reform from the PreWTO Period to the Financial Crisis and Beyond. Switzerland: Springer
Nature. ISBN 978-3-319-63924-6
6.Brandt,L., and Rawski, T. G. (2008) China’ Great Economic
Transformation. Cambridge U.S.: Cambridge University Press. ISBN
9780511754234【成績評価の方法と基準】
Presentations or reports in active discussions 50%
Final report 50% (An essay. Details TBA)
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
I would like to try to create better PowerPoints document withconsideration the students’ levels. In addition, I would like to makethe lecture more interactive, to answer the questions and to take morediscussions with students.

— 161 —

発行日：2021/5/1【Outline and objectives】
This course introduces the factors and mechanisms behind economic
growth and economic development from a microeconomic perspective.
As case studies, we will discuss some special issues on state-owned
enterprise reform, innovation, industrial structural transformation,social security, segmentation problems in market by institutions
and understand the facts and problems of Chinese economy inindividual,household and firm levels.

ECN300CA

Area Studies B
馬欣欣

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

単位：2 単位
成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
This course introduces the factors and mechanisms behind economic
growth and economic development from a microeconomic perspective.
As case studies, we will discuss some special issues on state-owned
enterprise reform, innovation, industrial structural transformation,social security, segmentation problems in market by institutions
and understand the facts and problems of Chinese economy inindividual,household and firm levels.
【到達目標】
1.Understand and explain the problems of economic transition andeconomic development in China from microeconomic perspective
2.Understand the mechanism and factors which influence the behaviors
of individuals and firms in China under economic transition period
3.Understand the differences of facts and problems of these issues
between China and other countries【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP2」「DP5「DP8」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
The course consists the lecture by lecturer and the presentation by
student based on Power Point materials. The active discussion is heldin the class. At least one real-time online lecture.
The class is designed to be:
1.Interactive: With a strong emphasis on student participation.
2. Up-to-date: With the real-time explanation of unfolding events.
3.
Critical and Analytical: Understanding the mechanism andperformance of economy institution transition and economic growth
4. Accessible: Develop the ability to understand the differences between
countries and regions within a country from macroeconomic perspective
5.Feedback on assignments (reports, etc.) will be given at the beginningof the class, covering some of the reaction papers submitted in theprevious class, and feedback will be given to the whole class and throughthe "Learning Support System" (Hoppii).
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Area Studies fromMicroeconomic
Perspective
2
State-Owned
Enterprises Reform in
China (1)3State-Owned
Enterprises Reform in
China (2)4

Active Discussion

5

Transformation ofIndustrial Structure

6

Reforms in Rural
China (1)7

Reforms in Rural
China (2)— 162 —

内容
Introduction of the contents andanalyze methods of area studies
from microeconomic perspective
The features of state-owned
enterprises during the planned
economy; the reforms ofstate-owned enterprises and theirproblems
Corporate governance andperformance of state-owned
enterprises; problems ofstate-owned enterprise reform in
China
Issue1: What are the determinantsof the development of non-state
sector in China? Issue2: What are
the main problems of state-owned
enterprises?
The industry upgrade policy
reform; “China Manufacturing2025" and innovation; a case studyof industrial upgrade in Shenzhen
city of Guangdong province in
China
The land reform and collapse of thepeople’s commune; Household
Production Responsibility System
and land right transfer in China
The states of poverty and thecauses of poverty in rural China;
the regional disparities of poverty
and the reduce poverty policies inrural China

発行日：2021/5/1
8

9

10

11

12

13

14

Migration within
China

The mechanism of migration fromthe rural areas to urban areas
within China; the mystery in
Chinese Economy-the migrant
shortage phenomenon; themigrants’ living and work in urban
China
Active Discussion
Issue1: Please evaluate theimplementation of Household
Production Responsibility system
in rural China
Issue2: Why there existed a
migrant shortage phenomenon in
China?
Bank Reform in China The reform of state-owned bank;the establishment of stork market;
the problem in financial market in
China
Economic Development Education system and reform inand Education in
China; changes in the "National
China
College Entrance Examination"("Gaokao"); Higher Education
Expansion Policy; causes of the
problem of unemployment ofcollege graduates in China
Social Security Policy
The social security policy reformin China
with economic transition; theinequality of social security
between rural areas and urban
areas in China
Labor Market Reform
The transformation of employment
in China
and wage determinate institutions;the determinate mechanism of
employment and wage based on
neoclassic economics
Active Discussion
Issue1: Ownership reform and its
effects on Chinese economy
Issue2: Policy reform and its
influences on behaviors ofindividuals and firms【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students who have not taken other related courses (e.g., Development
Economics, Microeconomics, Labor Economics etc.) are expected to readthe textbooks or overviews of those courses in advance.
Students are expected to review class material, complete assignments,
and download the materials used in the course through the learning
support system. The standard preparation and review time for this classis 2 hours each.
【テキスト（教科書）】No textbook. Students are expected to download a PowerPoint document
through the learning support system and review them.
【参考書】
1.Guo, R. (2017) How the Chinese Economy Works. Switzerland:
Palgrave Macmillan. ISBN 978-3-319-32305-3
2.Cai, F. (2020) China’s Economic New Normal Growth, Structure, andMomentum. Singapore: Springer Nature. ISBN 978-981-15-3226-9
3.Pen, C., Yang, C., and Yang, X. (2020) The Basic Economic System ofChina. Singapore: Springer Nature. ISBN 978-981-13-6894-3
4.Ma, X. (2018) Economic Transition and Labor Market Reform in
China, Singapore: Palgrave Macmillan.ISBN 978-981-13-1986-0
5.Yao, S., and Jiang, C. (2017) Chinese Banking Reform from the PreWTO Period to the Financial Crisis and Beyond. Switzerland: Springer
Nature. ISBN 978-3-319-63924-6
6.Brandt,L., and Rawski, T. G. (2008) China’ Great Economic
Transformation. Cambridge U.S.: Cambridge University Press. ISBN
9780511754234【成績評価の方法と基準】
Presentations or reports in active discussions 50%
Final report 50% (An essay. Details TBA)
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
I would like to try to create better PowerPoints document withconsideration the students’ levels. In addition, I would like to makethe lecture more interactive, to answer the questions and to take morediscussions with students.
【Outline and objectives】
This course introduces the factors and mechanisms behind economic
growth and economic development from a microeconomic perspective.
As case studies, we will discuss some special issues on state-owned
enterprise reform, innovation, industrial structural transformation,social security, segmentation problems in market by institutions
and understand the facts and problems of Chinese economy inindividual,household and firm levels.

LANe200CA

Business Research Seminar A
中谷安男

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：木 3/Thu.3 ｜ キャンパス：多摩 / Tama
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：Economics
備考（履修条件等）：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
Participants learn current English through authentic businesscases in Japan contexts. They also learn English presentation
skills.
【到達目標】
This course is designed to give students a comprehensive viewof business presentation and discussion skills.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【授業の進め方と方法】
Students learn the important skills for effective presentations
in English. They can have opportunities to improve theirpronunciation and performance skills.
This course also
develops an awareness of the importance of coherence andcohesion in speech discourse to attract audience.
We share the feedback participants and discuss the issues toenhance lessons.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Introduction
Intel Japan
Marketing 1
2
Elements ofintroduction
Intel Japan
Marketing 2
3
Data
Coca-cola 1
4
Coca-cola 2
5Chanel6
Christian Dior
7
Sapporo Beer 1
8
Sapporo Beer 2
9
MUJI 1
10
MUJI 211
Negotiating with
Headquarters 1
12
Negotiating with
Headquarters 2
13
JR Kyushu 1
14
JR Kyushu 2

内容
Good Speakers

Preparation

Describe Details
Brainstorming & Clustering
Transitions & Connectors
Audience Analysis
Selecting Details
Explaining Causes
Explaining Reasons
Case 1Case 2
Case 3
Case 4
Demonstration【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Lessons preparation and review exercises
Preparation 2 hours, review 2 hours, a total of 4 hours.
【テキスト（教科書）】
1. M. Hood. Dynamic Presentations, Kinseido
2. Global Leadership; Case Studies of Business Leaders inJapan— 163 —

発行日：2021/5/1

Yasuo NAKATANI & Ryan Smithers. Kinseido

LANe200CA【参考書】
Yoshio Sugita & Richard R. Caraker. Writing for Presentation
in English. Nan’un-do

Business Research Seminar A
中谷【成績評価の方法と基準】
Class partcipation and contribution 30%
Class presnetaions 40%
Final presentation 30%

安男

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring
他学部公開：【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Improving writing skills as well

グローバル：○

単位：2 単位

成績優秀：○

実務教員：【学生が準備すべき機器他】
PC, DVD, Internet connection【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
Participants learn current English through authentic businesscases in Japan contexts. They also learn English presentation
skills.

【Outline and objectives】
Participants learn current English through authentic businesscases in Japan contexts. They also learn English presentation
skills.

【到達目標】
This course is designed to give students a comprehensive viewof business presentation and discussion skills.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、経済学科・現代ビジネス学科は「DP3」「DP5」に関連。国際経済学科は「DP3」「DP5」「DP9」に関連。
【授業の進め方と方法】
Students learn the important skills for effective presentations
in English. They can have opportunities to improve theirpronunciation and performance skills.
This course also
develops an awareness of the importance of coherence andcohesion in speech discourse to attract audience.
We share the feedback participants and discuss the issues toenhance lessons.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Introduction
Intel Japan
Marketing 1
2
Elements ofintroduction
Intel Japan
Marketing 2
3
Data
Coca-cola 1
4
Coca-cola 2
5Chanel6
Christian Dior
7
Sapporo Beer 1
8
Sapporo Beer 2
9
MUJI 1
10
MUJI 211
Negotiating with
Headquarters 1
12
Negotiating with
Headquarters 2
13
JR Kyushu 1
14
JR Kyushu 2

内容
Good Speakers

Preparation

Describe Details
Brainstorming & Clustering
Transitions & Connectors
Audience Analysis
Selecting Details
Explaining Causes
Explaining Reasons
Case 1Case 2
Case 3
Case 4
Demonstration【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Lessons preparation and review exercises
Preparation 2 hours, review 2 hours, a total of 4 hours.
【テキスト（教科書）】
1. M. Hood. Dynamic Presentations, Kinseido
2. Global Leadership; Case Studies of Business Leaders inJapanYasuo NAKATANI & Ryan Smithers. Kinseido— 164 —

発行日：2021/5/1【参考書】
Yoshio Sugita & Richard R. Caraker. Writing for Presentation
in English. Nan’un-do

LANe200CA

Business Research Seminar B【成績評価の方法と基準】
Class partcipation and contribution 30%
Class presnetaions 40%
Final presentation 30%

中谷安男

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：木 3/Thu.3 ｜ キャンパス：多摩 / Tama
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：Economics
備考（履修条件等）：【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Improving writing skills as well
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
PC, DVD, Internet connection

他学部公開：【Outline and objectives】
Participants learn current English through authentic businesscases in Japan contexts. They also learn English presentation
skills.

グローバル：○

成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
Participants learn current English through authentic businesscases in Japan contexts. They also learn English presentation
skills.
【到達目標】
This course is designed to give students a comprehensive viewof business presentation and discussion skills.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【授業の進め方と方法】
Students learn the important skills for effective presentations
in English. They can have opportunities to improve theirpronunciation and performance skills.
This course also
develops an awareness of the importance of coherence andcohesion in speech discourse to attract audience.
We share the feedback participants and discuss the issues toenhance lessons.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Introduction
Shiseido Chaina 1
2
Shiseido China 2
3
Toshiba Vietnam 1
4Toshiba Vietnam 2
5Intel Japan
Communication
Strategy 16Intel Japan
Communication
Strategy 2
7
Meigetsudo 1
8
Meigetsudo 2
9
Global MUJI 1
10
Gloabal MUJI 2
11
Shiseido Italy
12
Shiseido France
13
Toshiba HR
14
Konica Minolta

内容Good Speakers

Preparation
Describe Details
Brainstorming & Clustering
Transitions & Connectors

Audience Analysis

Selecting Details
Explaining Causes
Explaining Reasons
Case 1Case 2
Case 3
Case 4
Demonstration【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Lesson preparation and review exercises
Preparation 2 hours, review 2 hours, a total of 4 hours.
【テキスト（教科書）】
1. M. Hood. Dynamic Presentations, Kinseido
2. Global Leadership; Case Studies of Business Leaders inJapanYasuo NAKATANI & Ryan Smithers. Kinseido【参考書】
Yoshio Sugita & Richard R. Caraker. Writing for Presentation
in English. Nan’un-do— 165 —

発行日：2021/5/1【成績評価の方法と基準】
Class partcipation and contribution 30%
Class presnetaions 40%
Final presentation 30%

LANe200CA

Business Research Seminar B
中谷【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Improving writing skills as well安男

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall【学生が準備すべき機器他】
PC, DVD, Internet connection

他学部公開：【Outline and objectives】
Participants learn current English through authentic businesscases in Japan contexts. They also learn English presentation
skills.

グローバル：○

単位：2 単位
成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
Participants learn current English through authentic businesscases in Japan contexts. They also learn English presentation
skills.
【到達目標】
This course is designed to give students a comprehensive viewof business presentation and discussion skills.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、経済学科・現代ビジネス学科は「DP3」「DP5」に関連。国際経済学科は「DP3」「DP5」「DP9」に関連。
【授業の進め方と方法】
Students learn the important skills for effective presentations
in English. They can have opportunities to improve theirpronunciation and performance skills.
This course also
develops an awareness of the importance of coherence andcohesion in speech discourse to attract audience.
We share the feedback participants and discuss the issues toenhance lessons.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Introduction
Shiseido Chaina 1
2
Shiseido China 2
3
Toshiba Vietnam 1
4Toshiba Vietnam 2
5Intel Japan
Communication
Strategy 16Intel Japan
Communication
Strategy 2
7
Meigetsudo 1
8
Meigetsudo 2
9
Global MUJI 1
10
Gloabal MUJI 2
11
Shiseido Italy
12
Shiseido France
13
Toshiba HR
14
Konica Minolta

内容Good Speakers

Preparation
Describe Details
Brainstorming & Clustering
Transitions & Connectors

Audience Analysis

Selecting Details
Explaining Causes
Explaining Reasons
Case 1Case 2
Case 3
Case 4
Demonstration【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Lesson preparation and review exercises
Preparation 2 hours, review 2 hours, a total of 4 hours.
【テキスト（教科書）】
1. M. Hood. Dynamic Presentations, Kinseido
2. Global Leadership; Case Studies of Business Leaders inJapanYasuo NAKATANI & Ryan Smithers. Kinseido【参考書】
Yoshio Sugita & Richard R. Caraker. Writing for Presentation
in English. Nan’un-do— 166 —

発行日：2021/5/1【成績評価の方法と基準】
Class partcipation and contribution 30%
Class presnetaions 40%
Final presentation 30%

ECN200CA

Demography A
菅【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Improving writing skills as well

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：木 3/Thu.3 ｜ キャンパス：多摩 / Tama
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：Economics
備考（履修条件等）：【学生が準備すべき機器他】
PC, DVD, Internet connection【Outline and objectives】
Participants learn current English through authentic businesscases in Japan contexts. They also learn English presentation
skills.

幹雄

他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】An introductory course in demographic methods, teaching how
demographers measure population growth, mortality, fertility,
marriage, and age structure.
【到達目標】
1.Understand basic concepts and measures
2.Understand age-specific rates and probabilities
3.Understand and be able to compile life table【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【授業の進め方と方法】
Worksheets will be delivered by using the Lecture Supporting
System for better understanding and student should calculate
and fill it in. After the submission deadline of worksheet, thecorrect answer will be feedbacked.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
なし / No【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Basic Concepts andMeasures(1)

2
3

4
5

6
7
8
9
10

11

12

— 167 —

Basic Concepts andMeasures(2)Basic Concepts andMeasures(3)Basic Concepts andMeasures(4)Basic Concepts andMeasures(5)Age-Specific Rates
and Probabilities(1)Age-Specific Rates
and Probabilities(2)Age-Specific Rates
and Probabilities(3)Age-Specific Rates
and Probabilities(4)The Life Table andSingle Decrement
Processes(1)The Life Table andSingle Decrement
Processes(2)The Life Table andSingle Decrement
Processes(3)内容
Meaning of”Population",Population
Statistics
The Balancing Equation ofPopulation Change
The Structure of Demographic
rates, Period Rates andPerson-years, Principal Period
Rates in Demography
Instantaneous Growth Rate,
Mean Annualized Growth Rate
Estimating Period
Person-years, The Concept of a
Cohort, Probabilities of
Occurrence of Events
Period Age-specific Rates

Age-standardization
The Lexis Diagram
Age-specific Probabilities
The Life Table

Period Life Tables

Interpreting the Life Table発行日：2021/5/1

13

14

The Life Table andSingle Decrement
Processes(4)Summing Up

The Life Table Conceived
a Stationary Populationas

ECN200CA

DemographyA
Summing Up菅【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Look at homepages of related demographic statistics. Preparation 2 hours, review 2 hours, a total of 4 hours.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Samuel Preston, Patrick Heuveline, Michel Guillot, Demography: Measuring and Modeling Population Processes,
Wiley,4313 JPY【参考書】
Nicolas Bacaër,A Short History of Mathematical Population
Dynamics,Springer, 5176 JPY【成績評価の方法と基準】
Worksheets in online 100%
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Upload the answer of worksheets as soon as possible.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
calculator【Outline and objectives】
An introductory course in demographic methods, teaching how
demographers measure population growth, mortality, fertility,
marriage, and age structure.

幹雄

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

単位：2 単位

成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】An introductory course in demographic methods, teaching how
demographers measure population growth, mortality, fertility,
marriage, and age structure.
【到達目標】
1.Understand basic concepts and measures
2.Understand age-specific rates and probabilities
3.Understand and be able to compile life table【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、経済学科・現代ビジネス学科は「DP6」「DP7」に関連。国際経済学科は「DP5」「DP6」「DP7」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
Worksheets will be delivered by using the Lecture Supporting
System for better understanding and student should calculate
and fill it in. After the submission deadline of worksheet, thecorrect answer will be feedbacked.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
なし / No【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Basic Concepts andMeasures(1)

2
3

4
5

6
7
8
9
10

11

12

13

— 168 —

Basic Concepts andMeasures(2)Basic Concepts andMeasures(3)Basic Concepts andMeasures(4)Basic Concepts andMeasures(5)Age-Specific Rates
and Probabilities(1)Age-Specific Rates
and Probabilities(2)Age-Specific Rates
and Probabilities(3)Age-Specific Rates
and Probabilities(4)The Life Table andSingle Decrement
Processes(1)The Life Table andSingle Decrement
Processes(2)The Life Table andSingle Decrement
Processes(3)The Life Table andSingle Decrement
Processes(4)内容
Meaning of”Population",Population
Statistics
The Balancing Equation ofPopulation Change
The Structure of Demographic
rates, Period Rates andPerson-years, Principal Period
Rates in Demography
Instantaneous Growth Rate,
Mean Annualized Growth Rate
Estimating Period
Person-years, The Concept of a
Cohort, Probabilities of
Occurrence of Events
Period Age-specific Rates

Age-standardization
The Lexis Diagram
Age-specific Probabilities
The Life Table

Period Life Tables

Interpreting the Life Table

The Life Table Conceived
a Stationary Populationas発行日：2021/5/1

14Summing Up

Summing Up

ECN200CA【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Look at homepages of related demographic statistics. Preparation 2 hours, review 2 hours, a total of 4 hours.

DemographyB
菅【テキスト（教科書）】
Samuel Preston, Patrick Heuveline, Michel Guillot, Demography: Measuring and Modeling Population Processes,
Wiley,4313 JPY【参考書】
Nicolas Bacaër,A Short History of Mathematical Population
Dynamics,Springer, 5176 JPY【成績評価の方法と基準】
Worksheets in online 100%

幹雄

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

単位：2 単位
成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】An introductory course in demographic methods, teaching how
demographers measure population growth, mortality, fertility,
marriage, and age structure.
【到達目標】
1.Understand fertility rate
2.Understand and be able to conduct population projection
3.Understand stable population model【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Upload the answer of worksheets as soon as possible.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
calculator【Outline and objectives】
An introductory course in demographic methods, teaching how
demographers measure population growth, mortality, fertility,
marriage, and age structure.

【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、経済学科・現代ビジネス学科は「DP6」「DP7」に関連。国際経済学科は「DP5」「DP6」「DP7」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
Lectures will be conducted on using Zoom. Worksheets aredelivered in the lecture for better understanding and student
should calculate and fill it in. After the submission deadline ofworksheet, the correct answer will be feedbacked.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
なし / No【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Review of a Basic
Period Life Table
2
Multiple Decrement
Processes(1)3Multiple Decrement
Processes(2)4Fertility Rates(1)5Fertility Rates(2)

6
7

8
9
10
11

12
13
14

Population
Projection(1)Population
Projection(2)Population
Projection(3)The Stable
Population Model(1)The Stable
Population Model(2)The Stable
Population Model(3)内容
Review of a Basic Period Life
Table
Multiple Decrement Tables
for a Periods
Associated Single Decrement
Life Tables from Period Data
Period Fertility Rates
Cohort Fertility,Reproduction
Measures
Population projection without
immigration
Projection and Forecasts,
Population Projection
Methodology, The Cohort
Component Methods
Cohort Component Methods

Review of Stationary
Population Model
A Simplified Example of a
Stable Population
Lotka’s Demonstration ofConditions Producing a Stable
Population
Intrinsic Growth Rate

The Stable
Population Model(4)The Stable
Momentum of Population
Population Model(5) Growth
Summing Up
Summing Up【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Look at homepages related to demographic statistics
Preparation 2 hours, review 2 hours, a total of 4 hours.

— 169 —

発行日：2021/5/1【テキスト（教科書）】
Samuel Preston, Patrick Heuveline, Michel Guillot, Demography: Measuring and Modeling Population Processes,
Wiley,4313 JPY

ECN200CA

Demography B
菅【参考書】
Nicolas Bacaër,A Short History of Mathematical Population
Dynamics,Springer, 5176 JPY

幹雄

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：木 3/Thu.3 ｜ キャンパス：多摩 / Tama
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：Economics
備考（履修条件等）：【成績評価の方法と基準】
Worksheets 100%
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Upload the answer of worksheets as soon as possible.

他学部公開：【学生が準備すべき機器他】
calculator【Outline and objectives】
An introductory course in demographic methods, teaching how
demographers measure population growth, mortality, fertility,
marriage, and age structure.

グローバル：○

成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】An introductory course in demographic methods, teaching how
demographers measure population growth, mortality, fertility,
marriage, and age structure.
【到達目標】
1.Understand fertility rate
2.Understand and be able to conduct population projection
3.Understand stable population model【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【授業の進め方と方法】
Lectures will be conducted on using Zoom. Worksheets aredelivered in the lecture for better understanding and student
should calculate and fill it in. After the submission deadline ofworksheet, the correct answer will be feedbacked.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
なし / No【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Review of a Basic
Period Life Table
2
Multiple Decrement
Processes(1)3Multiple Decrement
Processes(2)4Fertility Rates(1)5Fertility Rates(2)

6
7

8
9
10
11

12
13
14

Population
Projection(1)Population
Projection(2)Population
Projection(3)The Stable
Population Model(1)The Stable
Population Model(2)The Stable
Population Model(3)内容
Review of a Basic Period Life
Table
Multiple Decrement Tables
for a Periods
Associated Single Decrement
Life Tables from Period Data
Period Fertility Rates
Cohort Fertility,Reproduction
Measures
Population projection without
immigration
Projection and Forecasts,
Population Projection
Methodology, The Cohort
Component Methods
Cohort Component Methods

Review of Stationary
Population Model
A Simplified Example of a
Stable Population
Lotka’s Demonstration ofConditions Producing a Stable
Population
Intrinsic Growth Rate

The Stable
Population Model(4)The Stable
Momentum of Population
Population Model(5) Growth
Summing Up
Summing Up【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Look at homepages related to demographic statistics
Preparation 2 hours, review 2 hours, a total of 4 hours.

— 170 —

発行日：2021/5/1【テキスト（教科書）】
Samuel Preston, Patrick Heuveline, Michel Guillot, Demography: Measuring and Modeling Population Processes,
Wiley,4313 JPY

LANe200CA

Business Communication I A
リチャード

【参考書】
Nicolas Bacaër,A Short History of Mathematical Population
Dynamics,Springer, 5176 JPY

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：金 3/Fri.3 ｜ キャンパス：多摩 / Tama
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：Economics
備考（履修条件等）：【成績評価の方法と基準】
Worksheets 100%
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Upload the answer of worksheets as soon as possible.

他学部公開：【学生が準備すべき機器他】
calculator【Outline and objectives】
An introductory course in demographic methods, teaching how
demographers measure population growth, mortality, fertility,
marriage, and age structure.

エバノフ

グローバル：○

成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】In this course students will learn about cross-culturaldifferences in international business.
【到達目標】The goal of this course is to help students improve theirintercultural business communication skills.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【授業の進め方と方法】
Students will be given a reading assignment and then be
expected to write an essay about what they have read.
Feedback on essays will be given on Hoppii immediately after
assignments have been submitted.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
Week 1 Student
introductionsn
Week 2 Course introduction
Week 3 Coronavirus andbusiness (1)Week 4 Coronavirus andbusiness (2)Week 5 Globalization inbusiness (1)Week 6 Globalization inbusiness (2)Week 7 Business manners(1)
Week 8 Business manners(2)
Week 9 Names and titles (1)Week
Names and titles (2)10
Week
Business etiquette
11
(1)
Week
Business etiquette
12
(2)
Week
Review as necessary
13
(1)
Week
Review as necessary
14
(2)

内容
Essay (1)Read assigned documents
Newspaper article
Essay (2)Chapter 1 in textbook
Essay (3)Chapter 2 in textbook
Essay (4)Chapter 3 in textbook
Essay (5)Chapter 4 in textbook
Essay (6)
Review (1)Review (2)【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students should prepare for each class by reading theappropriate chapter in advance and checking vocabulary(approximately two hours per week). Following the lesson
students should review both the chapter and what was
discussed in class (approximately two hours per week).
Additional home preparation for student presentations isrequired (approximately four hours at the student’s discretion).

— 171 —

発行日：2021/5/1【テキスト（教科書）】
Shishido, Makoto and Bruce Allen (2003). Global Understanding: Success in International Business. Tokyo: Seibido. ISBN
9784791940660 (¥ 1,700)

LANe200CA

Business Communication IA
リチャード

【参考書】
None

エバノフ

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring

単位：2 単位【成績評価の方法と基準】
Students will be evaluated on the basis of the assignments
they return to me (100%). It is important that you submit
all assignments by the deadline so that I have enough time
to read and mark them. Grades will be reduced if you submit
the assignments late.

【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】In this course students will learn about cross-culturaldifferences in international business.

【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Since the comments did not recommend any changes, nochanges will be made unless specific changes are requested.

【到達目標】The goal of this course is to help students improve theirintercultural business communication skills.

【学生が準備すべき機器他】
None【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP3」「DP5」に関連【その他の重要事項】
None【Outline and objectives】
This course is intended to help prepare students to effectively
engage in international business after they begin working.

他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の進め方と方法】
Students will be given a reading assignment and then be
expected to write an essay about what they have read.
Feedback on essays will be given on Hoppii immediately after
assignments have been submitted.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
Week 1 Student
introductionsn
Week 2 Course introduction
Week 3 Coronavirus andbusiness (1)Week 4 Coronavirus andbusiness (2)Week 5 Globalization inbusiness (1)Week 6 Globalization inbusiness (2)Week 7 Business manners(1)
Week 8 Business manners(2)
Week 9 Names and titles (1)Week
Names and titles (2)10
Week
Business etiquette
11
(1)
Week
Business etiquette
12
(2)
Week
Review as necessary
13
(1)
Week
Review as necessary
14
(2)

内容
Essay (1)Read assigned documents
Newspaper article
Essay (2)Chapter 1 in textbook
Essay (3)Chapter 2 in textbook
Essay (4)Chapter 3 in textbook
Essay (5)Chapter 4 in textbook
Essay (6)
Review (1)Review (2)【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students should prepare for each class by reading theappropriate chapter in advance and checking vocabulary(approximately two hours per week). Following the lesson
students should review both the chapter and what was
discussed in class (approximately two hours per week).
Additional home preparation for student presentations isrequired (approximately four hours at the student’s discretion).

— 172 —

発行日：2021/5/1【テキスト（教科書）】
Shishido, Makoto and Bruce Allen (2003). Global Understanding: Success in International Business. Tokyo: Seibido. ISBN
9784791940660 (¥ 1,700)

LANe200CA

Business Communication I B
リチャード

【参考書】
None

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：金 3/Fri.3 ｜ キャンパス：多摩 / Tama
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：Economics
備考（履修条件等）：【成績評価の方法と基準】
Students will be evaluated on the basis of the assignments
they return to me (100%). It is important that you submit
all assignments by the deadline so that I have enough time
to read and mark them. Grades will be reduced if you submit
the assignments late.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Since the comments did not recommend any changes, nochanges will be made unless specific changes are requested.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
None【その他の重要事項】
None【Outline and objectives】
This course is intended to help prepare students to effectively
engage in international business after they begin working.

エバノフ

他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】In this course students will learn the basics of international
business communication from an intercultural perspective.
The course will compare the business customs of Japan withthose other countries, while considering how people fromdifferent cultures can work together effectively despite having
different ways of thinking and different communication styles.
【到達目標】
This course is intended to prepare students to use English ininternational business situations.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【授業の進め方と方法】
Both the teacher and students will present chapters from the
textbook, with selected exercises for students. Supplementarylectures will be given by the teacher on topics not covered by
the textbook. Feedback will be given on Hoppii immediately
after assignments have been submitted.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
Week 1 Course introduction
Week 2 US and JapaneseBusiness: A Case
Study
Week 3 Marketing,Advertising, andDistribution
Week 4 Communication in
the "Thumb
Generation"
Week 5 Women in theInternational
Workplace
Week 6 Changes in
Employment
Systems
Week 7 Establishing Trustin International
Business
Week 8 International
Business and theInternet
Week 9 Business and theLaw: Foreign
Lawsuits
Week
Questions about
10
Globalization andFree Trade— 173 —

内容
Explanation by teacher
Lesson 11 in textbook

Lesson 12 in textbook

Lesson 13 in textbook

Lesson 14 in textbook

Lesson 15 in textbook

Lesson 16 in textbook

Lesson 17 in textbook

Lesson 18 in textbook

Lesson 19 in textbook

発行日：2021/5/1

Week
11
Week
12
Week
13
Week
14

What is Success in
the Global Business
World?
Advertising andPublic Relations
Intercultural
Communication and
Globalization
Final summary

Lesson 20 in textbook

LANe200CA

Business Communication IB
Supplementary lecture (1)

リチャード

エバノフ

Supplementary lecture (2)開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall
他学部公開：

Review【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students should prepare for each class by reading theappropriate chapter in advance and checking vocabulary(approximately two hours per week). Following the lesson
students should review both the chapter and what was
discussed in class (approximately two hours per week).
Additional home preparation for student presentations isrequired (approximately four hours at the student’s discretion).
【テキスト（教科書）】
Shishido, Makoto and Bruce Allen (2003). Global Understanding: Success in International Business. Tokyo: Seibido. ISBN
9784791940660 (¥ 1,700)
【参考書】
None
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Students will be evaluated by class participation (50%) andby their presentations in class (50%). There will be no final
examination.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Since the comments did not recommend any changes, nochanges will be made unless specific changes are requested.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
None

グローバル：○

単位：2 単位
成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】In this course students will learn the basics of international
business communication from an intercultural perspective.
The course will compare the business customs of Japan withthose other countries, while considering how people fromdifferent cultures can work together effectively despite having
different ways of thinking and different communication styles.
【到達目標】
This course is intended to prepare students to use English ininternational business situations.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP3」「DP5」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
Both the teacher and students will present chapters from the
textbook, with selected exercises for students. Supplementarylectures will be given by the teacher on topics not covered by
the textbook. Feedback will be given on Hoppii immediately
after assignments have been submitted.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No【その他の重要事項】
None【Outline and objectives】
In this course students will learn the basics of international
business communication from an intercultural perspective.
The course will compare the business customs of Japan withthose other countries, while considering how people fromdifferent cultures can work together effectively despite having
different ways of thinking and different communication styles.
This course focuses on the following activities: preparing andgiving presentations of chapters from the textbook, listening tolectures given the teacher, and discussing material presenting
both in the textbook and by the teacher【授業計画】
回
テーマ
Week 1 Course introduction
Week 2 US and JapaneseBusiness: A Case
Study
Week 3 Marketing,Advertising, andDistribution
Week 4 Communication in
the "Thumb
Generation"
Week 5 Women in theInternational
Workplace
Week 6 Changes in
Employment
Systems
Week 7 Establishing Trustin International
Business
Week 8 International
Business and theInternet
Week 9 Business and theLaw: Foreign
Lawsuits
Week
Questions about
10
Globalization andFree Trade
Week
What is Success in11
the Global Business
World?
Week
Advertising and
12
Public Relations— 174 —

内容
Explanation by teacher
Lesson 11 in textbook

Lesson 12 in textbook

Lesson 13 in textbook

Lesson 14 in textbook

Lesson 15 in textbook

Lesson 16 in textbook

Lesson 17 in textbook

Lesson 18 in textbook

Lesson 19 in textbook

Lesson 20 in textbook

Supplementary lecture (1)発行日：2021/5/1

Week
13
Week
14

Intercultural
Supplementary lecture (2)Communication and
Globalization
Final summary
Review

ECN300CA

Macro Economics A
JESS DIAMO Ｎ D【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students should prepare for each class by reading theappropriate chapter in advance and checking vocabulary(approximately two hours per week). Following the lesson
students should review both the chapter and what was
discussed in class (approximately two hours per week).
Additional home preparation for student presentations isrequired (approximately four hours at the student’s discretion).
【テキスト（教科書）】
Shishido, Makoto and Bruce Allen (2003). Global Understanding: Success in International Business. Tokyo: Seibido. ISBN
9784791940660 (¥ 1,700)
【参考書】
None
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Students will be evaluated by class participation (50%) andby their presentations in class (50%). There will be no final
examination.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Since the comments did not recommend any changes, nochanges will be made unless specific changes are requested.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
None【その他の重要事項】
None【Outline and objectives】
In this course students will learn the basics of international
business communication from an intercultural perspective.
The course will compare the business customs of Japan withthose other countries, while considering how people fromdifferent cultures can work together effectively despite having
different ways of thinking and different communication styles.
This course focuses on the following activities: preparing andgiving presentations of chapters from the textbook, listening tolectures given the teacher, and discussing material presenting
both in the textbook and by the teacher

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

単位：2 単位

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
英語で書かれた教科書を使い、マクロ経済学の概念を理解する。
本講義では、教科書である Blanchard, O. and Johnson, D.H.
Macroeconomics: Pearson の Chapter1 から Chapter13 まで取り上げます。講義は英語で行われる。
【到達目標】
マクロ経済学に関する基本的な知識を身につる。
The goal of this course is to introduce students to the basic
ideas and concepts of macroeconomics.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、経済学科は「DP1」
「DP7」
「DP8」
「DP9」
に関連。国際経済学科・現代ビジネス学科は「DP1」「DP7」に関連。
【授業の進め方と方法】
スライドと板書を用いた講義形式の授業を行う。コロナウイルスの発生が治るまで授業の動画をネット上オンデマンドで配信する。課
題等の提出・フィードバックは「学習支援システム」を通じて行う。
The class is conducted in a lecture format using slides that canbe downloaded. For the duration of the coronavirus outbreak,classes will be recorded and made available online for students
to view on demand. Regular homework assignments will befollowed by feedback on students’ performance.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Introduction
2
Basic Macro
Concepts

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

14

内容
Orientation and Introduction
Defining the Basic Objectives
and Concepts ofMacroeconomics
The Early Economic Brief history ofThinkers
Macroeconomics
The Short Run
The Goods Market
The Short Run
Financial Markets
The Short Run
The IS/LM Model
The Medium Run
The Labor Market
The Medium Run
The AS/AD Model
The Medium Run
The Phillips Curve
The Long Run
The Facts About Growth
The Long Run
Saving, Capital Accumulation
and Output
The Long Run
Technological Progress and
GrowthThe Long Run
Technological Progress: The
Short, the Medium, and theLong Runs
Review and Final
Review Class Material and
Exam
Take the Final Exam

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
本授業の準備学習・復習時間は、各 2 時間を標準とします。
Homework assignment will be assigned regularly. Students are
required to review the work covered in lecture and read thecorresponding section of the textbook in addition to completing
homework assignments. Preparation time of 2 hours, review
time of 2 hours for a total of 4 hours.

— 175 —

発行日：2021/5/1【テキスト（教科書）】
Blanchard, O. and Johnson, D.H. Macroeconomics: Pearson(6th Edition)

ECN300CA

Macro Economics B

【参考書】
特になし。

JESS DIAMO Ｎ D
開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall【成績評価の方法と基準】
宿題:30%
期末試験:70%
Homework: 30%
Final Exam: 70%

他学部公開：【学生の意見等からの気づき】
特になし。
【Outline and objectives】
In this course, we learn the basic concepts and ideas ofmacroeconomics by studying chapters 1-13 from Blanchard, O.
and Johnson, D.H. Macroeconomics: Pearson.

グローバル：○

単位：2 単位
成績優秀：

実務教員：

【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
英語で書かれた教科書を使い、マクロ経済学の概念を理解する。
本講 義では、教科書である Blanchard, O. and Johnson, D.H.
Macroeconomics: Pearson の Chapter14 から Chapter25 まで
取り上げま す。講義は英語で行われる。
【到達目標】
マクロ経済学に関する基本的な知識を身につる。
The goal of this course is to introduce students to the basic
ideas and concepts of macroeconomics.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、経済学科は「DP1」
「DP7」
「DP8」
「DP9」
に関連。国際経済学科・現代ビジネス学科は「DP1」「DP7」に関連。
【授業の進め方と方法】
スライドと板書を用いた講義形式の授業を行う。コロナウイルスの発生が治るまで授業の動画をネット上オンデマンドで配信する。課
題等の提出・フィードバックは「学習支援システム」を通じて行う。
The class is conducted in a lecture format using slides that canbe downloaded. For the duration of the coronavirus outbreak,classes will be recorded and made available online for students
to view on demand. Regular homework assignments will befollowed by feedback on students’ performance.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Introduction
2
Expectations
3
Expectations

4

Expectations

5

Expectations

6

The Open Economy

7

The Open Economy

8

The Open Economy

9
10

The Open Economy
Macroeconomic
PolicyMacroeconomic
PolicyMacroeconomic
PolicyMacroeconomic
PolicyReview and Final
Exam

11
12
13
14

内容
Orientation and Introduction
Expectations: The Basic Tools
Financial Markets andExpectations
Expectations, Consumption,and Investment
Expectations, Output, andPolicyOpenness in Goods andFinancial Markets
The Goods Market in an Open
Economy
Output, the Interest Rate, andthe Exchange Rate
Exchange Rate Regimes
Should Policy Makers be
Restrained?
Fiscal Policy: A Summing Up

Monetary Policy: A SummingUp
The Story of Macroeconomics
Review Class Material andTake the Final Exam

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
本授業の準備学習・復習時間は、各 2 時間を標準とします。

— 176 —

発行日：2021/5/1

Homework assignment will be assigned regularly. Students are
required to review the work covered in lecture and read thecorresponding section of the textbook in addition to completing
homework assignments. Preparation time of 2 hours, review
time of 2 hours for a total of 4 hours.

ECN300CA

Micro Economics A
平井【テキスト（教科書）】
Blanchard, O. and Johnson, D.H. Macroeconomics: Pearson(6th Edition)
【参考書】
特になし。

俊行

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

単位：2 単位

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
This course provides an introductory level of game theory. In particular,
basic theory is mainly provided in Spring Semester.

【成績評価の方法と基準】
宿題:30%
期末試験:70%
Homework: 30%
Final Exam: 70%【到達目標】To understand and be able to explain basic concepts of game theory.
To be able to solve (at least easy) problems.

【学生の意見等からの気づき】
特になし。
【Outline and objectives】
In this course, we continue to learn the basic concepts and ideas
of macroeconomics by studying chapters 14-25 from Blanchard,O. and Johnson, D.H. Macroeconomics: Pearson.

【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】ディプロマポリシーのうち、経済学科は「DP1」
「DP7」
「DP8」
「DP9」に関連。国際経済学科・現代ビジネス学科は「DP1」「DP7」に関連。
【授業の進め方と方法】
The lectures will be provided online, in combination of real-time
online classes (probably via Zoom) and on-demand contents(probably
via YouTube). The first lecture is planned to be provided via on-demandcontents. I will announce later schedule at the first lecture. Feedbacks
for online assignment will be provided via Hoppii.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Introduction
2
How to Think about
Strategic Games
3
Games with Sequential
Moves
4
Simultaneous-Move
Games (1)5Simultaneous-Move
Games (2)6
Simultaneous-Move
Games (3)7
Simultaneous-Move
Games (4)8Simultaneous-Move
Games (5)9Combining Sequential
and SimultaneousMoves (1)10
Combining Sequential
and SimultaneousMoves (2)11
Simultaneous-Moe
Games (6)12
Simultaneous-Moe
Games (7)13
Simultaneous-Moe
Games (8)14Review

内容
Guidance; Introduction
Classification; Terminology

Game trees; Rollback equilibrium
Strategic game; Nash equilibrium
Dominance relation
Best-response analysis
Applications with continuous
strategies
Rationalizability
Games with simultaneous andsequential moves
Subgame perfect equilibrium

Mixed strategy; Mixed strategy
equilibrium
Applications of mixed strategy
equilibria
Extension to three or more
players/strategies
Review of the semester【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Please read the textbook and try some exercises. The standard
preparation and review time for this class is 2 hours each.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Dixit, Skeath, McAdams (2020) "Games of Strategy, 5th Edition," W. W.
Norton & Company.
【参考書】
To be announced in lectures.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Class participation 20%; Online assignments 30%, Final exam 50%.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
N/A【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Materials and online assignments will be available at Hoppii.
【Outline and objectives】— 177 —

発行日：2021/5/1

ECN300CA

ECN200CA

Micro Economics B

Japan and ASEAN Economy A平井 俊行

MANISH SHARMA

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

単位：2 単位
成績優秀：

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：火 1/Tue.1 ｜ キャンパス：多摩 / Tama
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：Economics
備考（履修条件等）：

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course provides an introductory level of game theory.
applications will be provided in Fall Semester.

【到達目標】To understand and be able to explain basic concepts of game theory.
To be able to solve (at least easy) problems.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】ディプロマポリシーのうち、経済学科は「DP1」
「DP7」
「DP8」
「DP9」に関連。国際経済学科・現代ビジネス学科は「DP1」「DP7」に関連。
【授業の進め方と方法】
The lectures will be provided online, in combination of real-time
online classes (probably via Zoom) and on-demand contents(probably
via YouTube). The first lecture is planned to be provided via on-demandcontents. I will announce later schedule at the first lecture. Feedbacks
for online assignment will be provided via Hoppii.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes

2

Strategic Moves

3

10
11
12

Uncertainty andInformation (1)Uncertainty andInformation (2)Uncertainty andInformation (3)Repeated Prisoners’
Dilemma (1)Repeated Prisoners’
Dilemma (2)Collective-Action
Games (1)Collective Action
Games (2)Design of Incentives (1)Design of Incentives (2)Auctions (1)13

Auction (2)14Review

4
5
6
7
8
9

成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
After the second world war, Japan has followed a very distinct
development path with unique economic policy choices and pragmaticstate-led industrialization. This course intends to cover the influence of
the Japanese economic model on remarkable patterns of development inSouth East Asia. Specifically, the course analyses the recent history of
economic collaboration between Japan and ASEAN countries.
Each class consists of two parts: (1) lecture and (2) students’presentations of the assignment. At the end of the course, students arealso required to submit a short report.
【到達目標】
1.Introduce the historical economic perspective about Japan and
ASEAN
2.Impart macro-economic tools to understand and analyze economic
development in the region【授業の進め方と方法】
The class is designed to be:
1.Interactive: With a strong emphasis on student participation.
2. Up-to-date: With the real-time explanation of unfolding events.
3. Critical and Analytical: Understanding the whys and hows of the
global economy.
4. Accessible: Breaking down the complex jargon in simple terms.
Each class consists of two parts: (1) lecture and (2) discussion. Active
participation is required.
Two-Way Interaction:
Students will be able to partly design this course by participatingin regular surveys and writing weekly posts on Hoppii. After thesubmission of each assignment, the instructor will give feedback or
remedial explanation via an online forum and/or in the weekly session.

内容
Guidance; Introduction to Fall
Semester; Review of Spring
SemesterCommitments; Threat andpromises
Asymmetric information; Cheap
talk
Adverse selection, Signaling,
Screening
Signaling games

Finite repetition
Infinite repetitino【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes

Collective-action games with
two/more players
Spillover effects; externalities【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】回
テーマ
1
INTRODUCTION

Information-revealing contracts
Incentives for effort
English/Dutch auction;
Second-price auction
First-price auction; Revenue
equivalence
Review of the semester2
3【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Please read the textbook and try some exercises. The standard
preparation and review time for this class is 2 hours each.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Dixit, Skeath, McAdams (2020) "Games of Strategy, 5th Edition," W. W.
Norton & Company.

4
5
6
7

【参考書】
To be announced in lectures.

8【成績評価の方法と基準】
Class participation 20%; Online assignments 30%, Final exam 50%.

9

【学生の意見等からの気づき】
N/A

10【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Materials and online assignments will be available at Hoppii.
【Outline and objectives】

グローバル：○【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Introduction

他学部公開：

More

11
12
13

14

— 178 —FLYING GEESE
PARADIGM
STATE CAPITALISM
THEORIES OF
GOVERNANCE
ASEAN PLUS 3
MODERNIZINGJAPAN 1
MODERNIZINGJAPAN 2BRIEF HISTORY OFASEANECONOMICPOLICIES IN ASEAN
FINANCIALSYSTEMS IN ASEAN
JAPAN IN ASEANECONOMIC
INTEGRATIONECONOMICDEVELOPMENT IN
ASEANJAPAN-ASEANECONOMIC TIES

内容
Overview and significance of thecourseEast Asian Miracle; Critique of
Akamatsu paradigm
Definition; Theoretical framework;
Historical precedents
Authoritarian developmentalism(Watanabe)
Mechanism, Economic cooperation;
Trade and investment patterns
Pre and post war economic policies;
Zaibatsu to Keiretsu
Role of MITI and other institutions;
The Main Bank System
Colonial and cultural legacy

Monetary and fiscal policy
Institutional perspective
Investment, trade and aid
Prospects of convergence
Economic and social indicators

Future bound perspective; Impactof trade war

発行日：2021/5/1【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are expected to review class material, complete assignments,and find relevant material. Preparatory study and review time for thisclass are 2 hours each.

ECN200CA

Japan and ASEAN Economy A【テキスト（教科書）】No textbook

MANISH SHARMA【参考書】
A detailed reading list will be available on the course website.

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring【成績評価の方法と基準】
1.
Contribution to the class discussion, surveys, and micropresentations - 40% (In-class participation)
2. Weekly forum posts and discussions - 40% (Peer interactions on
Hoppii)3. Final Assignment - 20% (An essay. Details TBA)

他学部公開：【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Not Applicable【その他の重要事項】
1.The intensive perusal of the research and case material before eachsession is a prerequisite
2.The changes/ updates in the syllabus will be communicated to
students during class 1【Outline and objectives】
After the second world war, Japan has followed a very distinct
development path with unique economic policy choices and pragmaticstate-led industrialization. This course intends to cover the influence of
the Japanese economic model on remarkable patterns of development inSouth East Asia. Specifically, the course analyses the recent history of
economic collaboration between Japan and ASEAN countries.
Each class consists of two parts: (1) lecture and (2) students’presentations of the assignment. At the end of the course, students arealso required to submit a short report.

グローバル：○

単位：2 単位

成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
After the second world war, Japan has followed a very distinct
development path with unique economic policy choices and pragmaticstate-led industrialization. This course intends to cover the influence of
the Japanese economic model on remarkable patterns of development inSouth East Asia. Specifically, the course analyses the recent history of
economic collaboration between Japan and ASEAN countries.
Each class consists of two parts: (1) lecture and (2) students’presentations of the assignment. At the end of the course, students arealso required to submit a short report.
【到達目標】
1.Introduce the historical economic perspective about Japan and
ASEAN
2.Impart macro-economic tools to understand and analyze economic
development in the region【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP2」「DP5」「DP8」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
The class is designed to be:
1.Interactive: With a strong emphasis on student participation.
2. Up-to-date: With the real-time explanation of unfolding events.
3. Critical and Analytical: Understanding the whys and hows of the
global economy.
4. Accessible: Breaking down the complex jargon in simple terms.
Each class consists of two parts: (1) lecture and (2) discussion. Active
participation is required.
Two-Way Interaction:
Students will be able to partly design this course by participatingin regular surveys and writing weekly posts on Hoppii. After thesubmission of each assignment, the instructor will give feedback or
remedial explanation via an online forum and/or in the weekly session.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】回
テーマ
1
INTRODUCTION

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

14

FLYING GEESE
PARADIGM
STATE CAPITALISM
THEORIES OF
GOVERNANCE
ASEAN PLUS 3
MODERNIZINGJAPAN 1
MODERNIZINGJAPAN 2BRIEF HISTORY OFASEANECONOMICPOLICIES IN ASEAN
FINANCIALSYSTEMS IN ASEAN
JAPAN IN ASEANECONOMIC
INTEGRATIONECONOMICDEVELOPMENT IN
ASEANJAPAN-ASEANECONOMIC TIES

内容
Overview and significance of thecourseEast Asian Miracle; Critique of
Akamatsu paradigm
Definition; Theoretical framework;
Historical precedents
Authoritarian developmentalism(Watanabe)
Mechanism, Economic cooperation;
Trade and investment patterns
Pre and post war economic policies;
Zaibatsu to Keiretsu
Role of MITI and other institutions;
The Main Bank System
Colonial and cultural legacy

Monetary and fiscal policy
Institutional perspective
Investment, trade and aid
Prospects of convergence
Economic and social indicators

Future bound perspective; Impactof trade war【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are expected to review class material, complete assignments,and find relevant material. Preparatory study and review time for thisclass are 2 hours each.

— 179 —

発行日：2021/5/1【テキスト（教科書）】No textbook

ECN200CA【参考書】
A detailed reading list will be available on the course website.

Japan and ASEAN Economy B【成績評価の方法と基準】
1.
Contribution to the class discussion, surveys, and micropresentations - 40% (In-class participation)
2. Weekly forum posts and discussions - 40% (Peer interactions on
Hoppii)3. Final Assignment - 20% (An essay. Details TBA)

MANISH SHARMA【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Not Applicable【その他の重要事項】
1.The intensive perusal of the research and case material before eachsession is a prerequisite
2.The changes/ updates in the syllabus will be communicated to
students during class 1【Outline and objectives】
After the second world war, Japan has followed a very distinct
development path with unique economic policy choices and pragmaticstate-led industrialization. This course intends to cover the influence of
the Japanese economic model on remarkable patterns of development inSouth East Asia. Specifically, the course analyses the recent history of
economic collaboration between Japan and ASEAN countries.
Each class consists of two parts: (1) lecture and (2) students’presentations of the assignment. At the end of the course, students arealso required to submit a short report.

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

単位：2 単位
成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
After the second world war, Japan has followed a very distinct
development path with unique economic policy choices and pragmaticstate-led industrialization. This course intends to cover the influence of
the Japanese economic model on remarkable patterns of development inSouth East Asia. Specifically, the course analyses the recent history of
economic collaboration between Japan and ASEAN countries.
Each class consists of two parts: (1) lecture and (2) students’presentations of the assignment. At the end of the course, students arealso required to submit a short report.
【到達目標】
1.Introduce the historical economic perspective about Japan and
ASEAN
2.Impart macro-economic tools to understand and analyze economic
development in the region【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP2」「DP5」「DP8」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
The class is designed to be:
1.Interactive: With a strong emphasis on student participation.
2. Up-to-date: With the real-time explanation of unfolding events.
3. Critical and Analytical: Understanding the whys and hows of the
global economy.
4. Accessible: Breaking down the complex jargon in simple terms.
Each class consists of two parts: (1) lecture and (2) discussion. Active
participation is required.
Two-Way Interaction:
Students will be able to partly design this course by participatingin regular surveys and writing weekly posts on Hoppii. After thesubmission of each assignment, the instructor will give feedback or
remedial explanation via an online forum and/or in the weekly session.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】回
テーマ
1
INTRODUCTION

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

14

FLYING GEESE
PARADIGM
STATE CAPITALISM
THEORIES OF
GOVERNANCE
ASEAN PLUS 3
MODERNIZINGJAPAN 1
MODERNIZINGJAPAN 2BRIEF HISTORY OFASEANECONOMICPOLICIES IN ASEAN
FINANCIALSYSTEMS IN ASEAN
JAPAN IN ASEANECONOMIC
INTEGRATIONECONOMICDEVELOPMENT IN
ASEANJAPAN-ASEANECONOMIC TIES

内容
Overview and significance of thecourseEast Asian Miracle; Critique of
Akamatsu paradigm
Theoretical framework; Historicalprecedents
Authoritarian developmentalism(Watanabe)
Mechanism, Economic cooperation;
Trade and investment patterns
Pre and post war economic policies;
Zaibatsu to Keiretsu
Role of MITI and other institutions;
The Main Bank System
Colonial and cultural legacy

Monetary and fiscal policy
Institutional perspective
Investment, trade and aid
Prospects of convergence
Economic and social indicators

Future bound perspective; Impactof trade war【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are expected to review class material, complete assignments,and find relevant material. Preparatory study and review time for thisclass are 2 hours each.

— 180 —

発行日：2021/5/1【テキスト（教科書）】No textbook

ECN200CA

Japan and ASEAN Economy B【参考書】
A detailed reading list to be available on the course website.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
1.
Contribution to the class discussion, surveys, and micropresentations - 40% (In-class participation)
2. Weekly forum posts and discussions - 40% (Peer interactions on
Hoppii)3. Final Assignment - 20% (An essay. Details TBA)

MANISH SHARMA
開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：火 1/Tue.1 ｜ キャンパス：多摩 / Tama
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：Economics
備考（履修条件等）：【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Not applicable

他学部公開：【その他の重要事項】
1. The intensive perusal of the research and case material before eachsession is a prerequisite.
2. The changes/ updates in the syllabus will be communicated to
students during class 1【Outline and objectives】
After the second world war, Japan has followed a very distinct
development path with unique economic policy choices and pragmaticstate-led industrialization. This course intends to cover the influence of
the Japanese economic model on remarkable patterns of development inSouth East Asia. Specifically, the course analyses the recent history of
economic collaboration between Japan and ASEAN countries.
Each class consists of two parts: (1) lecture and (2) students’presentations of the assignment. At the end of the course, students arealso required to submit a short report.

グローバル：○

成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
After the second world war, Japan has followed a very distinct
development path with unique economic policy choices and pragmaticstate-led industrialization. This course intends to cover the influence of
the Japanese economic model on remarkable patterns of development inSouth East Asia. Specifically, the course analyses the recent history of
economic collaboration between Japan and ASEAN countries.
Each class consists of two parts: (1) lecture and (2) students’presentations of the assignment. At the end of the course, students arealso required to submit a short report.
【到達目標】
1.Introduce the historical economic perspective about Japan and
ASEAN
2.Impart macro-economic tools to understand and analyze economic
development in the region【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【授業の進め方と方法】
The class is designed to be:
1.Interactive: With a strong emphasis on student participation.
2. Up-to-date: With the real-time explanation of unfolding events.
3. Critical and Analytical: Understanding the whys and hows of the
global economy.
4. Accessible: Breaking down the complex jargon in simple terms.
Each class consists of two parts: (1) lecture and (2) discussion. Active
participation is required.
Two-Way Interaction:
Students will be able to partly design this course by participatingin regular surveys and writing weekly posts on Hoppii. After thesubmission of each assignment, the instructor will give feedback or
remedial explanation via an online forum and/or in the weekly session.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】回
テーマ
1
INTRODUCTION

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

14

— 181 —FLYING GEESE
PARADIGM
STATE CAPITALISM
THEORIES OF
GOVERNANCE
ASEAN PLUS 3
MODERNIZINGJAPAN 1
MODERNIZINGJAPAN 2BRIEF HISTORY OFASEANECONOMICPOLICIES IN ASEAN
FINANCIALSYSTEMS IN ASEAN
JAPAN IN ASEANECONOMIC
INTEGRATIONECONOMICDEVELOPMENT IN
ASEANJAPAN-ASEANECONOMIC TIES

内容
Overview and significance of thecourseEast Asian Miracle; Critique of
Akamatsu paradigm
Theoretical framework; Historicalprecedents
Authoritarian developmentalism(Watanabe)
Mechanism, Economic cooperation;
Trade and investment patterns
Pre and post war economic policies;
Zaibatsu to Keiretsu
Role of MITI and other institutions;
The Main Bank System
Colonial and cultural legacy

Monetary and fiscal policy
Institutional perspective
Investment, trade and aid
Prospects of convergence
Economic and social indicators

Future bound perspective; Impactof trade war

発行日：2021/5/1【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are expected to review class material, complete assignments,and find relevant material. Preparatory study and review time for thisclass are 2 hours each.

ECN200CA

Japanese Business and Economy A【テキスト（教科書）】No textbook

MANISH SHARMA【参考書】
A detailed reading list to be available on the course website.

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：火 3/Tue.3 ｜ キャンパス：多摩 / Tama
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：Economics
備考（履修条件等）：【成績評価の方法と基準】
1.
Contribution to the class discussion, surveys, and micropresentations - 40% (In-class participation)
2. Weekly forum posts and discussions - 40% (Peer interactions on
Hoppii)3. Final Assignment - 20% (An essay. Details TBA)
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Not applicable【その他の重要事項】
1. The intensive perusal of the research and case material before eachsession is a prerequisite.
2. The changes/ updates in the syllabus will be communicated to
students during class 1【Outline and objectives】
After the second world war, Japan has followed a very distinct
development path with unique economic policy choices and pragmaticstate-led industrialization. This course intends to cover the influence of
the Japanese economic model on remarkable patterns of development inSouth East Asia. Specifically, the course analyses the recent history of
economic collaboration between Japan and ASEAN countries.
Each class consists of two parts: (1) lecture and (2) students’presentations of the assignment. At the end of the course, students arealso required to submit a short report.

他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The focus of this course is on providing introductory knowledgeof the Japanese economy and the business. The participantslearn the implications of the policy decisions and their impact
on the state of the economy. The course seeks to provide anunderstanding of the historical and institutional backgroundof the contemporary Japanese economy.
We use a wide range of sources, covering academic literature,business case studies, and topical news items as well as op-ed
pieces to understand the various aspects of Japanese business.
Each class consists of two parts: (1) lecture and (2) students’
exercises. In the second half of each lecture, students are
expected to participate in various exercises. Exercises arefollowed by short class-discussion to develop the take-aways.
Students are also required to take short quizzes.
【到達目標】
The course intends to cover:
1. The brief economic history of Japan
2. The institutional basis of the contemporary Japanese
economy3. The characteristics of Japanese business practices【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【授業の進め方と方法】
The class is designed to be:
1.Interactive: With a strong emphasis on student participation.
2. Up-to-date: With the real-time explanation of unfolding
events.
3. Critical and Analytical: Understanding the Japanese
Economy and Business
4. Accessible: Breaking down the complex jargon in simple
terms.
Each class consists of two parts: (1) lecture and (2) discussion.
Active participation is required.
Two-Way Interaction:
Students will be able to partly design this course byparticipating in regular surveys and writing weekly posts
on Hoppii. After the submission of each assignment, theinstructor will give feedback or remedial explanation via an
online forum and/or in the weekly session.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】回
テーマ
1
INTRODUCTION

2— 182 —

JAPANESEECONOMIC
MIRACLE

内容
Overview & significance of thecourse; Political economy ofJapan
Characteristics and attributes;
Flying Geese Model; Impact onother countries発行日：2021/5/1

3

4

ECONOMICHISTORY OF
JAPANCRISESMANAGEMENT

5

STATE
CAPITALISM

6FINANCIALSYSTEM

7

9

ECONOMICPOLICYSTRUCTURALREFORMS
JAPAN INC.

10

LABOR MARKET

11

ABENOMICS

12JAPAN INC. 2.0

13

DEMOGRAPHIC
DEBATE14

ADVANCEDTOPICS

8

Japan in the early 20th
century; Allied occupation;
Zaibatsu to Keiretsu
Plaza Accord; Bubble economy;
East Asian financial crisis;
Lost decades
Characteristics; Theoreticalframework; Role of MITI andother institutions
The Main bank system;
Evolution of Japanese capital
market; Convergence debate
Key elements; Futurechallenges
Productivity slowdown;
Big-Bang
Keiretsu and cross-ownership;
Management system andcorporate governance
The employment system;
Continuity and change
Performance indicators;
Critique; Course correction
Cool Japan; Brand Japan;
Startup scene
Low-fertility and aging; Major
policy reforms; Immigration
policyBusiness of/by/for elderly;
Inequality debate;
Reimagining innovation【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are expected to review class material, complete
assignments, and find relevant material. Preparatory study
and review time for this class is 2 hours each.
【テキスト（教科書）】No Textbook【参考書】
Hayashi, Fumio and Edward C. Prescott (2002), The 1990s in
Japan: A Lost Decade, Review of Economic Dynamics, 206-235.
Hoshi, Takeo and Anil K. Kashyap (2011): Why Did Japan Stop
Growing?
Hoshi and Kashyap (2013): Will the U.S and Europe Avoid a
Lost Decade? Lessons from Japan’s Post Crisis Experience
Iwai, Katsuhito (2002), The Nature of the Business Corporation: Its Legal Structure and Economic Functions, Japanese
Economic Review 53(3), 243-273.
Clark and Ishii (2012) Social Mobility in Japan, 1868-2012:
The Surprising Persistence of the Samurai, University ofCalifornia, Davis
Hiroshi Yoshikawa (2001), The Aging of Society and Fiscal
Policy, in Japan’s Lost Decade, International House of Japan.
Hoshi, Takeo and Anil K. Kashyap (2004) Costs and Benefits ofKeiretsu Financing, in Corporate Financing and Governance inJapan, Cambridge MA: MIT Press
Allen, F. and M. Zhao (2007) The Corporate Governance Modelof Japan: Shareholders are not Rulers.
Ito, Takatoshi (2004) Exchange rate regimes and monetary
policy cooperation: Lessons from East Asia and Latin America,
Japanese Economic Review, 55(3), 240-266,
McKinnon, Ronald, and Kenichi Ohno (1997), Dollar and Yen,
MIT Press.
The Becker-Posner Blog (2008, Nov. 16) Bail Out the Big Three
Auto Producers? Not a Good Idea.
Hashimoto, Masanori and Yoshio Higuchi (2005), Issues Facing
the Japanese Labor Market, in Reviving Japan’s Economy, MIT
Press.

Raymo, James M. and Miho Iwasawa (2005), Marriage
Market Mismatches in Japan: An Alternative View of
the Relationship between Women’s Education and Marriage,
American Sociological Review, 70, October, 801-822.
S Shirahase (2007) The Political Economy of Japan’s Low
Fertility
Toshimitsu Shinkawa (2006) The politics of pension reformin Japan: Institutional legacies, credit-claiming and blame
avoidance, in Ageing and Pension Reform around the World.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
1. Contribution to the class discussion, surveys, and micropresentations - 40% (In-class participation)
2. Weekly forum posts and discussions - 40% (Peer interactions
on Hoppii)
3. Final Assignment - 20% (An essay. Details TBA)
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Not Applicable【その他の重要事項】
Class materials:
Lecture Notes | Class Slides | Weekly Handouts & Reading
Lists | Updated Syllabus are available on the course website
Course website:jecon.school.blog【Notes】
1.The intensive perusal of the research and case material
before each session is a prerequisite
2.The changes/ updates in the syllabus will be communicatedto students during class 1【Outline and objectives】
The focus of this course is on providing introductory knowledgeof the Japanese economy and the business. The participantslearn the implications of the policy decisions and their impact
on the state of the economy. The course seeks to provide anunderstanding of the historical and institutional backgroundof the contemporary Japanese economy.
We use a wide range of sources, covering academic literature,business case studies, and topical news items as well as op-ed
pieces to understand the various aspects of Japanese business.
Each class consists of two parts: (1) lecture and (2) students’
exercises. In the second half of each lecture, students are
expected to participate in various exercises. Exercises arefollowed by short class-discussion to develop the take-aways.
Students are also required to take short quizzes.

— 183 —

発行日：2021/5/1

ECN200CA

4

CRISESMANAGEMENT

5

STATE
CAPITALISM

6FINANCIALSYSTEM

7

9

ECONOMICPOLICYSTRUCTURALREFORMS
JAPAN INC.

10

LABOR MARKET

11

ABENOMICS

12JAPAN INC. 2.0

13

DEMOGRAPHIC
DEBATE14

ADVANCEDTOPICS

Japanese Business and Economy A
MANISH SHARMA
開講時期：春学期授業/Spring
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

単位：2 単位

成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The focus of this course is on providing introductory knowledgeof the Japanese economy and the business. The participantslearn the implications of the policy decisions and their impact
on the state of the economy. The course seeks to provide anunderstanding of the historical and institutional backgroundof the contemporary Japanese economy.
We use a wide range of sources, covering academic literature,business case studies, and topical news items as well as op-ed
pieces to understand the various aspects of Japanese business.
Each class consists of two parts: (1) lecture and (2) students’
exercises. In the second half of each lecture, students are
expected to participate in various exercises. Exercises arefollowed by short class-discussion to develop the take-aways.
Students are also required to take short quizzes.
【到達目標】
The course intends to cover:
1. The brief economic history of Japan
2. The institutional basis of the contemporary Japanese
economy3. The characteristics of Japanese business practices【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP2」「DP9」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
The class is designed to be:
1.Interactive: With a strong emphasis on student participation.
2. Up-to-date: With the real-time explanation of unfolding
events.
3. Critical and Analytical: Understanding the Japanese
Economy and Business
4. Accessible: Breaking down the complex jargon in simple
terms.
Each class consists of two parts: (1) lecture and (2) discussion.
Active participation is required.
Two-Way Interaction:
Students will be able to partly design this course byparticipating in regular surveys and writing weekly posts
on Hoppii. After the submission of each assignment, theinstructor will give feedback or remedial explanation via an
online forum and/or in the weekly session.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】回
テーマ
1
INTRODUCTION

2

3JAPANESEECONOMIC
MIRACLEECONOMICHISTORY OF
JAPAN

内容
Overview & significance of thecourse; Political economy ofJapan
Characteristics and attributes;
Flying Geese Model; Impact onother countries
Japan in the early 20th
century; Allied occupation;
Zaibatsu to Keiretsu

8

Plaza Accord; Bubble economy;
East Asian financial crisis;
Lost decades
Characteristics; Theoreticalframework; Role of MITI andother institutions
The Main bank system;
Evolution of Japanese capital
market; Convergence debate
Key elements; Futurechallenges
Productivity slowdown;
Big-Bang
Keiretsu and cross-ownership;
Management system andcorporate governance
The employment system;
Continuity and change
Performance indicators;
Critique; Course correction
Cool Japan; Brand Japan;
Startup scene
Low-fertility and aging; Major
policy reforms; Immigration
policyBusiness of/by/for elderly;
Inequality debate;
Reimagining innovation【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are expected to review class material, complete
assignments, and find relevant material. Preparatory study
and review time for this class is 2 hours each.
【テキスト（教科書）】No Textbook【参考書】
Hayashi, Fumio and Edward C. Prescott (2002), The 1990s in
Japan: A Lost Decade, Review of Economic Dynamics, 206-235.
Hoshi, Takeo and Anil K. Kashyap (2011): Why Did Japan Stop
Growing?
Hoshi and Kashyap (2013): Will the U.S and Europe Avoid a
Lost Decade? Lessons from Japan’s Post Crisis Experience
Iwai, Katsuhito (2002), The Nature of the Business Corporation: Its Legal Structure and Economic Functions, Japanese
Economic Review 53(3), 243-273.
Clark and Ishii (2012) Social Mobility in Japan, 1868-2012:
The Surprising Persistence of the Samurai, University ofCalifornia, Davis
Hiroshi Yoshikawa (2001), The Aging of Society and Fiscal
Policy, in Japan’s Lost Decade, International House of Japan.
Hoshi, Takeo and Anil K. Kashyap (2004) Costs and Benefits ofKeiretsu Financing, in Corporate Financing and Governance inJapan, Cambridge MA: MIT Press
Allen, F. and M. Zhao (2007) The Corporate Governance Modelof Japan: Shareholders are not Rulers.
Ito, Takatoshi (2004) Exchange rate regimes and monetary
policy cooperation: Lessons from East Asia and Latin America,
Japanese Economic Review, 55(3), 240-266,
McKinnon, Ronald, and Kenichi Ohno (1997), Dollar and Yen,
MIT Press.
The Becker-Posner Blog (2008, Nov. 16) Bail Out the Big Three
Auto Producers? Not a Good Idea.
Hashimoto, Masanori and Yoshio Higuchi (2005), Issues Facing
the Japanese Labor Market, in Reviving Japan’s Economy, MIT
Press.
Raymo, James M. and Miho Iwasawa (2005), Marriage
Market Mismatches in Japan: An Alternative View of
the Relationship between Women’s Education and Marriage,
American Sociological Review, 70, October, 801-822.
S Shirahase (2007) The Political Economy of Japan’s Low
Fertility— 184 —

発行日：2021/5/1

Toshimitsu Shinkawa (2006) The politics of pension reformin Japan: Institutional legacies, credit-claiming and blame
avoidance, in Ageing and Pension Reform around the World.

ECN200CA

Japanese Business and Economy B【成績評価の方法と基準】
1. Contribution to the class discussion, surveys, and micropresentations - 40% (In-class participation)
2. Weekly forum posts and discussions - 40% (Peer interactions
on Hoppii)
3. Final Assignment - 20% (An essay. Details TBA)
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Not Applicable【その他の重要事項】
Class materials:
Lecture Notes | Class Slides | Weekly Handouts & Reading
Lists | Updated Syllabus are available on the course website
Course website:jecon.school.blog【Notes】
1.The intensive perusal of the research and case material
before each session is a prerequisite
2.The changes/ updates in the syllabus will be communicatedto students during class 1【Outline and objectives】
The focus of this course is on providing introductory knowledgeof the Japanese economy and the business. The participantslearn the implications of the policy decisions and their impact
on the state of the economy. The course seeks to provide anunderstanding of the historical and institutional backgroundof the contemporary Japanese economy.
We use a wide range of sources, covering academic literature,business case studies, and topical news items as well as op-ed
pieces to understand the various aspects of Japanese business.
Each class consists of two parts: (1) lecture and (2) students’
exercises. In the second half of each lecture, students are
expected to participate in various exercises. Exercises arefollowed by short class-discussion to develop the take-aways.
Students are also required to take short quizzes.

MANISH SHARMA
開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

単位：2 単位
成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The focus of this course is on providing introductory knowledgeof the Japanese economy and the business. The participantslearn the implications of the policy decisions and their impact
on the state of the economy. The course seeks to provide anunderstanding of the historical and institutional backgroundof the contemporary Japanese economy.
We use a wide range of sources, covering academic literature,business case studies, and topical news items as well as op-ed
pieces to understand the various aspects of Japanese business.
Each class consists of two parts: (1) lecture and (2) students’
exercises. In the second half of each lecture, students are
expected to participate in various exercises. Exercises arefollowed by short class-discussion to develop the take-aways.
Students are also required to take short quizzes.
【到達目標】
The course intends to cover:
1. The brief economic history of Japan
2. The institutional basis of the contemporary Japanese
economy3. The characteristics of Japanese business practices【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP2」「DP9」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
The class is designed to be:
1.Interactive: With a strong emphasis on student participation.
2. Up-to-date: With the real-time explanation of unfolding
events.
3. Critical and Analytical: Understanding the Japanese
Economy and Business
4. Accessible: Breaking down the complex jargon in simple
terms.
Each class consists of two parts: (1) lecture and (2) discussion.
Active participation is required.
Two-Way Interaction:
Students will be able to partly design this course byparticipating in regular surveys and writing weekly posts
on Hoppii. After the submission of each assignment, theinstructor will give feedback or remedial explanation via an
online forum and/or in the weekly session.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】回
テーマ
1
INTRODUCTION

2

3— 185 —

JAPANESEECONOMIC
MIRACLEECONOMICHISTORY OF
JAPAN

内容
Overview & significance of thecourse; Political economy ofJapan
Characteristics and attributes;
Flying Geese Model; Impact onother countries
Japan in the early 20th
century; Allied occupation;
Zaibatsu to Keiretsu

発行日：2021/5/1

4

CRISESMANAGEMENT

5

STATE
CAPITALISM

6FINANCIALSYSTEM

7

9

ECONOMICPOLICYSTRUCTURALREFORMS
JAPAN INC.

10

LABOR MARKET

11

ABENOMICS

12JAPAN INC. 2.0

13

DEMOGRAPHIC
DEBATE8

14ADVANCEDTOPICS

Plaza Accord; Bubble economy;
East Asian financial crisis;
Lost decades
Characteristics; Theoreticalframework; Role of MITI andother institutions
The Main bank system;
Evolution of Japanese capital
market; Convergence debate
Key elements; Futurechallenges
Productivity slowdown;
Big-Bang
Keiretsu and cross-ownership;
Management system andcorporate governance
The employment system;
Continuity and change
Performance indicators;
Critique; Course correction
Cool Japan; Brand Japan;
Startup scene
Low-fertility and aging; Major
policy reforms; Immigration
policyBusiness of/by/for elderly;
Inequality debate;
Reimagining innovation【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are expected to review class material, complete
assignments, and find relevant material. Preparatory study
and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
【テキスト（教科書）】No Textbook【参考書】
Hayashi, Fumio and Edward C. Prescott (2002), The 1990s in
Japan: A Lost Decade, Review of Economic Dynamics, 206-235.
Hoshi, Takeo and Anil K. Kashyap (2011): Why Did Japan Stop
Growing?
Hoshi and Kashyap (2013): Will the U.S and Europe Avoid a
Lost Decade? Lessons from Japan’s Post Crisis Experience
Iwai, Katsuhito (2002), The Nature of the Business Corporation: Its Legal Structure and Economic Functions, Japanese
Economic Review 53(3), 243-273.
Clark and Ishii (2012) Social Mobility in Japan, 1868-2012:
The Surprising Persistence of the Samurai, University ofCalifornia, Davis
Hiroshi Yoshikawa (2001), The Aging of Society and Fiscal
Policy, in Japan’s Lost Decade, International House of Japan.
Hoshi, Takeo and Anil K. Kashyap (2004) Costs and Benefits ofKeiretsu Financing, in Corporate Financing and Governance inJapan, Cambridge MA: MIT Press
Allen, F. and M. Zhao (2007) The Corporate Governance Modelof Japan: Shareholders are not Rulers.
Ito, Takatoshi (2004) Exchange rate regimes and monetary
policy cooperation: Lessons from East Asia and Latin America,
Japanese Economic Review, 55(3), 240-266,
McKinnon, Ronald, and Kenichi Ohno (1997), Dollar and Yen,
MIT Press.
The Becker-Posner Blog (2008, Nov. 16) Bail Out the Big Three
Auto Producers? Not a Good Idea.
Hashimoto, Masanori and Yoshio Higuchi (2005), Issues Facing
the Japanese Labor Market, in Reviving Japan’s Economy, MIT
Press.
Raymo, James M. and Miho Iwasawa (2005), Marriage
Market Mismatches in Japan: An Alternative View of
the Relationship between Women’s Education and Marriage,
American Sociological Review, 70, October, 801-822.
S Shirahase (2007) The Political Economy of Japan’s Low
Fertility

Toshimitsu Shinkawa (2006) The politics of pension reformin Japan: Institutional legacies, credit-claiming and blame
avoidance, in Ageing and Pension Reform around the World.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
1. Contribution to the class discussion, surveys, and micropresentations - 40% (In-class participation)
2. Weekly forum posts and discussions - 40% (Peer interactions
on Hoppii)
3. Final Assignment - 20% (An essay. Details TBA)
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Not applicable【その他の重要事項】
Class materials:
Lecture Notes | Class Slides | Weekly Handouts & Reading
Lists | Updated Syllabus are available on the course website
Course website:jecon.school.blog【Notes】
1.The intensive perusal of the research and case material
before each session is a prerequisite
2.The changes/ updates in the syllabus will be communicatedto students during class 1【Outline and objectives】
The focus of this course is on providing introductory knowledgeof the Japanese economy and the business. The participantslearn the implications of the policy decisions and their impact
on the state of the economy. The course seeks to provide anunderstanding of the historical and institutional backgroundof the contemporary Japanese economy.
We use a wide range of sources, covering academic literature,business case studies, and topical news items as well as op-ed
pieces to understand the various aspects of Japanese business.
Each class consists of two parts: (1) lecture and (2) students’
exercises. In the second half of each lecture, students are
expected to participate in various exercises. Exercises arefollowed by short class-discussion to develop the take-aways.
Students are also required to take short quizzes.

— 186 —

発行日：2021/5/1

3

ECN200CA

Japanese Business and Economy B
4

MANISH SHARMA
開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：火 3/Tue.3 ｜ キャンパス：多摩 / Tama
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：Economics
備考（履修条件等）：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：○【到達目標】
The course intends to cover:
1. The brief economic history of Japan
2. The institutional basis of the contemporary Japanese
economy3. The characteristics of Japanese business practices【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【授業の進め方と方法】
The class is designed to be:
1.Interactive: With a strong emphasis on student participation.
2. Up-to-date: With the real-time explanation of unfolding
events.
3. Critical and Analytical: Understanding the Japanese
Economy and Business
4. Accessible: Breaking down the complex jargon in simple
terms.
Each class consists of two parts: (1) lecture and (2) discussion.
Active participation is required.
Two-Way Interaction:
Students will be able to partly design this course byparticipating in regular surveys and writing weekly posts
on Hoppii. After the submission of each assignment, theinstructor will give feedback or remedial explanation via an
online forum and/or in the weekly session.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】回
テーマ
1
INTRODUCTION

2JAPANESEECONOMIC
MIRACLE5STATE
CAPITALISM

6FINANCIALSYSTEM

7

9

ECONOMICPOLICYSTRUCTURALREFORMS
JAPAN INC.

10

LABOR MARKET

11

ABENOMICS

12JAPAN INC. 2.0

13

DEMOGRAPHIC
DEBATE14

ADVANCEDTOPICS

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The focus of this course is on providing introductory knowledgeof the Japanese economy and the business. The participantslearn the implications of the policy decisions and their impact
on the state of the economy. The course seeks to provide anunderstanding of the historical and institutional backgroundof the contemporary Japanese economy.
We use a wide range of sources, covering academic literature,business case studies, and topical news items as well as op-ed
pieces to understand the various aspects of Japanese business.
Each class consists of two parts: (1) lecture and (2) students’
exercises. In the second half of each lecture, students are
expected to participate in various exercises. Exercises arefollowed by short class-discussion to develop the take-aways.
Students are also required to take short quizzes.

内容
Overview & significance of thecourse; Political economy ofJapan
Characteristics and attributes;
Flying Geese Model; Impact onother countries

ECONOMICHISTORY OF
JAPANCRISESMANAGEMENT

8

Japan in the early 20th
century; Allied occupation;
Zaibatsu to Keiretsu
Plaza Accord; Bubble economy;
East Asian financial crisis;
Lost decades
Characteristics; Theoreticalframework; Role of MITI andother institutions
The Main bank system;
Evolution of Japanese capital
market; Convergence debate
Key elements; Futurechallenges
Productivity slowdown;
Big-Bang
Keiretsu and cross-ownership;
Management system andcorporate governance
The employment system;
Continuity and change
Performance indicators;
Critique; Course correction
Cool Japan; Brand Japan;
Startup scene
Low-fertility and aging; Major
policy reforms; Immigration
policyBusiness of/by/for elderly;
Inequality debate;
Reimagining innovation【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are expected to review class material, complete
assignments, and find relevant material. Preparatory study
and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
【テキスト（教科書）】No Textbook【参考書】
Hayashi, Fumio and Edward C. Prescott (2002), The 1990s in
Japan: A Lost Decade, Review of Economic Dynamics, 206-235.
Hoshi, Takeo and Anil K. Kashyap (2011): Why Did Japan Stop
Growing?
Hoshi and Kashyap (2013): Will the U.S and Europe Avoid a
Lost Decade? Lessons from Japan’s Post Crisis Experience
Iwai, Katsuhito (2002), The Nature of the Business Corporation: Its Legal Structure and Economic Functions, Japanese
Economic Review 53(3), 243-273.
Clark and Ishii (2012) Social Mobility in Japan, 1868-2012:
The Surprising Persistence of the Samurai, University ofCalifornia, Davis
Hiroshi Yoshikawa (2001), The Aging of Society and Fiscal
Policy, in Japan’s Lost Decade, International House of Japan.
Hoshi, Takeo and Anil K. Kashyap (2004) Costs and Benefits ofKeiretsu Financing, in Corporate Financing and Governance inJapan, Cambridge MA: MIT Press
Allen, F. and M. Zhao (2007) The Corporate Governance Modelof Japan: Shareholders are not Rulers.
Ito, Takatoshi (2004) Exchange rate regimes and monetary
policy cooperation: Lessons from East Asia and Latin America,
Japanese Economic Review, 55(3), 240-266,
McKinnon, Ronald, and Kenichi Ohno (1997), Dollar and Yen,
MIT Press.
The Becker-Posner Blog (2008, Nov. 16) Bail Out the Big Three
Auto Producers? Not a Good Idea.
Hashimoto, Masanori and Yoshio Higuchi (2005), Issues Facing
the Japanese Labor Market, in Reviving Japan’s Economy, MIT
Press.

— 187 —

発行日：2021/5/1

Raymo, James M. and Miho Iwasawa (2005), Marriage
Market Mismatches in Japan: An Alternative View of
the Relationship between Women’s Education and Marriage,
American Sociological Review, 70, October, 801-822.
S Shirahase (2007) The Political Economy of Japan’s Low
Fertility
Toshimitsu Shinkawa (2006) The politics of pension reformin Japan: Institutional legacies, credit-claiming and blame
avoidance, in Ageing and Pension Reform around the World.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
1. Contribution to the class discussion, surveys, and micropresentations - 40% (In-class participation)
2. Weekly forum posts and discussions - 40% (Peer interactions
on Hoppii)
3. Final Assignment - 20% (An essay. Details TBA)
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Not applicable【その他の重要事項】
Class materials:
Lecture Notes | Class Slides | Weekly Handouts & Reading
Lists | Updated Syllabus are available on the course website
Course website:jecon.school.blog【Notes】
1.The intensive perusal of the research and case material
before each session is a prerequisite
2.The changes/ updates in the syllabus will be communicatedto students during class 1【Outline and objectives】
The focus of this course is on providing introductory knowledgeof the Japanese economy and the business. The participantslearn the implications of the policy decisions and their impact
on the state of the economy. The course seeks to provide anunderstanding of the historical and institutional backgroundof the contemporary Japanese economy.
We use a wide range of sources, covering academic literature,business case studies, and topical news items as well as op-ed
pieces to understand the various aspects of Japanese business.
Each class consists of two parts: (1) lecture and (2) students’
exercises. In the second half of each lecture, students are
expected to participate in various exercises. Exercises arefollowed by short class-discussion to develop the take-aways.
Students are also required to take short quizzes.

ECN300CA

Multi-National Enterprises A
MANISH SHARMA
開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：水 2/Wed.2 ｜ キャンパス：多摩
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：
備考（履修条件等）：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】In this applied course the students will learn the basic
framework and tools necessary to analyze a multi-national
enterprise (MNE) and the business environment in which
they operate. We would also understand the connection
between global macro-economic indicators and corporate
decision making. The course makes extensive use of real-world
examples.
【到達目標】
Learning Outcomes
1.Understating the implications of operating beyond national
borders
2.Grasping the interaction between international business
operations and global/local macro-economy【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、経済学科・現代ビジネス学科は「DP2」に関連。国際経済学科は「DP2」「DP9」に関連。
【授業の進め方と方法】
Each class consists of two parts: (1) lecture and (2) discussion.
Active participation is required. At the end of the course,
students will be required to make a presentation involving
an analysis of a real multi-national company that they haveselected.
Two-Way Interaction:
Students will be able to partly design this course byparticipating in regular surveys and writing weekly reflection
notes on Hoppii. After the submission of each assignment, theinstructor will give feedback or remedial explanation via online
forum and/or in the weekly session.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】回
テーマ
1
INTRODUCTION

2

THE STRUCTURE

3

BUSINESSSTRATEGIES

4

MARKET ENTRY
DECISIONS

5

FINANCIALMANAGEMENT— 188 —

内容
Overview & significance of thecourse; Defining MNE-Syllabus-Manual for project
Organizational approaches;
OLI Framework-Small group case analysis-Trending news & research
Theory and Cases-Trending news
-Case Seminar
Where/How/When; Cases-Small group case analysis-Trending news
Theory and Cases-Case seminar-Trending news

発行日：2021/5/1

6

CONTROLMECHANISM

7KNOWLEDGEMANAGEMENT
MNEs FROMEMERGING
COUNTRIESINTERNATIONAL
BUSINESSENVIRONMENTTRANSACTIONCOSTECONOMICS

8

9

10

11

IMPACT OF MNEs

12

ADVANCEDTOPICS13

GROUP
PRESENTATIONSGROUPPRESENTATIONS

14

Global-local matrix; Cases-Small group Case analysis-Trending news
Cases
-Short-quiz 1
Cases-Trending news
-Case seminar
Cases-Trending news
-Case seminar
Taxation and transfer pricing
regulations-Trending news
-Case seminar
On host and home countries-Small group case analysis-Trending news
Monopoly concerns,
Corruption, Corporate Social
Responsibility-Short Quiz 2
Of company specific research

ECN300CA

Multi-National Enterprises A
MANISH SHARMA
開講時期：春学期授業/Spring
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

単位：2 単位

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】In this applied course the students will learn the basic
framework and tools necessary to analyze a multi-national
enterprise (MNE) and the business environment in which
they operate. We would also understand the connection
between global macro-economic indicators and corporate
decision making. The course makes extensive use of real-world
examples.
【到達目標】
Learning Outcomes
1.Understating the implications of operating beyond national
borders
2.Grasping the interaction between international business
operations and global/local macro-economy

Of company specific research【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are expected to review class material, complete
assignments, and find relevant material. Preparatory study
and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
【テキスト（教科書）】No Textbook【参考書】
A detailed reading list will be available on the course website.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
1. Contribution to the class discussion 30%
2. Class Exercises/simulations 20%
3. Weekly Hoppii Reflection Notes 30%
4. Final Assignment 20%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Not Applicable【Notes】
1. The intensive perusal of the research and case material
before each session is a prerequisite.
2. The changes/ updates in the syllabus will be communicatedto students during class 1【Outline and objectives】
In this applied course the students will learn the basic
framework and tools necessary to analyze a multi-national
enterprise (MNE) and the business environment in which
they operate. We would also understand the connection
between global macro-economic indicators and corporate
decision making. The course makes extensive use of real-world
examples.

【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、経済学科・現代ビジネス学科は「DP2」に関連。国際経済学科は「DP2」「DP9」に関連。
【授業の進め方と方法】
Each class consists of two parts: (1) lecture and (2) discussion.
Active participation is required. At the end of the course,
students will be required to make a presentation involving
an analysis of a real multi-national company that they haveselected.
Two-Way Interaction:
Students will be able to partly design this course byparticipating in regular surveys and writing weekly reflection
notes on Hoppii. After the submission of each assignment, theinstructor will give feedback or remedial explanation via online
forum and/or in the weekly session.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】回
テーマ
1
INTRODUCTION

2

THE STRUCTURE

3

BUSINESSSTRATEGIES

4

MARKET ENTRY
DECISIONS

5

FINANCIALMANAGEMENT

6CONTROLMECHANISM

7KNOWLEDGEMANAGEMENT— 189 —

内容
Overview & significance of thecourse; Defining MNE-Syllabus-Manual for project
Organizational approaches;
OLI Framework-Small group case analysis-Trending news & research
Theory and Cases-Trending news
-Case Seminar
Where/How/When; Cases-Small group case analysis-Trending news
Theory and Cases-Case seminar-Trending news
Global-local matrix; Cases-Small group Case analysis-Trending news
Cases
-Short-quiz 1

発行日：2021/5/1

8

9

10

MNEs FROMEMERGING
COUNTRIESINTERNATIONAL
BUSINESSENVIRONMENTTRANSACTIONCOSTECONOMICS

11

IMPACT OF MNEs

12

ADVANCEDTOPICS13

GROUP
PRESENTATIONSGROUPPRESENTATIONS

14

Cases
-Trending news
-Case seminar
Cases-Trending news
-Case seminar
Taxation and transfer pricing
regulations-Trending news
-Case seminar
On host and home countries-Small group case analysis-Trending news
Monopoly concerns,
Corruption, Corporate Social
Responsibility-Short Quiz 2
Of company specific research

ECN300CA

Multi-National Enterprises B
MANISH SHARMA
開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

単位：2 単位
成績優秀：

実務教員：

【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】In this applied course the students will learn the basic
framework and tools necessary to analyze a multi-national
enterprise (MNE) and the business environment in which
they operate. We would also understand the connection
between global macro-economic indicators and corporate
decision making. The course makes extensive use of real-world
examples.

Of company specific research【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are expected to review class material, complete
assignments, and find relevant material. Preparatory study
and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
【テキスト（教科書）】No Textbook【参考書】
A detailed reading list will be available on the course website.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
1. Contribution to the class discussion 30%
2. Class Exercises/simulations 20%
3. Weekly Hoppii Reflection Notes 30%
4. Final Assignment 20%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Not Applicable【Notes】
1. The intensive perusal of the research and case material
before each session is a prerequisite.
2. The changes/ updates in the syllabus will be communicatedto students during class 1【Outline and objectives】
In this applied course the students will learn the basic
framework and tools necessary to analyze a multi-national
enterprise (MNE) and the business environment in which
they operate. We would also understand the connection
between global macro-economic indicators and corporate
decision making. The course makes extensive use of real-world
examples.

【到達目標】
Learning Outcomes
1.Understating the implications of operating beyond national
borders
2.Grasping the interaction between international business
operations and global/local macro-economy【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、経済学科・現代ビジネス学科は「DP2」に関連。国際経済学科は「DP2」「DP9」に関連。
【授業の進め方と方法】
EEach class consists of two parts: (1) lecture and (2) discussion.
Active participation is required. At the end of the course,
students will be required to make a presentation involving
an analysis of a real multi-national company that they haveselected.
Two-Way Interaction:
Students will be able to partly design this course byparticipating in regular surveys and writing weekly reflection
notes on Hoppii. After the submission of each assignment, theinstructor will give feedback or remedial explanation via online
forum and/or in the weekly session.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】回
テーマ
1
INTRODUCTION

2

THE STRUCTURE

3

BUSINESSSTRATEGIES

4

MARKET ENTRY
DECISIONS

5

FINANCIALMANAGEMENT

6CONTROLMECHANISM

7KNOWLEDGEMANAGEMENT— 190 —

内容
Overview & significance of thecourse; Defining MNE-Syllabus-Manual for project
Organizational approaches;
OLI Framework-Small group case analysis-Trending news & research
Theory and Cases-Trending news
-Case Seminar
Where/How/When; Cases-Small group case analysis-Trending news
Theory and Cases-Case seminar-Trending news
Global-local matrix; Cases-Small group Case analysis-Trending news
Cases
-Short-quiz 1

発行日：2021/5/1

8

9

10

MNEs FROMEMERGING
COUNTRIESINTERNATIONAL
BUSINESSENVIRONMENTTRANSACTIONCOSTECONOMICS

11

IMPACT OF MNEs

12

ADVANCEDTOPICS13

GROUP
PRESENTATIONSGROUPPRESENTATIONS

14

Cases
-Trending news
-Case seminar
Cases-Trending news
-Case seminar
Taxation and transfer pricing
regulations-Trending news
-Case seminar
On host and home countries-Small group case analysis-Trending news
Monopoly concerns,
Corruption, Corporate Social
Responsibility-Short Quiz 2
Of company specific research

ECN300CA

Multi-National Enterprises B
MANISH SHARMA
開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：水 2/Wed.2 ｜ キャンパス：多摩
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：
備考（履修条件等）：
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】In this applied course the students will learn the basic
framework and tools necessary to analyze a multi-national
enterprise (MNE) and the business environment in which
they operate. We would also understand the connection
between global macro-economic indicators and corporate
decision making. The course makes extensive use of real-world
examples.

Of company specific research【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are expected to review class material, complete
assignments, and find relevant material. Preparatory study
and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
【テキスト（教科書）】No Textbook【参考書】
A detailed reading list will be available on the course website.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
1. Contribution to the class discussion 30%
2. Class Exercises/simulations 20%
3. Weekly Hoppii Reflection Notes 30%
4. Final Assignment 20%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Not Applicable【Notes】
1. The intensive perusal of the research and case material
before each session is a prerequisite.
2. The changes/ updates in the syllabus will be communicatedto students during class 1【Outline and objectives】
In this applied course the students will learn the basic
framework and tools necessary to analyze a multi-national
enterprise (MNE) and the business environment in which
they operate. We would also understand the connection
between global macro-economic indicators and corporate
decision making. The course makes extensive use of real-world
examples.

【到達目標】
Learning Outcomes
1.Understating the implications of operating beyond national
borders
2.Grasping the interaction between international business
operations and global/local macro-economy【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、経済学科・現代ビジネス学科は「DP2」に関連。国際経済学科は「DP2」「DP9」に関連。
【授業の進め方と方法】
EEach class consists of two parts: (1) lecture and (2) discussion.
Active participation is required. At the end of the course,
students will be required to make a presentation involving
an analysis of a real multi-national company that they haveselected.
Two-Way Interaction:
Students will be able to partly design this course byparticipating in regular surveys and writing weekly reflection
notes on Hoppii. After the submission of each assignment, theinstructor will give feedback or remedial explanation via online
forum and/or in the weekly session.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】回
テーマ
1
INTRODUCTION

2

THE STRUCTURE

3

BUSINESSSTRATEGIES

4

MARKET ENTRY
DECISIONS

5

FINANCIALMANAGEMENT— 191 —

内容
Overview & significance of thecourse; Defining MNE-Syllabus-Manual for project
Organizational approaches;
OLI Framework-Small group case analysis-Trending news & research
Theory and Cases-Trending news
-Case Seminar
Where/How/When; Cases-Small group case analysis-Trending news
Theory and Cases-Case seminar-Trending news

発行日：2021/5/1

6

CONTROLMECHANISM

7KNOWLEDGEMANAGEMENT
MNEs FROMEMERGING
COUNTRIESINTERNATIONAL
BUSINESSENVIRONMENTTRANSACTIONCOSTECONOMICS

8

9

10

11

IMPACT OF MNEs

12

ADVANCEDTOPICS13

GROUP
PRESENTATIONSGROUPPRESENTATIONS

14

Global-local matrix; Cases-Small group Case analysis-Trending news
Cases
-Short-quiz 1
Cases-Trending news
-Case seminar
Cases-Trending news
-Case seminar
Taxation and transfer pricing
regulations-Trending news
-Case seminar
On host and home countries-Small group case analysis-Trending news
Monopoly concerns,
Corruption, Corporate Social
Responsibility-Short Quiz 2
Of company specific research

LANe200EA

English Drama Ⅰ
GEORGE

HANN

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：水 2/Wed.2
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
This class aims to improve students’ English listening and speaking
abilities, as well as their ability to recognize and use non-verbal
communication (NVC) strategies, through the use of short dramatic
scenes and plays. Students will also learn acting techniques drawn fromthe Western drama tradition, including the Stanislavski, Meisner andAdler approaches.
【到達目標】
From the plays, students will gain a deeper understanding of the cultureof English-speaking societies, and a greater ability to apply interaction
rules with people from those societies. Students will also be able to maketheir English communication sound more “natural”.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】社会学部のディプロマポリシーのうち，DP4 に関連。 DP についてはこちら https://www.hosei.ac.jp/shakai/info/article-20200325181407/

Of company specific research【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are expected to review class material, complete
assignments, and find relevant material. Preparatory study
and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
【テキスト（教科書）】No Textbook【参考書】
A detailed reading list will be available on the course website.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
1. Contribution to the class discussion 30%
2. Class Exercises/simulations 20%
3. Weekly Hoppii Reflection Notes 30%
4. Final Assignment 20%【授業の進め方と方法】
NOTE: Due to the current COVID-19 pandemic, classes will be
conducted entirely online (using Zoom Software).
The lesson cycle follows this flow:
1. Read the scene/play aloud (for pronunciation/intonation patterns etc.)
2. Script analysis (for character motivations, subtexts, etc.)
3. Assigning roles
4. Scene rehearsal
5. Performance.
After the performance, students in groups write original scenes based onthemes and vocabulary from the given scene. They then perform their
new scene the following week. Feedback will be in the form of annotatedevaluations from the instructor, withpoints awarded for clarity, vocal
and body dynamics, etc. There will also be short scene quizzes.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Not Applicable【Notes】
1. The intensive perusal of the research and case material
before each session is a prerequisite.
2. The changes/ updates in the syllabus will be communicatedto students during class 1【Outline and objectives】
In this applied course the students will learn the basic
framework and tools necessary to analyze a multi-national
enterprise (MNE) and the business environment in which
they operate. We would also understand the connection
between global macro-economic indicators and corporate
decision making. The course makes extensive use of real-world
examples.

【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Introduction to thecourse2
Short Play 01
3
Application
4
Performance 01

5Short Play 02

6
7

Application
Performance 02

8Short Play 03

910

Application
Performance 03

11

Short Play 04

12
13

Application
Performance 04

14

Short Play 05

内容
Short play 01; improvisation
activities
Plot analysis; language explanation
Play 01 quiz; original scene writing
Student performance of originalscenes; scene critiquePlay 02 reading; plot analysis;
language explanation
Play 02 quiz; original scene writing
Student performance of originalscenes; scene critiquePlay 03 reading; plot analysis;
language explanation
Play 03 quiz; original scene writing
Student performance of originalscenes; scene critiquePlay 04 reading; plot analysis;
language explanation
Play 04 quiz; original scene writing
Student performance of originalscenes; scene critiquePlay 05 reading; plot analysis;
language explanation【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
本授業の準備学習・復習時間は各 2 時間を標準とします。
【テキスト（教科書）】
プリントは担当教員が配布します。
【参考書】
なし【成績評価の方法と基準】
平常点： 50%
パフォーマンス： 30%
クイズ： 20%— 192 —

発行日：2021/5/1【学生の意見等からの気づき】
なし

LANe300EA

English Drama Ⅱ【その他の重要事項】
授業計画は授業の展開によって，若干の変更があり得る。
【Outline and objectives】
This class aims to improve students’ English listening and speaking
abilities, as well as their ability to recognize and use non-verbal
communication (NVC) strategies, through the use of short dramatic
scenes and plays. Students will also learn acting techniques drawn fromthe Western drama tradition, including the Stanislavski, Meisner andAdler approaches.

GEORGE

HANN

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：水 2/Wed.2
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
This class aims to improve students’ English listening and speaking
abilities, as well as their ability to recognize and use non-verbal
communication (NVC) strategies, through the use of short dramatic
scenes and plays. Students will also learn acting techniques drawn fromthe Western drama tradition, including the Stanislavski, Meisner andAdler approaches.
【到達目標】
From the plays, students will gain a deeper understanding of the cultureof English-speaking societies, and a greater ability to apply interaction
rules with people from those societies. Students will also be able to maketheir English communication sound more “natural”.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】社会学部のディプロマポリシーのうち，DP4 に関連。 DP についてはこちら https://www.hosei.ac.jp/shakai/info/article-20200325181407/【授業の進め方と方法】
NOTE: Due to the current COVID-19 pandemic, classes will be
conducted entirely online (using Zoom Software).
The lesson cycle follows this flow:
1. Read the scene/play aloud (for pronunciation/intonation patterns etc.)
2. Script analysis (for character motivations, subtexts, etc.)
3. Assigning roles
4. Scene rehearsal
5. Performance.
After the performance, students in groups write original scenes based onthemes and vocabulary from the given scene. They then perform their
new scene the following week. Feedback will be in the form of annotatedevaluations from the instructor, withpoints awarded for clarity, vocal
and body dynamics, etc. There will also be short scene quizzes.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Introduction to thecourse2
Short Play 01
3
Application
4
Performance 01

567Short Play 02
Application
Performance 028910Short Play 03
Application
Performance 03

11
12
13

Short Play 04
Application
Performance 04

14

Short Play 05

内容
Short play 01; improvisation
activities
Plot analysis; language explanation
Play 01 quiz; original scene writing
Student performance of originalscenes; scene critique
Plot analysis; language explanation
Play 02 quiz; original scene writing
Student performance of originalscenes; scene critique
Plot analysis; language explanation
Play 03 quiz; original scene writing
Student performance of originalscenes; scene critique
Plot analysis; language explanation
Play 04 quiz; original scene writing
Student performance of originalscenes; scene critique
Plot analysis; language explanation【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
本授業の準備学習・復習時間は各 2 時間を標準とします。
【テキスト（教科書）】
プリントは担当教員が配布します。
【参考書】
なし【成績評価の方法と基準】
平常点： 50%
パフォーマンス： 30%
クイズ： 20%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
なし— 193 —

発行日：2021/5/1【その他の重要事項】
授業計画は授業の展開によって，若干の変更があり得る。

LANe300EA

Topics in Comparative Culture【Outline and objectives】
This class aims to improve students’ English listening and speaking
abilities, as well as their ability to recognize and use non-verbal
communication (NVC) strategies, through the use of short dramatic
scenes and plays. Students will also learn acting techniques drawn fromthe Western drama tradition, including the Stanislavski, Meisner andAdler approaches.

GEORGE

HANN

サブタイトル：Comparative Culture
開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：火 2/Tue.2
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
This class is for students who:
1) plan to study abroad in an English-speaking country2) have returned to Japan after living in an English-speaking country3) wish to learn more about world cultures【到達目標】
This course has three goals: 1) to show students who will soon study
abroad what to expect from a North American classroom environment;2) to allow students returning from study abroad to maintain theirEnglish level; 3) to introduce students to current topics in cross-culturalcommunication and understanding.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】社会学部のディプロマポリシーのうち，DP1・DP4 に関連。 DP についてはこちら https://www.hosei.ac.jp/shakai/info/article-20200325181407/【授業の進め方と方法】
NOTE: Due to the current COVID-19 pandemic, classes will be
conducted entirely online (using Zoom Software).
Each lecture is based on a reading which focuses on a subtopic within
the field of Comparative Culture. Students will engage in group andclass discussions on the topic. Students will also perform independent
research on one of the lecture topics and make a team presentation of
their findings.
Past topics have included (but are not limited to):• Language and Culture• Work and Leisure• Religion and Spirituality• Monocultures vs Multicultures• Marriage and Family Structure• Cultural Imperialism• Sexuality
Feedback will be in the form of annotated evaluations of student
presentations and research reports by the instructor.
PLEASE NOTE THE FOLLOWING:
1)THIS CLASS IS CONDUCTED ENTIRELY IN ENGLISH. Students
with no confidence in their English listening or speaking skills should
NOT take this class.
2)Students must arrive on time and participate fully. 2 consecutive
lates = one absence. Students who miss 5 classes for any reason willautomatically receive a failing grade.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Introduction to thecourse2
Topic 01: What is
Culture?
3
Topics 01-02

4

Topics 02-03

5
6

Topics 03-04
Topics 04-05

7
8

Topics 05-06
Topics 06-07

9
10

Topics 07-08
Topics 08-09

11

Research Day

12

Topics 09-10

13
14

Presentations 01
Presentations 02— 194 —

内容Interviews and introductions; Topic
01 introduction
Introduction to macro culture andmicro culture
Topics 01 and 02: Assimilation vsaccommodation
Topics 02 and 03: LGBT culture in
Japan and abroad
Topics 03 and 04: Leaving the nest
Topics 04 and 05: Work ethic Japan vs. Europe
Topics 05 and 06: Proxemics
Topics 06 and 07: Can culture beprotected?
Topics 07 and 08: World religions
Topics 08 and 09: Love andmarriage
Preparations for reports andpresentations.
Topics 09 and 10: Education
systems
Research group presentations
Research group presentations

発行日：2021/5/1【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
本授業の準備学習・復習時間は各 2 時間を標準とします。
【テキスト（教科書）】
Handouts provided by instructor【参考書】
To be announced in class【成績評価の方法と基準】
Participation: 50%
Team Research Presentation: 25%
Research Report: 25%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
なし【その他の重要事項】
Each 100 minute class is a rare opportunity for you to interact inEnglish. Don’t waste the opportunity.
授業計画は授業の展開によって，若干の変更があり得る。
【Outline and objectives】
This class is for students who:
1) plan to study abroad in an English-speaking country2) have returned to Japan after living in an English-speaking country3) wish to learn more about world cultures— 195 —

発行日：2021/5/1

HSS100IA

Health and Exercise Sciences
笹井浩行

カテゴリ：ヘルスデザインコース専門科目・講義
開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 配当年次／単位：1〜4 年次／ 2
単位
曜日・時限：金 1/Fri.1
備考（履修条件等）：※スポーツ健康学部 2012 年度以前入学生履
修不可
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】知らずに登録する学生が毎年いますので、冒頭にて日本語で伝えます。本授業はすべて英語でおこないます。講義、資料はもとより、受講生が執筆するレポートや発表などもすべて英語です。そのことを理解した上で受講してください。
＊＊＊
College students face a number of health hazards such as unhealthy
dietary pattern, lack of physical activity, poor sleep quality, excessive
alcohol consumption, cigarette smoking, and inappropriate sexual
behaviors. This course discusses basic knowledge, understanding,attitudes and skills for adopting healthy behaviors. In addition, student
will learn how to choose reliable health-related information provided
from mass media, and interpret them properly.
【到達目標】The students will be expected to:
1. Understand the concept/definition of health.
2. Learn college-age determinants of health.
3. Gain lifelong foundations of skills and attitudes for maintaining/enhancing health.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP1」「DP2」に関連

10

Alcohol intake

11

Tobacco smoking

12

Drug abuse

13

Health literacy

14

Final student
presentation【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Homework assignments will be provided a few times per semester.
【テキスト（教科書）】
None. Handouts will be distributed to students as needed.
【参考書】
None.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
20% attendance, 40% homework assignment, and 40% final presentation.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Class contents can be modified according to student’s comments andlevel of understanding.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
None.
【その他の重要事項】
An active contribution to the class is greatly encouraged.
【Outline and objectives】
College students face a number of health hazards such as unhealthy
dietary pattern, lack of physical activity, poor sleep quality, excessive
alcohol consumption, cigarette smoking, and inappropriate sexual
behaviors. This course discusses basic knowledge, understanding,attitudes and skills for adopting healthy behaviors. In addition, student
will learn how to choose reliable health-related information provided
from mass media, and interpret them properly.

【授業の進め方と方法】
Lectures, homework assignments, and the final presentation.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
Fall semester
回テーマ
1
Orientation anddefinition of health23Health hazards incollege life
Healthy eating

4

Exercise and physicalactivity5

Sedentary behavior

6

Weight management

7

Sleep

8

Mental health9

Sexual and maternal
healthAlcohol intake and health, optimal
amount of alcohol intake, andchugging avoidance
Smoking and health, types ofsmoking, secondhand smoking, andsmoking policy
Types of illegal drugs, risky drugs,
abuse, and dependenceInterpretation of health-related
information, and web search tips
Students will have a presentation
session regarding an original
research article related to humanhealth.

内容
Overview of this course, grading
policy, and definition of health by
the WHO.
Overview of college-age healthhazards
Dietary reference intake, macroand micro nutrients, PFC balance,
and the balance guide
Definitions of exercise and physicalactivity, total energy expenditureand its components, and metabolic
equivalent
Definition of sedentary behavior,
detrimental association ofsedentary behavior with health,and sedentary-reducing
interventions
Health risks of overweight andobesity, energy restriction, weightloss and maintenance programs
Optimal sleep duration,measurements of sleep patterns,
sleep quality and health, and tips
for good sleep
Mental disorders, suicide
prevention, and stressmanagement
Sex-transmitted
diseases/infections, andcontraceptives, Stages ofpregnancy, pregnancy
complications, gestational weight
gain, abnormal labor, andpostpartum issues— 196 —

発行日：2021/5/1
12

HSS100IA

13

Strength training

14

泉

重樹

サブタイトル：【2018 年度以降入学生対象】
カテゴリ：ヘルスデザインコース専門科目・講義
開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 配当年次／単位：1〜4 年次／ 2
単位
曜日・時限：水 1/Wed.1
備考（履修条件等）：※スポーツ健康学部 2017 年度以前入学生履
修不可
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
Strength training class is designed to familiarize students with basic
knowledge and skills to enhance the enjoyment of strength training.
This course will provide students with different concepts and thecorrect movements of strength training. Along with strength training,
students will also become familiar with proper stretching techniquesand cardio-vascular endurance. Each student will work on developing
their own strength training program depending on his/her needs.

【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【授業の進め方と方法】
Classes are basically Gym-Class. Class will always meet in the Fitness
Studio of the building of Sports and Health Studies. Please dressappropriately to exercise (gym clothes and athletic shoes).
To improve your physical fitness requires regular participation inclass activities. Arriving late and leaving class early will affect theparticipation portion of the grade.

【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Weight Training
Technique; Safety andEtiquette.
Designing a Weight
Training Program,based upon goals.
2
Stretching andFlexibility.
3
Body Weight Training
andMachine Training
4
Finalize Individual
Routines and Short
Review
5
Free Weight
Variations: Shoulder
Exercises
6
Free Weight
Variations: Chest
Exercises
7
Mid-term Review and
Measuring Progress 1

8

9

10

11

Free Weight
Variations: Back
Exercises
Free Weight
Variations: Arm
Exercises
Free Weight
Variations: Leg
Exercises
Free Weight
Variations: Abdominal
Exercises

To practice strength training andmovement techniques.
To practice circuit training andhigh intensity interval training.
To measure the repetition
maximum of bench press, backsquat and dead lift.
Final Exam and Feedback.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Throughout the semester, students will be expected to study two hours
outside of class.（本授業の準備学習・復習時間は各 2 時間を標準とします）【テキスト（教科書）
】
None
【参考書】
Evans N. BODYBUILDING Anatomy. Human Kinetics
Contreras B. BODYWEGHT STRENGTH TRAINING Anatomy. Human
Kinetics
The National Strength and Conditioning Association. Essentials ofStrength Training and Conditioning Fourth Edition. Human Kinetics【成績評価の方法と基準】
Attendance: 60% (Very small assignment involved as well)Participation, Attitude, Work Ethic, Punctuation, Determination: 20%
Exam: 20%
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Not applicable because this is a new course.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
None【到達目標】
During the semester students will be able to:
1.Identify skeletal muscles used in strength training exercises.
2.Develop an understanding and knowledge of basic strength training.
3.Create his/her own personal strength training program.

【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes

Free Weight
Variations: Power clean
Cardiorespiratory
Training
Measuring Progress 2,
Final Exam andFeedback【その他の重要事項】
1.Students in the faculty of Sports and Health Studies MUST earn thecredits of "Functional Anatomy A(機能解剖学)" and "Physical Fitness
Measurements and Evaluation(体力測定評価論)" before they resister thisclass.
2.Students of strength training class must wear athletic attire suitable
for strength training, including athletic shoes (walking, running, crosstrainers, etc.), shorts or sweats and socks. Students who cannot
participate due
to improper clothing will receive a zero on any graded items they missdue to improper attire.
【Outline and objectives】
Strength training class is designed to familiarize students with basic
knowledge and skills to enhance the enjoyment of strength training.
This course will provide students with different concepts and thecorrect movements of strength training. Along with strength training,
students will also become familiar with proper stretching techniquesand cardio-vascular endurance. Each student will work on developing
their own strength training program depending on his/her needs.

内容
Introduction to Strength Training(General Orientation).

Methods of warming and dynamic
stretching.
Introduction to Machines. The
Bodyweight Challenge.
To complete individual plan ofstrength training.
To practice strength training andmovement techniques.
To practice strength training andmovement techniques.
To measure the repetition
maximum of bench press, backsquat and dead lift.
To practice strength training andmovement techniques.
To practice strength training andmovement techniques.
To practice strength training andmovement techniques.
To practice strength training andmovement techniques.

— 197 —

発行日：2021/5/1

MAN100IA

10

Consumer perceptions

11

Perceptions: interest
and evaluation

12

Sport consumer
decision-making
models13

Theories of sport
consumer behavior

14

Course summary

Sport Consumer Behavior
吉田政幸

サブタイトル：【2018 年度以降入学生対象】
カテゴリ：スポーツビジネスコース専門科目・講義
開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 配当年次／単位：1〜4 年次／ 2
単位
曜日・時限：水 4/Wed.4
備考（履修条件等）：※スポーツ健康学部 2017 年度以前入学生履
修不可
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
From an American perspective, this course is intended to provide
students a general overview of the traditional and more recently
developed theories and practices related to sport consumers. Students
will learn important concepts and theories related to the cultural,
psychological, behavioral, and social characteristics of sport consumers.
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able tounderstand how individuals become loyalty sport consumers and evenpositive contributors to the development of unique sport culture.
【到達目標】
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:(1) Understand the cultural and social characteristics of sport
consumers in the American context,(2) Gain knowledge about important concepts, ideas, and practices
related to the psychology and behavior of sport consumer behavior,(3) Explain how traditional and more recently developed theories can beapplicable to sport consumer behavior.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【授業の進め方と方法】
The course will be taught through lectures, group discussions, and thefinal exam. Depending on the future situation (e.g., the spread andseverity of COVID 19), I will provide both face-to-face and online Zoom
lectures.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Course introduction

2

Stadium consumption

3

Sport consumption
types

4

Fan socialization

5

Socialization andconnection to sport

6

Culture andsubcultures

7

Needs, values, and
goals

8

Spectator motivation

9

Observer motives andfan motives

内容
Course requirements, course
objectives, course strategy,
textbook, topical course outline
Sport consumer behavior in the Big
4 leagues and college sport (readingmaterial: chapter 1)
Sport consumer behavior andluxury suites, club seats, newmedia, and sponsorship (readingmaterial: chapter 1)
The definition, process, andoutcomes of fan socialization inchildhood and adolescence (readingmaterial: chapter 3)
Fan socialization among young andolder adults, psychologicalconnection to sports and teams(reading material: chapter 3)
The definition and elements ofculture and subculture and theirinfluence on sport consumer
behavior (reading material:
chapter 5)
The concepts and theories of
personal needs, values, and goals
in sport consumer behavior(reading material: chapter 6)
The definition, measurement, andapplication of sport consumer
motivation (reading material:
chapter 7)
Observer motives, fan motives, and“Fig Five” motives

The definition, elements, anddecision-making process of sport
consumer perception (readingmaterial: chapter 8)
Consumer interest, consumer
evaluation, and brands as stimulus
characteristics
The historical development andcurrent models of consumer
behavior theories in marketing(reading material: chapter 2)
Various attitudinal models of
consumer behavior and theirapplications to the sport context(reading material: chapter 2)
Course summary, conclusion,
feedback, and exam review【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Every week, the students have to answer short questions and read the
textbook in order to get more detailed information on important ideas,
concepts, and theoretical explanations in each topic.（本授業の準備学習・
復習時間は各 2 時間 を標準とします）【テキスト（教科書）
】
None
【参考書】
Trail, G.T., & James, J.D. (2015). Sport Consumer Behavior. Seattle,
WA: Sport Consumer Research Consultants LLC.
PDF copies of the textbook are available and uploaded in the material
folder on the Learning Management System.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
The students will be assigned grades based on successful completion of
the following class components:
Short answer questions (5 points X 10 weeks) 50 points
Final exam（multiple-choice questions） 50 points
Total 100 points【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Every week, I try to provide as many industry examples as possible toclearly explain class topics. Also, I encourage students to engage in an
in-class discussion because diverse students from different departments
attend this course.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Microsoft Office, laptop computer【その他の重要事項】
Students in the faculty of Sports and Health Studies MUST earn thecredits of “Sport Business Theory 1 (スポーツビジネス論Ⅰ)” and “Sport
Industry Theory (スポーツ産業論)” before they register this course.
【Outline and objectives】
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:(1) Understand the cultural and social characteristics of sport
consumers in the American context,(2) Gain knowledge about important concepts, ideas, and practices
related to the psychology and behavior of sport consumer behavior,(3) Explain how traditional and more recently developed theories can beapplicable to sport consumer behavior.

— 198 —

発行日：2021/5/1【Outline and objectives】
This course is designed to overview the concept of inclusive development
in relation to well-being studies.

SOW300JC

Community Based Inclusive Development佐野竜平

科目分類・科目群：総合教育科目 視野形成科目（社会系）
配当年次／単位数：2〜4 年次／ 2 単位
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：○

実務教員：○【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course is designed to overview the concept of inclusive development
in relation to well-being studies.
【到達目標】
This course aims at learning practical and applicable knowledge andskills on the mentioned subject.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】（福祉コミュニティ学科）ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP2」と「DP3」と「DP4」に関連（臨床心理学科）ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP1」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
The course will be offered entirely online (realtime Zoom sessions).
Announcements, course materials, assignments and feedback will be
informed/given via the learning support system and Google Form.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
あり / Yes【授業計画】回
テーマ
No.1
Introduction
No.2
SDGs andWell-being(1)No.3
SDGs andWell-being(2)No.4
SDGs andWell-being(3)No.5Good Practice on
CBID(1)
No.6
Good Practice on
CBID(2)
No.7
Good Practice on
CBID(3)
No.8
Human rights issues(1)No.9
Human rights issues(2)No.10
Human rights issues(3)No.11
Going into theunknown(1)No.12
Going into theunknown(2)No.13
Going into theunknown(3)No.14
Review

内容
Overview the planned sessions
Concept of inclusive
development(1)Concept of inclusive
development(2)Concept of inclusive
development(3)Initiatives in a community(1)Initiatives in a community(2)Initiatives in a community(3)Challenges in inclusive settins (1)Challenges in inclusive settins (2)Challenges in inclusive settins (3)Exploring the world(1)Exploring the world(2)Exploring the world(3)Reviewing the past lectures andfeedback【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are expected to review reference materials. The time for the
preparation and review of this course is 2 hours each.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Handouts【参考書】
Sustainable Development Goals https://sdgs.un.org/
World Health Orgzniation https://www.who.int/health-topics/disability【成績評価の方法と基準】
In-class participation:50%, Reaction Paper through Google Form:50%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Suggestions are to be reflected in the design of the course.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Online tools (PC, Smartphone)【その他の重要事項】
Themes and contents are subject to change. Lectures are according topractical knowledge and experience gained in and out of Japan.
【担当教員の専門分野/Expertise】
Disability-Inclusive and Sustainable Development, International Cooperation, Regional Development in Asia (Southeast Asia in particular)— 199 —

発行日：2021/5/1【Outline and objectives】
This course is designed to overview the concept of inclusive development
in relation to well-being studies.

SOW300JB

Community Based Inclusive Development佐野竜平

科目分類・科目群：専門教育科目 専門展開科目
配当年次／単位数：2〜4 年次／ 2 単位
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：○

実務教員：○【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course is designed to overview the concept of inclusive development
in relation to well-being studies.
【到達目標】
This course aims at learning practical and applicable knowledge andskills on the mentioned subject.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】（福祉コミュニティ学科）ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP2」と「DP3」と「DP4」に関連（臨床心理学科）ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP1」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
The course will be offered entirely online (realtime Zoom sessions).
Announcements, course materials, assignments and feedback will be
informed/given via the learning support system and Google Form.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
あり / Yes【授業計画】回
テーマ
No.1
Introduction
No.2
SDGs andWell-being(1)No.3
SDGs andWell-being(2)No.4
SDGs andWell-being(3)No.5Good Practice on
CBID(1)
No.6
Good Practice on
CBID(2)
No.7
Good Practice on
CBID(3)
No.8
Human rights issues(1)No.9
Human rights issues(2)No.10
Human rights issues(3)No.11
Going into theunknown(1)No.12
Going into theunknown(2)No.13
Going into theunknown(3)No.14
Review

内容
Overview the planned sessions
Concept of inclusive
development(1)Concept of inclusive
development(2)Concept of inclusive
development(3)Initiatives in a community(1)Initiatives in a community(2)Initiatives in a community(3)Challenges in inclusive settins (1)Challenges in inclusive settins (2)Challenges in inclusive settins (3)Exploring the world(1)Exploring the world(2)Exploring the world(3)Reviewing the past lectures andfeedback【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are expected to review reference materials. The time for the
preparation and review of this course is 2 hours each.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Handouts【参考書】
Sustainable Development Goals https://sdgs.un.org/
World Health Orgzniation https://www.who.int/health-topics/disability【成績評価の方法と基準】
In-class participation:50%, Reaction Paper through Google Form:50%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Suggestions are to be reflected in the design of the course.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Online tools (PC, Smartphone)【その他の重要事項】
Themes and contents are subject to change. Lectures are according topractical knowledge and experience gained in and out of Japan.
【担当教員の専門分野/Expertise】
Disability-Inclusive and Sustainable Development, International Cooperation, Regional Development in Asia (Southeast Asia in particular)— 200 —

発行日：2021/5/1

Disability and Development in Asia

【その他の重要事項】
Themes and contents are subject to change. Lectures are according topractical knowledge and experience gained in and out of Japan.

佐野【担当教員の専門分野/Expertise】
Disability-Inclusive and Sustainable Development, International Cooperation, Regional Development in Asia (Southeast Asia in particular)

SOW300JB

竜平【Outline and objectives】
In line with the principles of the United Nations Convention on the
Rights of Persons with Disabilities and Sustainable Development Goals,
this course is designed to overview the theory and practice on disability
and development in Asia.

科目分類・科目群：専門教育科目 専門展開科目
配当年次／単位数：2〜4 年次／ 2 単位
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：○

実務教員：○【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
In line with the principles of the United Nations Convention on the
Rights of Persons with Disabilities and Sustainable Development Goals,
this course is designed to overview the theory and practice on disability
and development in Asia.
【到達目標】
Basic knowledge and skills on disability and development in Asia are tobe obtained based on inputs from their local perspectives.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】（福祉コミュニティ学科）ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP2」と「DP3」と「DP4」に関連（臨床心理学科）ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP1」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
The course will be offered entirely online (realtime Zoom sessions).
Announcements, course materials, assignments and feedback will be
informed/given via the learning support system and Google Form.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
あり / Yes【授業計画】回
テーマ
No.1
Introduction
No.2
Comparative Study(1)

No.3
No.4

Comparative Study(2)Comparative Study(3)

No.5
No.6

Comparative Study(4)Comparative Study(5)No.7Comparative Study(6)No.8Comparative Study(7)No.9Comparative Study(8)No.10Comparative Study(9)No.11Comparative Study(10)No.12Comparative Study(11)No.13Comparative Study(12)No.14

Review

内容
Overview of the planned sessions
Persons with disabilities inPakistan
Persons with disabilities in Nepal
Persons with disabilities in
Afghanistan
Persons with disabilities in India
Persons with disabilities in
Bangladesh
Persons with disabilities inVietnam
Persons with disabilities in
Cambodia
Persons with disabilities in
Malaysia
Persons with disabilities inThailand
Persons with disabilities in
Myanmar
Persons with disabilities in thePhilippines
Persons with disabilities inIndonesia
Reviewing the past lectures andfeedback【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are expected to review reference materials. The time for the
preparation and review of this course is 2 hours each.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Handouts【参考書】
United Nations Convention on the Rights of Persons with
Disabilities
https://www.ohchr.org/EN/HRBodies/CRPD/Pages/
ConventionRightsPersonsWithDisabilities.aspx
States parties reports of the Convention on the Rights of Persons
with Disabilities https://www.ohchr.org/EN/HRBodies/CRPD/Pages/
CRPDIndex.aspx【成績評価の方法と基準】
In-class participation:50%, Reaction Paper through Google Form:50%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Suggestions are to be reflected in the design of the course.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Online tools (PC, Smartphone)— 201 —

発行日：2021/5/1

Disability and Development in Asia

【その他の重要事項】
Themes and contents are subject to change. Lectures are according topractical knowledge and experience gained in and out of Japan.

佐野【担当教員の専門分野/Expertise】
Disability-Inclusive and Sustainable Development, International Cooperation, Regional Development in Asia (Southeast Asia in particular)

SOW300JC

竜平【Outline and objectives】
In line with the principles of the United Nations Convention on the
Rights of Persons with Disabilities and Sustainable Development Goals,
this course is designed to overview the theory and practice on disability
and development in Asia.

科目分類・科目群：総合教育科目 視野形成科目（社会系）
配当年次／単位数：2〜4 年次／ 2 単位
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：○

実務教員：○【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
In line with the principles of the United Nations Convention on the
Rights of Persons with Disabilities and Sustainable Development Goals,
this course is designed to overview the theory and practice on disability
and development in Asia.
【到達目標】
Basic knowledge and skills on disability and development in Asia are tobe obtained based on inputs from their local perspectives.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】（福祉コミュニティ学科）ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP2」と「DP3」と「DP4」に関連（臨床心理学科）ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP1」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
The course will be offered entirely online (realtime Zoom sessions).
Announcements, course materials, assignments and feedback will be
informed/given via the learning support system and Google Form.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
あり / Yes【授業計画】回
テーマ
No.1
Introduction
No.2
Comparative Study(1)

No.3
No.4

Comparative Study(2)Comparative Study(3)

No.5
No.6

Comparative Study(4)Comparative Study(5)No.7Comparative Study(6)No.8Comparative Study(7)No.9Comparative Study(8)No.10Comparative Study(9)No.11Comparative Study(10)No.12Comparative Study(11)No.13Comparative Study(12)No.14

Review

内容
Overview of the planned sessions
Persons with disabilities inPakistan
Persons with disabilities in Nepal
Persons with disabilities in
Afghanistan
Persons with disabilities in India
Persons with disabilities in
Bangladesh
Persons with disabilities inVietnam
Persons with disabilities in
Cambodia
Persons with disabilities in
Malaysia
Persons with disabilities inThailand
Persons with disabilities in
Myanmar
Persons with disabilities in thePhilippines
Persons with disabilities inIndonesia
Reviewing the past lectures andfeedback【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are expected to review reference materials. The time for the
preparation and review of this course is 2 hours each.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Handouts【参考書】
United Nations Convention on the Rights of Persons with
Disabilities
https://www.ohchr.org/EN/HRBodies/CRPD/Pages/
ConventionRightsPersonsWithDisabilities.aspx
States parties reports of the Convention on the Rights of Persons
with Disabilities https://www.ohchr.org/EN/HRBodies/CRPD/Pages/
CRPDIndex.aspx【成績評価の方法と基準】
In-class participation:50%, Reaction Paper through Google Form:50%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Suggestions are to be reflected in the design of the course.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Online tools (PC, Smartphone)— 202 —

発行日：2021/5/1

PRI100LA

Elementary Information Technology

2017 年度以降入学者

12

Social Network

13

Internet Ethics andSecurity

14

Final Examination

サブタイトル：松田裕幸【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
We specify a short article related to the next class in advance,
you should read, understand, bring the issue discussed in thearticle. Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2hours each.

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 曜日・時限：木 3/Thu.3
単位数：2 単位
GBP/SCOPE 1〜4 年※定員制
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

Graph theory: understanding
the relation among entities.
Several aspects of ethics andsecurity inherent in theInternet.
examination performed withpaper and pencil.

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
You will learn basic knowledge about information technology
and you will have a chance of learning Python programming.

【テキスト（教科書）】
None.
【参考書】
All texts are uploaded in Hoppii.

【到達目標】
You will learn basic knowledges of information technology,
especially computer architecture, algorithmic programing,
data science, and the mechanism of the Internet and related
subjects (social network, e-commerce, ethics, security).

【成績評価の方法と基準】
Total evaluation of 14 short assignments : 50%
The score fo the final examination: 50%
You need more than and equal to 60% of the max 100 points topass the class.

【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP1、国際文化学
部： DP4、人間環境学部： DP2、キャリアデザイン学部： DP1【学生の意見等からの気づき】
None.

【授業の進め方と方法】
You need register your student account for this class until
the specified date in Learning Support System Hoppi https://hoppii.hosei.ac.jp/portal . The detail of how to get the on line
lecture is explained on the course page. Please read the detailin advance.

【学生が準備すべき機器他】
None.
【その他の重要事項】
I have a long carrier in writing and designing for automatic
programming, teaching human knowledge to computer, especially natural language.
【Outline and objectives】
You will learn basic knowledge about information technology
and you will have a chance of learning Python programming.

【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
なし / No【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
What’s Information
Technology

2

Data Processing

3

Information
Processing

4

ComputingTechnology

5

Algorithmic
Programming
Data Science Predicting
Data Science Classification
Communication
Technology

6
7
8

9
10

Internet Protocol
Mechanism of email
and World Wide
Web (WWW)

11

e-Commerce

内容
The history and the current
trend of information
technology.
Several kinds of data and how
to process data.
Define the information andhow to process andcommunicate information.
Architecture of computing
system. From old fashioned
type to super computer.
Design algorithms for solving
problem.
Predicting the future being
given the past data.
Classifying the data according
to certain criteria.
Understanding theinformation communication
technology.
TCP/IP
Based on server/client system,
encoding/decoding information
and TCP/IP makes it possible,
email and www.
the core technology of
e-commerce is public key
encryption and block chain.

— 203 —

発行日：2021/5/1

サブタイトル：【成績評価の方法と基準】
To pass the study quality and to get the grade, you need attend the wholeclasses and submit all the homeworks. The quality of the last homework
will dominate 80% of the score and the 20% of the score depends on
homeworks issued on every classes. You need get more than 60 points
for the total 100 points to pass this class.

Yukou MATSUDA【学生の意見等からの気づき】
None.

PRI100LA

2016 年度以前入学者

Information Technology【学生が準備すべき機器他】
none.

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 曜日・時限：木 3/Thu.3
単位数：2 単位
GBP/SCOPE 1〜4 年※定員制
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：【その他の重要事項】
My career introduction. I have been designing, implementing automatic
programming and teaching human knowledge into computer, especiallyin natural language.

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
You will learn the information and communication technology withPython programming.

【Outline and objectives】
You will learn the information and communication technology withPython programming.

【到達目標】
You will learn the information and communication technology withPython programming.The main topics are the forms of information,knowledge representation of human knowledge, and autonomous
systems.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP1、国際文化学部： DP4、人間環境学部： DP2、
キャリアデザイン学部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
The course style depends on the social situation. You need register yourstudent account for this class in Learning Support System Hoppi https://hoppii.hosei.ac.jp/portal . The detail of how to get the online lecture is
explained on the course page. Please read the detail in advance.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】回テーマ
1
How Information
Transmitted
2
How to Control
Transmitting
3
Communication
Language

4
5
6
7

8
9
10
11
12
13
14

内容
discussing about transmitting
media and the way of transmitted.
Internet addressing and the role oftransmitting protocol.
Human vs. Human, Human vs.
Computer and Computer vs.
Computer communications,especially discussing about theInternet protocol.
Encoding and Decoding number system and character
encoding/decoding.
Information Theory
bit, Byte and computing scale.
IP Address
the role of IP address in theInternet.
Computer Architecture especially the role of CPU and thearithmetic adder based on logic
gates.
Data Processing
descriptive statistics, sorting
algorithm and search algorithm.
Data Processing
database
Search Engine
databased oriented search engine.
Grammarunderstanding the language
structure (grammar).
Grammar(2)understanding small programming.
Artificial Intelligence
how to transfer human knowledge
into machine.
Artificial
how to understand naturalIntelligence(2)language processing.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
No special work will be assigned to you. However you need to finish all
the homework assigned in the class. Preparatory study and review time
for this class are 2 hours each.
【テキスト（教科書）】
None.
【参考書】
All texts are uploaded in HOPPII.

— 204 —

発行日：2021/5/1

CAR100LA

Elementary Career Development

2017 年度以降入学者【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Orientation

サブタイトル：中川有紀子

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 曜日・時限：金 5/Fri.5
単位数：2 単位
GBP/SCOPE/IGESS 1〜4 年※定員制
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
この授業は将来日本で就職を希望する外国人留学生を対象に、仕事とキャリアの意味や意義について考えさせ、日本社会の現状と企業組織の持つ特徴を理解した上で、就職活動やキャリア形成に必要な意識、態度、具体的な知識を身につけさせるのが狙いです。授業は英語で行われます。また授業内の議論も多く、その結果を発表した
りレポートを書くための英語力が必要です。

2【到達目標】
Students should be able to explain:(1)their personal profiles including such as strengths andweaknesses, values, aspirations, skills and life styles,(2)differences between job and career and the work they would
like to do,(3)characteristics of Japanese companies,(4)necessary skills and competencies that are required from theJapanese society,(5)necessity to explore internships and job opportunities
spontaneously.

3【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP1、国際文化学
部： DP2、人間環境学部： DP2、キャリアデザイン学部： DP1

4【授業の進め方と方法】
This course consists of lectures by the instructor, discussions
and presentations by the students on each theme. Sometimes
students are required to create a worksheet during the classand write a report as an assignment after the class. All of theclass activities will be conducted in English.
The feedoback of Report Writing will be delivered in thefollowing class.
“If the university’s action policy level is set to 2, this class will
be taught online as a rule. Details will be announced via the
Learning Management System.”

5

6【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No— 205 —

内容
Outline of what you learn
throughout the course is brie}yexplained. Also
self-introduction by the
instructor and eachparticipant is planned. You
should introduce yourself bysayingsuch as (1) the town where I
was born, (2) why I decided to
study in Japan and at Hosei
Univ.(3) what I am interestedindoing and achieving during
study abroad.
Higher Education
By understanding the current
andsituation of increasing youth
Career Development unemployment andnon-regular employment inJapan, you should learn how
important it is to make aproper job selection
and its influence on yourcareer formation.
Telling a Life Story Understanding about yourself
to Know Yourself
better is the first step that you
should take to a job that suits
you and develop yourcareer later on. So let’s learn
what a life story telling is, how
itworks to know you betterand experience it with theother classmembers.
Presentation ofThis is the time for you to talkYour Life Storyabout a story highlighting amemorable moment to review
how your personality,interests.
Fundamental Skills There are a couple offundamental skills that you
for aneed to know
Working Person
and acquire before you enter
the world of work in Japan.
These are minimum
requirements from society for
any new
worker and highly valued inJapan.
Intercultural
The world we live in today isCompetence
getting more and moreglobalized
and interdependent. The world
we live in today is getting more
and more globalized
and interdependent. So you
will very likely to work withpeoplespeaking diyerent languages,
having diyerent sense ofvalues,behaviors and customs basedon their cultural backgrounds.
How can you get along withthem?

発行日：2021/5/1

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

Life Roles andPeople today may live longer
Career Development than their parents did. So you
may have more works to do
and roles to play in your entire
life
course. Think about what
those life roles are and how
you canbalance them with your job
and career in order tomaintainquality of your life.
Personality and
You will learn about several
Work
personality types, relationship
Environment for Job between people of each
Selection
personality type and theirpreferredjob environment to know what
job will likely to match yourpersonality type through an
occupational interest test.
Corporate Culture
If you want to get andandmaintain a job and pursue a
Business Practicecareer inJapan you should know about
the cultural characteristics ofthe company and its businesspractices to get along with theother members of the team.
Human resource management
Human Resource
plays a very important role forManagement in
the operation and functions ofJapan
the company. So you need toknow what and how they
proceed with the daily work.
Japanese MSC
The Japanese economy has(Medium to Smallbeen supported by andSized Companies) as dependentYour Job Targets
on a large number of MSC(medium to small sizedcompanies).
In this respect you should
know more about them andconsider them as potential
candidates of your job hunting
in the future.
Even if you could successfully
How JapaneseCompany
get a job offer, you would
Recruits and Fosters probably be not so confident inyour ability to cope with theYoung Employees
job requirements. But you do
not need to worry too muchabout it if you knew how
Japanese company helps foster
young
employees.
Lecture by the
Hearing stories from the
Guest Speakerpeople working and ask
questionsabout pros and cons of working
in Japan will give you good
insights and hints when you
select your job and career.

14

Review andReport Writing

You will review what you
learned and considered in thiscourse and write a final reportabout it. Your report must also
include what you would like tobe and work for based on yourunderstanding of yourself, job
and career, Japanese society
and the world of work today.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
University guidelines suggest preparation and review arearound 4hours a week.
【テキスト（教科書）】
I will distribute the handouts for each lecture.
【参考書】
1. Robinson, Ken, & Aronica, Lou.(2013)" Finding Your
Element: How to Discover Your Talents and Passions andTransform Your Life", Viking Adult.
2. Tim Clark ,「Business Model You」 ,John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
3. Tina Seeing (2009) "What I Wish I Knew When I Was 20."
【成績評価の方法と基準】
There will be no mid-term nor final class examination.
(1)Participation and Learning Attitude (20%)(2)Report Writing (60%)(3)Discussion and Presentation (20%)
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
NA【Outline and objectives】
This class is for foreign students who wish to find career/job
hunting in Japan in the future, and after having themthink about the meaning and significance of work and career,and understanding the current environment and situationof Japanese society and the characteristics of Japanese
corporate organizations. The aim is to equip you with theawareness, attitude, and specific knowledge necessary forcareer development. Classes are conducted in English. In
addition, there are many discussions in class, and English
skills are required to write reports.

— 206 —

発行日：2021/5/1

No.5

CAR200LA

Career Development Skills

2016 年度以前入学者
No.6

サブタイトル：中川有紀子

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 曜日・時限：水 5/Wed.5
単位数：2 単位
GBP/SCOPE/IGESS 1〜4 年※定員制
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

No.7

実務教員：

No.8
【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
These lectures aim to strengthen students’ basic understanding of career development and human resource managementfrom both theoretical and practical perspectives.
【到達目標】The goal is to be able to consider and evaluate problems tocareer development. It is hoped that students will hone theirability to grasp the crux of these problems to deal with any
situation.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP1、国際文化学
部： DP2、人間環境学部： DP2、キャリアデザイン学部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
These lectures will focus primarily on knowledge provision.
Online copies of the materials on which the lectures will bebased will be distributed by online. Students will be given
the chance to ask questions and interact with each other.
Additionally, group discussions will be held at least five times.
Depending on the situation, the lecture plan may be altered or
adjusted. Quiz(on the paper) will be held in the class and thefeedback of them will be held in the same class.
“If the university’s action policy level is set to 2, this class will
be taught online as a rule. Details will be announced via the
Learning Management System.”【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
No.1
Orientation,
Introduction to
Human Resource
Management

No.2

Hiring Employees

No.3

Performance
Management

No.4

Compensation and
Benefits

内容
The outline of the lecture andplan will be presented.
I will provide an overview of
the topic and details of theclass.
I will discuss recruitment
management and trends inrecruitment. Students willlearn how to make themselvesmore employable.
I will discuss the Performance
management and provide
examples. Student will gain an
insight into the in-company
Performance management .
I will discuss Compensation
and Benefits provide examples.
Students will learn how yourcompensation is determined.

No.9

No.10

No.11

No.12

No.13
No.14

Career Development
Planning &Employee
Development
Talent Management

I will discuss the Career
Development Planning &Employee Development.

I will discuss TalentManagement. Students willlearn about the Corporate
Value and Talent Management
Initiatives.
Compliance andI will discuss Compliance andRisk Management
Risk Management. Students
will learn Case Study.
Employees andI will discuss case study.
Industrial Relations Students will learn about“Employees and Industrial
Relations.”
Expatriation
I will discuss Expatriation.
Students will learn about
Expatriation.
The Activities of the I will discuss case study.
HR Department
Within the Global
Headquaters.
SampleHiring a New HR Manager toConversation 1,2Strengthen HR Functions.
Talking with Headquater.
How to Effectively
SampleConversation 3,4Communicate Feedback.
Revision the Compensation
System.
SampleCareer Planning,
Conversation 5,6Talent Review Committee.
SampleA Potential Case ofConversation 7
Harassment.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
University guidelines suggest preparation and review arearound 4hours a week.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Shiraki, M., and Sherman, B.(2020)"Practical HRM for Global
Professionals, English and Japaneses", Bunjindo Publishing.
【参考書】
Sato, H., Fujimura, H., Yashiro, A. (2019) New Human Resource Management, 6th edition.Tokyo: Yuhikaku Publishing.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Term examination(20 ％),tion(60 ％)Quiz(20 ％),Class participa-【学生の意見等からの気づき】
The content of the lectures is designed in the following ratio:
50% basic knowledge and 50% application.
【Outline and objectives】
These lectures aim to strengthen students’ basic understanding of career development and human resource managementfrom both theoretical and practical perspectives.

— 207 —

発行日：2021/5/1

4.

ART100LA

Elementary Humanities A

2017 年度以降入学者

サブタイトル：URBANOVA

5.

Jana

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 曜日・時限：水 1/Wed.1
単位数：2 単位
GBP/SCOPE/IGESS 1〜4 年※定員制
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

6.

実務教員：

【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course is a survey of ancient to medieval Japanese
literature. Major literary works are introduced with anemphasis on their literary artistry as well as their historicaland cultural importance.
Focus is also placed on theunique philosophy that shaped the aesthetic values in Japanthroughout the centuries. This topic will be further highlighted
by discussing differences in Eastern and Western world views
and by introducing Okinawan poetry which displays uniquefeatures when compared with classical Japanese poetry.
【到達目標】
1. to learn about major literary works in their historical andcultural context
2. to gain deeper understanding of the different philosophicalbackgrounds that have influenced the way of thinking in Japanand the West
3. to improve your English vocabulary regarding the topic【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP1、国際文化学
部： DP2、人間環境学部： DP2、キャリアデザイン学部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
This course is based on lectures by the instructor featuring
the use of written and audio-visual materials. In addition,
every student will be required to deliver a class presentation
on a given topic, to submit a short written summary of thepresentation and an essay, and to pass the final exam. The
topics together with the study materials for the presentation
will be distributed at the beginning of the course.
Comments and explanation about assignments and answers toquestions from students are given at the end of each class.
This is an online class, and all weeks will be taught on
Zoom. Please see HOPPII for further instructions about how
to join our Zoom sessions.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1.
Introduction

2.

3.

内容
Introduction to course;scheduling of presentations
Historical overview Brief overview of majorof Japanese
literary works in theirliterature
historical context with a focus
on the Nara and Heian periods
Japanese perception Definition of nature andof nature, Part 1
corresponding terms inJapanese; Japanese love fornature and its various aspects;
Japanese vs. Western conceptsof nature

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

Japanese perception The four seasons as one of theof nature, Part 2
central concepts in Japaneseculture and literature; theconcept of transformation andchange, harmony of yin andyang; perception of time
Natural images in
Literal and figural meaning ofclassical Japaneseimages in Japanese andpoetryWestern poetic tradition
Key concepts ofFour aesthetic concepts inJapanese aesthetics Japanese culture andliterature; demonstration ofthese concepts in Essays in
Idleness by the Buddhist priest
Kenkō
Japanese mythology Records of Ancient Matters(Kojiki); Japanese mythology
vs. Western ideologicalconcepts (Greek mythology
and Christianity)
Japanese poetry,
The role of poetry from ancientPart 1times through the era ofMan’yōshū (Collection of Ten
Thousand Leaves) to theflourishing era of imperial
poetry anthologies
Long and short poetic forms
Japanese poetry,
Part 2(chōka and tanka); believed tobe the first Japanese poem inthe fixed form; major themes
in classical poetry
Japanese prose,
Japanese tales and its various
Part 1genres; the oldest preserved
tale (The Tale of the Bamboo
Cutter; Taketori Monogatari)
and the collection of poem tales(Tales of Ise; Ise Monogatari)
Japanese prose,
Flourishing of women writers
Part 2in the Heian period with afocus on two prominent figures
Murasaki Shikibu and Sei
Shōnagon and their works The
Tale of Genji (Genji
Monogatari) and The Pillow
Book (Makura no Sōshi)
Okinawan language Languages of the Ryūkyū
Islands as part of the Japaneseand poetry ‒Introduction
language group; language
rules in Okinawan poetryryūkaThe world of
The oldest preserved collection
Okinawan poetryof old epic songs Omorosōshi;
Okinawan lyrical poetry ryūka
Course wrap up
Submit short summary ofpresentation topic and essay;
final written exam

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
1.Prepare a short self-introduction
2.Reading: handout on anthology of Japanese literature
3.Reading: Asquith 1-35
4.Readings: Asquith 36 ‒ 53; handout related to the topic
5.Readings: Asquith 54 ‒ 67; handout on Western poetry
6.Reading: Keene 3 ‒ 22
7.Reading: handout on the Kojiki
8.Reading: Keene 47 ‒ 69
9.Reading: Keene 25 ‒ 44
10.Readings: Keene 73 ‒ 95; handout on Japanese tales
11.Reading: handout on women’s classical prose
12.&13.Reading: text by lecturer on Okinawan language andpoetry— 208 —

発行日：2021/5/1

14.Submit short summary of presentation topic and essay; final
written exam
Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours
each.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Keene, Donald. The Pleasures of Japanese Literature. New
York: Columbia University Press, 1988.
All other study materials and handouts will be provided by thelecturer.
【参考書】
Asquith, Pamela J. and Arne Kalland, ed. Japanese Images of
Nature. Richmond: Curzon Press, 1997.
Keene, Donald. Anthology of Japanese Literature. Rutland,
Vermont & Tokyo: Charles E. Tuttle Company, 1956. Twentysecond edition, 1991.
McCullough, Helen Craig. Classical Japanese Prose: an
Anthology. Stanford: Stanford University Press, 1990.
Miner, Earl.
An Introduction to Japanese Court Poetry.
Stanford: Stanford University Press, 1968.
Further references related to the topic of each class will be
provided by the lecturer.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Class attendance and oral participation are expected; failure
to participate in class will result in the subtraction of marks
from the total. Grading criteria: oral presentation and writtensummary (40%); final examination and essay (60%).
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
There are no student comments that would require majorchanges to the course.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】● This class will be taught on Zoom, so students who attend
the Zoom session on campus need to prepare a headset.
● We will use online applications, such as Google Classroom,
Zoom and HOPPII. Please check HOPPII regularly for further
instructions about how to join our Zoom sessions, Google
Classroom, etc.
【Outline and objectives】
This course is a survey of ancient to medieval Japanese
literature. Major literary works are introduced with anemphasis on their literary artistry as well as their historicaland cultural importance.
Focus is also placed on theunique philosophy that shaped the aesthetic values in Japanthroughout the centuries. This topic will be further highlighted
by discussing differences in Eastern and Western world views
and by introducing Okinawan poetry which displays uniquefeatures when compared with classical Japanese poetry.

— 209 —

発行日：2021/5/1
7.

Tales of thesupernatural inmodern literature

8.

The world of fantasy
and reality ofMiyazawa Kenji

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 曜日・時限：水 1/Wed.1
単位数：2 単位
GBP/SCOPE/IGESS 1〜4 年※定員制

9.

Modern novelists, Part
1

他学部公開：

10.

Modern novelists, Part
2
Modern novelists, Part
3

ART200LA

2016 年度以前入学者

Humanities A
サブタイトル：Japanese Literature II.

URBANOVA

Jana

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course focuses on the major literary figures and their representative works of early modern, modern and contemporary Japanese
literature. The works will be discussed with regard to the circumstancesand background that shaped the authors’ way of thinking. The course
will also include a lesson introducing two significant works of medieval
literature to shed light on one of the crucial concepts in Japanese culture- transience. There will also be a lesson introducing two major womenpoets of Okinawa.
【到達目標】
Goals:
1. to learn about the major literary figures of pre-modern, modern andcontemporary Japanese literature
2. to gain an appreciation of the depth and atmosphere of their literaryworks as well as the beauty of the English translations【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP1、国際文化学部： DP3、人間環境学部： DP2、
キャリアデザイン学部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
This course is based on lectures by the instructor featuring the use of
written and audio-visual materials. In addition, every student will be
required to deliver a class presentation on a given topic and to submit ashort written summary of the presentation and essay at the end of thesemester. The topics and the study materials for the presentation will
be distributed at the beginning of the course.
Comments and explanation about assignments and answers toquestions from students are given at the end of each class.
This is an online class, and all weeks will be taught on Zoom.
Please see HOPPII for further instructions about how to join our Zoom
sessions.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1.
Introduction

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

内容
Introduction to course; brief
self-introduction; scheduling ofpresentations
Transience in Japanese The concept of transience as
poetryportrayed in the waka anthology A
Hundred Poems by a Hundred
Poets (Hyakunin Isshu, compiled by
Fujiwara no Teika)
Haikai poetry
Transition from comic haikai
poetry to the mastering of haiku;
Matsuo Bashō; Hints forappreciating and writing haiku
Poetry of Okinawa
Two women poets of Okinawa:
Yoshiya Tsuru and Onna Nabe andtheir ryūka poems
Literature of the
The rising merchant society during
floating world
the Edo period; stories of thefloating world (ukiyo zōshi); Ihara
Saikaku: The Life of an Amorous
Man (Kōshoku Ichidai Otoko) and
Five Women who Loved Love(Kōshoku Gonin Onna)
Tales of the
Ueda Akinari and his Tales ofsupernatural in
Moonlight and Rain (Ugetsu
pre-modern literature
Monogatari)

11.

12.

Modern novelists, Part
4

13.

Contemporary
literature

14.

Course wrap up

Akutagawa Ryūnosuke and theinfluence of Japanese Tales from
Times Past (Konjaku MonogatariShū); short stories In a Grove(Yabu no Naka) and Rashōmon
Miyazawa Kenji: fantasy novel
Milky Way Railroad (Ginga
Tetsudō no Yoru), poem Be not
Defeated by the Rain (Ame ni momakezu)Natsume Sōseki: his life andliterary works, particularly thenovel I Am a Cat (Wagahai wa
Neko de aru)
Mishima Yukio (Confessions of a
Mask; Kamen no Kokuhaku)
Tanizaki Junichirō and his works
The Key (Kagi)and In Praise of
Shadows (Inei Raisan)Nobel Prize winner Kawabata
Yasunari and his masterpiece
Snow Country (Yukiguni)
Yoshimoto Banana and Haruki
Murakami and their representative
works
Submit short summary ofpresentation and essay; final
written exam

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Please prepare a short self-introduction for the first class. In addition,
each student will be asked to deliver an oral presentation on adesignated topic and to submit a short written summary of thepresentation and essay at the end of the semester. Students are also
expected to actively engage in class discussions and to revise all of thereadings done in class, as they will form the basis for the questions on
the final exam. Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2hours each.
【テキスト（教科書）】No textbooks will be used. Handouts and reading materials on eachlesson’s topic together with the specified sources will be distributed by
the lecturer at the beginning of each lesson.
【参考書】
Selected references:
Katō, Shūichi. A History of Japanese Literature (Vol.3) ‒ The Modern
Years. Tokyo, New York & San Francisco: Kodansha International, Ltd.,
1983.
Keene, Donald. Appreciations of Japanese Culture. Tokyo, New York &London: Kodansha International, Ltd., 1971. First paperback edition,
1981.
Keene, Donald. World Within Walls ‒ Japanese Literature of the PreModern Era, 1600-1867. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1976.
Petersen, Gwen Boardman. The Moon in the Water ‒ Understanding
Tanizaki, Kawabata and Mishima. Honolulu: The University Press of
Hawaii, 1979.
Further references related to the topic of each class will be provided by
the lecturer.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Class attendance and oral participation are expected; failure toparticipate in class will result in the subtraction of marks from the total.
Grading criteria: oral presentation and written summary (50%); final
examination and essay (50%).
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
There are no student comments that would require major changes to thecourse.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】● This class will be taught on Zoom, so students who attend the Zoom
session on campus need to prepare a headset.
● We will use online applications, such as Google Classroom, Zoom and
HOPPII. Please check HOPPII regularly for further instructions about
how to join our Zoom sessions, Google Classroom, etc.
【Outline and objectives】
This course focuses on the major literary figures and their representative works of early modern, modern and contemporary Japanese
literature. The works will be discussed with regard to the circumstancesand background that shaped the authors’ way of thinking. The course
will also include a lesson introducing two significant works of medieval
literature to shed light on one of the crucial concepts in Japanese culture- transience. There will also be a lesson introducing two major womenpoets of Okinawa.

— 210 —

発行日：2021/5/1

11

ARSa100LA

Elementary Humanities B

2017 年度以降入学者

12

Listening &Speaking
Listening &Speaking
Listening &Speaking
Listening &Speaking

Agatha Christie
The Sea

サブタイトル：UK Society & Culture

13

Richard.J.Burrows

14

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 曜日・時限：水 3/Wed.3
単位数：2 単位
GBP/SCOPE/IGESS 1〜4 年※定員制【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Regular reading assignments with comprehension questions, &audio-visual vocabulary preparation.No more than 3 absences
will be permitted. Preparatory study and review time forthis class are about 1 hour for each. University guidelines
suggest preparation and review are around 4 hours a week fora two-credit course and around an hour a week for a one-credit
course.

他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course will seek to introduce the culture & society of contemporary Britain to students through a series of stimulatingaudio-visual units, together with selected thematically linked
readings.
【到達目標】
During this course, through regular exposure to a variety ofaudio-visual material, students will have the opportunity to
sharpen their listening skills. Follow-up pair-work comprehension questions, discussion & structured conversation practicewill also give them the opportunity to improve their oral skills.
Finally students will be encouraged to reflect on their own
culture & society as they learn about UK.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP1、国際文化学
部： DP2、人間環境学部： DP2、キャリアデザイン学部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
The previous lesson’s reading assignment will be reviewed
before a pair-work preview will introduce the theme for thatlesson. Any required vocabulary will be previewed before
students view/listen to the material.
Pair-work comprehension questions will allow students tocheck their own understanding, while a post-viewing discussion will offer more chances to analyze the material. Timepermitting, there will be structured conversation practice
before outlining the following week’s homework.

London Taxis
UK Public Schools【テキスト（教科書）】
None
【参考書】
An electronic dictionary or smartphone dictionary will be
required at every lesson【成績評価の方法と基準】
Homework & Classwork 40%
Presentation 30%
Report 30%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Many of the class materials will be made avialable online forfurther study & listening practice.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Access to a PC & Printer in order to prepare a PowerPoint
presentation & print the final report【その他の重要事項】
Since there is no textbook in this course, students will need tobring an A4 or B4 folder or binder to each class in order to keep
the photocopies that will be handed out at every lesson.
【None】
None【None】
None【None】
None【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【None】
None【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No【None】
None【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Overview
2
Listening &Speaking
3
Listening &Speaking
4
Listening &Speaking
5
Listening &Speaking
6
Listening &Speaking
7
Listening &Speaking
8
Listening &Speaking
9
Listening &Speaking
10
Listening &Speaking【Outline and objectives】
In addition to offering a greater understanding of contemporary UK culture, the course encourages students through thepresentation & report to critically compare & contrast UK
culture & society with their own.

内容
Course Introduction
Presentation Guidance

The Seven Wonders of Britain
Wales
BBC
The Mini
The Village
British Tea
The Purple Violin
Sherlock Holmes— 211 —

発行日：2021/5/1

ARSc200LA

2016 年度以前入学者

Humanities B

サブタイトル：America in the 20th Century

Richard.J.Burrows
開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 曜日・時限：水 3/Wed.3
単位数：2 単位
GBP/SCOPE/IGESS 1〜4 年※定員制
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
Despite the rise of powers in Asia such as China & India,
the US remains the pre-eminent global power and a key tounderstanding its prominence lies in an understanding of its
rise as a superpower during the 20th century. Therefore,
this course will focus on key political, economic & culturaldevelopments during the latter half of that period, how they
contributed to the rise of American power and continue toinfluence nations around the world, especially in Asia. Regularreading assignments will be set, analyzed & discussed during
the lessons, allowing students to reflect on how the UScontinues to influence their nations as we enter a new century.
【到達目標】
Through a variety of media, this course seeks to firstly, give
students a thorough understanding of key events in the US
from the end of World War I to the close of the century. In
addition, students will be able to comprehend how those events
impacted not only on the course of modern US history, but theirwider effect throughout the world, especially in the Asia-Pacificregion.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP1、国際文化学
部： DP2、人間環境学部： DP2、キャリアデザイン学部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
Regular reading assignments will be set, analyzed & discussed
during the lessons, allowing students to reflect on how the
US continues to influence their nations as we enter the
21st century. Furthermore, an audio-visual element willallow students to sharpen their listening skills and engage incomprehension activities.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
Week 1 Explanation
Week 2 Course Assignments
Week 3 Innovation
Week 4 The Pacific Conflict
Week 5 Post-War
Settlement
Week 6 Technology
Week 7 The Fight Against
CommunismWeek 8 The Civil Rights
Movement
Week 9 A Divided Nation
Week
Political Violence
10

内容
Course Introduction
Presentation Skills
The Wright Brothers
US in World War II
Bombing of Hiroshima

Week
11
Week
12
Week
13
Week
14

Watergate

End of Nixon

The Space Race

The Apollo Landings

A New
Conservatism
Course Review

Reagan & the Religious Right
The 20th Century Influence on
the Present Day【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students will be expected to make a presentation and submit
a report on a relevant theme during the semester. In addition,
regular reading assignments will be set with comprehension& vocabulary questions.No more than 3 absences will bepermitted. University guidelines suggest preparation andreview are around 4 hours a week for a two-credit course andaround an hour a week for a one-credit course.
【テキスト（教科書）】
None, but students are required to bring an A4/B4 binder tostore the photocopies that will be distributed by the teacher at
each lesson【参考書】
An electronic dictionary or smart phone English dictionary is
required at every class【成績評価の方法と基準】
Classowrk & Participation 30%
Homework 30%
Presentation 20%
Report 20%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Giving at least a minimum of 1 weeks notice for all homeworkassignments, 1/2 month’s notice for the report & presentation,
depending on the presentation schedule【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Students need to have access to a pc (& printer) in order toprepare their presentation & report【その他の重要事項】
Please join this class if you have an interest in this topic, adesire to improve your English skills, and are willing to attend
classes on a regular basis and submit all homework & otherassignments on time.
【None】
None【None】
None【None】
None【None】
None【None】
None【Outline and objectives】
This course, rather than simply leading students throughkey dates & events during the 20th century, seeks toanalyze important developments & trends in US,such aswar, technological innovation & foreign policy, which caused
repercussions both domestically & internationally during the20th century & beyond.

Breaking the Sound Barrier
The Vietnam War
Martin Luther KingThe Anti-War Movement
The Assassination of JFK— 212 —

発行日：2021/5/1

POL100LA

9.

Norms (4)10.

Relations between
States (1)11.

Relations between
States (2)12.

Relations between
States (3)13.

Relations between
States (4)14.

Final test

2016 年度以前入学者

Elementary Social Science A

サブタイトル：Introduction to International Law

SCHIFANO ADRIEN
開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 曜日・時限：木 4/Thu.4
単位数：2 単位
GBP/SCOPE/IGESS 1〜4 年※定員制
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course aims at introducing basic notions of international law. First
part of the course introduces main subjects of international law andfocus in particular on elements of statehood. A second part will discuss
how norms of international law are created. Finally, a third part will
provide these elements with some dynamism by examining the courseof normal relations between States.
【到達目標】
By the end of this course, it is expected that students will have become
familiar with:
1. basic notions of international law
2. current international issues
3. functioning of the international system【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP1、国際文化学部： DP3、人間環境学部： DP2、
キャリアデザイン学部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
Classes will consist in alternating lectures and more practicalassignments. Feedbacks on tests will be given during class and on
Hoppii.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1.
Introduction

2.

Subjects (1)3.

Subjects (2)4.

Subjects (3)5.

Subjects (4)6.

Norms (1)7.

Norms (2)8.

Norms (3)

内容
Characters of international law /relation with municipal law
The State (1): statehood / sovereign
government / territory / population/ recognition / self-determination /succession
The State (2): more on territory /acquisition / the sea / the sky /outer space / servitudes
The State (3): more on population /individuals / groups of individuals /Other subjects / Peoples /Belligerents / Insurgents / subjects
ad hoc / International
Organizations
Short test (quiz).
Review of the first part of the class.
Study of material and documents:
the maritime territory of Japan
General Observations / Formal
sources / Art. 38 ICJ statute /Customary law / two elements
doctrine / practice / opinio juris /persistent objector / Taxonomy /Principles of International Law
Treaties / Definition / Taxonomy /Sources of the law of treaties /Conclusion / Entry into force / Goodfaith / Reservations / Vices ofconsent / Termination / Contents /Interpretation / Relation to custom
Other sources / case law /scholarship / municipal law / acts ofinternational organizations / equity/ Implementation of international
norms / Relations between
international and municipal law /dualism / monism / Reciprocity /Counter-measures /Short test (quiz).
Review of the second part of theclass.
Study of material and documents:
notable case-law
Basic Principles of Contemporary
International Law / Statesjurisdiction / territorial / personal /States immunity from jurisdiction /Sovereign immunities / Diplomatic
immunities
Responsibility / Basic mechanism /International responsibility ofstates / Components / international
wrongful act / causal link / damage/ Reparation / Exemptions / Other
consequences
Law of War / Prohibition of war /Self-defense / Conditions / Pre
emptive self-defense / Collective
self-defense / Humanitarian law /the Hague Conventions / theGeneva Conventions and their
protocols/ War crimes / Crimes
against humanity / International
criminal court and tribunals
Peaceful settlement of disputes /Taxonomy / Negotiation / Good
offices, mediation, conciliation /Arbitration / Permanent Court of
Arbitration / Judicial Settlement /International Courts / UN Charter/ UN dispute settlement system /Security Council / General
Assembly / International Court ofJustice / ICJ jurisdiction and States
Written examination & Summary【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
As a preparation for each class, students will be assigned some readings
from the textbook.Preparatory study and review time for this class are
2 hours each.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Acquisition of the following textbook is necessary:
LOWE, Vaughan, "International Law: A Very Short Introduction" (2015;
Oxford University Press) 144 pages, ISBN 13: 978-0199239337【参考書】
www.un.org
Jan KLABBERS, International Law, 2nd ed. (2017; Cambridge,
Cambridge University Press), ISBN: 9781316506608
Malcolm SHAW, International Law, 8th ed.
(2017; Cambridge,
Cambridge University Press), ISBN: 9781316638538【成績評価の方法と基準】
Participation in class and short tests: 50%
Final examination (to be held during the test period): 50%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Outline revised. Course contents and slides updated.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Some paper and a pen.
【Outline and objectives】
This course aims at introducing basic notions of international law. First
part of the course introduces main subjects of international law andfocus in particular on elements of statehood. A second part will discuss
how norms of international law are created. Finally, a third part will
provide these elements with some dynamism by examining the courseof normal relations between States.

— 213 —

発行日：2021/5/1

4.

POL100LA

Elementary Social Science B

2017 年度以降入学者

サブタイトル：Basic Legal Concepts

5.

SCHIFANO ADRIEN
開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 曜日・時限：木 4/Thu.4
単位数：2 単位
GBP/SCOPE/IGESS 1〜4 年※定員制
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

6.

実務教員：

7.
【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course will provide students with a rough picture of law.
It does so by introducing basic legal concepts.
The first part of the course introduces two main faces of law:justice and order. The second part focuses on the components ofa legal order, which are mainly subjects and norms. The thirdand last part deals with the notion of legal relations, which areeither horizontal or vertical in nature.
【到達目標】
By attending this course, students will be able to:a. understand basic legal concepts,
b. build a foundation for studying more specialized fields of law,c. acquire basic legal knowledge that will complement theirstudies in other fields,
d. handle better daily life situations by acquiring a feeling ofwhat is legally correct and what is not, which will hopefully
help them to remain free from abuses.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP1、国際文化学
部： DP3、人間環境学部： DP2、キャリアデザイン学部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
The course will introduce one new concept each week. In
so doing, the class will consist in lecture and discussion.
In addition, the course will rely on studying excerpts fromclassical works. Practice for this course will consist in text
commentaries. Feedback by peers and the instructor on theseassignments will be given in class.
The course follows a progression so that each class is dependent
on previous classes; hence, students may find it easier to follow
classes if they have consistent attendance.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1.
Introduction

2.

Justice3.

Legal order (1):Forms ofgovernment

内容
Rationale for the course andoverview /Law, what? / Legalscience, what? / Panorama ofmodern law / Methodology
Suum cuique / Justice, what? /Equality, what? /Contemporary approaches
Legal order, what? / Typology /Social functions / Constitution,
what? / Horizontal distributionof powers /Legislative, what? /Executive, what? / Judiciary,
what?

8.

9.
10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

Legal order (2):Forms of state

Vertical distribution of power /Federalism and its rules /Clasification / Changes in
power and constitutionalchangeThe Subject of Law Subject of law, what? /(1): Personality
Equality, how? / Typology /IssuesThe Subject of Law Capacity, what? / Capacity v.
(2): Capacity
rights / Variations of legal
capacity / Guardianship /Agency / Delegation
The Norm (1):Norm, what? / Typology /Validity
Formal sources / Sphere ofvalidity
The Norm (2): Legal Set of norms, what? /SystemHierarchy / Classification /Relations among norms
The Legal Relation Legal relation, what? / Rights /Obligations / Powers / Typology
Horizontal
Agreement, what? / Contract,
Relations (1):what? / Basic principles /Agreement
Forms / Contents
Horizontal
Responsibility, what? /Relations (2):Evolution / Typology / Civil
Responsibility
responsibility / Components /Basic principles / Procedures
Vertical Relations
Public order, what? / Authority(1): Public order/ Police / Criminal
responsibility / Offense, what?
/ Basic principles / Procedures
Vertical Relations
Public interest, what? / Public(2): Public interest
service, what? / Basicprinciples / Procedures, issues
Human Rights
Human rights, what? / History
Conclusion/ Typology / Protection atseveral levels / Enforcement【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are strongly encouraged to read the material foreach class beforehand. Homework will be (moderately) requested.University guidelines suggest preparation and review
are around 4hours a week for a two-credit course and aroundan hour a week for a one-credit course.
【テキスト（教科書）】No textbook will be used. Students will be provided with thematerial necessary for each class.
【参考書】
Jaap HAGE and Bram AKKERMANS (editors) Introduction toLaw (2014, Springer)【成績評価の方法と基準】
Participation in class (including homework and discussion):
40%
Presentation (number of presentations per student will dependon the number of students attending the course): 60%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Material for the class has been reviewed.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
A pen and some paper might prove useful.
【Outline and objectives】
This course will provide students with a rough picture of law.
It does so by introducing basic legal concepts.
The first part of the course introduces two main faces of law:justice and order. The second part focuses on the components ofa legal order, which are mainly subjects and norms. The thirdand last part deals with the notion of legal relations, which areeither horizontal or vertical in nature.

— 214 —

発行日：2021/5/1

POL200LA

6.

Regional
governance I

7.

Regional
governance II
Regional
governance III

2017 年度以降入学者

Social Science A

サブタイトル：Global and Regional Governance

8.

SCHIFANO ADRIEN
開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 曜日・時限：月 3/Mon.3
単位数：2 単位
GBP/SCOPE/IGESS 1〜4 年※定員制
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

9.
10.

実務教員：

【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
By what process are policies coordinated and actions concertedwith regard to global issues?
How and by whom arethese processes organized and structured? Treating global
governance as a process, this course examines how global
governance functions at both international and regional levels
through cases of Europe and East Asia. Henceforth, the course
considers how these different levels of governance interact withregard to three different global issues and the policies built in
response thereto in the two areas studied.
【到達目標】
By the end of the course, students are expected to haveacquired:
1. a good understanding of the structures and processes ofglobal governance at both international and regional levels
2. a firm grasp of the diversity of actors involved in the global
governance process3.
comprehension of the specific characters of global
governance and corresponding issues and challenges【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP1、国際文化学
部： DP3、人間環境学部： DP2、キャリアデザイン学部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
Classes consist in discussion, documents study, and lecture.
Students will be required to apply analytical frameworks
they learned during class by conducting a research on anorganization of their choice that will result in a presentation
during the second half of the semester (starting week 9) and awritten report to be submitted at the end of the semester. This
will be performed collectively or individually depending on thenumber of students attending the course. Feedback by peers
and the instructor will be given in class.
Course contents will vary depending on number of students
presentations to be performed in class.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1.
Introduction

2.
3.
4.
5.

Global governance I
Global governanceII
Global governanceIII
Global governanceIV

内容
Definitions, history, actors andinstitutions; methodology.
Agenda and policy making.
Decision-making processes.

11.
12.
13.

14.

Regional
governance IV
Processes of global
governance I
Processes of global
governance II
Processes of global
governance III
Issues affecting
global governance
Conclusion

Europe (1): historicalbackground, institutionallandscape, and challenges.
Europe (2): agenda andpolicies.
East Asia (1): historicalbackground, institutionallandscape, and challenges.
East Asia (2): agenda andpolicies.
Promoting and protecting
human rights andfundamental freedoms
Managing marine resources
Liberalizing trades
Consistency, effectiveness,
legitimacy
Democratic deficit
Towards a world government?

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
In addition to the research project to be presented inclass, students will be required to prepare the class byfamiliarizing themselves with the documents handed out forthis purpose.University guidelines suggest preparation andreview are around 4hours a week for a two-credit course andaround an hour a week for a one-credit course.
【テキスト（教科書）】
None.
【参考書】
Thomas G. WEISS and Rorden WILKINSON (editors),
International Organization and Global Governance (2014)
Routledge (ISBN 978-0-415-62760-3)
Thomas G. WEISS, Global Governance, Why? What? Whither?
(2013) Polity (ISBN 978-0745660462)
Colin I. BRADFORD and Johannes F. LINN (editors), Global
Governance Reform, Breaking the Stalemate (2007) Brookings
Institution Press (ISBN 978-0-8157-1363-0)
Michael BARNETT and Raymond DUVALL, Power in Global
Governance (2005) Cambridge University Press (ISBN 9780521840248)【成績評価の方法と基準】
Participation in class (including homework and discussions):
50%; research project: 50% (presentation in class: 30%; written
report: 20%).
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Course material has been reviewed.
improved.

Visuals have been

【学生が準備すべき機器他】
A pen and some paper are a must.
【Outline and objectives】
By what process are policies coordinated and actions concertedwith regard to global issues?
How and by whom arethese processes organized and structured? Treating global
governance as a process, this course examines how global
governance functions at both international and regional levels
through cases of Europe and East Asia. Henceforth, the course
considers how these different levels of governance interact withregard to three different global issues and the policies built in
response thereto in the two areas studied.

Follow-up mechanisms.
Prevention and settlement ofconflicts.

— 215 —

発行日：2021/5/1

POL200LA

2016 年度以前入学者

Social Science B
サブタイトル：International Organizations

8.

External relations II

9.

Functions performedby organizations amid
the internationalsociety I
Functions performedby organizations amid
the internationalsociety II
Functions performedby organizations amid
the internationalsociety III
Coordination amongorganizations I

10.

SCHIFANO ADRIEN
開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 曜日・時限：月 3/Mon.3
単位数：2 単位
GBP/SCOPE/IGESS 1〜4 年※定員制

11.

他学部公開：

12.

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course aims at providing students with an overview of thephenomenon, great in both scale and scope, styled ’internationalorganizations’ in its diversity and unity.
The course starts by focusing on the concept of internationalorganization proper, and examines how these are inherently politicalsocieties wherein power happens and is organized according to certain
structures. The course then moves on modalities for internationalorganizations interacting with both each other and States, with aparticular attention given to functions organizations perform amid theinternational society.
【到達目標】
By the end of the course, it is expected that students:
1.
acquire a good understanding of the nature of internationalorganizations
2.
have a grasp of the common principles according to whichinternational organizations operate
3. have a concrete knowledge of several international organizations
4. acquire a critical understanding of the roles and functions thatinternational organizations perform amid the global society, as well as
issues and challenges pertaining thereto【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP1、国際文化学部： DP3、人間環境学部： DP2、
キャリアデザイン学部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
Classes consist in discussion, documents study, and lecture.
Students will be required to apply analytical frameworks they learned
during class by conducting a research on an organization of their choicethat will result in a presentation during the second half of the semester(starting week 9) and a written report to be submitted at the end of thesemester. This will be performed collectively or individually dependingon the number of students attending the course. Feedback by peers andthe instructor will be given in class.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1.
Introduction2.

Proper operation I

3.

Proper operation II

4.

Proper operation III

5.

Proper operation IV

6.

Proper operation V

7.

External relations I

内容
Historical and theoreticalbackground.
Nature of internationalorganizations:Definition(s), classifications,functions.
Creation of internationalorganizations:
Constitutive elements, creators,
modalities, outcome.
Organizations as social groups (1) Anatomy:
Persons, elites, organs, agents,
officials.
Organizations as social groups (2) Autonomy:
Self-governance?, solidarity of themembers, norms, degree of fiction
in autonomy.
Organizations as social groups (3) Leadership: Distribution of power,social functions, structural design.
Diplomatist function: participation,
statuses, rights and obligations,privileges.

13.
14.

Coordination amongorganizations II
Conclusion: current
issues surrounding
internationalorganizations

External Powers: functional
aspects, dual role, other functions.
Legislative function: direct orindirect, policy coordination,
decision making
Executive function: compliance,
control/monitoring, inspection,
reporting, service providing,enforcement, use of force
Judicial function: prevention of
disputes, settlement of disputes,
sorts, modalities
Cooperation: ad hoc coordination,
permanent coordination,
institutionalized coordination,
modalities and technique
Hierarchical model: universal andregional, systems of organizations
Proliferation of internationalorganizations, lack in framing theirpowers, fragmentation,
redundancy, competition,
forum-shopping, uncertainty,
coordination【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
In addition to the research project to be presented in class, students will
be required to prepare the class by familiarizing themselves with the
documents handed out for this purpose. Preparatory study and review
time for this class are 2 hours each.
【テキスト（教科書）
】
None.
【参考書】
Volker RITTBERGER, Bernhard ZANGL, and Andreas KRUCK,International Organization (2012, 2nd ed.) Palgrave Macmillan (ISBN978-0230291881);
Jan KLABBERS, An Introduction to International Organizations Law(2015, 3rd ed.) Cambridge University Press (ISBN 978-1107439719);
Michael BARNETT and Martha FINNEMORE, Rules for the World,International Organizations in Global Politics (2004) Cornell University
Press (ISBN 978-0-8014-8823-8);
Jacob KATZ COGAN, Ian HURD, and Ian JOHNSTONE (editors),
The Oxford Handbook of International Organizations (2017) Oxford
University Press (ISBN 9780199672202);【成績評価の方法と基準】
Participation in class (including homework and discussions): 50%;
research project: 50% (presentation in class: 30%; written report: 20%).
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Contents and slides updated.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
A pen and some paper.
【Outline and objectives】
This course aims at providing students with an overview of thephenomenon, great in both scale and scope, styled ’internationalorganizations’ in its diversity and unity.
The course starts by focusing on the concept of internationalorganization proper, and examines how these are inherently politicalsocieties wherein power happens and is organized according to certain
structures. The course then moves on modalities for internationalorganizations interacting with both each other and States, with aparticular attention given to functions organizations perform amid theinternational society.

— 216 —

発行日：2021/5/1【学生の意見等からの気づき】
none

BSC200LA

2016 年度以前入学者

Natural Science B【学生が準備すべき機器他】
none

サブタイトル：【none】
none

Naomi NISHIMURA【Outline and objectives】
One of the most pressing issues the Earth is facing is environmental
problems. Such environmental problems are universal issues, so all
the people on the earth should cooperate to solve these problems.
At the beginning of this course, each environmental problem will befocused from the chemical viewpoint. Then, the students with different
backgrounds will delve into the matters. The ultimate goal of thiscourse is that we think about these problems deeply by sharing possible
solutions with each other.

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 曜日・時限：金 2/Fri.2
単位数：2 単位
GBP/SCOPE/IGESS 1〜4 年※定員制
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
One of the most pressing issues the Earth is facing is environmental
problems. Such environmental problems are universal issues, so all
the people on the earth should cooperate to solve these problems.
At the beginning of this course, each environmental problem will befocused from the chemical viewpoint. Then, the students with different
backgrounds will delve into the matters. The ultimate goal of thiscourse is that we think about these problems deeply by sharing possible
solutions with each other.
【到達目標】The goal of this course is for students to lean environmental problems
through chemistry. The objective 1) entirely environmental problems
in the world; 2) to learn them you understand basic chemistry; 3) they
think about solving the imminent problems by themselves.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP1、国際文化学部： DP2、人間環境学部： DP2、
キャリアデザイン学部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
Students will be tested on their knowledge of chemistry at the beginningof the course, and the contents for the first three weeks of the course
will be decided, based on the test results. After that, many different
environmental problems are explained each week.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
なし / No【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Introduction

2

Basic chemistry 1

3

Basic chemistry 2

45Mini test-1
Environmental
problems overview
Ozone holes
Air pollution

6
7
8
9

13

Greenhouse effect
Greenhouse effectDVD
Mini test-2
Solid, toxic, andhazardous wastes
Water pollution andwater shortage
Energy and fuels

14

Final test

10
11
12

内容
Overview of the course andexplanation of some terminology.
Test your chemistry level.
Learning the chemical skills to
study this course.
Learning the chemical skills to
study this course.
Review learning.
Small topics of environmental
problems.
Stratospheric air chemistry.
Tropospheric air chemistry andeffect of air pollution on our health.
Climates change
Climates change

Review learning
What do we do with the wastes?
The basic chemistry of natural
water.
Current energy system andalternative energy sources.
Overall review【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Write short essays. 本授業の準備学習・復習時間は、各 2 時間を標準とします。University guidelines suggest preparation and review are around 4
hours a week for a two-credit course and around an hour a week for a
one-credit course.
【テキスト（教科書）】
None. Reading materials will be distributed as needed.
【参考書】
None.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Reaction Paper (30%), Mini tests (30%), Final test (40%)— 217 —

発行日：2021/5/1
12

HSS200LA

Health and Physical Education

2016 年度以前入学者
13

サブタイトル：

秋本

14

成晴

グローバル：○

成績優秀：

実務教員：

【到達目標】
1. Learning about various ways of exercising.
2. Understanding the basics of a healthy lifestyle.
3. Learning about basic self control and its importance.
4. Exercising simple decision making, leadership, communication in adependent and co-dependent environment.
5. Creating a demand for future self-education and self-development.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP1、国際文化学部： DP3、人間環境学部： DP2、
キャリアデザイン学部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
This class is comprised of 8 lectures and 6 practical lessons; however,this may be changed due to the situation of COVID-19 and theuniversity guidelines. Currently this class is planned to be held offline(face to face), therefore, please follow the university guidelines carefully
when you participate in classes (e.g. sanitizing your hands prior toparticipation). If you have any difficulty to participate due to thesituation of COVID-19, please inform the teacher as soon as possible
in order to participate online.
Also, Due to the coronavirus pandemic, if there are too many students
registered for this class, we may have to choose students via random
selection in order to avoid a large group gathering. Further details of
this will be announced through Hoppii before the first lesson starts.
When reaction papers are submitted by students, the teacher willcomment or give feedback on those reaction papers at the beginning of
the next session.

【参考書】
Reference books may be introduced as and if necessary.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Attitude and Active Participation in Discussions and Practical Lesson:
60%
Understanding of the contents, Reports & Reaction Paper: 40%*The grading criteria above is the basic grading principle, however,other criteria can be applied for those with difficulties of participation
especially for practical lessons due to various reasons.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
1) The target of each lesson will be introduced at the begging of eachlecture in order for students to understand the importance of eachlesson.
2) The contents of each lesson may be modified and adapted to morefamiliar ones for students to encourage their better understanding.
3) The contents of next lesson will be introduced in order for students to
prepare and be ready.
【その他の重要事項】
・Each student is required to bring their own proper sports wear andindoor shoes for practical lessons.
・The order and content of each class can be changed/modified due to thenumber of participants and available facilities as well as the situationof COVID-19 and university guidelines.
・If students do not feel well or have (possible) injuries before or after
the class, students must inform their condition to the teacher for safety.
【Outline and objectives】
Understanding the various physical activities and their effect on daily
health and/or fitness level. Learning teamwork and personal role withina group through various exercises that require technique and/or tacticalknowledge.

【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No

6

7

8

9
10
11

Table Tennis(Lecture & Practical
Lesson)Sound Table Tennis(Lecture & Practical
Lesson)The Olympics andParalympics(Lecture)Sport and Society(Lecture)
Disability Sport(Lecture)
Football & Boccia(Lecture & Practical
Lesson)Learning about adaptation inSports.
Overview of the course andsummarizing what students havelearned through group discussions.

【テキスト（教科書）】No textbook will be used.

【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
Understanding the various physical activities and their effect on daily
health and/or fitness level. Learning teamwork and personal role withina group through various exercises that require technique and/or tacticalknowledge.

【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Guidance(Lecture)
2
Walking & Stretching(Lecture & Practical
Lesson)3Diet and Nutrition(Lecture)4
Principles of Training(Lecture)
5Sport and Injury(Lecture)

Learning the outline of Volleyballand Sitting Volleyball.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Each student is required to prepare themselves to have a good physicaland mental condition in order to participate safely in the lesson. Also,
each student is required to study for 2 hours before and after each lesson
accordingly.

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 曜日・時限：月 1/Mon.1
単位数：2 単位
GBP/SCOPE/IGESS 1〜4 年※定員制
他学部公開：

Volleyball & Sitting
Volleyball(Lecture & Practical
Lesson)Adaptation in Sport(Lecture)
Summarizing the
Course(Lecture)

内容
Introduction of the course.

Learning how to stretch and theimportance of walking in everyday
life.
Learning about basic nutrition andhealthy lifestyle.
Learning the basic principles oftraining.
Learning about various risk of
injuries in sport and theirprevention and recovery.
Learning the outline of table
tennis.
Learning about game based table
tennis as well as its adaptation forpeople with visual impairments.
Learning about the Olympic andParalympic Games.
Learning about the role of sport insociety.
Learning the outline of disability
sports.
Learning the outline of Footballand Boccia.

— 218 —

発行日：2021/5/1

LANe200LA

English Reading and VocabularyⅠ2017 年度以降入学者

ウォルター・カズマー
開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 曜日・時限：火 3/Tue.3
単位数：1 単位
法文営国 1〜4 年/レベル 4 ※定員制
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
Students will learn English using 4 skill areas (speaking,listening, reading, and writing). Discussion and short essay
writing skills will be focused on.
【到達目標】
Students will read and learn 5-10 new vocabulary items perclass.
Students will also acquire ability to handle discussions aboutsome text topics related to economic, political, and current
events related issues【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP3、国際文化学
部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
Skimming, scanning, reading for detail, reading for deep
comprehension, taking dictations with cloze exercises, androle-plays based on new vocabulary.
Feedback will be given in Google classroom comments, via
email or in feedback sessions in Zoom classes.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
Introduction
Present basic goalsof course with
examples.
Keeping the social
Sustainablepeace
communities
I
Sustainable
Social peacecommunities
II
Dilemmas
Tourists and value
fora they bring to
respon- societies
sible
touristI
Dilemmas
New trends offora tourism
responsible
touristII

内容
Cover syllabus and basic
ground rules for regularclasses and tests.
Examining social goals forsocieties. Exploring culturalbonds.

Deepening understanding ofsocial boundaries and possible
conflcts.

How tourism affects our lives
in both positive and negative
ways.

Ponder tourism negatives andpositive outcomesProtecting
Protecting ourworld
cultural artifacts
heritageI
Protecting
Looking at historicalworld
buildings and theherevents they show
itage
II
No
Engineered food andmorepossible
Baconsequences
nanas
I
No
Scientists develop
morestrains and their
Bagoalsnanas
II
Blowing Corruption and its
whisproblems
tles
I
Blowing Witness towhisgovernment waste
tles
II
BreakingBad laws
the lawI
BreakingWell meaning laws
the lawI
SummaryTaking at look at
useful words
learnedHow buildings are preserved
and design shows our history

Why are these buildings
important for rememberinghistory?

Quiz 1
Researching food sources andwhy variety is important

Science and its end goals andhow they might ruin ourhealthLooking at corporate problems
and how difficult they are tosolve
Trying to eliminate waste

Examining when do you havean obligation to protest
Quiz 2
Researching laws that don’t
cover all circumstances
Reviewing useful vocabulary
and its parameters【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Some reading and vocabulary review.
University guidelines suggest preparation and review arearound 4 hours a week for a two-credit course and around anhour a week for a one-credit course.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Issues that matter - KinseidoISBN 9784764740617 or 1921082018006
【参考書】
N/A
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Class participation 20%
Homework 40%
Quizzes 40%
For all English courses on Ichigaya campus, the guideline is asfollows: “In principle, no more than 3 absences per term areallowed.”【学生の意見等からの気づき】
N/A【学生が準備すべき機器他】
English to English dictionary or web dictionary, paper,smartphone or PC【その他の重要事項】
Blog work
Contact email
kasmersensei@gmail.com【Outline and objectives】
Students will learn English using 4 skill areas (speaking,listening, reading, and writing). Discussion and short essay
writing skills will be focused on.

— 219 —

発行日：2021/5/1

LANe200LA

English Reading and VocabularyⅡ2017 年度以降入学者

ウォルター・カズマー
開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 曜日・時限：火 3/Tue.3
単位数：1 単位
法文営国 1〜4 年/レベル 4 ※定員制
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
Students will learn English using four skill areas (listening,speaking, writing, and reading). Students will focus on
improving discussion and short essay writing.
【到達目標】
Students will read and learn 5-10 new vocabulary items perclass.
Students will acquire discussion skills to handle discussions
about economic, political, and current events topics.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP3、国際文化学
部： DP1

Protesting
Handling protests
II
Fake
Where does fakenews
news come from?
Fake
Social media andnews II fake news
review Review courseof unit themes
questionsI
review Review courseof unit themesissuesandSummary

Why people protest and how
governments handle it
Talking about fake vs realnews
Why social media is full of it
Discussions of unit themes

Discuss course related themes.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Prepare presentation material and review vocabulary lists.
University guidelines suggest preparation and review arearound 4 hours a week for a two-credit course and around anhour a week for a one-credit course.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Issues that matter- KinseidoISBN 978-4-7647-4061-7
【参考書】
N/A

【授業の進め方と方法】
Skimming, scanning, reading for detail, reading for deep
comprehension,
taking dictations with cloze exercises, and role-plays
based on new vocabulary.
Feedback will be given in Google classroom comments, via
email or feedback sessions in Zoom classes.

【成績評価の方法と基準】
Class participation 20%
Homework 40%
Quizzes 40%
For all English courses on Ichigaya campus, the guideline is asfollows: “In principle, no more than 3 absences per term areallowed.”【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Require more use of English by students【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No【学生が準備すべき機器他】
English to English dictionary or web dictionary, paper, writing
instrument【授業計画】
回
テーマ
Introduction
Present basic goalsof course with
examples.
Food
Food politics
politics
Sourcing our foodFood
politics
II
Food
Food and its effects
inon societyequalityI
Recyclingrecycling andgovernment
regulation
RecyclingCovering aspects ofIIstructure and use ofwaste
Blowing Whistle blowing vswhisleaking
tles
Blowing Consequences ofwhisleaking
tles II
II
Protesting
Protesting【その他の重要事項】
Contact email
kasmersensei@gmail.com
Blog work assigned

内容
Cover syllabus and basic
ground rules for regularclasses and tests.
How do we get our food?

Positives and negatives ofclimate change on foodsourcing
Look at how inequalities affectour food【Outline and objectives】
Students will learn English using four skill areas (listening,speaking, writing, and reading). Students will focus on
improving discussion and short essay writing.

Show and discuss government
regulations that try to reduce
waste
Looking at waste usage

How whistle blowing affects us

Government actions vs leaking

Reasons why people protest— 220 —

発行日：2021/5/1

LANe200LA

English Reading and VocabularyⅠ

6

Unit 6

7
8

Midterm
Unit 7

9

Unit 8

10

Unit 911

Unit 10

12

Unit 11

13

Unit 12

14

Final exam2017 年度以降入学者

ERIC J RITTER
開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 曜日・時限：金 2/Fri.2
単位数：1 単位
法文営国 1〜4 年/レベル 4 ※定員制
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
Students will improve their reading skills and vocabularyknowledge. Each lesson will be divided into learning new
vocabulary and then practicing it via pair and group work. The
vocabulary will be used in the readings that follow.
【到達目標】
1. Students will understand and utilize the writing process ofplanning, writing, and re-writing.
2. They will learn to understand the gist, details of shortarticles they read and summarize a magazine article.
3. Students will improve their reading speed and increase their
vocabulary knowledge.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP3、国際文化学
部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
This will be an online class so students should be prepared touse Zoom. Students will learn new vocabulary from textbook
and reinforce it via discussion and readings. Feedback will begiven in class and via Google classroom.

Learn new vocabulary.
Reading story.
Answer Reading
Comprehension.
Group Discussion
Feedback
Learn new vocabulary.
Reading story.
Answer Reading
Comprehension.
Group Discussion
Learn new vocabulary.
Reading story.
Answer Reading
Comprehension.
Group Discussion
Learn new vocabulary.
Reading story.
Answer Reading
Comprehension.
Group Discussion
Learn new vocabulary.
Reading story.
Answer Reading
Comprehension.
Group Discussion
Learn new vocabulary.
Reading story.
Answer Reading
Comprehension.
Group Discussion
Learn new vocabulary.
Reading story.
Homework: prepare for final
exam.
feedback【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
University guidelines suggest preparation and review arearound 4 hours a week for a two-credit course and aroundan hour a week for a one-credit course. Students will study
vocabulary on Quizlet and read articles.

【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Unit 1【テキスト（教科書）】Paul Nation: 4000 Essentials Words Book 4 (2nd edition).
Perfect Paperback【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes

2

Unit 2

3

Unit 3

4

Unit 4

5

Unit 5

内容
Learn new vocabulary.
Reading story.
Answer Reading
Comprehension.
Group Discussion
Learn new vocabulary.
Reading story.
Answer Reading
Comprehension.
Group Discussion
Learn new vocabulary.
Reading story.
Answer Reading
Comprehension.
Group Discussion
Learn new vocabulary.
Reading story.
Answer Reading
Comprehension.
Learn new vocabulary.
Reading story.
Answer Reading
Comprehension.

【参考書】
Book and Quizlet should be studied.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
50% quizzes and exams
25% writing exercises using new words
25% effort and participation
No more than 3 absences or missed assignments are allowed.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
No feedback【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Internet enabled device to participate in class with Zoom.
Students should also be familiar with Google classroom andHoppii.
【Outline and objectives】
Students will improve their reading skills and vocabularyknowledge. Each lesson will be divided into learning new
vocabulary and then practicing it via pair and group work. The
vocabulary will be used in the readings that follow.

— 221 —

発行日：2021/5/1

LANe200LA

English Reading and VocabularyⅡ

7

Unit 198
9Midterm Exam
Unit 20

10

Unit 21

11

Unit 22

12

Unit 23

13

Unit 24

14

Final Exam2017 年度以降入学者

ERIC J RITTER
開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 曜日・時限：金 2/Fri.2
単位数：1 単位
法文営国 1〜4 年/レベル 4 ※定員制
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
Students will improve their reading skills and vocabularyknowledge. Each lesson will be divided into learning new
vocabulary and then practicing it via pair and group work. The
vocabulary will be used in the readings that follow.
【到達目標】
1. They will learn to understand the gist, details of shortarticles they read and summarize a magazine article.
2. Students will improve their reading speed and increase their
vocabulary knowledge.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP3、国際文化学
部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
Students will learn new vocabulary from textbook andreinforce it via discussion and readings. Feedback will be given
in class and via Google classroom.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Unit 13

2

Unit 14

3

Unit 15

4

Unit 16

5

Unit 17

6

Unit 18

内容
Learn new vocabulary.
Reading story.
Answer Reading
Comprehension.
Group Discussion
Learn new vocabulary.
Reading story.
Answer Reading
Comprehension.
Group Discussion
Learn new vocabulary.
Reading story.
Answer Reading
Comprehension.
Group Discussion
Learn new vocabulary.
Reading story.
Answer Reading
Comprehension.
Group Discussion
Learn new vocabulary.
Reading story.
Answer Reading
Comprehension.
Group Discussion
Learn new vocabulary.
Reading story.
Answer Reading
Comprehension.
Group Discussion

Learn new vocabulary.
Reading story.
Answer Reading
Comprehension.
Group Discussion
Feedback
Learn new vocabulary.
Reading story.
Answer Reading
Comprehension.
Group Discussion
Learn new vocabulary.
Reading story.
Answer Reading
Comprehension.
Group Discussion
Learn new vocabulary.
Reading story.
Answer Reading
Comprehension.
Group Discussion
Learn new vocabulary.
Reading story.
Answer Reading
Comprehension.
Group Discussion
Learn new vocabulary.
Reading story.
Answer Reading
Comprehension.
Group Discussion
Review【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
University guidelines suggest preparation and review arearound 4 hour a week for a two-credit class for a 2 hour classand 1 hour a week for a 1 hour class.
【テキスト（教科書）】Paul Nation: 4000 Essentials Words Book 4 (2nd edition).
Perfect Paperback
【参考書】
None
【成績評価の方法と基準】
50% quizzes and exams
25% writing exercises using new words
25% effort and participation
In principle, no more than 3 absences are allowed.
Feedback will be given in class and via Google classroom.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
None【Outline and objectives】
Students will improve their reading skills and vocabularyknowledge. Each lesson will be divided into learning new
vocabulary and then practicing it via pair and group work. The
vocabulary will be used in the readings that follow.

— 222 —

発行日：2021/5/1

LANe200LA

English Academic Writing Ⅰ

Two

Motive: How did you
choose yourquestion, and why
should it beinteresting to otherpeople?

Three

Evidence: Whatkinds of facts or
examples will you
use to support yourthesis?

Four

Analysis: How doyou explain theevidence you found?

Five

Keyterms: Have you
explained the main
terms andassumptions thatyou use in youressay?

Six

Structure: In
general, are thesections in youressay in a logicalorder? Does youressay follow astoryline orroadmap?
Stitching: In
particular, are there
clear connections
between the parts ofyour essay? For
example, “In theprevious section, …”“In the next section,…” and so on.
Sources: What haveother people written
about your topic?
Have you showed
where you agree anddisagree with otherpeople’s research,and have you
acknowledged thesepeople in thecitations andreferences parts ofyour essay?
Reflecting: Have
you presented andexplained
perspectives that
contradict yourperspective?

2017 年度以降入学者

DYLAN O SCUDDER
開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 曜日・時限：火 2/Tue.2
単位数：1 単位
法文営国 1〜4 年/レベル 4 ※定員制
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
I use communicative English language pedagogy and classroom practices common in English as a Second Language(ESL) programs at universities in English-speaking countries.
Students are expected to advance academic writing skills.
Special emphasis will be placed on writing academic essays.
【到達目標】The goal of the course is to develop students’ ability torecognize the elements of academic essays in order to perform
successfully in an all English-speaking university environment. Students will work on expanding on their generalknowledge of pursuing a question with the systematic andrigorous process expected in an English-speaking academic
context.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP3、国際文化学
部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
This is a Zoom-based online class. Every class is conducted
in real-time. Please see HOPPII, the University’s Learning
Management System for details.
Feedback on class assignments will be provided by email
and/or in one-on-one discussions between the lecturer andthe student. Students may request additional feedback onclass assignments at any time during the semester. Thirteenelements found in academic essays in English-speaking
academia will be explored in depth. Students will be expected
to not only participate in classroom activities, but also findand analyze information from various forms of English media
independently and complete weekly homework assignments.
Special emphasis will be given to a theoretical understandingof academic writing to lay the foundation for subsequent
application in practice.

Seven

Eight

【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】回
テーマ
One
Thesis: Whatquestion do you
want to explore? Is
it the kind ofquestion that you
can answer in one
semester?
Remember: A goodquestion includes ahint of the answer.

内容
This class uses a checklist for
academic writing based on
Gordon Harvey’s Elements of
the Academic Essay. You will
receive a template, which you
will use to write a paper of
200-400 words about thetheme. You will email thetemplate to the instructor at:
dylan.scudder.67@hosei.ac.jp.

Nine— 223 —

You will receive a template,which you will use to write apaper of 200-400 words about
the theme. You will email thetemplate and your homework
to the instructor by the end ofclass at:dylan.scudder.67@hosei.ac.jp.
You will receive a template,which you will use to write apaper of 200-400 words about
the theme. You will email thetemplate and your homework
to the instructor by the end ofclass at:dylan.scudder.67@hosei.ac.jp.
You will receive a template,which you will use to write apaper of 200-400 words about
the theme. You will email thetemplate and your homework
to the instructor by the end ofclass at:dylan.scudder.67@hosei.ac.jp.
You will receive a template,which you will use to write apaper of 200-400 words about
the theme. You will email thetemplate and your homework
to the instructor by the end ofclass at:dylan.scudder.67@hosei.ac.jp.
You will receive a template,which you will use to write apaper of 200-400 words about
the theme. You will email thetemplate and your homework
to the instructor by the end ofclass at:dylan.scudder.67@hosei.ac.jp.
You will receive a template,which you will use to write apaper of 200-400 words about
the theme. You will email thetemplate and your homework
to the instructor by the end ofclass at:dylan.scudder.67@hosei.ac.jp.
You will receive a template,which you will use to write apaper of 200-400 words about
the theme. You will email thetemplate and your homework
to the instructor by the end ofclass at:dylan.scudder.67@hosei.ac.jp.

You will receive a template,which you will use to write apaper of 200-400 words about
the theme. You will email thetemplate and your homework
to the instructor by the end ofclass at:dylan.scudder.67@hosei.ac.jp.

発行日：2021/5/1

Ten

Orienting: Have you
provided sufficient
explanation for yourreaders tounderstand how you
explored your topic
and why you
interpret the
information as you
do?
Eleven Stance: Have you
maintained aconsistent style ofcommunication withyour readers fromthe beginning to theend of your essay?

You will receive a template,which you will use to write apaper of 200-400 words about
the theme. You will email thetemplate and your homework
to the instructor by the end ofclass at:dylan.scudder.67@hosei.ac.jp.

All classwork is due at the end of each class. At the beginningof each class, I will remind you of the classwork assignment(also in the syllabus). You will submit the classwork to me by
the end of each class using a classwork template that I will giveyou. You will write 200-400 words each class.
Homework is a learning journal based on (1) your goals, (2) the
challenges you are experiencing as you pursue your goals, (3)the approaches you are using to overcome these challenges and(4) your plans for your next steps. Similar to your classwork,
you will write your homework using a template that I will
give you. You will submit your homework together with yourclasswork by the end of each class. Your homework each week
will also consist of 200-400 words.
There are no points for incomplete or late assignments.
In summary, if you complete all the classwork and thehomework on time, you can expect a good grade.

You will receive a template,which you will use to write apaper of 200-400 words about
the theme. You will email thetemplate and your homework
to the instructor by the end ofclass at:dylan.scudder.67@hosei.ac.jp.
Twelve Style: Do you
You will receive a template,
express your ideas
which you will use to write ain clear and simple paper of 200-400 words aboutterms?
the theme. You will email thetemplate and your homework
to the instructor by the end ofclass at:dylan.scudder.67@hosei.ac.jp.
You will receive a template,Thirteen Title: Does yourwhich you will use to write atitle provide thepaper of 200-400 words aboutright amount of
information to make the theme. You will email thetemplate and your homework
readers curious?
to the instructor by the end ofYour title shouldclass at:give readers thedylan.scudder.67@hosei.ac.jp.
general direction,
but also make themwant to know more.
You will receive a template,
FourteenBased on thewhich you will use to write aelements ofpaper of 200-400 words about
academic essays
the theme. You will email thethat you havetemplate and your homework
studied thisto the instructor by the end ofsemester, whatquestion or problem class at:would you choose for dylan.scudder.67@hosei.ac.jp.
your essay?

【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Nothing in particular.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
In order to complete and submit the classwork and homework
for this class, you will need a computer and an internet
connection.
【その他の重要事項】
All classes this semester are Zoom classes. Use the below link
and passcode:
https://hosei-ac-jp.zoom.us/j/82479998540?pwd=
ZlpWSHBsemVxNm0vMllkTDEwMVFZdz09
Meeting ID: 824 7999 8540
Passcode: 454451【Outline and objectives】
I use communicative English language pedagogy and classroom practices common in English as a Second Language(ESL) programs at universities in English-speaking countries.
Students are expected to advance academic writing skills.
Special emphasis will be placed on writing academic essays.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Preparation and review should be around one hour per week.
Preparation (homework) is a reflection paper of 200-400 words
each week. The paper is based on (1) your learning goals,(2) the challenges you are experiencing as you pursue yourgoals, (3) the approaches you are using to overcome thesechallenges and (4) your plans for your next steps. Similar toyour classwork, you will write your homework using a templatethat I will give you. You will submit your homework together
with your classwork by the end of each class.
【テキスト（教科書）】No textbook required this semester.
【参考書】
Any recommended references will be provided during class.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Note: In principle, no more than 3 absences per term areallowed. Assuming that students are absent 3 times or less,their performance will be graded as described below.
Classwork: 50%
Homework: 50%— 224 —

発行日：2021/5/1

Two

LANe200LA

English Academic Writing Ⅱ

2017 年度以降入学者

DYLAN O SCUDDER
開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 曜日・時限：火 2/Tue.2
単位数：1 単位
法文営国 1〜4 年/レベル 4 ※定員制
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：○

Three

実務教員：

【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
I use communicative English language pedagogy and classroom practices common in English as a Second Language(ESL) programs at universities in English-speaking countries.
Students are expected to advance academic writing skills.
Special emphasis will be placed on writing academic essays.
【到達目標】The goal of the course is to develop students’ ability torecognize the elements of academic essays in order to perform
successfully in an all English-speaking university environment. Students will work on expanding on their generalknowledge of pursuing a question with the systematic andrigorous process expected in an English-speaking academic
context.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP3、国際文化学
部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
This is a Zoom-based online class. Every class is conducted
in real-time. Please see HOPPII, the University’s Learning
Management System for details.
Feedback on class assignments will be provided by email
and/or in one-on-one discussions between the lecturer andthe student. Students may request additional feedback onclass assignments at any time during the semester. Thirteenelements found in academic essays in English-speaking
academia will be explored in depth. Students will be expected
to not only participate in classroom activities, but also findand analyze information from various forms of English media
independently and complete weekly homework assignments.
Special emphasis will be given to a practical understandingof academic writing by producing an essay based on thesystematic approach outlined in Gordon Harvey’s Elements of
the Academic Essay.

Four

Five

Six

Seven

Eight

【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】回
テーマ
One
Thesis: Whatquestion do you
want to explore? Is
it the kind ofquestion that you
can answer in one
semester?
Remember: A goodquestion includes ahint of the answer.

内容
You will receive a template,which you will use to complete
the first element of your essay.
You will email this first part ofyour essay by the end of classto the instructor at:
dylan.scudder.67@hosei.ac.jp.

Nine— 225 —

Motive: How did you
choose yourquestion, and why
should it beinteresting to otherpeople?

You will receive a template,which you will use to complete
the second element of youressay. You will email yourrevised essay and homeworkby the end of class to:dylan.scudder.67@hosei.ac.jp.
Evidence: What
You will receive a template,
kinds of facts or
which you will use to complete
examples will you
the third element of youruse to support your essay. You will email yourthesis?
revised essay and homeworkby the end of class to:dylan.scudder.67@hosei.ac.jp.
Analysis: How do
You will receive a template,you explain thewhich you will use to complete
evidence you found? the fourth element of youressay. You will email yourrevised essay and homeworkby the end of class to:dylan.scudder.67@hosei.ac.jp.
Keyterms: Have you You will receive a template,explained the main which you will use to complete
terms andthe fifth element of your essay.
assumptions that
You will email your revised
you use in youressay and homework by the
essay?
end of class to:dylan.scudder.67@hosei.ac.jp.
You will receive a template,
Structure: In
which you will use to complete
general, are thethe sixth element of yoursections in youressay. You will email youressay in a logicalrevised essay and homeworkorder? Does yourby the end of class to:essay follow adylan.scudder.67@hosei.ac.jp.
storyline orroadmap?
You will receive a template,
Stitching: In
particular, are there which you will use to complete
the seventh element of yourclear connections
between the parts of essay. You will email yourrevised essay and homework
your essay? For
by the end of class to:example, “In theprevious section, …” dylan.scudder.67@hosei.ac.jp.
“In the next section,…” and so on.
Sources: What have You will receive a template,other people written which you will use to complete
about your topic?
the eighth element of yourHave you showed
essay. You will email yourwhere you agree and revised essay and homework
disagree with other by the end of class to:people’s research,dylan.scudder.67@hosei.ac.jp.
and have you
acknowledged thesepeople in thecitations andreferences parts ofyour essay?
Reflecting: Have
You will receive a template,
you presented andwhich you will use to complete
explained
the ninth element of yourperspectives thatessay. You will email yourcontradict yourrevised essay and homework
perspective?
by the end of class to:dylan.scudder.67@hosei.ac.jp.

発行日：2021/5/1

Ten

Orienting: Have you
provided sufficient
explanation for yourreaders tounderstand how you
explored your topic
and why you
interpret the
information as you
do?
Eleven Stance: Have you
maintained aconsistent style ofcommunication withyour readers fromthe beginning to theend of your essay?
Twelve Style: Do you
express your ideas
in clear and simple
terms?

You will receive a template,which you will use to complete
the tenth element of youressay. You will email yourrevised essay and homeworkby the end of class to:dylan.scudder.67@hosei.ac.jp.

You will receive a template,which you will use to complete
the eleventh element of youressay. You will email yourrevised essay and homeworkby the end of class to:dylan.scudder.67@hosei.ac.jp.
You will receive a template,which you will use to complete
the twelfth element of youressay. You will email yourrevised essay and homeworkby the end of class to:dylan.scudder.67@hosei.ac.jp.
You will receive a template,Thirteen Title: Does yourwhich you will use to complete
title provide thethe thirteenth element of yourright amount of
information to make essay. You will email yourrevised essay and homework
readers curious?
by the end of class to:Your title should
dylan.scudder.67@hosei.ac.jp.
give readers thegeneral direction,
but also make themwant to know more.
Submit the final version of
FourteenConfirm that your
your essay and homework by
essay includes all
the end of class to:
the elements ofdylan.scudder.67@hosei.ac.jp.
academic essaysthat were covered
this semester.

Your homework each week is to prepare a draft version of thenext week’s classwork. For example, after our first class, youwill complete a draft version of the classwork for our secondclass. After our second class, you will complete a draft versionof the classwork for our third class and so on. Similar to yourclasswork, you will write your homework using a template that
I will give you. You will submit your homework together withyour classwork by the end of each class.
There are no points for incomplete or late assignments.
In summary, if you complete all the classwork and thehomework on time, you can expect a good grade.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Nothing in particular.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
In order to complete and submit the classwork and homework
for this class, you will need a computer and an internet
connection.
【その他の重要事項】
Nothing in particular.
【Outline and objectives】
I use communicative English language pedagogy and classroom practices common in English as a Second Language(ESL) programs at universities in English-speaking countries.
Students are expected to advance academic writing skills.
Special emphasis will be placed on writing academic essays.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Preparation and review should be around one hour per week.
Preparation (homework) is a reflection paper of 200-400 words
each week. The paper is based on (1) your learning goals,(2) the challenges you are experiencing as you pursue yourgoals, (3) the approaches you are using to overcome thesechallenges and (4) your plans for your next steps. Similar toyour classwork, you will write your homework using a templatethat I will give you. You will submit your homework together
with your classwork by the end of each class.
【テキスト（教科書）】No textbook required this semester.
【参考書】
Any recommended references will be provided during class.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Note: In principle, no more than 3 absences per term areallowed. Assuming that students are absent 3 times or less,their performance will be graded as described below.
Classwork: 50%
Homework: 50%
All classwork is due at the end of each class. At the beginningof each class, I will remind you of the classwork assignment(also in the syllabus). You will submit the classwork to me by
the end of each class using a classwork template that I will giveyou. You will write 200-400 words each class.

— 226 —

発行日：2021/5/1

Unit
3b

LANe200LA

English Academic Writing Ⅰ

2017 年度以降入学者

MARK D BURNS

Unit
4a

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 曜日・時限：木 3/Thu.3
単位数：1 単位
法文営国 1〜4 年/レベル 4 ※定員制

Unit
4b

他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The primary objective of this class is to develop basic
paragraph writing skills. The course provides practice inwriting, structuring and ordering paragraphs in clear communicative English. Students will compose short 2-paragraph to
5-paragraph papers on a wide range of subjects and purposes.
【到達目標】
This subject aims to equip learners with the basics of written
communication in English. It will help learners become
familiar with clear paragraph structure. Starting from writing
short 2-paragraph papers, students will finally be able to write
longer well-structured 5-paragraph pieces.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP3、国際文化学
部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
In this subject, classes will be conducted in English and will
cover each unit of the textbook. Supplementary activities
will be provided to increase familiarity with frequently used,
but non-specific, academic language. Students will read andcritique each others’ essays and learn from the strengths ofthe best papers selected by the class. This will be done
anonymously to prevent any embarrassment.
Individual
feedback will be provided.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
なし / No【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
内容
Orientation
Overview of theOverview of Academic Writing
course and warm up I subject and explaining rules
for assignment submissions
and how the best assignments
will be selected.
Unit
Writing a paragraph Prewriting preparation,
1aabout mebrainstorming main ideas, how
to write expository paragraphs
and topic sentences
Unit
Analysis of written Reading and selecting best
1b
assignment 1
paper. Focusing on paragraphformatUnit
Writing a paragraph Prewriting preparation,
2aabout anotherbrainstorming main ideas, how
students possible
to write logical conclusions
careerUnit
Analysis of written Reading and selecting best
2b
assignment 2
paper. Focusing on the use of
conjunctions
Unit
Writing a paragraph Prewriting preparation,
3aabout your partner’s brainstorming main ideas, how
future successto support topic sentences withfacts and examples

Unit
5a

Unit
5b
Unit
6a

Unit
6b
Endterm
assignment

Analysis of written
assignment 3

Reading and selecting best
paper. Focusing on direct andindirect speech
Writing a paragraph preparation, brainstorming
about an invention
main ideas, how to write
definition paragraphs andattention getters
Analysis of written Reading and selecting best
assignment 4
paper. Focusing on avoiding
repetition
Writing a paragraph Prewriting preparation,
about an important brainstorming main ideas, how
event in your life
to write cause-and-effect andintroductory paragraphs
Analysis of written Reading and selecting best
assignment 5
paper. Focusing on
cause-and-effect words
Writing a paragraph Prewriting preparation,
about an exciting
brainstorming main ideas, how
destination
to write process paragraphs
and make suggestions
Analysis of written Reading and selecting best
assignment 6
paper. Focusing on using
modifiers
Final assignment
Final assignment feedback
feedback【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are expected to edit, type up and print out a written
assignment once every 2 weeks.
University guidelines suggest preparation and review arearound 4 hours a week for a two-credit course and around anhour a week for a one-credit course.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Writing from Within 2 (2nd Edition) Curtis Kelly and Arlen
Gargagliano Cambridge University Press ISBN 978-0-52118834-0【参考書】
A good Japanese-English dictionary【成績評価の方法と基準】
Assessment will consist of in-class participation (40%), 7
written assignments (60%)
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Supplementary activities have been added to increase familiarity with frequently used, but non-specific, academic language.
【その他の重要事項】
In principle, no more than 3 absences per term are allowed.
【Outline and objectives】
The primary objective of this class is to develop basic
paragraph writing skills. The course provides practice inwriting, structuring and ordering paragraphs in clear communicative English. Students will compose short 2-paragraph to
5-paragraph papers on a wide range of subjects and purposes.

— 227 —

発行日：2021/5/1

LANe200LA

English Academic Writing Ⅱ

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 曜日・時限：木 3/Thu.3
単位数：1 単位
法文営国 1〜4 年/レベル 4 ※定員制
グローバル：○

成績優秀：○

Analysis of written
assignment 9

Unit
10a

Unit
11b

Writing acomposition about
your own dorm
designAnalysis of written
assignment 10
Writing acomposition about
an important person
in your life
Analysis of written
assignment 11

Unit
12a

Writing a
newspaper article

Unit
12b

Analysis of written
assignment 122017 年度以降入学者

MARK D BURNS

他学部公開：

Unit
9b

Unit
10b
Unit
11a

実務教員：

【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The primary objective of this class is to further develop basic
paragraph writing skills. The course provides practice inwriting, structuring and ordering paragraphs in clear communicative English. Students will compose short 2-paragraph to
5-paragraph papers on a wide range of subjects and purposes.
【到達目標】
This subject aims to equip learners with the basics of written
communication in English. It will help learners become
familiar with clear paragraph structure. Starting from writing
short 2-paragraph papers, students will finally be able to write
longer well-structured 5-paragraph pieces.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP3、国際文化学
部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
In this subject, classes will be conducted in English and will
cover each unit of the textbook. Supplementary activities
will be provided to increase familiarity with frequently used,
but non-specific, academic language. Students will read andcritique each others’ essays and learn from the strengths ofthe best papers selected by the class. This will be done
anonymously to prevent any embarrassment.
Individual
feedback will be provided.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
なし / No【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
内容
Orientation
Overview of theOverview of Academic Writing
course and warm up II subject and explaining rules
for assignment submissions
and how the best assignments
will be selected.
Unit
Writing a researchPrewriting preparation,
7areport about yourbrainstorming main ideas, howclassmatesto write classification andconcluding paragraphs
Unit
Analysis of written Reading and selecting best
7b
assignment 7
paper. Focusing on
punctuation
Unit
Writing an article
Prewriting preparation,
8aabout good and bad brainstorming main ideas, howinterviewto write comparison andtechniques
contrast paragraphs
Unit
Analysis of written Reading and selecting best
8b
assignment 8
paper. Focusing on giving
adviceUnit
Writing a letter toPrewriting preparation,
9ayour future self
brainstorming main ideas, howabout your goals
to write persuasive paragraphs

EndFinal assignment
term
assignment

Reading and selecting best
paper. Focusing on parallel
construction
Prewriting preparation,
brainstorming main ideas, how
to write division paragraphs
Reading and selecting best
paper. Focusing on articles
Prewriting preparation,
brainstorming main ideas, how
to link paragraphs
Reading and selecting best
paper. Focusing on
subject-verb agreement
Prewriting preparation,
brainstorming main ideas, how
to write in objective,
persuasive or entertaining
stylesReading and selecting best
paper. Focusing on verb
variety
Analysis of end-term
assignments【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are expected to edit, type up and print out a written
assignment once every 2 weeks.
University guidelines suggest preparation and review arearound 4 hours a week for a two-credit course and around anhour a week for a one-credit course.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Writing from Within 2 (2nd Edition) Curtis Kelly and Arlen
Gargagliano Cambridge University Press ISBN 978-0-52118834-0【参考書】
A good Japanese-English dictionary【成績評価の方法と基準】
Assessment will consist of in-class participation (40%), 7
written assignments (60%)
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Supplementary activities have been added to increase familiarity with frequently used, but non-specific, academic language.
【その他の重要事項】
In principle, no more than 3 absences per term are allowed.
【Outline and objectives】
The primary objective of this class is to further develop basic
paragraph writing skills. The course provides practice inwriting, structuring and ordering paragraphs in clear communicative English. Students will compose short 2-paragraph to
5-paragraph papers on a wide range of subjects and purposes.

— 228 —

発行日：2021/5/1

7.

LANe200LA

English Academic Writing Ⅰ

2017 年度以降入学者

8.

ALAN M NICHOLLS

9.

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 曜日・時限：月 4/Mon.4
単位数：1 単位
法文営国 1〜4 年/レベル 4 ※定員制

10.

他学部公開：

11.

グローバル：○

成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course will enable the student to acquire and develop
academic writing skills. Among the methods used will be
sharing & discussing your own work with class members,in pairs or small groups.
This course will emphasize"Academic Writing as a Process." Students will learn the
structure of Academic paragraphs, different paragraph styles(Opinion, comparison, description) and appropriate formatting
techniques and correct use of punctuation.
【到達目標】The student will be able to prepare a paragraph with the basic
structure of: Topic sentence (with Main Idea), supporting ideas
and detail sentences.
Students will be able to communicate his/her thoughts, inwritten format, to an Academic audience.
The course
will cover: paragraph development, grammar structures fordifferent paragraph styles and paragraph organization.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP3、国際文化学
部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
Students will work in pairs or groups to develop paragraphs.
In-class worksheets and homework assignments will checkthe students understanding of the different paragraph styles.
Videos of Academic presentations will be used to compare thesimilarities between written and oral presentations.
All assignments will be distributed, submitted and returned to
students digitally via Google Classroom. Written assignments
will be returned with detailed comments on how students canimprove their writing skills.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1.
Introduction

2.
3.

4.

5.
6.

内容
Introductions
Course overview
Assessment
Classroom Management
Process Writing
Six Steps of Academic Writing.
Using outlines
Getting ready
Choosing a Topic
Brainstorming
EditingParagraph structure Topic Sentence
Supporting sentences
Concluding sentence
Paragraph
Styles of support
Development
Detail, Explanation, Example.
Peer editing
Give constructive feedback
using on-line sharing.

12.
13.
14.

Descriptive Writing

Using Adjectives: describing
people and places.
Descriptive
Describing a process using
Paragraphs
connectors.
Organising ideas
Keeping ideas connected andin orderOpinion Paragraphs Introduce opinion v.s. fact,
opinion paragraphs
discussion, homework
Opinion Paragraphs Persuade your readers toaccept your opinion
Modal Auxiliary
Grammar Review.
Verbs
Using Causal
Describing causes and effects
Adverbsin paragraphs.
Presentation
Present your paragraphs toyour peers【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
University guidelines suggest preparation and review arearound 2 hours a week for a two-credit course and around anhour a week for a one-credit course.
3 Homework assignments writing different styles of paragraph. Pre-reading of articles.
All assignments written in digital format and submitted via
Google Classroom.
To assist in providing feedback, Google Docs format ispreferred.
【テキスト（教科書）】"Writing Essays: From Paragraph to Essay" by Dorothy E
Zemach and Lisa A Ghulldu MACMILLAN Writing Series.
【参考書】
To be advised【成績評価の方法と基準】
Homework Assignments:30%
Worksheet Assignments: 40%
Pair and Group Participation: 20%
Presentation: 10%
In principle, no more than 3 absences will be permitted per
semester for the student to receive academic credit in thecourse.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
None【学生が準備すべき機器他】
A device (Laptop or Tablet) that supports word processor
software. Smartphones are OK but are more difficult for
students to use. Students will be required to know their Hosei
Gmail account details. Students may use voice recognition
software. Google Docs is the required format for submitting
written assignments.
【その他の重要事項】
We will use Google “Classroom” to send, submit and record
all assignments. Please download Google Classroom to yourdevice before our first class. The "Course Code is: t6wiwmo【Outline and objectives】
This course will enable the student to acquire and develop
academic writing skills. Among the methods used will be
sharing & discussing your own work with class members,in pairs or small groups.
This course will emphasize"Academic Writing as a Process."Students will learn the
structure of Academic paragraphs, different paragraph styles(Opinion, comparison, description) and appropriate formatting
techniques and correct use of punctuation.

— 229 —

発行日：2021/5/1

LANe200LA

English Academic Writing Ⅱ

2017 年度以降入学者

9.
10.

Writing Essays
Outlining Essays

11.
12.

Outlinedevelopment
Developing theIntroduction andconclusion

13.
14.

Presentation
Review

ALAN M NICHOLLS
開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 曜日・時限：月 4/Mon.4
単位数：1 単位
法文営国 1〜4 年/レベル 4 ※定員制
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course will enable the student to acquire and develop
academic writing skills. This course will emphasize "writing
as a process.
Students will learn the structure of academic ESSAYS
using different paragraph styles and appropriate formatting
techniques. Students will learn cohesion and unity in an essay
and the use of essay outlines. Finally, students will prepare
and present an academic style Essay.
【到達目標】
This course will enable the student to acquire and develop
academic writing skills for interview situations and written
English tests (IELTS / TOFEL) where tests have a limited timeto prepare an essay. A final document will be a document
suitable for submission as an academic essay.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP3、国際文化学
部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
Among the methods used will be sharing & discussing
one’s work with class members in pair work and small
groups. Students will also practice using peer editing with
online documents.
In a final presentation, the student
will demonstrate their understanding of the features of an
academic essay.
All assignments will be distributed, submitted and returned to
students digitally via Google Classroom. Written assignments
will be returned with detailed comments on how students canimprove their writing skills.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1.
Introduction

2.
3.
4.

5.
6.
7.
8.

Comparing
Paragraphs
Contrasting
Paragraphs
Block Organization
vs Point-by Point
Organization
Advantages /Disadvantages
Conditional
Statements
Problem / Solution
Paragraphs
Writing Essays

内容
Introduction
Course Overview
Assessment
Classroom Management
Structures to compare similar
ideas
Structures to contrast
dissimilar ideas
Different ways to present
similar / contrasting ideas

Writing thesis statements
Using modern software tocreate an essay outline.
Filling in the details
The introduction to thesis
statement.
Linking the Conclusion to thethesisPresent your Essay to the classPresent your Essay to the class【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
University guidelines suggest preparation and review arearound 2 hours a week for a two-credit course and around anhour a week for a one-credit course.
3 or more short Homework assignments will be set. There
will also be preparation of a presentation identifying the key
components of an academic essay.
【テキスト（教科書）】"Writing Essays from Paragraph to Essay" by D.E. Zemach andLisa A Ghulldu, MACMILLIAN Writing Series.
【参考書】
To be advised【成績評価の方法と基準】
Homework assignments: 30%
Classroom Worksheets: 40%
Pair and Group Participation:20%
Presentation:10%
In principle, no more than 3 absences will be permitted per
semester for the student to receive academic credit in thecourse.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
None【学生が準備すべき機器他】
A device (Laptop or Tablet) that supports word processor
software. Smartphones are OK but are more difficult for
students to use. Students will be required to know their Hosei
Gmail account details. Students may use voice recognition
software. Google Docs is the preferred format for submitting
assignments.
【その他の重要事項】
We will use Google “Classroom” to send, submit and record
all assignments. Please download "Google Classroom" to yourlaptop or tablet at the start of semester. The Course Code is:
dn6hfeb【Outline and objectives】
This course will enable the student to acquire and develop
academic writing skills. This course will emphasize "writing
as a process.
Students will learn the structure of academic ESSAYS
using different paragraph styles and appropriate formatting
techniques. Students will learn cohesion and unity in an essay
and the use of essay outlines. Finally, students will prepare
and present an academic style Essay.

Making arguments for andagainst proposals
Using conditional statements
to support an argument.
Linking problems withsolutions
Thesis statements— 230 —

発行日：2021/5/1

LANe200LA

English Presentation Ⅰ
NADER

2017 年度以降入学者【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Orientation

Jamelea2

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 曜日・時限：水 3/Wed.3
単位数：1 単位
法文営国 1〜4 年/レベル 4 ※定員制
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：○

3

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course will help students to improve their ability tomake presentations in English. Students will increase theirconfidence in English communication through researching,talking, reading, writing and presenting about a variety of
personal, academic, businessand cultural topics. Students
will choose their presentation topics according to their own
interests. Students will focus in particular on developing
and explaining their topics in a clear and engaging manner.
Students will make three presentations of about 5-10 minutes.
【到達目標】
You will become a better presenter. You will improve yourability to communicate in front of a group, including topic
selection, generating ideas, organising , collecting supporting
information, visual communication, consideration of yourvoice, and movement. You will have many opportunities toexpress your thoughts in a concise and logical manner. You
will try various ways to make your opinions more persuasive.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP3、国際文化学
部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
This is an online class, and all weeks will be taught on Zoom
and using Google Classroom. In this class, you will workin pairs, small groups and individually. You will researchand collect information for your topics outside of class. You
will organize and arrange your ideas, and prepare visualmaterials (using PowerPoint or poster paper) to accompany
your presentation. Preparation is vital to participate fully andget the most from class time. In class, you will explain yourresearch and ideas. This will enable you to become familiar
with your topic and less reliant on a script. Additionally,
you will have chances to find the points of interest that needmore development, and the places in your work that needfurther re-thinking and reorganisation. You will also practise
a number of important academic skills through listening andnote-taking of your own and classmates’ topics. These include
identifying the key points, re-organising ideas, summarisingand reconstructing partner’s talks from your notes as wellas giving critical feedback. You may be asked to prepare
discussion questions related to your topic, and of course, must
be ready to answer questions from the audience about your own
work. Please come to class ready to participate actively andpositively.You may sometimes record your presentations using
easy editing software on your phone or PC to share with theclass.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No

4

5

6

7

8

9

10
11

12

13
14

内容
An explanation of the classrequirements. We will get toknow each other.
First presentation:
Teach us how to do something"How to..."better. Look at examples.
Generate ideas and selecttopics.
Developing yourShow your ideas and make an
workoutline. Basic presentation
structure.
Developing your
Revise and practise. Body
work
language and gestures-examples and practise.
Final practise
Combine all the elements andreview your speech. Makechanges after feedback fromclassmates and teacher.
Presentation
Perform your presentation.
Watch and review classmates.
Self evaluation.
SecondA SWOT analysis. What is it?
presentation: SWOT Look at examples. Generate
analysisideas and select topics
Developing yourA SWOT analysis. Show yourwork:
first research and organise.
Voicework - how to vary yourvoice to make yourwords havemore impact.
Developing yourShow us your presentation
work:
draft and practise. Turn yourdraft into notecards. Asking
and answering questions
during a presentation.
Presentation
Perform your presentation.
Watch and review classmates.
Third Presentation: What is a pechakucha
Pechakuchapresentation? Explanation andexamples. Topic planning.
Developing yourPractise. Speaking to time
work:
limits and on the spottransitions.
Final practise
Review and practise.
Presentation &Perform your presentation.
Semester review
Watch and review classmates.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students will be expected to find their own research materials,
write presentations and prepare visual materials including
Keynote or PowerPoint slides. STudents will be asked to watch
some speeches and share their impressions in class.
University guidelines suggest preparation and review arearound 4 hours a week for a two-credit course and around anhour a week for a one-credit course【テキスト（教科書）】
The above may change. Activities may change according toclass size, students’ interests and abilities.There is no textbook.
【参考書】
Recommended places to watch presentation examples are; thePechakucha, TED and Jack Petchey Foundation websites.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
In-class performance* and participation 25%
Presentations 45%
Self evaluation 10%
Outside class preparation 20%*Please remember university policy permits a maximum of 3
absences per semester.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Students wanted more time to prepare presentations.

— 231 —

発行日：2021/5/1【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Please check Hoppi for how to access the first class online.
After that, we will use Google Classroom for all class
information, assignments and so on. *Students who attend theZoom session on campus will need a headset. You will need
to use colour pens, large poster paper, slide making software
such as PowerPoint or Keynote. You will need to access yoursmartphone, tablet, or PC to watch presentation examples anddo quick research in class. You will need an English dictionary.

LANe200LA

English Presentation Ⅱ
NADER

Jamelea

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 曜日・時限：水 3/Wed.3
単位数：1 単位
法文営国 1〜4 年/レベル 4 ※定員制
他学部公開：【その他の重要事項】
Please come to class ready to participate actively and positively.
【Outline and objectives】
Make your speeches and presentations better.

2017 年度以降入学者

グローバル：○

成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course will help students to improve their ability tomake presentations in English. Students will increase theirconfidence in English communication through researching,talking, reading, writing and presenting about a variety of
personal, academic, business and cultural topics. Students
will choose their presentation topics according to their own
interests. Students will focus in particular on developing
and explaining their topics in a clear and engaging manner.
Students will make three presentations of about 5-10 minutes.
【到達目標】
You will become a better presenter. You will improve your ability to communicate in front of a group, including topic selection, generating ideas, organising , collecting supporting information, visual communication, consideration of your voice, andmovement.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP3、国際文化学
部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
This is an online class, and all weeks will be taught on Zoom
and using Google Classroom. In this class, you will workin pairs, small groups and individ- ually. You will researchand collect information for your topics outside of class. You
will organize and arrange your ideas, and prepare visualmaterials (using PowerPoint or poster paper) to accompany
your presentation. Preparation is vital to par- ticipate fully andget the most from class time. In class, you will explain yourresearch and ideas. This will enable you to become familiar
with your topic and less reliant on a script. Additionally, youwill have chances to find the points of inter- est that needmore development, and the places in your work that needfurther re-thinking and reorganisation. You will also practise
a number of important academic skills through listen- ing
and note-taking of your own and classmates’ topics. These
include identifying the key points, re-organising ideas, summarising and reconstructing partner’s talks from your notes aswell as giving critical feedback. You may be asked to prepare
discussion questions related to your topic, and of course, must
be ready to answer questions from the audience about your own
work. Please come to class ready to participate actively andpositively.You may sometimes record your presentation using
easy editing software on your phone or PC to share with theclass.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No— 232 —

発行日：2021/5/1【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Orientation and areview of the Spring
Semester. First
presentation:"Inspired by amovie"

2

Developing yourwork

3

Developing yourwork

4

Final practise

5

Presentation

6

Secondpresentation:
Something I’ve
learned that you
should know
Developing your
work

7

8
9

Developing yourwork
Final practise

10

Presentation

11

Third Presentation:
A persuasive speech

12Developing your
work:

13

Final practise

14

Presentation &Semester review

内容
A cultural or social theme
picked from a movie For
example. "The Lego Movie" - acomparison of the education
systems of Denmark andJapan. The role of propaganda
in Vietnam War movies "The
Devil wears Prada" - Karoshi is work /life balance reallypossible? Discussing ideas andtopic selection.
Sharing research. Making
outlines and considering somerhetorical techniquess such as
the rule of 3 and rrepetition.
Sharing research. Using
rhetorical techniques. Review
of voice techniques.
Making discussion questions.
Practise and make changes
after feedback from classmates
and teacher.
Perform your presentation.
Watch and review classmates.
Self evaluation.
What knowledge have you
gained in your university lifethat you think other people
would benefit from knowing?
generating ideas
Considering different
narratives styles. Sharing
ideas.
Sharing your ideas and using
props in a speech.
Practise your speech using a
prop.
Perform your presentation.
Watch and review classmates.
Self evaluation.
A speech about something you
feel strongly about. Make us
believe how correct andimportant your opinion is.
Adding passion and emotion to
your words. Speaking withyour whole body - examples
and practise.
Looking again at bodylanguage and voice.
Perform your presentation.
Watch and review classmates.
Self evaluation.

【成績評価の方法と基準】
In-class performance* and participation 25%
Presentations 45%
Self evaluation 10%
Outside class preparation 20%*Please remember university policy permits a maximum of 3
absences per semester.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Students requested more computer presentations.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Please check Hoppi for how to access the first class online.
After that, we will use Google Classroom for all class
information, assignments and so on. *Students who attend
the Zoom session on campus will need a headset. You willneed to use colour pens, large poster paper, slide mak- ing
software such as PowerPoint or Keynote. You will need toaccess your smartphone, tablet, or PC to watch presentation
ex- amples and do quick research in class. You will need an
English dictionary.
【その他の重要事項】
Please come to class ready to participate actively and positively.
【Outline and objectives】
Make your speeches and presentations better.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students will be expected to find their own research materials, write presentations and prepare visual materials including
Keynote or PowerPoint slides. STudents will be asked to watch
some speeches and share their impressions in class.
University guidelines suggest preparation and review arearound 4 hours a week for a two-credit course and around anhour a week for a one-credit course【テキスト（教科書）】
The above may change. Activities may change according toclass size, students’ interests and abilities.There is no textbook.
【参考書】
Recommended places to watch presentation examples are; thepeckakucha, TED and Jack Petchey Foundation websites.

— 233 —

発行日：2021/5/1

LANe200LA

English Presentation Ⅰ

2017 年度以降入学者

JOHN REILLY【テキスト（教科書）】
Present Yourself 1 Experiences, Second Edition (Steven
Gershon,Cambridge University

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 曜日・時限：火 3/Tue.3
単位数：1 単位
法文営国 1〜4 年/レベル 4 ※定員制
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：○【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students will be expected to prepare for classes by reviewing
the next pages in the textbook and completing some assignments. University guidelines suggest preparation and review
should be around an hour a week for a one-credit course.

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course teaches presentation skills through watchingpresentations and making presentations on different topics.
【到達目標】
Students will be able to prepare and make presentations.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP3、国際文化学
部： DP1【参考書】
None【成績評価の方法と基準】
Students will be evaluated on two components:• Presentations - 75%• Class participation - 25%
In principle, no more than 3 absences per term are allowed.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Student input and feedback is encouraged.
【Outline and objectives】
Students will develop confidence in their public speaking
abilities.

【授業の進め方と方法】
Class activities will include individual work, group work anddiscussions. Students will be required to prepare presentationmaterial outside of classes. Students will compare classassignment answers in pairs or small groups after which the
instructor will provide the correct answers.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Course Introduction
2
Getting ready(Pages 2-7)
3
Unit 1 A good friend(Pages 8-11)
4
Unit 1 A good friend(Pages 12-15)

5
6
7
8
9
10
11

12

13
14

内容
Review syllabus and textbook
Give Self introduction- Exploring the topic- Focusing on language- Organizing ideas- Adding impact
techniques
Unit 1 A good friend - Developing presentation(Pages 16-17)
Unit 1 A good friend Presentation "A good friend"(Pages 18-19)
Unit 2 A favorite- Exploring the topic
place (Pages 20-23) - Focusing on language
Unit 2 A favorite- Organizing ideas
place (Pages 24-27) - Adding impact
Unit 2 A favorite- Developing presentation
place (Pages 28-29) techniques
Unit 2 A favorite
Presentation - “My Favorite
place (Pages 30-31) Place”
Unit 3 A prized- Exploring the topic
possession- Focusing on language- Organizing ideas
Unit 3 A prized- Adding impact
possession- Developing presentation
techniques
Unit 3Presentation - “My Prized
Possession”
Make-up
Finalize spring semester
Presentations/courseCourse
Review— 234 —

発行日：2021/5/1

13

LANe200LA

English Presentation Ⅱ2017 年度以降入学者

14

JOHN REILLY
開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 曜日・時限：火 3/Tue.3
単位数：1 単位
法文営国 1〜4 年/レベル 4 ※定員制
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：○【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students will be expected to prepare for classes by reviewing
the next pages in the textbook and completing some assignments. University guidelines suggest preparation and review
should be around an hour a week for a one-credit course.

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course teaches presentation skills through watchingpresentations and making presentations on different topics.
【到達目標】
Students will be able to prepare and make presentations.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP3、国際文化学
部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
Class activities will include individual work, group work anddiscussions. Students will be required to prepare presentationmaterial outside of classes. Students will compare class assignment answers in pairs or small groups after which the instructor will provide the correct answers.

【テキスト（教科書）】
Present Yourself 1 Experiences, Second Edition (Steven
Gershon,Cambridge University Press)
【参考書】
None
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Students will be evaluated on two components:• Presentations - 75%• Class participation - 25%
In principle, no more than 3 absences per term are allowed.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Student input and feedback is encouraged.
【Outline and objectives】
Students will develop confidence in their public speaking abilities.

【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
Course Introduction
2
Getting ready(Pages 2-7)
3
Unit 4 A memorable
experience(Pages 44-47)
4Unit 4 A memorable
experience(Pages 48-51)
5
Unit 4 A memorable
experience(Pages 52-53)
6
Unit 4 A memorable
experience(Pages 54-55)
7
Unit 5 I’ll show you
how(Pages 56-59)
8
Unit 5 I’ll show you
how(Pages 61-63)
9
Unit 5 I’ll show you
how(Pages 64-65)
10
Unit 5 I’ll show you
how(Pages 66-67)
11
Unit 6 Screen magic(Pages 68-73)

12

Unit 6 Screen magic Presentation - “Movie or TV(Pages 78-79)
Show Review”
Make-up
Finalize fall semester course
Presentations/
Course
Review

内容
Review syllabus and textbook
Give Self introduction- Exploring the topic- Focusing on language- Organizing ideas- Adding impact- Developing presentation
techniques
Presentation - “MyMemorable Experience”- Exploring the topic- Focusing on language- Organizing ideas- Adding impact- Developing presentation
techniques
Presentation - “How to_____________”- Exploring the topic- Focusing on language- Organizing ideas
Unit 6 Screen magic - Adding impact(Pages 73-77)- Developing presentation
techniques— 235 —

発行日：2021/5/1

4

LANe200LA

English Presentation Ⅰ

2017 年度以降入学者

コートランド・デイビッド・スミス
開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 曜日・時限：月 3/Mon.3
単位数：1 単位
法文営国 1〜4 年/レベル 4 ※定員制
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：○

5

実務教員：

6【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course is designed primarily to improve students’presentation skills and thereby to develop their integrative
English language proficiency.
In spring the goal is toacquire basic presentations skills, including how to organizea presentation, supporting arguments with evidence, effective
use of visual aids, and aspects of delivery such as eye
contact or gesture.
In the fall semester, students will
focus on persuasive/argumentative presentations on topics ofcontemporary concern. Students base their presentations on
the basic patterns taught and learn to speak from notes. The
class is conducted in English.
【到達目標】
This course is designed primarily to improve students’presentation skills and thereby to develop their integrative
English language proficiency.
In spring the goal is toacquire basic presentations skills, including how to organizea presentation, supporting arguments with evidence, effective
use of visual aids, and aspects of delivery such as eye
contact or gesture.
In the fall semester, students will
focus on persuasive/argumentative presentations on topics ofcontemporary concern. Students base their presentations on
the basic patterns taught and learn to speak from notes. The
class is conducted in English.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP3、国際文化学
部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
Online class. All classes will be taught using zoom.
The content of the class will consist of practicing presentation
techniques and delivering presentations. If time permits, there
will be some discussion of the presentation topics. Student
assignments will be reviewed during class time or submitted
to instructor for evaluation by email.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
なし / No【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
1. Introductions
HW/text pgs. 4-12
2
2. Text pgs. 13-14,
15-17, 18-22
HW/informative
speech (pg. 17) withvisuals, posture, eyecontact, gestures
3
3. Performance of
informative speech
HW/text pgs. 23-24,
28-29

内容
Talk about spring break.
Getting started.
Watch sample presentation
DVD.

7

8

9

10

11

12

13
14

4. Text pgs. 30-38
HW/demonstration
speech (pg. 38) withvisuals, posture, eyecontact, gestures,
voice inflection
5. Performance of
demonstration
speech HW/text pgs.
39-46
6. Text pgs. 47-48,
pgs. 51-55
HW/country
comparison (pgs. 49& 56)
7. Performance ofcountry comparison
HW/pgs. 57-59
8. Text pgs. 60-67
HW/speech
introduction (pg. 67)
9. Performance ofspeech introduction
HW/text pgs. 68-72
10. Text pgs. 73-85
HW/speech body
(pg. 86)
11. Performance ofspeech body
HW/text pgs. 87-94
conclusion (pg. 95)
12. Presentation of
conclusion HW/final
presentation (pg. 99
steps 1,2,3)
Final presentations
HW/NoneFinal presentations

Demonstration speech.

Student speech performances.

Prepare for country
comparison speech.

Student speeches.

Focus on speech introduction.

Speech introduction
performances.
Focus on speech body.

Student performances ofspeech body.

Focus on speech conclusion.

Prepare and perform final
presentations
End of term evaluation【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
University guidelines suggest preparation and review arearound 4 hours a week for a two-credit course and around anhour a week for a one-credit course. Students will research andprepare their presentations before scheduled classes.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Speaking of Speech Student Book MacMillan ISBN 978-47773-6271-4【参考書】
Students will use online resources to research and prepare
their presentations.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Presentations (50%)
Class participation (40%)
Final presentation (10%)*Students will be expected to attend a minimum of 80% of allclasses in order to get credit for this course. This means thatyou can be absent no more than three times.
Three late arrivals are counted as one absence (up to 29 min.).
More than 45 minutes late without a good reason will becounted as absent. Students who are absent or late for agood reason ̶ serious train delays, injury, illness, etc. should
provide some evidence to instructor.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
None.

Speech performance andfeedback.

【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Zoom and headset. Students may use assigned classroom foronline classes.
【その他の重要事項】
Contact Email: smith.courtland.sc@hosei.ac.jp— 236 —

発行日：2021/5/1【Outline and objectives】
Students will prepare and deliver presentations during classtime.

LANe200LA

English Presentation Ⅱ2017 年度以降入学者

コートランド・デイビッド・スミス
開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 曜日・時限：月 3/Mon.3
単位数：1 単位
法文営国 1〜4 年/レベル 4 ※定員制
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course is designed primarily to improve students’presentation skills and thereby to develop their integrative
English language proficiency.
In spring the goal is toacquire basic presentations skills, including how to organizea presentation, supporting arguments with evidence, effective
use of visual aids, and aspects of delivery such as eye
contact or gesture.
In the fall semester, students will
focus on persuasive/argumentative presentations on topics ofcontemporary concern. Students base their presentations on
the basic patterns taught and learn to speak from notes. The
class is conducted in English.
【到達目標】The goal of this course is to enable students to makeeffective presentations on a variety of topics. Students willlearn to confidently deliver multimedia informative/descriptive
speeches, as well as comparative, demonstrative and argumentative/persuasive presentations. Students will also learn toevaluate the quality and content of others’ presentations, totake notes on presentation content, and to provide detailed
feedback to help presenters to improve their presentation
technique.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP3、国際文化学
部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
The content of the class will consist of practicing presentation
techniques and delivering presentations. If time permits, there
will be some discussion of the presentation topics. The fallsemester of this course will concentrate on the preparation anddelivery of persuasive, argumentative and rhetorical speeches.
Student assignments will be reviewed during class time orsubmitted to instructor for evaluation by email.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
なし / No【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
1
1. Summer vacation
HW/prepare speech
on summer vacation
2
2. Presentations onsummer vacation
HW/read handout
parts 1&2
3
3. Complete
handout reading
HW/prepare
presentation on
topic 1

— 237 —

内容
Warm up presentation.

Students deliver their summer
vacation presentations.

Read background information
and answer questions.

発行日：2021/5/1

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

4. Presentations on
topic 1 anddiscussion HW/readhandout parts 1&2
5. Complete
handout reading
HW/prepare
presentation on
topic 2
6. Presentations on
topic 2 HW/readhandout parts 1&2
7. Complete
handout reading
HW/prepare
presentation on
topic 3
8. Presentations on
topic 3 HW/readhandout parts 1&2
9. Complete
handout reading
HW/prepare
presentation on
topic 4
10. Presentations on
topic 4 HW/readhandout parts 1&2
11. Complete
handout reading
HW/prepare
presentation on
topic 5
12. Presentations on
topic 5 HW/readhandout parts 1&2
13. Complete
handout reading
HW/prepare final
presentations
14. Final
presentation

Delivery of speeches.

【Outline and objectives】
Students will prepare and deliver presentations during classtime.

Read background information
and answer questions.

Delivery of student speeches.

Read background information
and answer questions.

Delivery of student speeches.

Read background information
and answer questions.

Delivery of student speeches.

Read background information
and answer questions.

Delivery of student speeches.

Prepare for final presentations.

Final performance, summaryand evaluation.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
University guidelines suggest preparation and review arearound 4 hours a week for a two-credit course and around anhour a week for a one-credit course. Students will research andprepare their presentations before scheduled classes.
【テキスト（教科書）】
LeBeau. Charles. Speaking of Speech Level 2. MacMillan.
2015.
【参考書】
Students will make use of a variety of online resources in the
research and preparation of their speeches.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Presentations (50%)
Class participation (40%)
Final presentation (10%)*Students will be expected to attend a minimum of 80% of allclasses in order to get credit for this course. This means thatyou can be absent no more than three times.
Three late arrivals are counted as one absence (up to 29 min.).
More than 45 minutes late without a good reason will becounted as absent. Students who are absent or late for agood reason ̶ serious train delays, injury, illness, etc. should
provide some evidence to instructor.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
None.
【その他の重要事項】
Contact Email: smith.courtland.sc@hosei.ac.jp— 238 —

発行日：2021/5/1

Unit 5

LANe200LA

English Presentation Ⅰ

2017 年度以降入学者

MARK D BURNS
開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 曜日・時限：木 4/Thu.4
単位数：1 単位
法文営国 1〜4 年/レベル 4 ※定員制
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The primary objective of this class is to develop basic presentation skills. The course provides practice in structuring,and organizing presentations, designing effective visuals,
and delivering presentations in clear communicative English.
Students will prepare and deliver 7 presentations on a wide
range of subjects and purposes.
【到達目標】
This subject aims to equip learners with the confidence andbasic ability to deliver effective presentations in English.
It will help learners become familiar with a number ofpresentation types and build confidence speaking in front ofothers. By the end of this course, students will be able todeliver an individual presentation followed by a question andanswer session, while engaging the audiences in their topic.
Furthermore, students will sharpen their listening skills bylearning how to ask good questions and become active listeners.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP3、国際文化学
部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
In this subject, classes will be conducted in English and will
cover each unit of the textbook. In presentation weeks students
are required to actively listen to other learners’ presentations
in order to ask relevant questions in the Question & Answer
Sessions, and also to complete specific Feedback Forms.
Students will be able get direct feedback on their presentations
from these forms.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
なし / No【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
内容
Orientation
Overview of theOverview of English
course and warm up Presentation I subject andexplaining rules for
assignment submissions andfeedback
Unit 1 Posture
Learners prepare and present
a presentation about a city
they like
Unit 2 Gesture
Learners prepare and present
a presentation describing thelayout of an interesting place
Unit 3 Use of voice
Learners prepare and present
a presentation about a recipe
Section Review of the
Review of the physicalreview physical message
message
Unit 4 Effective visuals
Learners prepare apresentation comparing two
countries

Explaining visuals

Learners prepare clear
explanations for slides andchartsSection Review of the visual Learners deliver a
reveiw message
presentation comparing two
countries
Unit 6 Introduction
Learners prepare and present
the introduction to a productcomparison presentation
Unit 7 Body
Learners prepare and present
the the body a productcomparison presentation
Unit 8 Conclusion
Learners prepare and present
the conclusion to a productcomparison presentation
Section Review ofReview of presentation
review presentation
structure
structure
Final
Final performance
Final performance preparation
perfor- preparation
mance
preparation
Final
Final performance
Final performance
performance【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
University guidelines suggest preparation and review arearound 4 hours a week for a two-credit course and around anhour a week for a one-credit course. Students are required toprepare visuals and rehearse 7 presentations over the course.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Speaking of Speech New Edition, David Harrington andCharles LeBeau, ISBN 978-4-7773-6271-4【参考書】
A good Japanese-English dictionary【成績評価の方法と基準】
Assessment will consist of in-class participation (40%), 7
presentation assignments (60%)
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Personalised individual feedback will be provided.
【その他の重要事項】
In principle, no more than 3 absences per term are allowed.
Lesson schedule may change depending on student number.
【Outline and objectives】
The primary objective of this class is to develop basic presentation skills. The course provides practice in structuring,and organizing presentations, designing effective visuals,
and delivering presentations in clear communicative English.
Students will prepare and deliver 7 presentations on a wide
range of subjects and purposes.

— 239 —

発行日：2021/5/1

LANe200LA

English Presentation Ⅱ2017 年度以降入学者

MARK D BURNS
開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 曜日・時限：木 4/Thu.4
単位数：1 単位
法文営国 1〜4 年/レベル 4 ※定員制
他学部公開：

グローバル：○

成績優秀：○

実務教員：【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The primary objective of this class is to further develop
basic presentation skills. The course provides practice instructuring, and organizing presentations, designing effective
visuals, and delivering presentations in clear communicative
English. Students will prepare and deliver 7 presentations on
a wide range of subjects and purposes.
【到達目標】
This subject aims to equip learners with the basics of written
communication in English. It will help learners become
familiar with a number of presentation types and build
confidence speaking in front of others. By the end of this course,
students will be able to deliver an individual presentation
followed by a question and answer session, while engaging theaudiences in their topic. Furthermore, students will sharpen
their listening skills by learning how to ask good questions andbecome active listeners.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP3、国際文化学
部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
In this subject, classes will be conducted in English and will
cover each unit of the textbook. In presentation weeks students
are required to actively listen to other learners’ presentations
in order to ask relevant questions in the Question & Answer
Sessions, and also to complete specific Feedback Forms.
Students will be able get direct feedback on their presentations
from these forms.

Unit 8Performance 4

Unit 9

Cite your sources

Unit
10
Unit
11
Unit
12
Endterm
review

Performance 5
Creative
innovations
Performance 6
Final presentations

Technical presentations andpeer feedback.
Learners prepare academicpresentations
Academic presentations andpeer feedback.
Learners prepare teampresentations
Team presentations and peer
feedback.
Final presentations【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
University guidelines suggest preparation and review arearound 4 hours a week for a two-credit course and around anhour a week for a one-credit course. Students are required toprepare visuals and rehearse 7 presentations over the course.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Speaking of Speech Level 2, Charles LeBeau, ISBN 978-47773-6515-9【参考書】
A good Japanese-English dictionary【成績評価の方法と基準】
Assessment will consist of in-class participation (40%), 7
presentation assignments (60%)
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Personalised individual feedback will be provided.
【その他の重要事項】
In principle, no more than 3 absences per term are allowed.
Lesson schedule may change depending on student numbers.
【Outline and objectives】
The primary objective of this class is to further develop
basic presentation skills. The course provides practice instructuring, and organizing presentations, designing effective
visuals, and delivering presentations in clear communicative
English. Students will prepare and deliver 7 presentations on
a wide range of subjects and purposes.

【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
なし / No【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】
回
テーマ
内容
Orientation
Overview of theOverview of English
course and warm up Presentation I subject andexplaining rules for
assignment submissions andfeedback
Unit 1 What are theLearners prepare option
options?
presentations
Unit 2 Performance 1
Option presentations and peer
feedback.
Unit 3 Job hunting
Learners prepare a proposal
presentation
Unit 4 Performance 2
Proposal presentations andpeer feedback.
Unit 5 Have I got your
Learners prepare sales
attention?
presentations
Unit 6 Performance 3
Sales presentations and peer
feedback.
Unit 7 Technical problems Learners prepare technicaland solutions
presentations— 240 —